SM Updated

HIMACHAL PRADESH STATE ELECTRICITY BOARD LIMITED
(A STATE GOVERNMENT UNDERTAKING)
SALES MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS

PART-1
Revised up to 17.10.2017
Registered Office: VIDYUT BHAWAN, HPSEB Ltd., SHIMLA-171004 (HP)

INDEX
Instruction Subject Page
No No.
1 2 3
SECTION I-GRANT OF ELECTRIC CONNECTION

(Instructions No. 1 to 21)
1 Receipt of application and acknowledgement. 1
2 Posting of application in service register and 4
Maintaining separate Seniority Lists.
3 Procedure for fixing Seniority for electric
connection/change process 5
4 Verification of connected load 7
5 Issuance of Power Availability Certificate (PAC) 9
6 Sanction of Load 17
7 Intimation of Acceptance of Application, issuing of 24
demand Notice & Execution of Agreement
8 Disposal of Pending/unfeasible Applications. 26
9 Receipt of duly complied demand notice, Agreement 27
form, test report & other relevant documents
10 Release of connection vis-à-vis shortage of material 29
11 Supply of power to Local Bodies for Public Lighting 30
12 Allotting Account Number 33
13 Recording of Consumer Cases. 33
14 Custody of Consumer Cases. 34
15 Supply of electricity to residential colonies either 35
developed by HIMUDA or Pvt. Developers/Builders
with registration and licence from Competent
Authority under TCP Act.
16 Measurement of service lines. 35
17 Peak Load Hours Supply 36
18 Reduction/Enhancement of connected load or 37
Contract Demand on permanent basis
19 Temporary revision in Contract Demand 40
20 Change of Name/Title. 41
21 Connected load register (From CS-24) - Directions 46
for use
SECTION II-METERING AND METER RENTALS

(Instruction No. 22-29)
22 Providing Energy Meter, Meter Security & Rentals. 48

23 Meter Sealing. 50
24 Recording of meter reading of different categories 52
of consumers
Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page i

No No.
1 2 3
25 Procedure to be followed when a meter is reported 53

to be damaged or burnt.
26 Difference or dispute over the accuracy of energy 56
meter and overhauling of consumer accounts
27 Testing charges if the meter is got tested from 57
HPSEBL Laboratories.
28 Compliance of meter change orders. 58
29 Replacement of defective and dead stop meters at 58
consumers premises – utilization procedure for new
meters, old T&P static meters and repaired T&P
static meters
SECTON –III –PREPARATION & DELIVERY OF BILLS

( Instruction No. 30 – 35)
30 Electricity Bills 59
31 Issue, presentation and due date of the bill 61
32 Procedure to be followed when issue of bill is 62
delayed.
33 Delivery of bills to the consumers. 63
34 Bills of consumers whose premises are found locked 63
at the time of meter reading.
35 Payment of Bills and Disputed Electricity Bills 64
SECTION IV-RECOVERY OF UNPAID DUES FROM THE CONSUMERS

( Instruction No. 36- 40)
36 Disconnection and reconnection/restoration of 67

Supply
37 Disconnection when consumer(s) premises are 71
found locked, order of statutory authority & on
account of damage to equipments
38 Recovery of Arrears from Defaulting Consumers - 72
Procedure for monitoring & recovery of the
defaulting amount.
39 Payment of arrears not originally billed 78
40 Dispute Settlement Committees of HPSEBL 79
SECTION – V – UNAUTHORIZED USE/THEFTOF ELECTRICITY

(Instruction No. 41-49 )
41 Unauthorized use of Electricity -section 126 of the 80

Electricity Act 2003
Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page ii

No No.
1 2 3
42 Theft of Electricity - Section 135 of the Electricity 85

Act 2003
43 Guidelines for prevention of theft of electricity and 89
unauthorized use of electricity
44 Maintenance of register for checking & detecting 92
theft of energy cases.
45 Operation of Enforcement wing 93
46 Grant of incentives to the persons for giving 94
information regarding theft of energy
47 Issue of Identity Cards to Flying Squad Units/Meter 95
Inspectors and Officers/Field technical Staff under
operation wing
48 Duties and functions of Enforcement wing 96
49 Responsibility of Field Staff to check “Theft of 97
Energy”
SECTION VI-MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUCTIONS

[Instruction No. 50- 58]
50 Procedure to be followed in the submission of a 98

copy of the Judgment of a Court to Head Office.
51 Intimation of Shut down of supply. 98
52 Improvement of Power Factor. 99
53 Authorization of Legal Documents. 105
54 To Sanction Dismantlement of Service Connection. 106
55 Distribution Performance Standards 106
56 Applicability of HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for 107
supply of Electricity) Regualtions,2005 or 2012.
57 CEA(Measures related to Safety and Electricity 107
Supply) Regulations,2010 as amended from time to
time
58 Overriding effect 107
CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY 108

SOME IMPORTANT STATUTORY PROVISIONS 148
SOME ESSENTIAL TERMS IN COMMON USAGE 165
SOME OF THE REGULATIONS/CODE 170
NOTIFIED BY HPERC
HPERC (Licensee’s Duty for Supply of Electricity on 170
Request) Regulations, 2004
HPERC (Security Deposit) Regulations, 2005 174
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code 181
Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page iii

No No.
1 2 3
HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for supply of 224
electricity) Regulations, 2012
HPERC (Distribution Performance Standards) 241
Regulations, 2010
HPERC (Consumer Grievances Redressal Forum and 266
Ombudsman) Regulation, 2013
ABBREVIATIONS 282
Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page iv

“SALES MANUAL & OTHER CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY”
SECTION-I
Grant of Electric connection
INSTRUCTION No.1
Receipt of Application and Acknowledgement:
1 .1 All the prospective consumers have to enter into an agreement with the HPSEB
Ltd., on the standard Application and Agreement Form C.S-1(a) obtainable free of cost
from the local/ designated office of the HPSEBL. The Application & Agreement form can
also be downloaded from HPSEBL website i.e. www.hpseb.com/. The Application duly
completed by the prospective consumer accompanying requisite documents should be
presented in the local office of HPSEB Ltd. provided that in case where the contract
demand for new or additional load exceeds 100 kVA the consumer shall apply
for PAC (Power Availability Certificate) before applying for electricity
connection. The Consumer shall submit the PAC along with A&A form for
sanction of load. For details regarding PAC, please refer to Instruction No. 5 of
this sales manual. The consumer may also apply online through HPSEBL website
www.hpseb.com or portal.hpseb.in and deliver the hard copy of original application and
agreement form, alongwith the other requisite documents in the local office of HPSEB Ltd.
1.2 As soon as an application on the standard form from a prospective consumer is

received, it will be scrutinized by the authorized HPSEBL official and any shortcoming
noticed therein, should be immediately got rectified from the applicant. The receiving clerk
should see that all the columns mentioned in the application are properly filled in and the
items which are not applicable are scored out to avoid confusion. Following precautions
shall be taken while signing/scrutiny of the Application and agreement Form:-
1) A&A form should be filled in and signed by the authorized signatory of both the
parties.
2) There shall be no-overwriting or cutting in the A&A form. Corrections, if any,
should be signed/ authenticated by the executants.
3) Each page of the A&A form shall be signed /stamped by the executants.
4) Authorized Signatory signing agreement shall arrange his/her identity proof as
mentioned in the A&A form/Checklist.
5) A&A form must be signed by the prospective consumer in the presence of
AE/AEE/SDC in the sub-division and AAE Incharge in the Sub-Office. The
aforesaid official shall ensure that A&A form has been filled in correctly and no
ambiguity exists
6) The minor applicant is not eligible to sign the agreement. However, he/she can
avail the connection through his/her lawful/natural guardian.
7) The A&A form is also required to be signed by the witness as an essential
formality before it is accepted. The witness shall always be one of the HPSEBL’s
consumer by filling the requisite details as provided in the A&A form.
1.3 The updated list of documents which shall be obtained along with the A&A form is
available on HPSEBL website i.e. www.hpseb.com.
Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 1

1.4 Additional Conditions for providing Connection to Industries.
1.4.1 The proposals for setting up an industrial undertaking are undertaken by Industrial
Departments at Head Office and GM (Industries), Local SWCA/DICs etc. The State Level
Single Window Clearance & Monitoring Authority (SLSWC&MA) approves the following
project proposals:-
• Proposal received for setting up of Large Scale Sector or their expansion [
i.e. projects exceeding investment of Rs. 10 Cr or above in Plant &
Machinery or as may be notified by the State Govt. from time to time.]
• Proposals received which are listed Negative Industries by the State
Government under its applicable Industrial Policy as notified from time to
time.
• Forest produce based Industry.
1.4.2 The power availability certificate shall be issued to the industrial units only after the
proposal for setting up of the industrial undertaking has been approved by Industry
Department. Similarly the sanction of load in respect of the industrial units which do not
require PAC (Contract demand <=100 kVA) shall also be done after approval from Industry
Department. However, in case of mere addition of Plant & Machinery is done by the
enterprises for modernization of unit, intimation to this effect should be given to Industries
Department and where addition in Plant & Machinery results in increase of capacity of
existing product or production of any additional product/by-product, prior approval of
Industries Department/State Level Single Window Clearance & Monitoring Authority is
required.
1.4.3 For the industrial undertaking which requires approval of State Level Single Window
Clearance & Monitoring Authority (SLSWC&MA) as listed above, no action for either for
issuance of PAC or for sanction of load shall be taken by the filed officers of HPSEBL unless
it has been approved by SLSWC&MA.
For ready reference of the HPSEBL field offices, following is the list of negative
listed industry issued by the State Govt.:-
1. Tobacco and tobacco products including cigarettes and pan masala
2. Thermal Power Plant (coal/oil based)
3. Coal washeries/dry coal processing
4. Inorganic Chemicals excluding medicinal grade oxygen (2804.11), medicinal
grade hydrogen peroxide (2847.11), compressed air (2851.30)
5. Organic Chemicals excluding Provitamins/vitamins, Hormones (29.36),
Glycosides (29.39), Sugars (29.40)(reproduction by synthesis not allowed as
also downstream industries)
6. Tanning and dyeing extracts, tannins and their derivatives, dyes, colours,
paints and varnishes, putty, fillers and other mastics, inks
7. Marble and mineral substances not classified elsewhere.
8. Flour Mill/Rice Mill (including Roller flour mills)
9. Foundries using coal.
10. Minerals fuels, mineral oils and products of their distillation; Bituminous
substances, mineral waxes.
11. Synthetic rubber products
12. Cement Clinker and Asbestos raw including fibre.
13. Explosive (including industrial explosives, detonators & fuses, fireworks,
matches, propellant powders etc.)
14. Mineral or chemical fertilizers
15. Insecticides, fungicides, herbicides & pesticides (basic manufacture and
formulation)
16. Fibre glass & articles thereof
17. Manufacture of pulp-wood pulp, mechanical or chemical (including
dissolving pulp)

18. Branded aerated water/soft drinks (non-fruit based )
19. Paper Writing or printing paper, Paper or paperboard, Maplitho paper,

Newsprint, in rolls or sheets, Craft paper, Sanitary towels, Cigarette paper,
Grease-proof paper, toilet or facial tissue, Paper & paper board, laminated
internally with bitumen, tar or asphalt, Carbon or similar copying paper,
products consisting of sheets of paper or paperboard, impregnated, coated
or covered with plastics, Paper and paperboard, coated impregnated or
covered with wax etc.
20. Plastics and articles thereof.
21. Production of firewood and charcoal.
22. Mini Steel plants induction/ Arc/Submerged furnaces, and/ or rolling mills
Note: -
(i) The Govt. Departments are exempted from the levy of stamp duty vide
Section 3 of the Indian Stamp Act. Accordingly the Govt. Departments,
including Railways are not required to stamp the Agreement or any other
documents for supply of power. The local bodies, Municipal Committees
and Panchayats etc. have, however, not been granted any such exemption
and they are, therefore, required to execute all the agreements on the
Non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value.
(ii) It would be advisable to obtain a self-certified copy of the partnership deed

along with a letter of attorney signed by all the partners in the name of
person executing the agreement and signing other allied documents on
behalf of a “Partnership Firm”. If, however, the firm is registered one, no
letter of attorney is required, if the agreement is signed by one of the
partners, but if the signatory is other than the partner letter of attorney
should be obtained.
(iii) The above procedure shall also be applicable for temporary metered supply
connections.
(iv) In case of conditional NOC or NOC given for a specific period by the
competent authority, it shall be the sole responsibility of the consumer to
keep the NOC updated. And in case brought to the notice of the concerned
field units by the issuing authority, the connection is liable to be
disconnected without any notice to the consumer. However, in case the
consumer applies for extension of load or transfer of title etc., the field
units should exercise a check of such validity of approvals etc. The
concerned AE/AEE of ESD shall also prepare a list of such cases control and
monitoring.
1.5 After verification of the documents submitted by the applicant as detailed above,
the applicant shall be issued acknowledgement of receipt of load sanction case on the
format available with A&A form. In case the load sanction is within the competency of Sub-
Division, the same may be sanctioned by AE/AEE concerned and in case it falls in the
competency of higher officers in the hierarchy, the same be forwarded to the quarter
concerned.

INSTRUCTION No. 2
Posting of Application in Service Register and Maintaining Separate

Seniority Lists:
2.1 The authorized official after scrutiny of the A&A form shall enter full particulars of
the application in the Service Register (Form CS-2) in ink except the load applied
for, which should be entered in pencil.
2.2 The applications for all categories of applicants, whether for permanent or
temporary connections, should be entered in the same Service Register in the order
in which these are received. In other words, separate Service Registers (or sections
of the same Register) should not be maintained for various categories of consumers
or the different groups of consumers (i.e. groups classified according to the
particular sub-station to which consumer may be respectively connected.)
2.3 The authorized official will then enter the Application No. and date of receipt as
per entry in the service register on the application form in the space prescribed for
it and acknowledge the receipt of the same to the applicant by filling the requisite
particulars in the Acknowledge slip at the end of A&A form and signing the slip.
This acknowledgement shall form the basis of all future correspondence between
the HPSEB Ltd./licensee and the applicant till the connection is actually released.
2.4 Following symbols should be used to distinguish between the various cat
egories of applicants:--
2.4.1 Domestic Supply ‘DS’
2.4.2 Non-Domestic-Non- Commercial Supply ‘NDNCS’
2.4.3 Commercial Supply ‘CS’
2.4.4 Small Industrial Power Supply ‘SIP’
2.4.5 Medium Industrial Power Supply ‘MIP’
2.4.6 Large Industrial Power Supply ‘LIPS’
2.4.7 Irrigation and Drinking Water Power Supply ‘IDWPS’
2.4.8 Agricultural Power Supply ‘APS’
2.4.9 Street Lighting Supply ‘SLS’
2.4.10 Bulk Supply ‘BS’
2.4.11 Temporary Metered Supply ‘TMS’
2.4.12 Railway Traction ‘RT’
2.5 If the temporary connection is applied for by an existing permanent consumer, it

should be treated as a separate application and be entered as such in the Service
Register.
2.6 Keeping Applicants Informed about the status of the Application:
All enquiries from the prospective consumers in respect of the disposal of their
applications for grant of electric connections should be promptly responded. The consumer
should be informed of the action taken on his application as well as its present
whereabouts viz. the name of the office to which it has been forwarded and the date on
which it has been dispatched.
The consumers who have applied online for the electrical connection can check the
status of their application on the HPSEBL website by using the Request No. provided to
them at the time of application.

2.7 With a view to ensure that release of connections for different categories of
applicants is rational, separate seniority list shall be made out from the service register for
each category of applicants as per Instruction No. 3 below.
2.8 The applications for a connection in a sub-division which has been computerized,
the computerized acknowledgement should be given to the applicant mentioning the
details of tracking of applications in addition to details of application.
INSTRUCTION No. 3
Procedure for fixing Seniority for electric connection/ change process:
In order to comply with law of natural justice i.e. ‘first come first served’ procedure
laid down below should generally be followed for the disposal of applications for electric
connections:-
3.1 All connections will be released within the time schedule specified in the
HPERC(Licensee’s Duty for Supply of Electricity on request) Regualtions,2004 For sake of
reference, the gist of the HPERC(Licensee’s Duty for Supply of Electricity on request)
Regulations,2004 is reproduced as under:-
Sr. Activity Time Frame

No.
1 Release of connection From the date of completion of
codal formalities and payment of
charges & security
a) Where no extension of 15 days [Note- A]
distribution mains or (7 days for temporary connection)
commissioning of new Sub-
Station is required
b) In cases where such extension Low Tension (LT) Supply : 40 days
of distribution mains or 11 kV Supply : 30 days
commissioning of new sub- 22 kV Supply : 30 days
station is required but there is 33 kV Supply : 60 days
no requirement of erection and Extra High Tension : 120 days
commissioning of a new 33/11 (EHT) Supply
kV Sub-Station or above
c) Where extension of supply As approved by the Commission.
requires erection and
commissioning of new 33/11 kV
or above Sub-Stations
Important Note:
A. The time limit for release of connection in the serial no. a) of the table
above, where no extension of distribution mains or commissioning of
new substation is required, has been reduced to 15 days as per Ease of
doing Business guidelines and the same has to be followed by field units
of HPSEBL for releasing connections.
B. For temporary connections, the applicant will be provided supply
according to the following timelines: -
i) Where extension of the distribution mains or the commissioning of
the new sub-station is involved, within the timelines as per HPERC

(Licensee’s Duty for Supply of Electricity on Request) Regulations, 2004
Detailed process in this regard may be seen in HPERC (Licensee’s Duty for Supply of
Electricity on Request) Regulations, 2004 as amended from time to time.
3.2 Seniority in respect of applications for connections will be maintained in separate

queues as under:-
Queue No.1: Where no extension of Distribution mains or commissioning of

new Sub-Station is required.
Queue No.2: Where extension of distribution main or commissioning of new
sub-station is required but there is no requirement of erection
and commissioning of a new 33/11 kV Sub-Station or above.
Queue No.3: Where extension of supply requires erection of HT line.
Queue No.4:Where extension of supply requires erection and commissioning

of new 33/11 kV or above Sub-Stations.
3.3 All the applications shall be dealt with in the order of seniority. This will comprise
sanction of load, preparation of estimate and sanction thereof.
3.4 The AE/AEE should accord sanction to all such cases which may be in his
competency and forward the rest of the complete cases to the next higher
authority. Each authority (Sr.E.E./SE/CE) should accord sanction in respect of the
loads/CD within their competency as per delegation and recommend rest of the
cases to next higher authorities on the space provided in the A&A form with dated
signature.
3.5 On receipt of the sanctioned cases in the Sub Division/Sub-Office, issue of demand
notices will again be as per original category-wise seniority in a particular queue.
3.6 The seniority for the purpose of issue of Service Connection Order should be
reckoned from the date the applicant complies with the demand notice. The
seniority of such consumers, who complete the formalities on the same day, should
be determined on the basis of original seniority of their applications.
3.7 It may, however, not be always possible to follow the procedure laid down above
strictly in all cases and, accordingly, the same is to be taken as general guidelines.
In actual practice there may be certain other factors, technical or financial, which
may necessitate deviation from the procedure outlined above. For instance, there
may be case in which augmentation or erection of mains and/or sub-station is
involved or where some special material required for the erection of sub-station.
H.T. or L.T. lines may not be available. In such cases, other applications or cases
waiting till the applications referred to above are connected first. The main
consideration is that all the connections should be given expeditiously and within
the timelines specified in the HPERC Regulations and no discrimination should be
made between the applicants under the same circumstances.
The connections have to be given within time lines as per the HPERC
Regulations.

INSTRUCTION No. 4
Verification of Connected Load:

4.1 The actual load requirements of load of prospective consumer/applicant will be
entered in the A&A form/requisition form attached with the A&A form. The actual
requirements of the load of the consumer should be carefully estimated through
personal visit of JE/AAE to the premises where the electric connection is required
within the time frame specified for this purpose. The definition of connected load
as provided in the H.P. Electricity Supply Code [ Ref. Clause 1.2.11 ] must be kept
in mind while verifying the connected load. This visit should also cover the
requirements of material for preparation of inventory for the material required for
each service connection. It should be ensured that the entries of the load in the
application for supply of electricity are based on the actual requirement and in case
of discrepancy necessary corrections should be made. In determining the actual
load requirements, the following guidelines shall be kept in view:-
4.2 It should be ensured that the entries of the load in the relevant columns of the
application form are based on actual rating of device/apparatus connected to the
wiring. If, however, the actual rating of any of the energy consuming apparatus
connected with the system is not known/ or not visible, the load may be assessed
on the following standard wattages for Domestic and general load of other
categories of consumers:-
Description Domestic Commercial & General load of
Supply NDNC other categories
Supply
Light Point 60 Watts each 80 Watts each 80 Watts each
Fan Point 80 Watts each 100 Watts each 100 Watts each
Radiator (Small) 1000 Watts 1000 Watts each 1000 Watts each
each
Radiator(large) 2000 Watts 2000 Watts each 2000 Watts each
each
All sockets for 60 Watts each 80 Watts each 80 Watts each
light and
Fan(5A)
Power 1000 Watts 1000 Watts each 2000 Watts each
Sockets(15 A) each
Air Conditioner 2500 Watts As per rating As per rating
each mentioned in name mentioned in name
plate plate
NOTE:
i) In case single switch is used for controlling more than one lamp/appliance,
the sum of all the lamps/appliances shall be taken into account for
connected load purposes.
ii) In case the rating of windows/split air conditioner is not mentioned, the
same may be taken as 2.5 kW. In case of domestic and NRS consumers, the
air conditioners shall be permanently wired through miniature circuit
breakers and isolators which are not controlled through power sockets. In
case of existing domestic and NRS consumers, the excess load of AC’s may
be regularized with revised A&A form and after obtaining additional security

and recovery of expenditure as per HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for
Supply of Electricity) Regulations, 2012 as amended from time to time .
iii) The actual load of the Geysers installed through power plug shall be taken
and in absence of rating, the connected load may be taken as 2 kW in case
of storage type Geysers and 3 kW in case of instant Water Heater.
4.3 Where the consumer has installed rectifier transformer for electrolysis, the
connected load of the rectifier transformer shall be taken as a sum of ratings of
motors/equipments on output side. Capacity of the rectifier transformer shall not
exceed connected load by 20%.
4.4 The connected load of arc-furnace/ induction furnace shall be kVA/kW rating of the
furnace transformer feeding the furnace exclusively
4.4.1 Where an induction furnace is fed from an independent transformer with

sub-standard voltage rating i.e. 11000/570 volts etc. the capacity of the
feeding transformer be taken as connected load. In case the capacity as
kVA or MVA, the same shall be converted to kW by taking a power factor of
0.9
4.4.2 Where an induction furnace/Rolling Mill is fed from a distribution

transformer with standard voltage rating along with other general/ motive
load from that very transformer, the connected load shall be the sum of the
rating of furnace and motive/ other loads or the capacity of the feeding
transformer whichever is higher.
4.5 Where welding sets are found/used in the premises of industrial units like rice
shellers, spinning mills, cold storage, ice factories, atta-chakkies, flour mills, cotton
spinning mills, oil mills etc. and where these are used for carrying out minor repairs
to the machinery installed and where no job order or outside welding work is
carried out, load of one welding set shall not be counted while working out the
connected load. In case, more than one welding sets are existing/ installed in such
factories, the welding set of lowest rating shall not be counted towards connected
load and other welding sets shall be considered towards connected load.
4.6 Installation of three phase power sockets by NRS and Industrial consumers will not
be allowed. In case found at site during inspection, the rating should be taken as 6
kW for the purpose of assessing un-authorised use/Theft.
4.6 In case of computer centres, the computer systems connected through UPS, the
rating of UPS indicated in kVA will be converted into kW by multiplying with a
power factor of 0.9. However, the sockets installed on output side of UPS will not
be taken into account.

INSTRUCTION No. 5
Issuance of Power Availability Certificate:

5.1 Where the contract demand for new or additional load exceeds 100kVA, the
applicant will have to apply for the feasibility clearance certificate i.e. Power
Availability Certificate from HPSEBL before making the application for electric
connection/ application for extension of load on the Application & Agreement form.
The form of application for feasibility clearance/ PAC will be available
free of cost in the designated offices of the HPSEB Ltd. and can also be
downloaded from its website i.e. www.hpseb.com.
5.2 As soon as the application for Power Availability Certificate is received by the
concerned field units, the feasibility of feeding the load is to be examined by the
operation wing/Electrical System Wing as the case may be and the complete case
alongwith feasibility report may be forwarded to the competent authority as per
delegation of power for issuance of PAC. The competent authority shall issue
demand notice for payment of advance cost share towards IDC as per Clause No.
3.2 of H.P. Electricity Supply Code,2009 as amended from time to time for payment
within 60 days.
The feasibility report shall be submitted on FORMAT-A
Note:- In case of the Central and State Government/Government Agencies,
if the applicant is willing to deposit in advance the entire estimated/actual
cost of works including the service line, before the actual commencement
of works required to be executed for supply of power and such estimated
cost is more than the normative Infrastructural Development Charges (IDC)
and cost of service line, the applicant shall not be required to make the
separate payment of IDC under these regulations and charges towards
advance cost share for getting Power Availability Certificate (PAC) under
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code, 2009
5.3 The applicant has to deposit the demand notice charges for issuance of PAC within
a period of sixty days failing which the commitments to supply power already
intimated to industry department/or otherwise will be forfeited and consumer has
to apply for PAC afresh and the power shall be made available on the terms and
conditions prevailing at the time of application for power.
5.4 The PAC shall be issued to the consumer within 30 days of deposit of amount of
demand notice
5.5 The different Officers are competent to issue the PAC up to following extent: -
Sr. Designation Delegation Of Powers for Competent to

No. making power commitment make
commitments
Connected Contract on Voltage
load Demand
1. Sr. E.E./ Addl.S.E. Upto 500 kW Upto 500 kVA 1-ph. 230 V or
Incharge of 3-ph. 0.4 kV
Operation Division or 2.2 kV or
11 kV or 22
kV
2. S.E./ Dy.C.E. >500 kW to >500 kVA to 3-ph. 11 kV or

Incharge of <=2000 kW <=2000 kVA 22 kV
Operation Circle
3. Chief Engineer (Op.) >2000 kW to >2000 kVA to 3-ph. 11 kV or

<=3 MW <=2.2 MVA 22 kV
4. Board Level >3 MW >2.2 MVA 3-ph. 33 kV or

Committee All electric furnace(S) load of 66 kV or 132
Managing Director, 100 kW and above with kV or 220 kV
Director (Operation) contract demand of 100 kVA
and Director and above.
(Technical
All loads containing steel
rolling mills and rolling / re-
rolling mills.
All loads at 33 kV and above
5. The PAC to negative listed industry and in the competency of SLSWC

& MA is to be issued by CE (Comm.) in respect of the online Common
Application Form system of the Industry Department developed by NIC,
after confirmation of deposit of amount by the applicant as per online
request ID generated by HPSEBL. However, the PAC in respect of
offline Common Application Forms are to be issued by the concerned
Sr. Executive Engineers of Operation Wing after authorization by
CE(Comm.).
Procedure followed for issuance of PAC in respect of the applications
received through Common Application Form(Online) is as under:-
i) The consumer apply for issuance of PAC alongwith the project proposal
online on Single Window portal of Industry Deptt.
ii) The Industry Department forward the application to all Departments
including HPSEBL for comments on the proposal.
iii) The comments of HPSEBL is related to arrangement for supply of power.
CE(Comm.) is nodal officer for intimation of comments to Industry Deptt.
iv) The proposal is forwarded to the concerned field units to examine the
feasibility of feeding the load requisitioned by the unit and to supply the
information within three days.
v) After receipt of arrangement of feeding the load and after getting it
approved from the competent authority, if required, the comments are
uploaded to Single Window Portal.
vi) After approval of SLSWC& MA, of the consumer apply for issuance of PAC
through Single Window Portal online, demand is generated online and
payment is made by the consumer through Credit Card/Debit Cards Net
banking or offline/authorised payment gateway. The PAC is issued to the
consumer after deposit of the requisite charges.

Note: -
(i) Power Availability Certificate (PAC) falling under the competence of HPSEB
Ltd., shall be issued by concerned Chief Engineer (Operation) with the
approval of the Committee.
(ii) The consumer applying for contract demand less than 100 kVA is generally
not required to apply for PAC. However if the consumer requests for same
as a formality for approval of their project, the same may be issued after
completing all the codal formalities.
(iii) In case where the consumer intends to increase the connected load by
installation of additional plant of machinery without any change in the
existing contract demand, the consumer is not required to obtain Power
Availability Certificate and shall apply on A&A form for such additional load
alongwith revised Test Report for sanction of the authority competent as
per delegation of powers. However, for existing Industrial Consumers in
case of mere addition of Plant & Machinery is done by the enterprises for
modernization of unit, intimation to this effect should be given to Industries
Department and where addition in Plant & Machinery results in increase of
capacity of existing product or production of any additional product/by-
product, prior approval of Industries Department/State Level Single Window
Clearance & Monitoring Authority is required.
(iv) In case the standard supply voltage of the existing consumer get changed
due to additional load or additional contract demand or both, the feasibility
of feeding the entire demand may be examined at the higher supply voltage
and rest of the procedure for issuance of PAC is same.
5.6 The PAC shall be valid for a period of three years or for such shorter period as may
be mutually agreed upon by the HPSEBL and the applicant, provided that the
validity period may be extended, from time to time, as may be mutually agreed
upon by the applicant and HPSEBL.
5.7 The applicant shall, after grant of Power Availability Certificate (PAC) the applicant
should complete the works required for release of connection and submit the
application to give supply of electricity to the premises within the validity period of
PAC with the connected load and contract demand by completing the codal
formalities required for the sanction of load. HPSEBL shall adjust, the amount
received as advance cost share deposit towards infrastructural development
charges against amount recoverable under HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for
supply of electricity) Regulations, 2012.
Provided that if the applicant submits application for a contract demand lesser than
the contract demand for which Power Availability Certificate has been issued, the
amount of advance cost share shall be adjusted as under :-
(a) if the applicant intends to avail the On pro-rata basis.
balance contract demand at a
subsequent stage during the
validity period of the Power
Availability Certificate.
(b) if the applicant expresses his Full amount of the advance cost
intention not to take supply for the share deposited by the applicant
balance contract demand for which shall be adjusted after deducting
Power Availability Certificate was therefrom 20% of the
issued. proportionate amount deposited

as advance cost share in respect
of such contract demand as is not
to be availed
5.8 Where the applicant who has been granted the Power Availability Certificate (PAC)
fails to submit the application or declines to take supply for the full contract
demand for which Power Availability Certificate was granted, within the validity
period, the advance cost share, not adjusted as per 5.7 above, shall be refunded
after deducting there from 20% of the proportionate amount of the advance cost
share deposited in respect of the contract demand which is not to be availed.
Illustration: If the Power Availability Certificate is issued for 3000 kVA contract
demand, but application is submitted or supply is taken only for 2000 kVA contract
demand, 20% of the advance cost share pertaining to 1000 kVA contract demand
shall be deducted.
The refund of the refundable amount of advance cost share shall be made within
30 days from the expiry of validity period or from an earlier date on which such
applicant expresses his intention not to take supply for full or part of the contract
demand for which the Power Availability Certificate was issued and requests for
refund of such amount.
5.9 The indicative terms and conditions to be intimated to the consumer at the time of
PAC shall be as under:-
The details of Power Availability Certificate such as Name of the Applicant, Location of the
premises where power is required, purpose for which the power is required, the connected
load (kW) and Contract demand (kVA) of the load requisitioned by the applicant, supply
voltage at which power will be made available and the feeding sub-station from where
power shall be made available shall be mentioned in the starting paragraph of the PAC.
The condition of construction of new sub-station or augmentation of existing sub-station
for release of the load, if required, the same shall also be mentioned.
1) In case of drawl of Contract demand in excess of the Contract demand sanctioned,

the firm will be liable to pay penalty for over drawl as notified from time to time.
2) The supply during peak load hours (6:30 PM to 10 PM) shall be governed by the
additional conditions as specified in the H.P. Electricity Supply Code & Schedule of
Tariff and Schedule of General & Service Charges approved by HPERC.
3) The consumer has to submit proof of ownership/occupancy of the premises for

which electricity connection is being applied for.
4) Authorization to sign on behalf of company (i.e. Resolution of Board of Directors of

the company, duly attested , authorizing the person to sign the papers /
agreements on behalf of company along with attested signatures of the authorized
person) should also be obtained and verified. A copy of the same be kept in the
consumer file.
5) In case of applications for electric connections falling under Planning areas,

Municipal Corporations, Nagar Panchayats and other local bodies where TCP Act,

1977 is applicable, the NOC from the local bodies is mandatory at the time of release of
connection.
6) The power will be made available on the basis of self- certified declaration/
undertaking given by the consumer at the time of sanction of load. In case of non-
fulfillment of statutory provisions/ approvals/ clearances from Govt. (Central/ State)
Departments and other statutory bodies, the connection shall be disconnected
without any notice, as agreed in the declaration/ undertaking.
7) It should be ensured before sanction of load that the security amount payable as
per HPERC (Security Deposit)Regulations,2005 as amended from time to time, shall
be got deposited with the concerned Sub Divisional Officer. The amount payable
towards Security Deposit shall be in the form of Cash/ Demand Draft (D.D.) drawn
in favour of the concerned Sub-Divisional Officer. The firm may opt to furnish the
security in the form of Bank Guarantee in place of cash deposit where the amount
payable towards security deposit exceeds Rs.10.00 lac and the same shall remain
valid during the period the agreement for supply of energy remains in force. The
validity of BG in no case should be less than 3 years.
8) The consumer shall deposit cost towards Expenditure for Supply of Electricity as per
HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regulations, 2012 and its
amendments.
9) The cost of dedicated feeder /joint feeder along with bay and associated equipment
at both ends, as the case may be, will have to be borne by the consumer as per
provisions of HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regulations,
2012 and its amendments. The cost of all these components will be intimated to
the consumer by the Chief Engineer (Op.), / Chief Engineer(ES), as the case may
be.
10) The cost of the whole or part of the service line/equipment paid by the consumer
and maintained by the HPSEBL, shall remain the property of HPSEBL and HPSEBL
shall have the right to make use of the service line/equipment for extending power
supply to other consumer(s) in the vicinity or for any other purpose.
11) The consumer will have to build up the load to the extent of load sanctioned
/contract demand within a period of two months of readiness of HPSEBL failing
which the demand charges will be levied as per provision of H.P. Electricity Supply
Code,2009 as amended from time to time.
The metering of the consumer shall be done as per Central Electricity Authority
(Installation and Operation of Meters) Regulations, 2006 as amended from time to
time.
12) During winter months i.e. from November to March, in case there is shortage of
power, which otherwise is not a general phenomenon, the release of power will
depend upon its availability.
13) No new supply to LT installations with induction motor(s) of capacity above 3 HP

and /or welding transformers above 2 kVA shall be given unless shunt capacitors of
appropriate ratings are installed to the entire satisfaction of the HPSEBL. The
consumer shall maintain a power factor of 0.9 lagging or above at all times.

14) The consumer shall comply with the harmonics standards as specified by the
Authority and for voltage levels for which harmonics standards have not been
specified by the Authority, the user shall comply with the standards specified in the
relevant International Electrical and Electronic Engineers regulations. In case of
failure to comply the specified standards, action shall be taken as per Clause No.
2.1.9 of H.P. Electricity Supply Code, 2009.
15) The consumer shall abide by the provisions of Electricity Act,2003, all applicable
laws, conditions of supply, General Conditions of Tariff and Schedule of Tariff,
Supply Code, rules, regulations, orders, Directives, Notifications issued and
enforced under applicable laws by HPERC/CEA/Govt. of India/Govt. of H.P. and any
other instructions/circulars issued by HPSEB Ltd. from time to time, and as
amended from time to time, for equitable and efficient distribution of electric
energy.
16) The HPSEBL reserves the right to impose any restrictions depending upon the
loading conditions of the feeding substation and availability of power as may deem
fit to regulate the supply in the most efficient manner.
17) It is mandatory for the consumer to use BEE star labeled (with minimum 4 star
rating) Motorpump sets, and ISI/BIS marked power capacitors, foot/reflex valves
etc. as per Govt. of H.P., MPP & Power Deptt. Order No. Vidyut-C(7)-1/2008 dated
5.12.2009 and its amendment dated 28.12.2016.
18) The Power Availability Certificate shall remain valid for a period of three years from
date of its issuance.
Other specific conditions of line/sub-station to be commissioned, or any other case

specific conditions shall also be included while issuing the PAC to the consumer.
5.10 Standard Supply Voltage/ Supply Voltage:
Depending upon the minimum and maximum limits of contract demand (or connected load
in case of domestic supply) the character of supply shall be as per the relevant provisions of
the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code, 2009, as amended from time to time. The
relevant provisions are as below:
5.10.1 Standard Supply Voltage/ Supply Voltage:

The standard supply voltage shall mean the standard voltage at which electricity shall be
given to the consumer through a common or dedicated or joint dedicated feeder without
payment of any lower voltage supply surcharge (LVSS). Depending upon the connected
load(kW or MW), contract demand (kVA or MVA), nature of load and existence of a voltage
(volts/kV) and phase in the relevant distribution system, the standard supply voltage for a
consumer shall be as provided in clauses (a) and (b) of this para 5.10.1 and para 5.10.3-
(a) The maximum limits of connected load (kW or MW) and contract demand (kVA or
MVA) for the supply of power at a voltage, shall be as under-

Sr. Standard Supply Voltage Maximum Maximum
No. Connected Load Contract
Demand
1. Single phase 230 volts or three phase 50 kW 50 kVA

415 volts or 2.2 kV;
(for supplies not involving special
category loads)
2. Three phase 11 kV or 22 kV; 3 MW 2.2 MVA
category loads)
3. Three phase 33 kV 12 MW 10 MVA
5. Three phase 132 kV or 220 kV No limits
Provided that where special category loads are involved, the standard supply voltage shall
be 11 kV or 22 kV, as may exist on the relevant distribution system, if –
(i) the total connected load does not exceed 1 MW, irrespective of special
category loads; or
(ii) the total quantum of connected load in respect of special category loads
does not exceed 750 kW within the overall limit of total connected load
upto 3 MW and total contract demand upto 2.2 MVA:
Provided further that, if neither of the limits given in the first proviso, in relation to supplies
involving special category loads, are adhered to, the standard supply voltage shall be 33
kV or the appropriate higher voltage in accordance with the limits specified in this clause:
Provided further that where a consumer having connected load of not more than 50 kW is
already getting supply at LT voltage immediately before commencement of the Himachal
Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014, he shall continue to
be covered under a LT standard voltage (i.e. single phase 230 volts or three phase 415
volts) irrespective of contract demand already sanctioned in his favour, so long as he does
not further extend his connected load or contract demand beyond the specified limits of 50
kW or 50 kVA respectively:
Provided further that where a consumer is getting supply at a voltage higher than the
standard supply voltage as per the said specified limits, he shall continue to get supply at
such higher voltage without any rebate for higher voltage supply.
(b) Where the connected load or contract demand exceeds the relevant ceiling limit
specified in clause (a), the appropriate higher voltage at which both such limits can be
adhered to, shall be considered as standard supply voltage and there shall be no minimum
limits for supply of power at a particular voltage.
5.10.2 Supply at Lower Voltage:

Where the consumer seeks supply of power at a voltage lower than the standard supply
voltage as per para (5.10.1), the licensee shall supply power at such lower voltage subject
to the maximum limits of connected load and contract demand as specified in this para;
payment of lower voltage supply surcharge (LVSS) by the consumer at the rates given in
the tariff order applicable from time to time; and other conditions, as may be relevant,
specified in this para or in para (5.10.3) and as per the provisions of the Supply Code :-

Sr. Supply Description Maximum Maximum
No. Voltage Connected Contract
Load Demand
1. 11 kV (for (a) If 22 kV or 33 kV voltage 5 MW 4 MVA
supplies not level exists in the relevant
involving distribution system.
special (b) If 22 kV or 33 kV voltage 6 MW 5 MVA
category level does not exist in the
loads) relevant distribution system.
2. 22 kV (for (a) If 33 kV voltage level 6 MW 5 MVA
supplies not exists in the relevant
special (b) If 33 kV voltage level 7 MW 5.5 MVA
category does not exist in the relevant
loads) distribution system.
3. 33 kV (a) If 66 kV voltage level 15 MW 12 MVA
exists in the relevant
distribution system.
(b) If 66 kV voltage level 18 MW 14 MVA
does not exist in the relevant
4. 66 kV (a) Through a common or 18 MW 14 MVA
dedicated or joint dedicated
feeder
(b) Through a dedicated or 30 MW 24 MVA
joint dedicated feeder
Provided that all such supplies, excepting the same at Sr. No.4(a), shall be given through
dedicated or joint dedicated feeders only and that in case of Sr. No. 4(a) the supply shall
be given through a common or dedicated or joint dedicated feeder:
Provided further that in case of supply involving special category loads, the same shall be
given at 11 kV or 22 kV subject to further conditions that the total connected load in
respect of the special category loads does not exceed 1.5 MW within the total connected
load upto 3 MW and contract demand upto 2.2 MVA and that the supply is to be given
through a dedicated feeder or a joint dedicated feeder emanating from EHV sub-station:
Provided further that if the conditions given in second proviso, in relation to the supplies
involving special category loads, are not adhered to, the supply shall be given at 33 kV or
at appropriate higher voltage depending on the total connected load and contract demand:
Provided further that the provisions of this para, shall be further subject to the following
condition:-
(i). that the voltage regulation limits shall have to be adhered to while deciding
the supply arrangements;
(ii). that in case of special category loads and other such loads which can cause
disturbances in the power distribution system, the consumer shall provide suitable
protection equipments as per the Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to
Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010 and other prudent practices to
adequately insulate the distribution system from the disturbance caused by such
loads;
(iii). that the consumer already getting supply at higher voltage as compared to
the standard supply voltage or the limits given in this para, shall not be entitled to
any higher voltage supply rebate; and

(iv). that in cases of joint dedicated feeder, the limits of maximum connected
load and maximum contract demand as per this para shall be applicable for the
summation of the connected loads and contract demands of both the consumers.
Explanation.- For the purposes of this para,-

(a) “dedicated feeder” means the electric supply line emanating from the sub-
station of the licensee through which electricity is, or is intended to be, supplied to
a single consumer; and
(b) “joint dedicated feeder” means the electric supply line emanating from the sub-
two consumers.
5.10.3 (i) Where the contract demand has not been applied for or sanctioned, the limit
corresponding to 90% of the connected load (in kW) converted into kVA by adopting
power factor of 0.9 shall be deemed as the contract demand.
(ii) The supply shall be made at the minimum voltage level at which all the relevant limits
and conditions are adhered to. However, if the consumer opts for supply of power at a
voltage higher than the standard supply voltage, the licensee shall allow the same
excepting the cases in which there may be some constraint.
(iii) Where the connected load or contract demand is to be enhanced, the standard supply
voltage under para (5.10.1) and the supply voltage under para (5.10.2) shall be
redetermined as per the provisions under the said paras based on enhanced connected
load and enhanced contract demand.
Explanation.- For the purposes of paras (5.10.1) and (5.10.2), “special category loads”
means furnace loads and mass induction heating loads and shall also include any other
load as the Commission may, after taking into consideration electrical characteristics and
its impact on the distribution system, by order, declare it to be a special category load.
INSTRUCTION No. 6
Sanction of Load:
6.1 The consumer is required to apply for sanction of load on the A&A form with
deposit of requisite charges as detailed above in Instruction No.1 to 5. The concerned Sub-
Division shall process the case with detailed feasibility of feeding the load, voltage
regulation calculations of the feeder from where the supply is to be released and sanction
the load in case in the competency of Sub-Division and submit the case to the concerned
Division. The concerned Division shall check the documents and verify the feasibility
report. In case the feeding sub-station is under control of Electrical System Wing or the
supply voltage of the proposed load is 66 kV or above, the feasibility report shall be
forwarded to Electrical System Division for verification and recommendations. The
feasibility report shall be submitted on FORMAT-B
As in some of the cases the authorities competent to sanction the load and the estimate
may be different, steps should, therefore, be taken to get the estimate sanctioned in
advance specifically in case the service line is a dedicated feeder or the connection is to be
released at 11 kV and above, after issuance of PAC to the consumers. The consumer shall
apply for sanction of load after the installation of plant and machinery including the
electrical installation and wiring is almost complete and the details of load of plant and
machinery can be verified at site.

6.2 The various officers are competent to accept the A&A form and sanction of loads at
standard supply voltage for all categories of consumers whether permanent or temporary
up to the following extent:--
Sr. Designation D.O.P. for sanction of load
No. Connected Contract Demand
load
1. Engineer Incharge of <=50 kW <=50 kVA
Operation Sub- Division (AE, (at LT Supply)
AEE, Ex.Engg.)
2. Sr. E.E./ Addl.S.E. Incharge >50 kW to >50 kVA to <=500 kVA
of Operation Division <=500 kW
( up to 11 kV)
3. S.E./ Dy.C.E. Incharge of >500 kW to >500 kVA to <=2000
Operation Circle <=2000 kW kVA
( up to 11 kV)
4. Chief Engineer (Op.) >2000 kW to >2000 kVA to <=2.2
<=3 MW MVA
(Up to 11 kV)
5. Board Level Committee >3 MW >2.2 MVA
Managing Director, Director All electric furnaces(S) load of 100 kW
(Operation) and Director and above with contract demand of 100
(Technical). kVA and above.
All loads containing steel rolling mills
and rolling / re-rolling mills.
All loads at 33 kV and above
∗ The formal sanction order shall be issued by the concerned Chief
Engineer (Op.) after approval of Board Level Committee and completion
of all the codal formalities.
6 Concerned CE (Op.) after Permanent reduction of connected
completion of codal load/contract demand in respect of the
formalities load at Sr. No. 5
Note: In cases of extension of load the above limits shall apply for total load i.e.
sanctioned existing load and additional load. The competent authorities to
sanction such load in such cases shall be the same as for the total
connected load after inclusion of additional load as indicated above.
6.3 The indicative terms and conditions to be intimated to the domestic consumer at
the time of sanction of load shall be as below:-
The details of sanction of load such as Name of the Applicant, Location of the
premises for which load is sanctioned, purpose for which load is sanctioned, the
connected load (kW) sanctioned ( in case of additional connected load, the existing
load(kW) and additional load(kW) may also be entered) , supply voltage at which
load is sanctioned and the feeding sub-station from where power shall be made
available shall be mentioned in the starting paragraph of the sanction of load.

1) The consumer has to submit proof of ownership /occupancy of the premises for
which electricity connection is being applied for
2) Authorization to sign on behalf of company (i.e. Resolution of Board of Directors

of the company, duly attested , authorizing the person to sign the papers /
agreements on behalf of company along with attested signatures of the
authorized person) should also be obtained and verified. A copy of the same be
kept in the consumer file.

1977 is applicable, the NOC from the local bodies is mandatory at the time of
release of connection.
undertaking given by the consumer at the time of sanction of load. In case of
non-fulfillment of statutory provisions/ approvals/ clearances from Govt. (Central/
State) Departments and other statutory bodies, the connection shall be
disconnected with intimation, as agreed in the declaration/ undertaking.
5) The consumer has deposited security amounting to Rs. [ Rs. _______in cash
+ BG amounting to Rs.__________] as per HPERC (Security Deposit
Regulations),2005 for the contract demand as per billing cycle with the
concerned Sub Divisional Officer. The amount payable towards Security Deposit
shall be in the form of Cash/ Demand Draft (D.D.) drawn in favour of the
concerned Sub-Divisional Officer.
6) The consumer shall deposit cost towards Expenditure for Supply of Electricity as
per HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity) Regulations,2012
and amendments. The amount deposited must be entered in the A&A form in the
space provided for the purpose.
7) The cost of service line and associated equipment at both ends, as the case may
be, will have to be borne by the consumer as per HPERC (Recovery of
Expenditure for Supply of Electricity) Regulations,2012 and amendments.
8) The metering of the consumer shall be done as per Central Electricity

Authority (Installation and Operation of Meters) Regulations, 2006 as
amended from time to time.
9) During winter months i.e. from November to March, in case there is shortage
of power, which otherwise is not a general phenomenon, the release of
power will depend upon its availability and HPSEBL reserves the right to
impose any restrictions.
enforced under applicable laws by HPERC/CEA/Govt. of India/Govt. of H.P. and
any other instructions/circulars issued by HPSEB Ltd. from time to time, and as

amended from time to time, for equitable and efficient distribution of electric energy.
loading conditions of the feeding substation and availability of power as may
deem fit to regulate the supply in the most efficient manner.
12) HPSEBL will not be held responsible for any loss to the consumer as a result of
any breakdown, shutdown (whether planned or emergency) or restriction power
etc.
13) The consumer will have to abide by the CEA (Measures relating to safety and
electric supply) regulation 2010 and its amendments.
6.4 The indicative terms and conditions to be intimated to the other than domestic
consumers at the time of sanction of load shall be as below:
A) Sanction of New /Addl Load /Contract Demand
The details of sanction of load such as Name of the Applicant, Location of the premises for
which load is sanctioned, purpose for which load is sanctioned, the connected load (kW)
and Contract demand (kVA) sanctioned ( in case of additional connected load and/or
Contract demand, the existing load(kW) and additional load(kW) with existing Contract
demand(kVA) and additional Contract demand (kVA) may also be entered) , supply voltage
at which load is sanctioned and the feeding sub-station from where power shall be made
available shall be mentioned in the starting paragraph of the sanction of load. The
condition of construction of new sub-station or augmentation of existing sub-station for
release of the load shall also be mentioned in case applicable.
1) In case of drawl of Contract demand in excess of the Contract demand

sanctioned, the firm will be liable to pay penalty for over drawl as notified from
time to time.
2) The supply during peak load hours (6:30 PM to 10 PM) shall be governed by the
additional conditions as specified in the H.P. Electricity Supply Code & Schedule
of Tariff and Schedule of General & Service Charges approved by HPERC.
The prior intimation of 30 days of his intention of using the load during peak
load hours has to be intimated to HPSEBL.
3) The consumer has to submit proof of ownership /occupancy of the premises for
which electricity connection is being applied for.
4) Authorization to sign on behalf of company (i.e. Resolution of Board of Directors

of the company, duly attested , authorizing the person to sign the papers /
agreements on behalf of company along with attested signatures of the
authorized person) should also be obtained and verified. A copy of the same be
kept in the consumer file.


1977 is applicable, the NOC from the local bodies is mandatory at the time of release
of connection.
undertaking given by the consumer at the time of sanction of load. In case of
non-fulfillment of statutory provisions/ approvals/ clearances from Govt. (Central/
State) Departments and other statutory bodies, the connection shall be
disconnected with intimation, as agreed in the declaration/ undertaking.
7) The consumer has deposited security amounting to Rs. [ Rs. _______in cash
+ BG amounting to Rs.__________] as per HPERC (Security Deposit
Regulations),2005 for the contract demand as per billing cycle with the
concerned Sub Divisional Officer. The amount payable towards Security Deposit
shall be in the form of Cash/ Demand Draft (D.D.) drawn in favour of the
concerned Sub-Divisional Officer. The firm may opt to furnish the security in the
form of Bank Guarantee in place of cash deposit where the amount payable
towards security deposit exceeds Rs.10.00 lac and the same shall remain valid
during the period the agreement for supply of energy remains in force. The
validity of BG in no case should be less than 3 years. The entry of security
deposited by the consumer may be made in the A&A form in the space provided
for the purpose.
8) The consumer shall deposit cost towards Expenditure for Supply of Electricity as
per HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity) Regulations,2012
and amendments. The amount deposited must be entered in the A&A form in the
space provided for the purpose.
9) The cost of ____ kV dedicated feeder /joint dedicated feeder along with bay and
associated equipment at both ends, as the case may be, will have to be borne by
the consumer as per HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity)
Regulations, 2012 and amendments. The cost of all these components will be
intimated to the consumer by the Chief Engineer (Op.), concerned / Chief
Engineer (ES), HPSEBL, Hamirpur, as the case may be. The entry of amount
deposited by the consumer on this account shall be made in the A&A form in the
space provided.
10) The cost of the whole or part of the service line/equipment paid by the consumer
and maintained by the HPSEBL/consumer as per HPERC Regulations, shall remain
the property of HPSEBL and HPSEBL shall have the right to make use of the
service line/equipment for extending power supply to other consumer(s) in the
vicinity or for any other purpose.
11) The consumer will have to build up the load to the extent of load sanctioned
/contract demand within a period of two months of readiness of HPSEBL
failing which the demand charges will be levied as per provision of H.P.
Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014.

12) The metering of the consumer shall be done as per Central Electricity
13) No new supply to LT installations with induction motor(s) of capacity above 3

HP and /or welding transformers above 2 kVA shall be given unless shunt
capacitors of appropriate ratings are installed to the entire satisfaction of the
HPSEBL
14) The consumer shall comply with the harmonics standards as specified by the
specified by the Authority, the user shall comply with the standards specified in
the relevant International Electrical and Electronic Engineers regulations. In case
of failure to comply the specified standards, action shall be taken as per Clause
No. 2.1.9 of H.P. Electricity Supply Code, 2009.
enforced under applicable laws by HPERC/CEA/Govt. of India/Govt. of H.P. and
any other instructions/circulars issued by HPSEB Ltd. from time to time, and as
amended from time to time, for equitable and efficient distribution of electric
energy.
loading conditions of the feeding substation and availability of power as may
deem fit to regulate the supply in the most efficient manner.
17) The supply of electricity shall not be commenced by HPSEBL for HT and EHT
supply voltage unless the permission from Electrical Inspector is obtained by the
consumer to commence or recommence the supply after an installation has been
disconnected for six months. The consumer will have to abode by the CEA
(Measures relating to safety and electric supply) regulation 2010 and its
amendments.
18) It is mandatory for the consumer to use BEE star labeled (with minimum 4
star rating) Motor pump sets, and ISI/BIS marked power capacitors,
foot/reflex valves etc. as per Govt. of H.P., MPP & Power Deptt. Order No.
Vidyut-C(7)-1/2008 dated 5.12.2009 and its amendment dated 28.12.2016.
Other specific conditions of line/sub-station to be commissioned, or any other

case specific conditions shall also be included while issuing the load sanction
order.
B) Permanent reduction of contract demand
The details of sanction of permanent reduction of contract demand such as Name

of the Applicant, Location of the premises for which load is sanctioned, existing

contract demand before reduction and contract demand after reduction and supply
voltage shall be mentioned.
The effective date of permanent reduction of contract demand shall be the date on
which the reduction of contract demand has been sanctioned or 30 days (
timeframe as per HPERC(Distribution Standards Performance) Regualtions,2010)
from receipt of application in the sub-division with processing fee, whichever, is
earlier.
The details of processing fee deposited at the time of application on the changed
quantum of contract demand as per Schedule of Tariff and Schedule of General
and Service Charges shall be mentioned in the order.
The enhancement of contract demand, if any, required in future shall be regulated

as per Clause No. 3.2 of H.P. Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment)
Regulations, 2014 and recovery of expenditure shall be made as per regulation
7(2) of HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regulations,2012
and its amendments.
The other terms and conditions of original load sanction shall remain unchanged.
6.5 Release of connection to from the Sub-Station of consumer.
In case a HT consumer with one unit as a separate individual entity (either sister
concern or another unit of a firm or company) requiring connection LT connection
may request HPSEBL to avail the connection from the Sub-Station installed by the
HT consumer with agreement for metering and billing. Similarly in case of EHT and
HT consumer, the Sub-metering arrangement can be requested by the consumers.
In such cases, both the units are either the separate units of a firm of Company
with separate production line/business or sister concerns. HPSEBL may allow the
same subject to following:-
6.5.1 The sub-metering arrangement may be allowed in case system is not

available with HPSEBL (this shall not be limited to system constraints but
only in case there is no system with HPSEBL at a particular voltage) and in
case the system is available, other consumers may be asked to club the
load, if it is feasible.
6.5.2 In case system at particular voltage is not available with HPSEBL, the sub-
metering may be allowed but only for adjoining areas and not in the cases
where the units are separated by road, forest land, plot, piece of land etc.
6.5.3 The metering and billing arrangement in the shape of agreement shall be
approved by the concerned Chief Engineer(Op), of HPSEBL after the
arrangement has been approved by the authority competent to sanction of
load a per delegation of power.
All other codal formalities may be completed before release of connection. One
copy of the document may be sent to Chief Engineer (Commercial) for reference and
record after sanction of load in respect of those load sanction cases which has been
approved by Board Level Committee.

Instruction No. 7
Intimation of Acceptance of Application, Issuing of Demand Notice &

Execution of Agreement:
7.1 After the load applied for by the prospective consumer and the estimate for service
line as per Regulation 4 of HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for supply of
Electricity) Regualtions,2012 and its amendments and as per Sub-Regulation 3 and
9 of Regulation 5 of HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity)
Regulations, 2012 ,wherever applicable have been got sanctioned from the
competent authority, suitable entry should be made in the service register. The
consumer shall be intimated about the acceptance of his application and demand
notice shall be issued. The demand notice to the consumer should comprises of the
following:-
a) The initial security deposit for new/additional load/Contract demand, as applicable,

as per HPERC(Security Deposits) Regulations,2005 as amended from time to time.
b) Normative Infrastructural Development Charges as per Regulation 5(2) of

HPERC(Recovery of expenditure for supply of electricity) Regualtions,2012 as
c) The cost of service line estimate as per Regulation 4 of HPERC (Recovery of

Expenditure for Supply of Electricity) Regulations 2012.
d) The entire cost of infrastructure to be created in case of builder/promoter as per

Regulation (6) of HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity)
Regulations 2012, as the case may be.
e) The entire cost of works in the areas where no infrastructure is available or no

growth is foreseen in immediate future including the sites where locations of the
loads depend upon the geographic factors and availability of basic raw material
such as cement factories and construction power for Hydel projects etc as per
Regulation 5(3) of HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of
Electricity) Regulations 2012 and sub-regulation 9 of Regulation 5 of
HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regulations,2012 for
exclusive works , as the case may be.
Note: In case of HT /EHT connection, or where the load is to be released

on dedicated feeder, the estimate for HT/EHT line may either be
prepared after issuance of PAC or after sanction of load as decided
by the consumer and the field units of HPSEBL in order to execute
the work simultaneously with installation of plant and machinery so
as to release the connection in a time bound manner.
7.2 The demand notice (in duplicate) should immediately be issued within the time
period specified under clause 3 of HPERC (Licensee’s Duty for Supply of Electricity
on request) regulations 2004 against proper receipt or by registered/ speed post to
the prospective consumer on form CS -5 (a) in case of LT Consumers and on form
– CS 5(b) in case of HT/EHT consumers for its compliance by the consumer.

The demand notice should indicate the following :-
i) All deficiencies to be made good and the codal formalities to be completed
by the applicant and observations and conditions observed by the
sanctioning authority.
ii) Necessity to furnish the test report from the approved wiring contractor in
case not submitted at the time of application for connection. It some minor
installation & testing by the electrical contractor at the premises of applicant
is left, the consumer may be allowed to submit the Test Report after
sanction of load by the competent field officers. However, the test report on
parameters related to safety and protection of the installation should be
submitted at the time of submission of initial test report along with A&A
form only.
iii) The deposit of charges as per regulations notified by HPERC as indicated at

Sl. No. 7.1 above.
7.3 Period for which the offer remains valid:
7.3.1 In the demand notice the period for which the offer will remain valid is also
required to be intimated to the applicant. The normal validity period to
comply with the demand notice is 90 days which can further be extended at
the request of the consumer on valid grounds up to a period limited to six
months.
7.3.2 In case of non-compliance of the demand notice within the period

mentioned in such notice or within such period as may be mutually agreed
between the licensee(HPSEBL) and the applicant which in not more than six
months, the application, against which the demand notice had been issued,
shall be treated as withdrawn and the matter shall be further dealt with in
accordance with relevant governing Regulations and Codes of the
Commission.
7.7 Delay to take supply or avail contract demand:
7.7.1 After the load has been sanctioned, the HPSEB Ltd. shall carry out all the
necessary codal formalities and execution of works for supply of power in
line with the HPERC (Licensee’s Duty for Supply of Electricity on Request)
Regulations 2004. As soon as HPSEB Ltd. completes all works required for
releasing the connection to the prospective/ existing consumer, concerned
Sr. executive Engineer, Electrical Division shall intimate prospective/ existing
consumer in writing the readiness of HPSEBL to release the load and shall
request the prospective/ existing consumer to avail the load with in
specified period of two months. The prospective/ existing consumer shall
carry out all the inspection and testing work of his installation done within
the period of two months.
7.7.2 In case the prospective/ existing consumer, either delays to receive supply
of electricity or does not avail the full contract demand within two months,
demand charges in respect of consumers to whom two part tariff is
applicable, on the sanctioned contract demand shall be charged on the

sanctioned contract demand at the rates as per the relevant Schedule of
Tariff subject to following limits in line with clause 3.9 of the Supply code:
S.No. Description Minimum Limit
i For initial six months from Maximum demand actually
the expiry of notice period availed if any.
or date of release of
connection, whichever is
earlier;
ii For next six months; Maximum demand actually
availed, if any, or 30% of the
total sanctioned contract
demand, whichever is higher
iii After expiry of the period Maximum demand actually
provided in item (ii) above availed, if any, or 50% of the
total sanctioned contract
demand, whichever is higher
Provided that the minimum limits, as given, in (ii) and (iii) above, shall not
be further decreased on the account of tariff provisions relating to charging
of demand charges for lesser quantum of demand due to non utilization or
temporary reduction of contract demand.
INSTRUCTION No. 8
Disposal of Pending Applications:

8.1 At the close of each month an abstract in the Service Register should be prepared
by SDO/J.E. incharge of the Sub-Division/Sub Office. The abstract should show
clearly the number of pending applications and applications received during the
month. The pending applications (especially for tube well and industrial loads)
should be further scrutinized by the SDO (A.E./A.E.E.) personally and necessary
action be taken to see that arrangements are made to make supply of power
available to all genuine demands.
8.2 Where an application for supply of electricity pertains to a village, hamlet or area
that has not been electrified, supply of electricity in such case(s) will be made only
after electrification of that village, hamlet or area as per the investment plan of the
licensee, as approved by the commission & application may be disposed off by
writing the words ”pending for want of electrification of the area” in the Service
Register in the column concerned (in red ink). The reason for non-acceptance
should also be written (in red ink) in continuation of the words “pending for want of
electrification” across the ensuing column. The probable/ tentative date by which
the power can be made available be also intimated to the consumer on the basis of
investment plan. Separate seniority list of such type of “pending” applications is to
be maintained meticulously and the same should be followed while releasing the
connection. Such applications should be properly acknowledged and the applicant
informed accordingly.

INSTRUCTION No. 9
Receipt of duly complied demand notice, Agreement Form, Test Report &
other relevant documents:
As soon as the consumer complies with the Demand Notice the following procedure
may be adopted:--
9.1 It should be ensured that all the documents required to be furnished by the
consumer duly filled and signed have been received in the Sub-Division. It
will be the specific duty of the receiving HPSEBL official to check the
details.
9.2 The wiring contractor’s test report ‘Form CS-10’ as was received along with
A& A form should be verified in respect of various categories of consumers.
In case, if a minor installation & testing by the electrical contractor at the
premises of applicant is left, the consumer may be allowed to submit the
Test Report after sanction of load by the competent field officers. However,
the test report on parameters related to safety and protection of the
installation should be submitted at the time of submission of initial test
report along with A&A form only.
The following officers are authorized to verify and accept test reports in case of the
categories of consumers within the time limits indicated against each:--
S. Officer/ official Consumer Time Limit

No. designated Category
8.3.1. Junior Engineer/ Domestic, NDNCS & Within 10 days after
AAE. Commercial sanction of load
consumers
8.3.2 SDO (A.E/A.E.E.) Agricultural, Small/ Within 10 days after
Medium/ Large sanction of load
Industrial, IDWPS and
Bulk Supply
consumers, SL and
TMS (to get supply at
L.T.)
8.3.3 Sr. Executive Small//Medium/Large Within 10 days after
Engineer Industrial, IDWPS and sanction of load.
Bulk Supply
consumers, TMS,
Railway Traction ( to
get supply at
H.T./EHT)
It may, however, be pointed out here that the period specified above is the
maximum and that normally it should be possible to verify the test reports in much
shorter period.
Note: -
(i) In case the electrical installation of the consumer does not conform the relevant
provisions of the CEA (Measures relating to Safety & Electric
Supply)Regulations,2010 and its amendments or is likely to constitute danger, the
consumer should be informed in writing of the shortcomings and to deposit the
requisite re-inspection fee as per the relevant provision of the applicable Schedule
of Tariff and General & Service Charges .As soon as the consumer intimates the

removal of defects and deposits the re-inspection fee the installation should be
retested and the procedure repeated until the defects are removed fully.
(ii) No connection should be given on false test reports or where the installation has
not been carried out. Any official/officer responsible for this breach of Instructions
would be liable for disciplinary action.
(iii) To avoid unauthorized extensions of load by Agricultural, Industrial and Bulk Supply
consumers, the accepting authority as indicated above must ensure that the
connected load in respect of the consumers falling under their power as stated
above is checked at least once a year.
(iv) HP Govt. Vide notification No. MPP-F(5)-22/2013-I dated 28.6.2016 has introduced
self-certification provision and third party verification for installation of up to 440 V
supply voltage. In case self-certified/third party verified installations, the same may
be accepted. No new connection or reconnection after disconnection of more than
six months in respect of installation of supply voltage above 440 V be made by the
HPSEB Ltd. on the request of the consumer without the inspection of installation by
Electrical Inspector.
(v) The connected load (kW) calculated by converting the ratings on the machine from
kVA or HP(in case of motors) as per procedure specified in Instruction No. 4 above
shall be rounded to three decimal places( watt being the basic unit of power).
9.3 If any applicant or a consumer is dissatisfied with the rejection of the test report,
he has the right to appeal to the Chief Electrical Inspector to test the installation
under Regulation 38 of CEA ( Measures relating to Safety and Electric
Supply)Regualtions,2010 and the decision of the said Inspector will be binding on
the consumer as well as HPSEBL. While intimating the defects to the consumer
under relevant rules he should also be informed of his right to appeal so that, if he
so desires, he may do so. The charges incidental to such testing will be borne by
the consumer himself. If the grievances of prospective consumer is held valid by
the Electrical Inspector then the connection/ reconnection shall be made by the
HPSEBL within 24 hours from the receipt of such intimation from the Electrical
Inspector
9.4 It should, however, be ensured that no Test Report is rejected on flimsy grounds.
Whenever a test report is rejected by the J.E, intimation should be given by him to
SDO (A.E/A.E.E.) immediately, giving detailed reasons for the rejection. In
exceptional cases if SDO (A.E/A.E.E.) is satisfied that the Test Report has been
rejected without valid reasons, he may order that the connection to the applicant
should be given before any other connection is taken up. The giving of the next
connection should not, however, normally be stopped. Where J.E. points out
defects even in the Second Test report, the SDO (A.E/A.E.E.) should personally
verify the fact to ensure that the test report is not being repeatedly rejected merely
to harass the applicant.
9.5 It should also be seen that no undated test reports are accepted. It is very
essential to fill in the entries regarding the date on which the actual test is carried
out so that periodical testing of consumer’s installation as enjoined under
Regulation 46 of CEA (Measures relating to Safety and Electric
Supply)Regualtions,2010 could be conducted after requisite intervals.

9.6 The prospective consumer should deposit balance security, if any, after verification
of connected load of consumer installation in respect of the connection where
single part tariff is applicable , with the cashier of the HPSEBL as may be indicated
in the Demand Notice Form CS-5. The cashier on receipt of the charges as per
demand notice should issue to the applicant a receipt in Form HB (CAO-37) (under
signatures of the official authorized by HPSEBL) in token of having received the
amount and append a note on it to the effect that the charges as per details below
has been received by him vide Receipt No----------------------- dated --------------
9.7 There should be no undue delay in returning the verified Test Report. On the
receipt of the same in the Sub-Division Office and receipt of additional security ,if
any, as per para 9.6 and also if all the other conditions/requirements have been
met, the SDO (A.E/A.E.E.) will issue a service connection order (Form No. CS-12);
reference to the service connection order (No. and date) being entered on the
bottom of the HPSEBL’s installation Test Order.
9.8 It should be ensured that only one Service Connection Order Book is used at a time
for all categories of connections at One Local Distribution Centre.
9.9 The quantum of load filled by the applicant in the A&A form and Test Report may
be verified by the concerned field units as per Instruction No. 4 and in case
correction is required to be made based on actual verification of load, the same
may be done by the authority verifying the test report in the test report. The
connected load (kW) shall accordingly be amended in the A&A form after
verification of test report and before the Service Connection Order (SCO) or Sundry
Job Order(SJO) as the case may be.
INSTRUCTION No. 10
Release of connection vis-à-vis Shortage of Materials:
10.1 All concerned officers up to the level of Chief Engineer should ensure that
adequate, materials and all other facilities generally required for grant of
connections are provided to all the Sub-Divisions/Divisions under their control well
in time so that the work of grant of connections goes on unhampered.
10.2 The Sr. Executives/ Superintending Engineers should keep in touch with the field
units under their control so that release of connections is not stopped merely
because of local shortage of materials etc. Generally, there should not be any
shortage of material; However, in case of such eventualities, which should only be
as exceptional cases, the consumer shall have the option to provide the requisite
material as per relevant standards & specifications. For such material/ equipment,
Executive Engineer concerned shall be associated for quality assurance. Wherever
the consumer provides the material, the amount of the service estimate shall be
adjusted accordingly and he shall not be charged in the service estimate for the
material supplied by him. No material should, however, be accepted from the
consumer by any of the officials without the written approval of the S.D.O In
charge in respect of LT connections of domestic & commercial category of
consumers , who should also invariably keep a copy of such approval with him, so
that at the time of taking the measurement of the works connected with the grant

of connection or while adjusting the accounts thereof, it should be ensured that the
material has been actually utilized and properly accounted for. In respect of other
category, in case of any extreme eventually, the concerned Chief
Engineer(Operation) shall decide to accept the material in consultation with Chief
Engineer(MM) .
10.3 The Sr. Executive Engineers shall submit the quarterly return on such shortages to
the higher authorities for their appraisal.
INSTRUCTION No. 11
Supply of Power to Local Bodies for Public Lighting:
11.1 Receipt and Disposal of Requisition
11.1.1 A requisition for supply of power from a Local Body e.g. Municipal Corporation/
Committee or NAC or Village Panchayat or cantonment area, for public lighting
needs to be accompanied with an attested copy of Resolution passed by the elected
representatives sanctioning the installation of street light points; however, in the
absence of any elected body, the Administrator should sign the requisition. In
addition, the Local Body should also forward an attested copy of the resolution
authorizing its representatives (by name) to sign the agreement on its behalf along
with their specimen signatures duly attested.
11.1.2 For village Panchayats, in order to avoid financial complications a certificate from
the District Panchayat Officer to the effect that the draft agreement has been
approved by him, should also accompany the resolution and the requisition. The
agreement for Public Lighting will, in this case, be signed by the Pradhan and Up-
Pradhan or a Ward Member or Panchayat Secretary after they have been
authorized for the purpose by the village Panchayat through a resolution. An
attested copy of the resolution should also accompany this requisition.
11.1.3 As soon as a requisition together with an attested copy of the resolution passed by
the local body is received in the Local Office of HPSEBL, the necessary estimate and
other necessary documents should be prepared at once. The local body should be
informed within 10 days from the receipt of the requisition, the estimated
cost worked out in accordance with the provisions of HPERC (Recovery of
Expenditure for supply of Electricity) regulations 2012 and its amendments from
time to time and the Cost Data for the relevant year, approved by the Commission,
and the local body should be asked whether it is prepared to pay the said amount.
The Local Body should be clearly informed that the estimated cost is tentative and
subject to the final approval/sanction of estimate by the competent authority.
11.1.4 On Local Body agreeing to depositing the estimated cost, the street lighting
agreement should be got signed from the authorized representative of the local
body in quadruplicate and simultaneously the estimated got sanctioned from the
competent authority.
11.1.5 The signed agreement in quadruplicate together with other documents should then
be forwarded to Superintending Engineer concerned, through the Sr. Executive
Engineer concerned for acceptance by him on behalf of the HPSEB Ltd.

11.1.6 The estimate/ Agreement will be dealt with by the authorities concerned
returned to the Local Office duly sanctioned/accepted in due course, and demand
notice issued to the Local Body for depositing the estimated cost, security deposit
and completion of any other formalities required, but the work of providing street
light points should not be delayed for want of execution of Agreement on the part
of the Superintending Engineer which may take some time.
11.1.7 On compliance of the demand notice by the Local Body, action to release
the power supply for street lighting shall be taken in accordance with the
provisions of relevant regulations.
11.2 Execution of Principal & Supplementary Street Lighting Agreement:
The Agreement for street lighting by the Local Body is to be executed on the model
form for Public Lighting Agreement, as approved by the HPSEB Ltd. In this
connection, following points need special attention:
11.2.1 There should be no over-writing in the Agreement.
11.2.2 Corrections and interpolations, if any, should be initialed by all the

executants of the Agreement i.e. by the President and the Secretary or by
the Executive Officer (as the case may be) in the case of Municipal
Committees; and Pradhan and Up-Pradhan or a Ward member in case of
Village Panchayats and by Superintending Engineers on behalf of the HPSEB
Ltd.
11.2.3 Mere manuscript filling in the blanks in the Agreement Forms need not be
attested by the executants.
11.2.4 The date of execution of an agreement (i.e. the date to be filled in the first
line of the agreement), should always be written in words such as ‘Forth
day of April, Two Thousand and Twelve.
11.2.5 The number of lamps, their wattages, length of lines in kilometers etc.
should also be written both in figures and words in the agreement e.g. 20
(twenty) Lamps, 40 (forty watts) and 4.136 (four decimal one three six) KM.
11.2.6 Each page of the agreement should be initialed and the four copies of
schedule - I signed in full by the representative of the Local Body.
Note 1 The space meant for filling the date of execution of an

agreement is not to be filled in by the Divisional or Sub
Divisional Officers.
The date of execution of an agreement should be the date on
which the agreement is last signed by any party thereto.
Note 2 While filling Schedule I of the Street Light Agreement, it

should be kept in view that at least the requirements of the
next five years are taken into consideration so that the
necessity of entering into supplementary agreement every
now and then is obviated. In the column meant for minimum

No. of lamps, the immediate requirements should be entered,
whereas in the column meant for ‘Maximum No. of Lamps’
the probable No. of Lamps, which would be required by the
end of 5 years, should be mentioned.
11.2.7 As the public lighting Agreement is an important document just as a

contract Agreement, the codal rules/instructions on the subject should be
followed in preparing the same, whenever applicable.
11.2.8 The agreement thus completed in quadruplicate along with the various
schedules should then be forwarded to Superintending Engineer concerned
through Executive Engineer for acceptance on behalf of HPSEBL. Original
copy of the Agreement should be retained in S.E.’s Office and the Duplicate
one forwarded to the S.D.O. (A.E./A.E.E.) for onward transmission to the
Local Body. The 3rd and the fourth copy of the agreement should be made
available to the Sr. Executive Engineer and the S.D.O. (A.E/A.E.E.) for
reference and record.
11.3 Disposal of an application For Extension in Street Light Points:
11.3.1 As soon as a requisition together with a Resolution of the Local Body for
extension in Street Light Points is received and if the extension in Public
Lighting points is within the Maximum No. of lamps in Schedule I of the
Principal Agreement, Junior Engineer should be asked to frame the estimate
and prepare four copies of the estimate, which should be got signed from
the authorized representatives of the Local Body and estimate sent to
competent Authority for sanction whereas Schedule I in quadruplicate
should be sent to the Superintending Engineer through the Sr. Executive
Engineer. The work should, of course, be taken in hand after the cost has
been recovered. The original copy of Schedule I should be kept in record by
Superintending Engineer, while the duplicate should be returned to the
Local Body. The 3rd and 4th copy of the Schedule I should be supplied to the
S.D.O. (A.E/A.E.E.) and Sr. Executive Engineer of Electrical Division by the
S.E.’s Office for record and reference.
11.3.2 In such cases where the extension in Public Lighting points is not covered
by the Maximum No. of bulbs set forth in Schedule I of the Principal
Agreement or wherever some change of wattages of bulbs which is not
covered by the Principal Agreement, is required, a supplementary
agreement in quadruplicate should be got signed from the authorized
representatives of the Local Body. The procedure with regard to the
execution of the supplementary agreement would be the same as for the
principal agreement already described. A regular estimate should be framed
to cover the expenditure involved and work should be taken in hand in
accordance with the process mentioned above.
It should, however, be borne in mind that if the necessity of executing a

Supplementary Public Lighting Agreement arises on account of the change in the
wattages of lamps or type of fitting, then –relevant clause of the principal
agreement should be scored out under the initials of the parties of the agreement.

11.4 Whenever application is received in an office other than the one to which it relates,
it should be forwarded to the concerned office under intimation to the consumer so
that he may know where his application is being dealt with.
INSTRUCTION No. 12
Allotting Account Number:
12.1 As soon as a service connection order has been made out and authorized but
before it is actually issued, the consumer’s name should be entered in the
Consumer’s Ledger and Account No. and K.No./Consumer No. should be allotted to
it. The new account number and K.No./Consumer No. besides being entered in the
Service Register should also be mentioned in the Service Connection Order.
12.2 The account number & K Number/Consumer No. may be issued after following the
indexing scheme to identify the consumer based on the K Number/Consumer No.
While issuing the SCO, the phase i.e. R /Y/B be mentioned in case of single phase
connection so as to balance the load on transformer.
12.3 To avoid any omission, it will be the personal responsibility of Senior Assistant or
other official in-charge of the maintenance of Service Register to see and verify that
the formalities of the S.C.Os are properly completed. They should sign the SCOs in
token of having checked the same and also write the words “A/C No…… entered in
ledger” on the top of the S.C.O. The SDO (A.E./A.E.E.)/J.E. in charge of sub-
division/sub-office should also see that procedure as laid down above is followed
rigidly. The S.C.O. must not be signed unless the above entries are made by the Sr.
Assistant/Ledger Clerk on it. They should also, off and on, make a check of a few
entries to see that the Account Nos. are actually opened in the ledgers by the
Ledger Clerk/Sr. Assistant.
Similar procedure may be followed irrespective of whether the record is maintained

manually or entry is made through Computerized billing software.
INSTRUCTION NO.13
Recording of Consumer Cases:
13.1 A personal file will be maintained for each applicant/consumer and all
documents relating to release of connection to him, mentioned below be recorded
therein.
13.1.1 Application & Agreement form together with the stamp paper duly accepted
by the competent authority (Form CS-1 (a) or CS-1(b) as the case may be.
13.1.2 Service estimate (Form CS-7).
13.1.3 Intimation of acceptance of application and Demand notice (Form CS-5a or
5b as the case may be)
13.1.4 Receipts of charges deposited by the consumer.
13.1.5 Wiring contractor test report and HPSEBL’s installation test order (Form CS
10.)
13.1.6 Service connection order (Form CS-12)

13.1.7Any correspondence between the consumer and SDO (A.E/A.E.E.) and
between the SDO (A.E/A.E.E.) and the higher offices in respect of that
connection.
13.1.8 Any other connected paper.
13.1.9 The file should be headed as follows:
1. Name of the consumer.
2. Application No.
3. Account No./K.No.
4. Category of consumer as per Schedule of Tariff.
INSTRUCTION No. 14
Custody of Consumer Cases:
The original copy of the A&A form and other documents should be retained with
the respective Sub-Division irrespective of sanctioning authority. The documents
shall be kept in the Sub-divisional office concerned in the safe custody by various
officials as follows :--
14.1 All consumer cases should be kept by the Senior Assistant/ M.L.C. in
his/her personal custody.
14.1.1 All the consumer cases be serially numbered category wise and entered in a
register (as per Form CS-2) giving full particulars of the documents relating
to the consumer’s case.
14.1.2 At every change of charge, a clear certificate of handing and taking over
charge of these documents should be prepared and kept in the Sub
Divisional Office for record. Simultaneously entries should be made in the
register referred under Instruction No. 14.1.1 above. A copy of the
certificate of transfer of charge be also submitted to the Divisional Office to
facilitate fixing of responsibility in case of any missing documents.
14.2 In case of load sanction by the AE/AEE in charge of the Sub- Division, single
copy of the A&A form along with other documents shall be obtained and
recorded in the sub-divisional office, whereas in case of load sanction by the
Sr. Executive Engineer/ Superintending Engineer (Op.)/Chief Engineer (Op.),
the A&A form shall be obtained from the prospective consumer in duplicate/
triplicate/ quadruplicate respectively. The original copy of the accepted A &
A form and other connected documents should be retained and properly
recorded in the sub-divisional office and the remaining copies sent to other
offices for record.
14.3 In order to check and enforce this provision, the Sr. Executive Engineers
should particularly see during their routine tours and also during annual
Inspections that these Instructions are meticulously followed. Any breach in
the observance of these Instructions should be viewed very seriously and
suitable steps be taken to avoid its recurrence.

INSTRUCTION No. 15
Supply of Electricity to residential colonies either developed by HIMUDA

or Pvt. Developers/Promoters/Builders with registration and licence from
Competent Authority i.e. Director Town & Country Planning, HP:
15.1 Most of the residential complexes /colonies are covered under domestic tariff for
which single part tariff is applicable. The Power Availability Certificate shall be
issued based on connected load in kW and not as per contract demand as demand
in this case is same as connected load.
15.2 The builder/developer/promoter of residential complexes should have valid

registration certificate issued in their favor by the competent authority i.e. Director,
TCP, HP. The builder/developer/promoter of residential complexes should have
valid licence issued by Director, TCP for the specific location or completion /part
completion certificate issued by Director, TCP in case the project is partially
completed. The criteria for obtaining licence for construction of apartments and
buildings and hence issuance of PAC is as per HP TCP Act,1977 ( Ref. Section 2(c),
2(z) and section 78 of TCP Act).
15.3 The load shall be verified/assessed (as the case may be) by the concerned Sr.E.E.,
Electrical Division of HPSEBL and accordingly feasibility of feeding the load including
voltage regulations shall be examined by the concerned field units.
15.4 No connection shall be released to the apartments/colonies without necessary NOC

by Director TCP, HP.
15.5 The builder shall bear the entire charges and/or costs for the infrastructure
development under Sub-regulation (2) to (9) or sub-regulation (3) and (9), of
regulations 5 of HPERC(Recovery of expenditure for supply of
Electricity)Regualtions,2012. The concerned field units shall take up the execution
of such works only after receiving the entire amounts, excepting those for the
adjustments for the difference between estimated costs and actual costs under
regulation 5(9) of HPERC (Recovery of expenditure for supply of Electricity)
Regualtions,2012. The builder will have to bear the entire cost of required
infrastructure which may include construction of new substation, augmentation of
existing substation, erection/ augmentation of HT line, erection of LT line with
distribution main.
The individual allotees shall pay the cost of service lines and other works as per
regulation 4 and /or regulation 17 of HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of
Electricity) Regulations,2012 as amended from time to time . The Normative IDC
will not be recovered for individual connections who have been allotted the
residential flats/house etc. by the builder/developers who have already deposited
the entire cost of infrastructure covered under Regulation 5 of HPERC(Recovery of
Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regulations,2012 and its amendments.
INSTRUCTION No. 16
Measurement of Service lines:
16.1 ‘Service Line’ shall have the same meaning as defined in the Electricity Act, 2003.

16.2 ‘HPSEBL’s Distribution Main’ shall have the same meaning as defined in the
Electricity Act, 2003
16.3 On receipt of the J.E.’s report that the connection has been installed, the SDO
(Assistant Engineer/Assistant Executive Engineer) should personally examine and
take measurements of the service line installed and record a certificate to that
effect on the reverse of the Service Connection Order.
16.4 The measurement of the service lines should be taken in accordance with the
following rules: ---
16.4.1 Sub Divisions up to 6000 connections (including connections in Sub offices).
The SDO (A.E./A.E.E) should check all entries relating to industrial
connections and also where mains and sub mains have been laid. In respect
of domestic/NDNC/ Commercial connections, he should check 10% of
service lines.
16.4.2 Sub Division having more than 6000 connections and where Junior
Engineer is attached
Jr. Engineer will perform the percentage check as under item (i) above.
The (A.E./A.E.E) will however, still check 100% of the entries relating to
industrial connections and main/sub mains. The check would also include
the connections in sub-offices under the charge of J.E.
16.4.3 Sub Office under the Charge of Jr. Engineer.
The J.E. will perform 100% check of all the service connections.
INSTRUCTION No. 17
Peak load hours Supply:
17.1 The following additional conditions shall be applicable for use of power
during peak load hours(6:30 PM to 10 PM) in case of the consumers
covered under small industrial power supply, medium Industrial power
supply, large industrial power supply and irrigation and drinking water
pumping supply:
17.1.1 Such consumption shall be recorded separately for different time

slots during normal hours, peak hours and during night time through
suitable meters which are capable of recording the energy (kVAh/kWh)
during the peak load hours. In cases where such meters do not already
exist, the consumer intending to use power during peak load hours shall
give a notice of 3 months to HPSEBL and may start using power during peak
load hours after such meter has been installed.
17.1.2 The consumers who have already obtained sanction from HPSEBL for
using electricity during peak load hours may continue doing so to the extent
of permission granted to them without any additional notice.
17.1.3 Where the meters as per clause 17.1.1 already exist but the
consumers have not already obtained exemption to run their plant during
peak load hours or want to use higher load than what was permitted during
peak load hours, they shall give a prior intimation of 30 days to HPSEBL
where after they may start using power or additional power during peak

load hours as per their requirement within their sanctioned contract
demand unless HPSEBL issues any instructions to the contrary through a
general or specific order. In the meanwhile, consumers may continue using
power to the extent of bonafide factory lighting and colony supply forming
part of sanctioned connected load or to the extent of permission obtained.
The consumption shall however be charged at the rates applicable for
respective periods (normal, peak and night) as a part of the total
consumption during such respective periods.
17.1.4 HPSEBL shall, in case of any constraint, always be entitled to impose

any restrictions on usage of power during peak load hours in all cases
through general or specific order;
17.1.5 In cases where HPSEBL imposes any restrictions through general or

specific orders the consumer shall abide by such restrictions failing which
the HPSEBL shall be entitled to disconnect the supply to such consumers
after giving a notice
17.1.6 The sanctioned contract demand shall not be violated;
17.1.7 Payment of peak load charges (demand and energy) shall be

payable by the consumer at the rates as per the respective schedules of
tariff;
INSTRUCTION No. 18
Reduction/ Enhancement of Connected Load or Contract Demand on Permanent

basis:
18.1 Permanent Reduction of connected load/ contract demand: In some cases

the consumers may apply for permanent reduction of connected load/permanent
reduction of contract demand due to one reason or other and they may also
request for refund of Security. Following guidelines are issued to deal with such
cases:
18.1.1 Consumers who apply for permanent reduction of connected

load/permanent reduction of contract demand may be permitted to do so,
on production of revised A&A form and test report. However, in case there
is change in contract demand without change in connected load only revised
A&A form is to be obtained from the consumer. The processing fee, if
applicable as per the relevant Schedule of Tariff and General & Service
Charges shall be payable.
18.1.2 The authority competent to sanction the load before reduction in the load
/contract demand shall also be competent to sanction reduction of contract
demand/connected load except in case of Board Level Committee where
concerned Chief Engineer(Op) has been delegated to sanction the reduction
of connected load/permanent reduction of contract demand as mentioned in
instruction No. 6.2 of the Sales Manual

18.1.3 To verified immediately in order to check the revised load and to avoid any
dispute about the date of change of connected load.
18.1.4 The sanction of load whether it is reduction of connected load or sanction of

reduction of contract demand, it should be dealt within 30 days. The time
lines for reduction in contract demand as per HPERC(Distribution
Performance Standards) Regulation, 2010 is 30 days even if it is sanctioned
after that period.
18.1.5 Refund of security deposit, if any, on account of reduction of load/contract

demand, shall be regulated as per HPERC (Security Deposit) Regulations,
2005. Any delay in refund of excess security, if any, also involves
payment of interest and as such the field units must adhere to the
time lines.
18.1.6 In compliance of the HPERC (Distribution Performance Standards)

Regulations 2010, maximum time limit for reduction of contract demand is
fixed as under:
Sr. Description Time frame Date from which Remarks

No. demand charges
leviable on
reduced contract
demand
1 Permanent 30 days after Date of sanction of If not sanctioned

Reduction of receipt of reduced Contract within 30 days due
contract application in demand by the to some
demand line with competent procedural/
HPERC authority or expiry administrative
(Distribution of time limit delays, such
Performance (30days) from the sanction shall be
Standards) receipt of A&A form deemed to have
Regulations in the sub-division been accorded on
2010 with processing fee the due date of
whichever is earlier. 30days after the
receipt of
application and
deposit of
processing fee.
18.1.7 In order to adhere to the time frame, it may be ensured by the AE/AEE
concerned that the complete case is received in the Sub- Division with the
requisite processing fee.
Note:-
i) The concerned AE/AEE of ESD shall intimate the concerned

sanctioning authority with a copy to other higher officers, if any, that
the case for permanent reduction of contract demand has been
received in the sub-division and complete case with requisite
documents are being forwarded through proper channel to his office
for sanction. In case the sanction of permanent reduction of contract
demand is not received within specified time frame of 30 days, the

reduction of contract demand will be made effective after expiry of
30 days.
ii) The case for sanction of revision of contract demand may be

simultaneously be submitted to the competent authority through
proper channel.
18.1.10 Efforts should be made such that the case does not remain pending in each
office for more than three days. Dated initials to be recorded on A&A form
while processing/ forwarding the case file.
18.1.11In case the sanction of reduction of contract demand as per 18.1.7.1 is not
received in the concerned sub-division within the time period of 30 days,
AE/AEE of concerned electrical sub-division should allow change of contract
demand at his end without waiting for the approval/ sanction of competent
authority.
18.1.12 In case of reduction of connected load with or without reduction of
contract demand, the consumer has to apply on A&A form alongwith revised
Test Report with actual connected load so reduced.
18.1.13 The test reports on reduction of connected shall be verified by the

concerned officer as per Instruction No. 9.3 of Sales Manual.
18.2 Enhancement in contract demand/connected load:
18.2.1 Consumers who apply for enhancement of connected load/ contract demand may
be permitted to do so, on production of revised A&A form and test report.
However, in case there is increase in contract demand without change in connected
load only revised A&A form is to be obtained from the consumer
18.2.2 The consumer shall be required to deposit, at the time of submitting his application
for such enhancement/additional load, the amount towards security for additional
connected load or contract demand, as the case may be, as per HPERC (Security
Deposit), Regulations2005 and its amendments and charges as per recovery of
expenditure for supply as per HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for supply of
electricity) Regulations,2012 and its amendments).
18.2.3 If the additional contract demand for enhancement of contract demand or

additional load requisitioned by the consumer is more than 100 kVA, then prior to
the application on A&A form as given in 18.2.1 above, the consumer shall have to
apply for the PAC as per instruction No. 5 of this manual.
18.2.4 The authority empowered to sanction the total contract demand/connected load
shall be competent to sanction the enhancement of connected load/contract
demand as per instruction No. 6.2 of the Sales Manual.
18.2.5 The time frame for release of enhancement of contract demand shall as per
HPERC(Licensee’s Duty for Supply of Electricity) Regulation, 2004.

INSTRUCTION No. 19
Temporary Revision in Contract Demand:
The consumers to whom two part tariff is applicable shall be entitled to revise their
contract demand within the total sanctioned contract demand without surrendering their
lien of the total sanctioned contract demand, subject to the following conditions-
19.1 The consumer shall not reduce the contract demand to lesser than 50% of
the total sanctioned contract demand subject to a further condition that the
contract demand shall not be reduced below the lowest limit of contract
demand as per the tariff category (or any sub-category thereof) applicable
to him;
Illustration.- A HT-2 single supply consumer having sanctioned contract

demand of 1.8 MVA shall not be entitled to reduce the contract demand to
1000 kVA or any value lesser than 1000 kVA;
19.2. The consumer shall not be entitled to revise the contract demand more than
twice a year subject to the condition that the time gap between two
successive revisions shall not be less than 3 months;
19.3 The consumer shall give a notice of at least one month to the HPSEBL
before revising the contract demand under this mechanism. Even though
the consumer shall not be required to obtain any sanction from the HPSEBL
for change in contract demand under this mechanism, he, so as to avoid the
disputes, shall ensure that the notice(s) for such revision are duly served by
him upon the licensee through registered post or through courier service or
is delivered by hand against signed receipt therefor;
19.4 In cases where the contract demand is reduced under this mechanism, such
reduced contract demand shall be applicable for billing purposes; and
19.5 In cases where the consumer gets his contract demand reduced
permanently, the limit of 50% under clause 19.1) above shall be considered
with respect to such reduced contract demand, but such reduction shall not
be considered to have been made under this mechanism and the time gap
of 3 months as per clause 19.2 shall be reckoned from the date from which
the demand was last revised under this mechanism.
Illustration.- If a consumer who is having sanctioned contract demand of
10 MVA temporarily revises the contract demand to 6 MVA w.e.f.
01.08.2014 under this mechanism but gets his sanctioned contract demand
permanently reduced to 8 MVA w.e.f. 01.09.2014, he shall have to pay
charges based on 6 MVA contract demand till 31.10.2014 (i.e. till the expiry
of 3 months period from the date at which the contract demand was last
revised i.e. from 01.08.2014). However, if the contract demand is to be
reduced permanently to lesser than 6 MVA (say 4 MVA as on 01.09.2014),
the demand charges would have been based on a contract demand of 4
MVA during the period upto 31.10.2014.
19.6 The processing fee as per relevant Schedule of Tariff and General and
Service Charges shall be payable by the consumer in case of temporary

revision of contract. The temporary reduction of contract demand may be
entertained on simple application on plain paper or company letter head.
Such request should be made by the consumer atleast one month prior to
the date from which the consumer intends to avail the temporary revision of
contract demand. The request of the consumer be acknowledged in the
Sub- Divisions and the date of receipt of request of revision of contract
demand in the Sub-Division should be considered for billing i.e. the revision
of CD will be made effective after one month from the date of receipt of
request of the consumer as per the amended provisions. The concerned
AE/AEE of ESD shall then accept the request under intimation to the
competent authority to sanction the full existing load for perusal/record and
should also indicate the date on which temporary revision shall be effective.
INSTRUCTION No. 20
Change of Name/Title:
20.1 In case a consumer wants to transfer his connection in the name of other person, a
request on HPSEBL’s standard application & Agreement form [CS-1(a) or CS-1(b) as
the case may be] by the person in whose name the connection is sought to be
transferred, should be made to the local office of the HPSEBL accompanied by the
consent of the existing consumer for change of name in accordance with clause
3.5.1 of the Supply Code. The test report shall be furnished along with A&A form in
case the connected load is in excess of the sanctioned connected load.
20.2 As soon as, such a requisition on A&A form [CS-1(a) or CS-1(b)] is received, the Jr.
Engineer should be directed to visit the premises of the consumer for re-rating the
installation, so that the new consumer is not held responsible for any alteration in
the connected load which may have been effected by existing consumer without
the authority of HPSEBL. In addition to this the J.E. should check up that all the
material of the HPSEBL installed at the premises of the consumer is intact and has
not been tampered with. He should also find out whether the change in name is
motivated by genuine requirements and not for evading payment of any dues. He
may also record the probable period since when the new applicant has been in
occupation of the premises.
20.3 In case the J.E.’s report is satisfactory and there is no change in connected load (or
where there is a slight change but the existing service line can take up the load)
the new consumer should be served with demand notice. It should, however, be
kept in view that the issuance of the demand notice should not be delayed for more
than 7 days of the receipt of the application on A&A form CS-1(a) or CS-1(b).
The consumer should serve at least minimum 15 days notice of his intension to do
so, so that all the formalities in respect of change of name are observed within 15
days of disconnection or change in name.
20.4 After the new consumer complies with the Demand Notice, immediate action should
be taken to take the meter reading and preparation of final bill so that final bill
for the old consumer could be made out with in 5 days and a new Account No.
for a new consumer allotted and his account opened in the ledger for issuing him
monthly/bimonthly bills. So far as the old consumer is concerned, the amount of
the final bill or any other charges due from him should be immediately recovered.
Also, it is to be noted that the final bill in respect of old consumer will also include

payment for the period between the date of special/ final reading and his proposed
vacation of the premises on pro-rata basis on consumption pattern of the current
billing cycle.
20.5 Although no physical disconnection or reconnection may be involved in the process

of change of name yet a disconnection order in form ‘CS-14’ in respect of old
consumer and a service connection order in form ‘CS-12’ in the name of the new
consumer should be made in the account books. Steps should simultaneously be
taken to forward the agreement to the competent authority for acceptance.
20.6 In such cases where the new applicant is found to be sharing the electric
connection with the old consumer or alternatively the old consumer is related to
him or would continue to benefit from the supply of energy, an undertaking from
the new consumer should be obtained as an additional safeguard. If the application
for the change of name is received from such a person who after taking possession
of the premises has been utilizing the electric connection held in the name of the
old occupant, the change of name should only be affected after he pays the old
outstanding dues or at least a reasonable part thereof in proportion to the period
he has been occupying the premises.
20.7 In order to complete the whole process, the consumer should wherever it is not
possible to affect the change of name with in stipulated period of 15 days and the
old consumer has already served the HPSEBL a notice of 15 days, the connection
should be disconnected with due notice to the outgoing consumer unless he applies
in writing to the S.D.O. (A.E/A.E.E.) to continue supply till the new consumer
completes all the formalities.
20.8 The procedure for change of name in different situations is summarized

below:
1. Procedure for Change of name in case of a builder of flat scheme takes

connection in his name and it is subsequently transferred in the name of
purchaser
Documents required to be Charges to be deposited
submitted ( by the
consumer in whose name Security Deposit Recovery of Expenditure
the name is required to
be changed)
1) Certified copy of 1) Security for the 1) Nil ; in case the existing
registered Sale Deed existing load shall be load as per test report is same
/conveyance deed transferred in the name of as sanctioned load.
OR new consumer on giving
Society’s Share Certificate in undertaking as per
case of Registered Housing Annexure-A.
Society.
2) In case the load 2) Normative IDC shall be
2) Copy of current electricity
required is in excess of the charged as per rates prevailing
Bill duly paid with no arrears.
existing sanctioned load, at the time of name change
3) A&A form duly filled with
the additional security for on additional load in case total
one cross Stamp Paper of Rs.
additional load as per load required at consumer
10/-.
HPERC(Security Deposit) premises is more than the
4) Identity proof of new
Regulations shall be sanctioned load.
applicant.
deposited by the new
5) Self-certified undertaking/
consumer, along with test
Declaration on plain paper for
report from Licensed

change of name
Electrical Contractor, which
may be verified by the
concerned HPSEBL
official(s).
2. Procedure for Change in case of Premises is owned by way of Revenue Partition

submitted (by the
be changed)
1) Documents confirming
1) Security for the existing 1) Nil ; in case the existing
that the meter is located inload shall be transferred in load/CD as per test report is
his share of property i.e. the name of new consumer same as sanctioned load.
land/ building (Tatima & on giving undertaking as
Jamabandi). per Annexure-A.
2) Copy of current electricity
2) In case the load 2) Normative IDC shall be
Bill duly paid with no arrears.
required is in excess of the charged as per rates prevailing
3) A&A form duly filled withexisting sanctioned load, at the time of name change
one cross Stamp Paper of Rs.the additional security for on additional load/CD in case
10/- additional load as per total load required at
4) Identity proof of new HPERC(Security Deposit) consumer premises is more
applicant. Regulations shall be than the sanctioned load.
consumer, along with test
change of name report from Licensed
concerned HPSEBL
official(s).
3. Procedure for the change of name is required because of amalgamation
/merger as per the provisions of Companies Act,2013
submitted ( by the
consumer in whose name
the name is required to Security Deposit Recovery of Expenditure
be changed)
1) Certificate of Incorporation 1) Security Deposit in 1) Nil ; in case the existing

issued by the Registrar or Cash shall be transferred load/CD as per test report is
copy of High Court Order. automatically. The Security same as sanctioned load.
2) Article of Association. Deposit in the shape of BG
3) Approval of change of shall be required to be
Name by the Industries changed for new name of
Deptt. of HP. the consumer.

4) Copy of current electricity 2) In case the load 2) Normative IDC shall
Bill duly paid with no arrears. required is in excess of the be charged as per rates
5) A&A form duly filled with existing sanctioned load, prevailing at the time of name
one cross Stamp Paper of Rs. the additional security for change on additional load/CD
10/-. additional load as per in case total load required at
6) Test Report from Licensed HPERC(Security Deposit) consumer premises is more
Electrical Contractor. Regulations shall be than the sanctioned load.
7) Board resolution for deposited by the new
authorised signatory. consumer, along with test
8) Self-certified undertaking/ report from Licensed
Declaration on plain paper to Electrical Contractor, which
pay any outstanding liability may be verified by the
if any become due by old concerned HPSEBL
consumer. official(s).
applicant
10) Self-certified
undertaking/ Declaration on
plain paper for change of
name
4. Procedure for change of name when premises is sold to the applicant or gifted.
submitted (by the
be changed)
1) Certified copy of Sale 1) Security as per HPERC 1) Nil ; in case the existing
Deed. Security Regulation shall be load/CD as per test report is
2) Approval of change of paid by the new consumer. same as sanctioned load.
Name by the Industries The security deposited by
Deptt. of HP in case of the old consumer shall be
Industrial Consumer. refunded to the old
3) Copy of current electricity consumer.
Bill duly paid with no arrears. 2) In case the load 2) Normative IDC shall be
4) A&A form duly filled with required is in excess of the charged as per rates prevailing
one cross Stamp Paper of Rs. existing sanctioned load, at the time of name change
10/- the additional security for on additional load/CD in case
5) Test Report from Licensed additional load as per total load required at
Electrical Contractor. HPERC(Security Deposit) consumer premises is more
6) Self-certified undertaking/ Regulations shall be than the sanctioned load.
Declaration on plain paper to deposited by the new
pay any outstanding liability consumer, along with test
if any become due by old report from Licensed
consumer. Electrical Contractor, which
7) Board resolution for may be verified by the
authorised signatory(if concerned HPSEBL
company). official(s).
applicant.
change of name
5. Procedure for change of name when premises is let out to the applicant

submitted (by the

be changed)
1) Legal document 1) Deposit will stand 1) Nil ; in case the existing
supporting such letting and transferred if consent is load/CD as per test report is
NOC of the owner. given by the owner same as sanctioned load.
2) Copy of current otherwise to be paid by the
electricity Bill duly paid with tenant and refunded to the
no arrears. owner.
3) A&A form duly filled with 2) In case the load 2) Normative IDC shall be
one cross Stamp Paper of Rs. required is in excess of the charged as per rates prevailing
10/-. existing sanctioned load, at the time of name change
4) Self-certified undertaking/ the additional security for on additional load/CD in case
Declaration on plain paper additional load as per total load required at
from the owner to bear the HPERC(Security Deposit) consumer premises is more
outstanding liability of tenant Regulations shall be than the sanctioned load.
if remain unpaid. deposited by the tenant,
5) Identity proof of new along with test report from
applicant. Licensed Electrical
6) Self-certified undertaking/ Contractor, which may be
Declaration on plain paper for verified by the concerned
change of name HPSEBL official(s).
6. Procedure for change of name due to allotment of residential accommodation
by House Allotment Committee of Govt. Departments/Organisation
submitted ( by the
consumer in whose name
the name is required to Security Deposit Recovery of Expenditure
be changed)
1) Allotment letter from the 1) Security as per HPERC 1) Nil ; in case the existing
respective Govt. Department. Security Regulation shall be load/CD as per test report is
2) Copy of current electricity paid by the new consumer. same as sanctioned load.
Bill duly paid with no arrears. The security deposited by
3) A&A form duly filled with the old consumer shall be
one cross Stamp Paper of Rs. refunded to the old
10/-. consumer.
4) Identity proof of new 2) In case the load 2) Normative IDC shall be
applicant. required is in excess of the charged as per rates prevailing
5) Self-certified undertaking/ existing sanctioned load, at the time of name change
Declaration on plain paper for the additional security for on additional load/CD in case
change of name additional load as per total load required at
HPERC(Security Deposit) consumer premises is more
Regulations shall be than the sanctioned load.
consumer along with test
report from Licensed
concerned HPSEBL
official(s).
8) Premises is owned due to death of consumer (in whose name the electric
connection exists).
submitted (by the
be changed)

1) Death Certificate of the 1) Security for the existing 1) Nil; in case the existing
consumer in whose load shall be load as per test report is
name the connection transferred in the name same as sanctioned load.
exists. of new consumer on 2) Normative IDC shall be
2) Legal heir certificate of giving undertaking as charged as per rates
the new consumer. per Annexure-A. prevailing at the time of
3) NOC from other legal 2) In case the load name change on additional
heir than spouse of required is in excess of load in case total load
consumer. the existing sanctioned required at consumer
4) Copy of current electricity load, the additional premises is more than the
Bill duly paid with no security for additional sanctioned load.
arrears. load as per HPERC
5) A&A form duly filled with (Security Deposit)
one cross Stamp Paper Regulations shall be
of Rs. 10/-. deposited by the new
6) Identity proof of new consumer, along with
applicant. test report from
7) Undertaking for change Licensed Electrical
of name as per format. Contractor, which may
be verified by the
concerned HPSEBL
official(s).
INSTRUCTION No. 21
Connected Load Register (Form ‘CS 24’)-Directions for Use of:
21.1 In every Sub-Division and Sub-office, a connected load register in Form ‘CS-24’ is
intended to be maintained for the following purposes:
21.1.1 Balancing the load on feeders by phases.
21.1.2 Anticipating the necessity for augmenting the capacities of feeders,

switches, transformers etc.
21.1.3 Compilation of connection returns. These registers will be maintained by

J.Es and entries made therein in accordance with following instructions:
21.1.3.1 The opening entry in the register should be made on 1st January from the
connection return for the month of December. If the registers have
already been put into force, the totals of the registers up to 31st
December should be verified with the actual load and then carried
over to 1st January of the next year.
21.1.3.2 A separate register should be used for each sub-station.(For sub stations
of smaller capacity only one register may be used allotting portion of it for
each sub-station).
21.1.3.3 Capacity of the transformer should be written on sheet No. I at the

top. Capacity of the switch and cable/conductor should be written
against the items provided for this purpose. These particulars need
not be repeated on the subsequent sheet unless any change takes
place.
21.1.3.4 Capacity of each feeder should be filled in and marked as (a) capacity

of the feeder switch should also be filled in and marked as (b).
Feeder No. and its capacity should be written as under:--
Capacity in K.W
(a) 200
(b) 100
21.1.3.5 Capacity of each phase in each feeder should be calculated in KW and

entered under the columns headed ‘R’, ‘Y’ and ‘B’ respectively. If desired,
the capacity of each phase may also be worked out in amperes and
entered below the letter ‘R’,’Y’ and ‘B’
21.1.3.6 The particulars referred under 21.1.3.4 & 21.1.3.5 should be repeated on
each sheet.
21.1.3.7 In the case of 3 phase consumers the load of each consumer should be
shown in column 19 but for the purposes of balancing of the load on
various feeders and different phases in a feeder, the connected load of
each 3 phase consumer should be proportioned amongst the three
phases in a feeder.
21.1.3.8 As soon as a connection or a disconnection is made it should be recorded

on the same day in the register, from the HPSEBL’s installation test
report or the disconnection order (as the case may be) and the words
‘Entered in CS-24 Page….. ’should be recorded on the HPSEBL’s
installation test report or the disconnection order under dated initials of
the official responsible for keeping the register.
21.1.3.9 The exact particulars of each consumer connected or disconnected should

be entered in columns 2 to 14 and 16 to 19. In case of columns 20 to
37 progressive totals should be shown only under the columns affected
and the figures in other columns need not be repeated.
21.1.3.10 Connections will be entered in blue ink and disconnections in red

ink.
21.1.3.11 Each Register should be totaled on the last working day of the month
and the connection return prepared from this register.
21.1.3.12 The register shall be initialed by the J.E. daily in token of the correctness
of that day’s entries and signed monthly by the SDO (A.E./A.E.E.).

SECTION II
Metering and Meter Rentals

INSTRUCTION No. 22
Providing of energy meter -Meter Security & monthly Rentals:

22.1 HPSEBL will supply the meter and /or metering equipment to the applicant at the
time of release of a new connection or at any other time as required by the
consumer who will pay the monthly rental for such equipment at rates approved by
the commission and specified in the Schedule of General and Service Charges of the
relevant Tariff Order.
However, if the consumer so elects, to obtain his own meter and/or metering
equipment of the make as specification as per the CEA (Installation and Operation of
Meters) Regulations 2006, and amendments from time to time And the same after
getting tested and sealed at HPSEBL’s M&T Lab, be installed by the concerned field
units. In such cases, the meter rent is not chargeable.
22.1.1 Meters will be installed at the consumer’s premises according to mutual
convenience of HPSEBL and the consumer. The consumer will be responsible for
the protection of the meter for theft or damage and he shall promptly inform
HPSEBL about any fault, accident and defect, theft etc.
22.1.3 HPSEBL may require a meter to be installed outside the premises of a consumer
and in such an event, the entire cost of installing the meter outside the premises
and providing a display unit within the premises will be borne by the licensee.
However, the cost of display unit will be treated as part of the meter cost while
determining meter rentals. In a case where the meter/metering equipment is
installed by the licensee outside the premises of a consumer, the meter shall be
protected by an appropriate enclosure for protection of at least IP class 55 and the
consumer will not be responsible for the protection of the meter from theft or
damage.
22.1.4 In the case of multi story buildings/apartments, meter/metering equipment may be
installed near the entrance of the building or at any other mutually agreed
convenient common space, provided that the cost of installation from the premises
of a consumer to the common space is borne by the owner or an
association/society of occupants/ owners. In such a case, the owner or
association/society would also be required to ensure protection of the
meter/metering equipment from theft or damage
22.2 Meter rentals:
22.2.1 If the meter is supplied by HPSEBL, the consumer will have to pay the
monthly meter rentals in accordance with the relevant Schedule of Tariff
and General & Service Charges.
22.2.2 The consumer may if he so elects, obtain his own meter and/or
metering equipment of the make(s) or specification, as per the CEA(
Installation and Operation of Meters) Regualtions,2006 after getting duly
tested and sealed by HPSEBL in its laboratory, will be installed by HPSEBL
and no monthly rental will be paid by the consumer in such a case .
The meter/metering equipment, after it is permanently removed from the
HPSEBL’s system, will be treated as consumer’s asset
22.3 : Defective Meters:-

22.3.1 : Checking by HPSEBL :
The concerned field units will check and test any meter if there is a
reasonable doubt about accuracy etc. and metering equipment installed at a
consumer’s premises and the consumer will provide HPSEBL filed units all
necessary assistance in conducting the test. The consumer will have the
right to be present during such testing.
22.3.2 : Meter accuracy challenged by Consumer:-
In case the consumer doubts about the accuracy of the meter installed at
his premises, the following procedure may be followed:-
1) The concerned filed units will undertake site testing within seven days
on payment of fee as specified in the Schedule of General Charges as
approved by the Commission.
2) If on site testing, the meter is found to be defective then fee deposited

will be refunded by adjustment in the electricity bill for the immediately
succeeding months. In case the meter is found to be correct then the
fee will not be refunded. The defective meter shall be replaced by
concerned field unit in case found defective within the timelines as per
schedule to HPERC(Distribution Performance Standard)
Regualtions,2010 as amended from time to time.
3) In case consumer is not satisfied with the site testing of the meter
installed in his premises or meter cannot be tested by concerned field
units of HPSEBL at site then the meter will be removed and packed for
testing in the laboratory of HPSEBL and duly tested meter will be
installed at the premises of the consumer. However, in case of
apprehension of tempering, the consumer and HPSEBL field units both
can jointly seal the package and shall be broken in his presence in
laboratory , if he so desires.
4) The consumer will be informed about the test date at least seven days
in advance. The signature of consumer will be obtained, if present on
test result sheet with a copy to the consumer.
22.3.3 In case a meter installed at a consumer's premises gets

burnt/broken/defective or stop functioning, a new tested meter will be
installed within time lines specified in the schedule to HPERC (Distribution
Performance Standards) 2010 [Provided that in case of failure of supply due
to the burnt, broken, damaged or defective meter, the licensee shall
endeavor to restore the supply on the same day by way of installation of
new tested meter] If the meter gets burnt, broken or damaged due to the
reasons attributed to the consumer, the HPSEB Ltd. will debit the cost of the
meter (if provided by HPSEBL) to the consumer who will be informed about
his liability to bear the cost.

22.3.4 In case where a meter installed at a consumer’s premises is reported to
have been stolen and the FIR to this effect has been lodged by the consumer,
supply of electricity will be immediately restored by HPSEBL at consumer’s request
by installing another tested meter and the cost of the meter shall be recovered
from the consumer through electricity bills for the immediate succeeding months
22.3.5 In case of consumer owned defective/burnt/broken meter, the replacement

shall be made by way of a HPSEBL's owned meter till such time the consumer
provides a new meter duly tested and the same is installed as per the provisions of
the Supply Code -2009. HPSEBL is entitled to charge meter rental for the period in
such a case, the HPSEBL's owned meter remains installed at consumer premises.
INSTRUCTION No. 23
Meter Sealing
23.1 Meter Sealing:
After the meter has been tested in the M & T laboratory and found to be working
within the limits of accuracy, the cover of the meter, which encloses the vital mechanism
for the measurement and the recording of the energy consumed, lest it should be
tampered with by any unauthorized person, will be sealed by the M & T Organization. The
meter cover seals originally affixed by M & T unit should not be tampered with by other
employees of HPSEBL. The meter terminal cover and M.C.B. seals will be affixed by the
HPSEBL Officials in accordance with the following instructions:-
1 Domestic, NDNCS & Commercial Connections.

Sealing of Meter Terminal cover and Meter By Junior Engineer/ AAE
portion of M.C.B.
2 Sealing of Meters in Respect of HPSEBL’s Employees
Meter Terminal and Meter portion of M.C.B By SDO (A.E./A.E.E)

3 Agriculture/IDWPS/ Small Power and By SDO (A.E./A.E.E)
Medium Supply Consumers/ Bulk
Supply/Temporary Supply Consumers
of connected Load upto 500 kW
4 HT/EHT Metering, where CT/PT are involved
101- 500 kW By SDO (A.E./A.E.E)
5 Above 500 kW Sr. Executive Engineer/
(Also applies to all meters irrespective of the ASE
category of connection for which connected
Load is more than 500 kW)
Note: -
1. All such meters through which power is consumed by the employees of
the HPSEBL have to be sealed by the concerned SDO (AE/AEE)
irrespective of the fact whether the connection is in the name of the
employee or any other private individual.

2. At the time of release of connections, consumer’s signatures should be
obtained for M & T seals besides Meter Terminal seals being intact.
23.2 Resealing of Energy Meters:
23.2.1 Meter Terminal Cover, Meter Cup-Board Seals:
It should be ensured that seals affixed by the HPSEBL on the metering equipment
always remain intact. Whenever breakage of seal comes to notice, the same should
be replaced by the authority who had originally affixed it without any undue delay.
In such cases where it is established that the seals were not broken by the HPSEBL
employees but were affixed at the time of providing the connection, the necessary
charges for re-sealing as provided in the relevant Schedule of Tariff and General &
Service Charges Order should be recovered. Before resealing the meter terminal
cover it should be ensured that the terminal connections of the meter including
connection of C.Ts & P.Ts are in order. Further, the record of monthly consumption
of such a consumer should also be seen to verify if his consumption in the last few
months has not been abnormally low.
23.2.2 Meter Cover (M & T) Seals:
In addition to recovering the resealing charges, as provided in the relevant

Schedule of Tariff and General & Service Charges, it has further to be ensured that
the seal has not been broken by the consumer intentionally with a view to indulge
in theft of energy by tampering with the internal mechanism of the meter. In order,
therefore, to plug this potential source of leakage of revenue, the following
procedure should be adopted whenever any cases of the breakage of M & T or
Meter cover seal comes to notice.
23.2.2.1 Meter Inspector/J.E. should immediately be deputed to visit the premises to find
out by actually testing the meter at site (by putting on some load of known wattage
and counting the revolutions of the disc for known period to be determined with
the help of a stop watch) or with ERS meter whether the meter is working within
the permissible limits of error. In such cases where the meter as a result of such
testing is found to be running slow, say by more than 10%, the consumer should
be asked to give an undertaking in writing before meter is replaced that he will pay
the additional charges if the meter is found to be running slow through actual
testing by M&T officers. However, in such a case where the meter is found to be
inoperative or is suspected to have been tampered-with, the consumer should be
asked to deposit the cost of the meter on receipt of the report of Executive
Engineer, M & T. As for billing the consumer for the period the meter remained
inoperative or inaccurate, the procedure adopted in case of inoperative meter
should be followed.
23.2.2.2 After removing the old meter a new meter should be installed after charging
meter changing fee in addition to resealing charges as per Schedule of Tariff and
General & Service Charges. The meter on removal should be sent to the M & T
laboratory within a maximum period of 15 days & the account of the consumer
should be adjusted immediately on the receipt of the test results from M & T Lab.
of HPSEBL, whose report shall be got expedited within a month. The provisions of
Supply Code shall be applied for such adjustment of Consumer account.

INSTRUCTION No. 24
Recording of meter reading of different categories of consumers
Meter reading:
24.1 The meter of a consumer will be read on the specific days in a billing month/period
and such days will be publicized in advance by displaying the information on the office
notice Board of sub-division office. The meter reading of different categories of consumers
is required to be recorded by the following officers/officials:-
S. category Official
No Billing
Cycle
1 (i) All Domestic consumers Meter Reader/MLC Bi-monthly
(ii) Commercial, NDNCS and for Rural
Temporary supply consumers Area &
having connected load up to monthly for
20kW Urban Area
2 Commercial & NDNCS Junior Engineer/ (JE/ Monthly

consumers having connected AAE) irrespective
load above 20kW, Temporary of the Rural/
consumers having connected Urban Area
load greater than 20 kW and
upto 50 kW, Small Industrial,
Water & irrigation Pumping
Supply (WIPS), Street Lighting
Supply (SLS) and the employees
of the HPSEBL residing in
HPSEB Ltd. Colonies
3 Medium Industrial, Bulk and Sub-Divisional Officer Monthly
Grid Supply consumers, (AE/ AEE/ Executive
Temporary Supply Consumers Engineer)
above 50 kW
4 Large Industrial Power Supply
consumer
(i) Up to & including 500kW Sub-Divisional Officer Monthly
load (AE/ AEE / Executive
Engineer)
Monthly
(ii) Above 500kW load Sr. Executive
Engineer / ASE
(Also applies to all meters
irrespective of the category of
connection for which connected
Load is more than 500 kW)

24.2 Billing Cycle
24.2.1 Billing cycle shall be as per the table in 24.1 above. In extreme case, the
billing cycle should not be more than bi-monthly in case of the tribal and
difficult areas, except for the winter months for which the billing cycle shall
not be more than 4 months.
24.2.2 Where billing cycle is of more than one month, the consumer shall have
option to pay, monthly or periodic charges, on average or estimated
consumption charges basis or any other basis without waiting for bills to be
issued. Such amount will be treated as advance and adjusted in the regular
bills to be issued subsequently
24.3 Induction training for Meter readers:
Whenever any Meter Readers/Meter Ledger Clerks are appointed afresh, such
officials may be imparted training for meter reading for about a week by deputing
them along with other experienced officials for meter reading. The training should
be imparted immediately after the joining of concerned officials and before they are
deputed for taking the meter readings independently.
INSTRUCTION No. 25
Procedure to be followed when a meter is reported to be damaged or

burnt:
25.1 In order to avoid consumer’s complaints and to safeguard the interest of the
HPSEBL as well as that of the consumer it is necessary that a thorough and detailed
enquiry be made whenever a meter on the consumer’s premises is reported dead
stop, damaged or burnt. Before the meter is replaced the site should be inspected
by SDO (A.E/A.E.E.)/J.E. in each case. However, ordinary cases of general meters
reported dead stop by meter Clerks and Meter inspectors/(J.E.-Installation) may be
inspected by the J.E. The SDO (A.E./A.E.E.)/J.E. should carry out investigation and
record his report on the following lines to determine as to what extent the damage
to meter is due to the default/negligence on the part of consumer or otherwise.
25.1.1 Whether the seal of M.C.B, meter terminal cover/meter cover (and of P.T.
and C.T. fuses, if installed) are intact.
25.1.2 Whether there are any unauthorized extensions.
25.1.3 Any outward and physical signs of damage.
25.1.4 Any leakage of rain water in to the equipment or meter.
25.1.5 Any lightning effect.
25.1.6 Any sign of spark-over at the terminals.
25.1.7 Any other causes.
25.2 The first report of the J.E. (on the proforma) above indicating various conditions
and weather report etc., along with the specific comments/ recommendations as to
whether the cost of repair/ replacement of the meter should be recovered from the
consumer or not, shall be submitted by the concerned J.E. to SDO (A.E./A.E.E.). In
case where the SDO (A.E./A.E.E.) is satisfied that the damage to the meter is due
to lightening or any other reason beyond the reasonable control of the consumer,

he shall after recording the reasons of the damage in writing order the meter to be
replaced. In cases M.C.O immediately after receipt of report and it has to be
ensured that replacement should be done as per timelines specified in
HPERC(Distribution Performance Standards) Regulations,2010. In such cases the
cost of the meter shall not be recovered from the consumer. All such cases shall be
got countersigned subsequently by the Senior Executive Engineer concerned,
before sending these damage/burnt meters to M & T Laboratory for repair.
25.3 In other cases where the SDO (A.E/A.E.E.) is of the opinion that the damage is due
to the reasons other than lightning or not beyond the reasonable control of the
consumer, the damaged/ burnt meter shall be replaced after charging the cost of
the meter from the consumer. In cases where it has been established that the
replacement is attributable to the consumer, the consumer shall be served the
notice for recovery of meter cost immediately after receipt of report. The concerned
AE/AEE of Sub-Division should immediately issue the M.C.O after the receipt of
payment from consumer, so that the timeframe specified under clause “F” to the
schedule of the HPERC (Distribution Performance Standards) Regulations 2010, for
replacement of damaged/ stopped/ burnt/defective meter and meter is replaced
within the timelines given in the HPERC(Distribution Performance Standards)
Regulations,2010 The damaged meter shall then be sent as soon as possible to M &
T Laboratory through a separate forwarding memo alongwith the report on the
proforma to intimate the details of damage along with the probable reasons of the
damage. The concerned M&T Officers/Field Officers shall immediately assess the
probable cost of the repair and intimate the same to the consumer with in 24
hours. In case of failure of supply due to the burnt/ damaged meter, it shall be
endeavored to restore the supply on the same day by way of installation of new
tested meter.
The meter should be replaced by the concerned field units within the timelines mentioned
in the Clause F of schedule to HPERC (Distribution Performance Standards) Regulations
2010 as amended from time to time . However, for reference the relevant portion is
reproduced below:-
Sr. Nature of Service Maximum Minimum
No. Timelines forCompensation to
rendering the individual consumer
service for default
F Consumers Defective/Stopped/Burnt Meter/Metering Equipment
Replacement (*)-
(I) LT Consumers
Urban Areas
a)
(1) Replacement not attributable to 56 working hrs from Rs.100/- for each day of
consumer’s fault the date of default beyond
registration of the maximum specified time
complaint limit
(2) Replacement attributable to Rs.100/- for each day of
consumer’s fault such as default beyond
tampering, defect in consumer’s maximum specified time
installation, meter getting wet, limit
connecting unauthorized
additional load etc. and the cost
of the meter is recoverable from
the consumer and meter is to be
supplied by the licensee –
(i) Serving a notice to the 56 working hrs from

consumer for recovery the date of
of cost of the meter registration of
complaint.
(ii) Replacement of meter 56 working hrs after
receiving the payment
from the consumer
(iii) Replacement of meter if 56 working hrs from
consumer is providing the receipt of the
the meter. meter from the
consumer and after
the corrective action,
if any, is taken by the
consumer.
(b) Rural and remote Areas
(1) Replacement not attributable to 120 working hrs from Rs.100/- for each day of
consumer’s fault the date of default beyond
registration of the maximum specified time
complaint limit
(2) Replacement attributable to
consumer’s fault such as
tampering, defect in consumer’s
installation, meter getting wet,
additional load etc. and the cost
of the meter is recoverable from
the consumer and meter is to be
(i) Serving a notice to the 56 working hrs from Rs.100/- for each day of
consumer for recovery the date of default beyond
of cost of the meter registration of maximum specified time
complaint. limit.
(ii) Replacement of meter 120 working hrs after
from the consumer
and after necessary
corrective action, if
any, is taken by the
consumer.
(iii) Replacement of meter if 120 working hrs from
consumer is providing the receipt of the
the meter. meter from the
consumer and after
the necessary
corrective action, if
any, is taken by the
consumer.
(II) HT Consumers(for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)
Replacement not attributable to Seven days after Rs.400/- for each day of
consumer’s fault receipt of complaint, default beyond
provided the meter is maximum specified time
available with HPSEBL, limit
otherwise within one
month.
Replacement attributable to Rs.400/- for each day of
consumer’s fault such as default beyond
tampering, defect in maximum specified time
consumer’s installation, meter limit.

getting wet, connecting
unauthorized additional load
etc. and the cost of the meter
is recoverable from the
consumer and meter is to be
(i) Serving a notice to the 7 days from the date of
consumer for recovery receipt of complaint/
of cost of the meter information.
(ii) Replacement of meter 7 days after receiving
the payment from the
consumer provided the
meter is available with
HPSEBL, otherwise
within one month.
(iii) Replacement of meter 7 days from
if consumer is registration of
providing the meter. complaint.
The field units must endeavor to replace the meters much earlier than the above timelines
in particular in case of failure of supply.
25.4 On receipt of the requisite report from M & T Laboratory SDO (A.E./A.E.E.) shall,
keeping in view the report of SDO (A.E./A.E.E.)/ Xen, M & T, recommend to the
Xen (Op.), of as to whether any part of the cost of the meter earlier recovered from
the consumer should be refunded to the consumer. Executive Engineer shall then
pass the necessary orders as to what portion of the cost of the meter should be
refunded/ adjusted and the amount got deposited from the consumer shall then be
adjusted in accordance with the orders passed by the Executive Engineer. Where
the person is a consumer, the refund will be allowed through adjustment in the
electricity bills of the immediately succeeding months.
INSTRUCTION No. 26
Difference or dispute over the Accuracy of energy meter and Overhauling of

Consumer accounts:
In case the meter at consumers premises is found to be beyond the accuracy the following
procedure may be adopted:-
26.1 If a meter on testing is found to be beyond the limits of accuracy as specified in

the regulations framed by the authority under section 55 of the Act, the electricity charges
for all categories of consumers will be computed in accordance with the said test results
for a period of six months immediately preceding-
a) the date of test in case the meter has been tested at site to the
satisfaction of the consumer; or
b) the date on which the defective meter is removed for testing in the
laboratory of HPSEBL, where such testing is undertaken at the instance of
HPSEBL; or

c) the date of receipt of request from the consumer for testing of a meter in
the laboratory of HPSEBL.
Any evidence provided by the consumer about conditions of working and/or

occupancy of the concerned premises during the said period(s) which might have a bearing
on electricity consumption, will, however be taken in to consideration.
26.2 The accounts of a consumer will be overhauled for the period a burnt/defective
meter remained at site, on the basis of energy consumption of the corresponding period of
the previous year after calibrating for the changes in load, if any. In case the average
consumption for the corresponding period of the previous year is not available then the
consumer will be tentatively billed for the consumption to be assessed in the manner
indicated in Clause No. 4.4.8(ii) of HP Electricity Supply Code and subsequently adjusted
on the basis of actual consumption in the corresponding period of the succeeding year.
26.3 If a consumer is liable to pay an additional amount or is entitled for a refund in

consequence of an overhaul of his account in accordance with 26.1 and 26.2, HPSEBL will
effect recovery or adjust the excess amount in the electricity bills of the immediately
succeeding months.
26.4 CT/PT meters:
26.4.1 In case of CT/PT meters where the accuracy of the meter is not involved
and it is a case of incorrect connections, defective CTs/PTs, genuine
calculations & mistakes etc., charges would be adjusted in favour of the
HPSEBL/ consumer as the case may be for the period the mistake/ defect
continued.
26.4.2 In case of replacement of either CT/PT or Meter due to any reason, the
corresponding multiplication factor has not been changed and bills are
issued on wrong multiplication factor, the revised bills will be issued for
correct multiplication factor for the period from replacement of either meter
or CT/PT to the date mistake has been noticed correct bill will be issued
thereafter.
INSTRUCTION No. 27
Testing charges if the meter is got tested from HPSEBL Laboratories:
27.1 The HPSEB Ltd. is required to maintain adequate number of accredited testing
laboratories as per the standards prescribed by the national Accreditation Board for
testing & Calibration laboratories (NABL) and all such laboratories will at least be
equipped with testing equipments as provided in the regulations framed by the
authority under section 55 of the Act.
27.2 Charges as prescribed in the Schedule of General & Service Charges shall be
recovered from the consumer. In the event where consumers purchase the meter
from the market it should be tested by M&T lab & should have specification, as per
the CEA (Installation and Operation of Meters) Regualtions,2006 and its
amendments. HPSEBL should publish the features of the meters for various types
of consumers on its website for the information of consumers.

INSTRUCTION No. 28
Compliance of Meter Change Orders:
28.1 The Junior Engineer should immediately return the meter change order after
compliance to the Sub-Divisional Office within time frame as specified under clause
“F” of the schedule to HPERC (Distribution Performance Standards) Regulations
2010. In case the change of meter is not possible within the time stipulated period
due to non-availability of meter or any other reasons, the Junior Engineers should
return the M.C.O. to the Sub-Divisional Office concerned on the expiry of time
frame period as above, who would then record reasons for non-compliance of the
M.C.O under his signatures. The SDO (A.E./A.E.E.) should also send a report of
such un-complied M.C.Os’ to the Executive Engineer concerned after every month
who would take suitable steps for making the Meters available to the SDO
(A.E./A.E.E.) / consumer at the earliest.
For ready reference, the time frame as specified under clause “F” of the schedule to
HPERC (Distribution Performance Standards) Regulations 2010, for replacement of
defective/stopped/burnt/damaged meters is reproduced in Instruction No. 25 above
which may be referred. : The concerned AE/AEE should issue MCO expeditiously so
that the timelines are complied.
28.2 A monthly review of the number of MCO carried out and pending MCOs shall be
done by the Executive Engineers who should send a quarterly reports about the
number of cases where the change of defective/dead stop meters is delayed due to
non-availability of meters, to the Superintending Engineer and concerned Chief
Engineer .
INSTRUCTION No. 29
Replacement of defective and dead stop meters at consumer’s Premises ---

Utilization procedure for new meters, old T&P static meters and repaired T&P
static meters:
29.1 In order to facilitate optimum utilization of meters, following procedure for the
replacement of defective/dead stop meters at consumer’s premises vis-à-vis
utilization of new meters, old T&P static meters and repaired T&P static meters for
granting new connections, reconnections etc. will be adopted:
29.2 Defective and dead stop energy meters at consumer premises shall be replaced as
per the following arrangement:-
29.2.1 The dead stop/ defective meters must be replaced with static
meters only either by Utilizing the available old T&P static meters and
repaired T&P static meters .
29.3 New connections / reconnections shall be given by utilizing the available old T&P
static meters and repaired static T&P meters in all areas including respective
scheme areas even if such meters were originally charged to schemes other than
respective scheme.

SECTION---III
Preparation and Delivery of Bills
INSTRUCTION No. 30
30.1 Electricity Bills:
30.1.1 The bills shall be issued to the consumers for electricity supplied or for
services rendered for every billing cycle and all the consumers will effect
payments to the HPSEBL within the time specified in the supply code at
designated offices of HPSEBL.
30.1.2 When supply of electricity to a new consumer is commenced in the middle

of a billing cycle, the fixed charges, minimum charges and/or any other
similar charges will be levied pro-rata for the number of days for which
supply is given during the billing cycle.
30.1.3 The consumers will pay on a pro-rata basis in case any tariff/other charges
are made applicable in the middle of a billing cycle.
30.1.4 In the event of supply of electricity to any category of consumers being

fully or partially subsidized by the State Government, the State
Government in the manner specified by the Commission will effect
payment of electricity subsidy charges for such consumers to the HPSEBL.
30.1.5 (a) A consumer bill will disclose the periodicity of billing, date when
the meter was read, the date of issue of bill, the due date for payment
and the additional amount payable in case payment is delayed.
(b) The bill for arrears, in case of underassessment or the charges

levied as a result of checking etc., will be initially tendered
separately, indicating in bill the nature, period of arrears, the
number and amount of installments allowed and the arrear will not
be clubbed with the current electricity bill. Subsequently the amount
of said arrear bill shall be reflected in the next billing cycle till not
paid. For purpose(s) of action(s) of HPSEBL on non-payment of
billed amount, the arrear amount shall be accounted as per of final
bill due of any billing cycle.
However in case any amount of the bill is disputed by the consumer,

such disputed amount as well as the late payment surcharge thereon
shall also be reflected, and continue to be reflected, separately in
the ledgers, till such time such amount remains unpaid/unsettled, so
that total updated quantum of such disputed amount is readily
available. Such details shall be made available to the consumer on
request.
30.1.6 The meter of a consumer will be read on the specified days in a

billing month/period and such days will be publicised in advance.
However, where meter is installed outside the consumer’s premises

and a display unit installed inside the premises, the readings of the
consumer meter and not the display unit will be taken into account
for billing purposes.
30.1.7 A meter reading card will be provided by the field units to each
consumer which will be readily available at the premises where a
meter is installed and the meter reader will, except in case of remote
reading, enter the meter reading and the date thereof in the said
meter reading card. Any officer/ functionary authorized by a licensee
who cross-checks meter readings or replaces a meter and/or its
seals will also record the changes in the reading, meter and/or its
seals, as the case may be, in the meter reading card.
30.1.8 The electricity and/or arrear bills (hereinafter referred as bills unless
otherwise specifically stated) will be sent to the consumers, other than the
HT/EHT category, either by post or by hand delivery and in case of HT/EHT
consumers, either under certificate of posting or by hand delivery. The fact
of dispatch of bills to consumers of a particular area will be displayed on the
notice board at the designated office of the licensee. The loss of the bill in
transit if sent by post will not be the responsibility of the licensee. In case of
hand delivery, record of delivery of the bill will be maintained at the
designated office of the licensee.
30.1.9 Each Sub-Division offices will maintain facilities to provide duplicate bills, at
charges as fixed by the Commission from time to time in the Tariff Order,
immediately on request from a consumer. Non-receipt of the bill, however,
will not entitle a consumer to delay payment beyond the due date.
30.1.10 The concerned Sub-Division will issue the first bill for a new connection,
released during a billing cycle, before the end of the next billing cycle. In
case a consumer does not receive the first bill by the end of the next billing
cycle, he will inform the concerned Sub-Division Office of HPSEB Ltd. who
will arrange for issue of the bill within ten days.
30.1.11 It will be the responsibility of the owner of a premises to get a special

reading done by the HPSEBL filed Officers at the time of change of
occupancy or on the premises falling vacant. The owner or occupier may
request the licensee in writing for a special reading at least 15 days in
advance of such a change. The concerned field units will arrange a special
reading and deliver the final bill, including all arrears till the date of billing,
within 7 days of the meter reading. The final bill will also include payment
for the period between the date of special reading and the proposed
vacation of the premises on a pro-rata basis on consumption pattern of the
current billing cycle.
30.1.12 If a consumer vacates any premises to which electricity has been supplied
by a licensee without paying all charges due from him in respect of such
supply, or for the provision of an electricity meter, electric line or electrical
plant, the licensee may refuse to give him supply at any other premises until
he pays the amount due.

INSTRUCTION NO. 31
Issue, presentation and due date of the bill:
31.2 The schedule of billing fixed by the competent authority in line with in line
with the provisions of H.P. Electricity Supply Code – 2009, shall be followed
meticulously by the concerned field units so as to deliver the bills in time and to
allow the consumers the required time period to pay the bill.
The example with specific reference to Industrial Consumers is as under:-

31.2.1 Date of reading 25th to 30th/31st of the month (reading
month) as per billing cycle.
31.2.2 Preparation & Delivery of bills 1st to 6th of billing month ( next to
reading month)
However, in case of large industrial
power supply consumers, the bills shall
also be delivered through e-mail and
SMS within a period of 2days after bill
generation.
However, efforts should be made to
follow this practice in respect of other
category of consumers also.
31.2.3 Payments of bills by the Within a period of 10 days from the date
consumer of delivery of bills (i.e. by 17th of month)
in case of Large, Medium and small
Industrial Supply consumers and within a
period of 15 days from the date of
delivery of bills (i.e. by 22nd of month) in
case of all other categories [refer clause
No. 5.3 (i) of the Supply Code]
31.2.4 Notice for default in payment Immediately after due date of payment
of bill
Example:
1. Date of reading 25.11.2016 to 30.11.2016
2. Date of delivery of bill 1.12.2016 to 06.12.2016
3. Payment of bill w.e.f. 11.12.16 to 17.12.2016 for industrial
up to consumers and 22.12.2016 for rest
4. Notice for default in Immediately after due date of payment
payment of bill
Note: - In case there is holiday on the above dates, the schedule will shift to next
working day accordingly. This schedule will be displayed on the notice board
in the respective office.
31.3 Date of presentation:
Date of presentation shall mean the second day after the date of any bill rendered
by HPSEBL. The bill will be delivered to the consumer immediately in case of spot

billing and in other cases with in a period not exceeding twelve days from the date
of meter reading.
Note: In case of Large Industrial Power Supply Consumers, the bill shall also be
delivered to the respective consumers through e-mail and SMS within a period not
exceeding 2 days from generation of bills.
31.4 Due date of payment of Bills.
The payment of the bills by different categories of consumers will be effected with
in a period of :-
i) Ten days (10) from the date of delivery of bills in case of large Supply,
Medium Supply and Small Industrial consumers; and
ii) Fifteen days (15) from the date of delivery of bills in case of all other
categories of consumers.
The consumer(s) covered under Large Industrial Power Supply category and other
consumers covered under computerized billing shall be issued reminder through
SMS one day prior to due date.
INSTRUCTION No. 32
Procedure to be followed when issue of bill is delayed:
32.1 In order to ensure that all the consumers are afforded the full period of grace, the
bill clerk should see while preparing the bill that the date given to that bill should
be the date on which it is intended to be issued so that it should be presented to
the consumer on the correct date.
32.2 The date of every consumer’s bill in the same group should normally be the same
every month during the period he remains connected to the HPSEBL’s supply
system so that he knows his due date without reference to each month’s bill. The
bill should be rendered regularly and punctually to each consumer on the same
date as far as possible. Normally no change should be made in the meter reading
or billing program.
32.3 Should for unavoidable reasons a bill is issued on a date later than that actually
given on it, the date of the bill and the due date must be corrected as illustrated
below before issuing it and the consumer asks for such a correction or makes the
payment on a date which falls within the corrected due date, the request of the
consumer should be acceded if his complaint about late delivery of the bill is
corroborated by the peon book or the stamp register or received in local
complaint office/ call center. The correction in the date of the bill should be
made under dated initials of the Cashier which should be countersigned on the
receipt voucher by the SDO (A.E/A.E.E.) Concerned.
Example--Date of bill (Say): 10.9.16 (date actually appearing on the bill)

Due date printed on bill: 26.9.16
Actual date of the delivery of bill: 12.9.16
Correct due date which should have been quoted in the bill: 28.9.16

32.4 If the due date indicated in the bill for payment is Sunday or a public holiday as
declared by the State Government or the HPSEB Ltd’s office is closed for any other
reason, the next working day will be treated as the due date.
INSTRUCTION No. 33
Delivery of Bills to Consumer:
33.1 The electricity and/or arrear bills (hereinafter referred as bills unless otherwise
specifically stated) will be sent to the consumers, other than the HT/EHT category,
either by post or by hand delivery and in case of HT/EHT consumers, in addition to
the hand delivery of bills, the bills shall also be delivered through e-mail and SMS.
The fact of dispatch of bills to consumers of a particular area will be displayed on
the notice board at the designated office of HPSEBL. The loss of the bill in transit if
sent by post will not be the responsibility of HPSEBL. In case of hand delivery,
record of delivery of the bill will be maintained at the designated office of HPSEBL.
33.2 It may sometimes happen that the peon/bill distributor is unable to deliver the
HPSEBL’s bill [Form CA-43 (a)] to a consumer for any of the following reasons:--
33.2.1 Premises are found locked and nobody is present to take the delivery of the
bill.
33.2.2 Consumer is not present and none of his representatives is ready to take
delivery of the bill.
33.2.3 Consumer is present but refuses to take delivery of the bill.
33.3 The following procedure may be adopted in case any of the above consequences
arise:-
As soon as it is reported by the Bill distributor that he has been unable to

deliver the bill to a certain consumer, a notice “Bill for the month of ………….for
Rs……………”should be prepared and sent through registered post in case of
situations mentioned at Sl. No. 33.2.
33.4 If the letter is received back undelivered, efforts should be made to find out the
where-about of the consumer through some of the officials or from the neighbourer
so that the Registered A.D. letter should be re-directed at the new address. The
expenditure incurred in sending such notice should be debited to office
contingency.
INSTRUCTION No. 34
Bills of consumers whose premises are found locked at the time of meter
reading:
34.1 As soon as it is reported by the Meter Reader that the premises of a certain
consumer is found locked and the meter reading for rendering the bill to the
consumer could not be taken, a notice in form CS—26 “Access to consumer
premises” should be prepared and sent to the consumer through HPSEBL’s official

who shall obtain the initials of the consumer in Peon Book/office copy in token of
his having received the notice. In the notice, it should be pointed out that for the
period the premises remains locked, the consumer, in accordance with the
provisions of schedule of tariff and schedule of general and service charges will be
charged meter rental and consumer service charge etc. whether or not any energy
is consumed during that period.
34.2 If however, the authorized official is unable to locate the consumer, the notice
should be sent through registered post. If the Registered letter is also received
back undelivered, efforts should be made to discover (say from his neighbourer)
the whereabouts of the consumer and Registered Acknowledgement Due letter sent
at his new address. The expenditure incurred in sending such notices should be
debited to the office contingency and not to consumer in question.
34.3 After the expiry of the notice period if no reply is received from the consumer some
official, say Junior Engineer or Meter Reader, may be deputed to visit the premises
and verify the facts on the spot. If all the efforts to get access to the meter fail, the
premises should be disconnected from the nearest “tee” or “pole”, ensuring that
other consumers from service main are not affected.
INSTRUCTION No. 35
Payment of Bills and Disputed Electricity Bills:
35.1 Payment of Bills:35.1.1 The consumer is required to pay the electricity bills within
the time period as per clause No. 5.3.1 of Supply Code as also mentioned above at
Sl. No. 31.4.
35.1.2 The consumer can pay the bills at collection centers of HPSEBL, Lokmitra
Kendra, Sugam Centre, Post Office, online by net banking / debit/credit
cards/RTGS/NEFT/Authorised Payment Gateway, by local cheque, banker’s cheque,
demand draft, bank transfer etc. as per his convenience.
35.1.3 The concerned Sub-Division should not accept cash payment if the total
amount payable exceeds Rs.10000/-.
35.1.4 In case the cheque tendered by a consumer is not honoured by the bank,
action may be initiated by HPSEBL treating it as a case of non-payment without
prejudice to other rights of HPSEBL as per other laws in force. The licensee may
not accept further payment through cheques from such a consumer for a period of
one year from the billing month for which the cheque tendered by the consumer
was not honoured and the consumer may be required to pay the bill in cash or by
demand draft only.
35.1.5 In case the consumer does not pay the bill by due date, late payment
surcharge shall be payable at the rates as per relevant Schedule of Tariff and
General and Service charges and the unpaid amount will be treated as a part of
next bill and shall be separately shown as outstanding arrear in relevant column of
bill without prejudice to right of HPSEBL to disconnect the supply to the consumer

for nonpayment within 15 days. The action for disconnection of supply will be taken
as per provisions of Supply Code and Act.
35.1.6 The total amount of current energy bill shall be accepted in order to improve
the collection efficiency and AT&C losses of the utility. However, in case energy bill
for a particular month is much more than the average monthly bill, may be due to
any reason, the part payment allowed under HP Electricity supply code, clause no.
5.3.08 shall be regulated as under:-
1) The part payment is allowed only in case the current bill is more
than 50% of the average monthly bill proceeding 12 months
from the month of current energy bill.
2) In order to avoid accumulation of outstanding amount due to the

part payment and its impact on AT&C losses and chances of
outstanding amount becoming bad debit, the part payment in
respect of a consumer is allowed only twice in a financial year
with minimum gap of six months between each part payment.
3) The part payment is to be made in two installments. The first

installment shall be equivalent to the monthly average of 12
months preceding the current month and balance shall be paid
with surcharge in next monthly bill. In case consumer does not
pay the same in next month, the action for disconnection should
be implemented as per standard practice.
4) In case the security of the consumer with HPSEBL is less than

the average twelve months bills, the security should be revised
to average monthly bills calculated above before accepting the
part payment for the current month.
5) This shall not be applicable for the consumer when the current
monthly bill has increased due to load extension or reconnection
of supply after TDCO or PDCO or tariff revision etc.
6) The part payment shall be deemed to be without prejudice to

HPSEBL’s right to disconnect the supply to the consumer for
nonpayment, unless HPSEBL specifically undertakes not to
initiate any action to disconnect the supply for non-payment of
such outstanding amount for certain period.
7) The competent authority to allow the part payment under this

mechanism is the authority who having competency to sanction
the load of the consumer.
35.1.7 Hours of receiving Cash:

Hours of receiving cash from the consumers in respect of payment of Bills etc. in
respect of all HPSEBL Collection Centers are fixed as under:-
Monday to Friday 10.00AM to 02.00PM

On Saturday 10.00AM to 2.00 PM on all Saturdays except
second and fourth Saturday.
These timings shall be applicable for all the Operation Sub-Divisions in Urban as
well as Rural areas.
Note:- Local cheque for the purpose of payment of electricity bill may be considered as
cheque from any bank situated at the station of sub-division office, at par cheque
from the bank with branch of that bank at the station where sub-division is located.
35.2 Disputed Electricity Bills:
35.2.1 A consumer will effect full payment of the billed amount even if it is
disputed one, failing which HPSEBL may initiate action treating it as a case
of non-payment:
Provided that no action will be initiated if such a consumer deposits, under

protest -
(a) an amount equal to the sum claimed from him, or
(b) the electricity charges for each month calculated on the basis of average
charge for electricity paid by him during the preceding six months,
whichever is less, pending disposal of any dispute between him and
HPSEBL.
35.2.2.1 HPSEBL, after the receipt of a complaint from a consumer in its designated
office, decide the billing dispute within twenty four hours if no additional
information is required and within ten days, if additional information is
required.
35.2.3 If on examination of a complaint, HPSEBL finds a bill to be erroneous, a

revised bill will be issued to the consumer indicating a revised due date of
payment, which will not be earlier than ten days from the date of delivery of
the revised bill to the consumer. If the amount paid by the consumer under
para 35.2.1 is in excess of the revised bill, such excess amount will be
refunded through adjustment first against any outstanding amount due to
HPSEBL and then against the amount becoming due to HPSEBL immediately
thereafter. HPSEBL will pay to such consumer interest on the excess amount
at rate as per clause No. 5.7.3 of Supply Code, 2009 from the date of
payment till such time the excess amount is adjusted.
35.2.4 If HPSEBL finds the bill to be correct, the consumer will be intimated accordingly
and will be required to pay the balance amount, if any, alongwith additional
charges for delayed payment from the due date, initially stipulated in the bill.
35.2.5 In case the consumer is not satisfied with the decision of HPSEBL, he may after
effecting payment in terms of para 35.2.1 seek redressal in accordance with the
provisions of the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Consumer
Grievances Redressal Forum and Ombudsman) Regulations, 2013

SECTION –IV
Recovery of Unpaid dues from Defaulting Consumers
INSTRUCTION No. 36
Disconnection and Reconnection of Power Supply:
36.1 Disconnection of supply for default in payment or due to other reasons .–
36.1.1 HPSEBL may order disconnection of supply in following cases-
a) In case of default in payment of dues and charges: (paras 36.1.2 and

36.1.3 of this manual below);
(b) in case of default in payment of assessed amount{paras 6.1.11.1 and
8.1.2(iv) of HP Electricity Supply Code} ;
(c) in case of the unauthorized reconnection of supply disconnected{ paras
36.1.5 and 36.1.8(ii) of this manual below };
(d) in case of contributing harmonics in excess of specified standards (para
2.1.9 of HP Electricity Supply Code);
(e) on the request of the consumer under { paras 36.1.6, 36.1.7 and 36.1.8(iii)
( c ) of this Manual below
(f) upon detection of theft of electricity under sub-section (1- A) of section-
135 of the Act; { paras 6.2.1(h) of HP Electricity Supply code and 36.1.10 of
this manual below};
(g) to prevent loss of human or animal life or injury to a human being or any
animal or damage to property;
(h) to comply with statutory/lawful orders, directions issued by the competent
authority in exercise of its powers vested under any law passed by a
competent legislature with prior intimation to the consumer.
36.1.2 Where a consumer fails to deposit, the billed amount or any sum other than the
charge for electricity due from him, with HPSEBL by the due date mentioned in the
bill, the licensee may, after giving not less than fifteen days clear notice in writing
to such consumer and without prejudice to his other rights to recover such amount,
disconnect supply to the consumer temporarily and for that purpose disconnect any
electric supply line or other works being the property of such a licensee. The Officer
In-Charge of Sub-Division/Sub-Office shall ensure that all the cases pertaining to
default of payment(s) / temporary disconnections are monitored regularly and
where default in payment(s) is continued for a period of six months, from the date
of the payment first became due, the supply may be disconnected permanently:
Provided that the supply of electricity shall not be disconnected :-
(i) if a consumer makes payment under protest as per paras 5.2.14, 5.6.2
and 5.7 of HP Supply Code;
(ii) if any sum is not recoverable as per para 5.7 of HP Electricity Supply
code.
Provided further that, save in the case of theft of electricity or prevention of
loss or damage to life and property, the supply of electricity to a consumer

will not be disconnected on holiday and on a day when the next day is a
holiday in the offices of the licensee.
36.1.3 In case of continued default in payment of any amount, payable to HPSEBL by

any consumer for a period of more than six months, HPSEBL may terminate the
agreement executed with the consumer in accordance with the ‘Conditions of
Supply’ and remove the electric line or works connected with the supply of
electricity to the consumer.
36.1.4 In case HPSEBL discovers that the supply to the premises disconnected under
para 36.1.1, has been unauthorizedly restored through a live connection of other
premises, notice to the consumer of such live connection be given to stop such
unauthorized supply to the disconnected premises immediately, failing which
pending dues of the disconnected connection shall be transferred to his account
and non-payment of such transfer of dues may be dealt with as provided under
para 36.1.2 apart from other action(s) as per the provision(s) of the Act.
36.1.5 HPSEBL may take steps to prevent unauthorized re-connection of such connection
disconnected under para 36.1.1, wherever it discovers that connection has been
reconnected and attracts provisions of Section 138 of the Act then the licensee
may initiate action as per the provisions of the Act.
36.1.6 In case the consumer desires his connection to be disconnected permanently, he

shall apply for the same. The concerned officers who is authorized to take reading
of the meter of consumer as per Instruction No 24.1 shall carry out special
reading. The office/officer responsible for raising the bill shall then prepare final
bill, including all arrears up to the date of such billing within five days from such
request.
36.1.7 In case the consumer desires that his connection be disconnected temporarily for
a period up to six months then he shall apply for the same on the format
prescribed and shall be liable to pay in advance all charges that are fixed in nature
like demand charge, meter rent etc. as per the relevant schedule. The consumer
shall also be liable to pay reconnection charges to avail the facility of temporary
disconnection. The period of ‘disconnection on request’ can be extended on
receipt of a request in writing.
36.1.8 The supply may be disconnected temporarily or on permanent basis as per

procedure given hereunder:-
(i) The service line, meter etc. may not be removed in case of temporary
disconnection. HPSEBL shall remove service line, meter etc. after permanent
disconnection;
(ii) The concerned officer In-charge of sub-division may remove service
line/cable after approval of load sanctioning authority if he has sufficient
reason(s) to believe that the consumer, in case of temporary disconnection,
shall resort to unauthorized use of electricity. However, meter shall not be
removed in such cases.
(iii) The demand charges during the period temporary disconnection for any of
the reasons, shall be levied as per schedule of tariff on 10% of the sanctioned
contract demand in addition to the fixed charges such as meter rent etc.

iv) The consumer is also having an option to permanently surrender a part of
the contract demand during the temporary disconnection period, in such an
event the demand charges shall be levied for 10% of the balance contract
demand.
(v) The supply shall be disconnected permanently in following cases: -
(a) with the termination of the agreement;
(b) if the removal of the cause for which the supply was
disconnected temporarily is not within the period allowed
for the removal of such cause or if the proof of removal
of the cause for disconnection is not produced to the
satisfaction of the HPSEBL’s employee deputed for the
purpose;
(c) on request of the consumer as per para 36.1.6.
36.1.9 For all cases of temporary and permanent disconnection(s)-

(a) if dues are not paid by the consumer, the delayed payment
surcharge, as per relevant schedule of tariff shall be levied up to the
date of permanent disconnection, and
(b) the security deposit’s amount shall be adjusted in the final bill.
36.1.10 Not withstanding anything contained to the contrary herein, the disconnections on
account of theft of electricity, shall be dealt with in accordance with the para 6.2
of HP Electricity Supply Code.
36.2 Restoration of supply of electricity. –
36.2.1 i) As a commercial organization, HPSEBL can ill afford to allow accumulation of
dues from the consumers. It is, therefore, imperative that every effort is made
by the field offices to see that the consumers make the payment of their energy
bills as soon as these become due for payment. Necessary steps should be
taken by the staff concerned so that dues do not accumulate and the arrear do
not become bad debts.
ii) The in charge of Sub-Division may disconnect the supply to all the consumers
irrespective of quantum of load and supply voltage except the essential
services like LWSS, Hospital and Street Light etc. being responsible for billing
and collection. In case the payment is not received against the essential
services, the concerned AE/AEE of ESD shall refer the case along with details of
such consumers with outstanding arrears to concerned CE(Op) for obtaining
the decision of competent authority of HPSEBL. The authority competent in
such cases is Director(Op), Director(Tech.) and MD.
36.2.2 HPSEBL shall resume supply of electricity within twenty-four hours from the time
the consumer-
(a) makes good the default and /or pays outstanding payment,
(b) pays the prescribed amount as per the relevant Schedule of Tariff, for
reconnecting the supply of electricity,
(c) pays the consumer service charges/ fixed charges for the period of
disconnection and the additional charges for the delayed payment:
In case the consumer is permanently disconnected and agreement is terminated

with or without adjustment of security deposited with HPSEBL, the consumer
service charges and fixed charges such as demand charges etc. shall be levied for
the period of temporary disconnection of supply. However, in case of permanent

disconnection, the amount still remains outstanding after adjustment of security,
the surcharge for delayed payment shall be levied up to the date of application for
restoration of supply after permanent disconnection.
Provided that in case of permanent disconnection, if the electric line or plant

supplying electricity to the consumer is/are removed by HPSEBL then HPSEBL will
restore supply after undertaking the work(s) for providing the electric line or plant
within the time specified in the case of a new connection and the consumer will
deposit charges as if a new connection is being released:
Provided, further that in case of temporary disconnection, if the electric line or

plant supplying electricity to the consumer is/are removed by HPSEBL then
HPSEBL will restore supply after undertaking the work(s) for providing the electric
line or plant within the time specified in the case of a new connection.
36.2.3 Supply to the consumer will be immediately reconnected, if HPSEBL reasonably

believes that the circumstances leading to the disconnection were actually an
omission on the part of HPSEBL. In such an event, no charges on any account will
be recoverable from the consumer.
36.2.4 Restoration of supply after temporary disconnection:-
Reconnection order in form CS-12 will be issued to carry out the job of
reconnection of service line. Normally the supply would be restored on the same
terms and conditions as existed before temporary disconnection.
36.2.5 Restoration of supply after permanent Disconnection:-
The consumer may request for restoration of supply after permanent disconnection.
The necessary formalities at the time of reconnection may be done as required for
release of new connection. The procedure to be followed and recovery of
expenditure shall be as follows:-
36.2.5.1 The original consumer or some other person applies for a

connection at such premises which has been permanently
disconnection.
1) In case the service line has not been removed or used for
release of connection to other consumers and is having sufficient
spare capacity after commitments of loads and redundancy of
30%.
2) There is spare capacity in the feeding system for release of the
load.
3) The consumer apply up to same connected load and contract
demand which was previously disconnected.
In case all the conditions are fulfilled, the connection shall be

released without issuance of PAC. However, the A&A form, test
report etc. shall be submitted by the consumer and signed by the
competent authority and completion of codal formalities as of a new
connection is to be done. The load shall be got sanctioned from the

competent authority before restoration of supply. However, the
electrical installations and apparatus of voltage exceeding 650 Volts
will be required to be inspected by Electrical Inspector as per
Regulation 43 of CEA(Measures relating to safety and Electric
Supply)Regualtions,2010 and its amendments
In case above conditions are not fulfilled, all the codal formalities for
issuance of PAC, Sanction of load shall be done for restoration of
supply as is done for a new connection.
36.2.5.2 Charges to be levied at the time of restoration of

supply after permanent disconnection.
Following charges shall be recovered :-

1) Security deposit as per HPERC(Security Deposit) Regualtions,2005 and
its amendments.
2) Cost of service line, in case service line as per regulation 4 and 10 of
HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regulations,
419/2012 as amended from time to time, in case it has been removed or
there is no spare capacity in the existing service line after commitment
of load and redundancy of 30%.
3) Recovery of expenditure for supply of electricity as per Regulation 5 &
10 of HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of
Electricity)Regulations, 419/2012 as amended from time to time.
4) Recovery of all outstanding amount of previous connections wherever
applicable.
36.2.6 Necessary remarks may be added on the connection order stating that the service
line exists which is being reconnected. The old Account No. and the previous
consumer’s name should also be mentioned. The recovery of expenditure for
restoration of supply shall be as per HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of
Electricity)Regulations, 419/2012 as amended from time to time.
36.2.7 In such a case where the supply is restored to the premises after a period of six
months a fresh test report shall also be obtained from the consumer, before
connecting the premises to HPSEBL’s supply system.
INSTRUCTION No. 37
Disconnection when Consumer’s Premises are found Locked, order of statutory

authority & on account of damage to equipments
37.1 If the consumer’s premises are found locked by the Meter Reader or the Bill
Distributor and no response is received even after serving ‘Access to consumer’s
premises’ notice, some official say J.E. or Meter Inspector may be deputed to visit
the premises of the consumer to verify the facts on spot. On their report, if there
are no early prospects of the meter being read or HPSEBL’s dues being paid, the
concerned Officer In-Charge of Sub-Division/Sub-Office shall issue disconnection
order of the premises from the tee or pole and accordingly supply may be
disconnected.

37.2 In case instructions for disconnection of supply is received from any statutory
authority in exercise of the power vested under law passed by a competent
legislator and such instructions are received either directly in the Sub-Division or
received through other senior offices, the In-charge of Sub-Division/Sub-Office shall
comply with such instructions immediately by issuance of Temporary Disconnection
Order. The supply shall be disconnected immediately with prior intimation to the
consumer. The prior intimation is the notice issued by the respective statutory
authority.
37.3 Discontinuance on account of immediate danger/damage to the equipment
In case the breach of condition of supply (or of any restrictions imposed there
under) is of a nature which is likely to cause an immediate danger/damage to the
equipment installed by HPSEBL or otherwise , the concerned officer in-charge or
any technical official of the sub-division shall have the right to disconnect the
premises of the consumer immediately without any prior notice. The connection to
the premises so disconnected shall not be reconnected until the defects pointed out
by the HPSEBL are set right. However, in all such cases, after the supply has been
disconnected, the consumer should be informed as early as possible about the
reasons leading to disconnection and the remedial measure required to be taken by
him before supply is restored.
INSTRUCTION No. 38
Recovery of Arrears from Defaulting Consumers - Procedure for monitoring &

recovery of the defaulting amount
38.1 Steps required to be taken by the field units so that the incidence of dispute and
default in making payments is minimized.
1) The bills should be issued strictly as per billing cycle so that the consumer can
easily pay the bill as a normal routine.
2) The bills should be issued after proper scrutiny for the category of tariff, supply
voltage, multiplying factor and other parameters so as to avoid wrong
application of tariff resulting in arrears which the mistake has been noticed.
3) When there is change of supply voltage for a consumer or change of meter, the
multiplying factor should be properly recorded in the MCO/SJO and updated in
the billing software/relevant record so that bills are not issued on previous
Multiplying factor.
4) The Sr.E.E./SE/CE on whose jurisdiction the consumer falls should exercise

random check while conducting tours to the area.
The part payment of energy bill shall be regulated as detailed above in Instruction
No. 35. However, in case the payment is made through RTGS and other mode
before and after the due date the same may be adjusted as under. In case of
under payment of bills by consumer, amount shall be adjusted as per priority stated
as below:
a) Arrears as on thirty first of March of the previous financial year,

b) Arrears accrued from first of April of the current financial year till the date of
the bill,
c) Electricity charges for the current billing cycle and
d) Any other charges or levies.
It should be noted that according to the provisions of Act, no sum due from consumer shall
be recoverable from any consumer, after the period of two years from the date when such
sum first became due unless such sum has been shown continuously as recoverable as
arrears of charges for electricity supplied. It should therefore be ensured that a complete
and thorough watch should be observed for monitoring and recovery of defaulting arrears
and such arrears should be reflected in the bills. For the sake of clarity, “the sum first
become due” is on the date the amount of underpayment in billing, wrong application of
tariff, wrong multiplication factor, amount other than energy bill has been noticed and
demand notice has been raised on this account to the consumer( Ref. Appellate Tribunal
for Electricity Judgement in Appeal No. 202 & 203 of 2006 in the matter of Ajmet Vidyut
Vitaran Nigam Ltd. versus M/s Sisodia Marble & Granites Pvt. Ltd.)
38.1.1 The Assistant Engineer/Sr. Assistant (Commercial) of the respective Electrical Sub
Division shall ensure proper implementation of tariff for the bills to be prepared in
the Sub-Division. The entire responsibility for computerized billing rests with
Assistant Engineer of the concern Sub-Division. For the bills prepared by Data
Centre under SE (IT), the SE(IT)/Sr. EE(IT) should ensure that the tariff is
implemented properly. However, at the time of delivery of the bills, the concerned
SE(Op) and AE, ESD should also exercise proper check of the bills generated,
category applicable, LVSS, LVMS, arrears pointed out by sub-division etc. before it
is finally delivered as these details are available with the concerned filed units.
38.1.2 The Assistant Engineer/Sr. Assistant (Commercial) of the respective Electrical

S/Division shall ensure that outstanding amount, if any, including sundry charges
has been mentioned in the bill clearly (in case of arrears for the past period,
whenever pointed out by the audit or otherwise detected later on,
separate bill should be issued to the consumer clearly indicating the
amount on account, period etc. in the first instance and subsequently, if
this bill is not paid within due date, the total outstanding amount on
whatsoever account it is, should be reflected continuously in the
subsequent energy bills, till date the payment is received or permanent
disconnection is affected). The details of defaulted amount recovered / to be
recovered from the consumers during the next month should be intimated to the
Divisional Office along with detail of defaulting consumers and record a certificate
at the end of month that outstanding amount/sundry charges have been
mentioned in the bill of all consumers where ever required and no entry has been
left.
38.1.3 At Divisional level the Divisional Accountant will compile and verify the detail of all
such certificates of all sub-Divisions. A combined certificate will be prepared by
the Divisional Accountant, countersigned by the Sr. Executive Engineer that
defaulted amount of all sub-division under his division has been pointed/billed in
the bill of the concerned consumer and submit the same to circle Office. Sr.
Executive Engineer should simultaneously also take steps to recover the defaulting
amount.

38.1.4 On receipt of the requisite certificate from the divisional offices, the Sr. Executive
Engineer/ S.E shall after ensuring that outstanding amount, if any, including
sundry charges have been mentioned in the bill clearly. The Sr. Executive
Engineer/ SE, shall record a certificate at the end of month that outstanding
amount/sundry charges in respect of his circle have been mentioned in the bills of
all consumers, where ever required, and no entry has been left. The details of
defaulting amount recovered/ to be recovered shall then be submitted by him to
the concerned Chief Engineer (Op.)/ Chief Accounts Officer.
38.1.5 A separate ledger showing month wise defaulting/outstanding amount of

consumers shall be prepared and maintained by Dealing Assistant in the circle
office and get it verified from the A. A.O. The detail so verified shall be put up to
the Sr. Executive Engineer for recording the certificate. The Sr. Executive Engineer
shall further put up it to the Superintending Engineer.
38.1.6 The month wise return of such defaulting amount shall be sent to Chief Accounts
Officer of HPSEB Ltd. /Chief Engineer (Op.) by the respective Superintending
Engineer (OP). The Chief Accounts Officer after scrutiny shall put up the same to
Director (Finance) on quarterly basis for his perusal.
38.1.7 Chief Auditor shall ensure and develop mechanism that the commercial audit of all
the Sub-Division are conducted within a period of one year so that any recovery
detected during audit is pointed out in the bill of consumer within one year to
adhere to two year limitation period as per section 56(2) of the Electricity Act 2003
as well as clause 5.6.2 of the HPERC Electricity supply Code-2009.
Note: -Reports of all such consumers who have outstanding amount pending for recovery
can be generated on computerized billing and accordingly action at sub division level shall
be taken well in time to recover the outstanding amount.
38.2 Recovery of defaulting amount:
Whenever the consumer does not make the payments of dues or violates the
supply code, the connection should be disconnected temporarily from the service
mains after serving 15 days notice and the connection should remain disconnected,
till such time the payment of dues is not made by the consumer or violation of
supply code is set right. It is, however, mandatory that TDCOs/ PDCOs are
issued immediately after the monthly accounts in the sub-division are
finalized.
38.2.1 Discontinuance of supply of electric energy to a consumer who defaults in

liquidating the electric energy bill is not an end in itself but is only a step
towards not only arresting further accumulation of arrears but even forcing
him to make the payment. However, all out efforts should be made to
recover the amount, and such efforts should not be relaxed as long as the
recovery is not actually affected.
38.2.2 The SDO (A.E/A.E.E.)/J.E. should go on pressing say by issuing reminders to

be delivered through peon or if necessary, to be sent by Registered post
and through bonafide representatives of the HPSEB Ltd., to the defaulting
consumer for payment of the outstanding dues of the HPSEBL.

38.2.3 In case of continued default in payment of any amount, due to the licensee
by any consumer for a period of more than six months, the licensee may
terminate the agreement executed with the consumer in accordance with
the ‘Conditions of Supply’ of the licensee and remove the electric line or
works connected with the supply of electricity to the consumer.
38.2.4 In the meantime after the expiry of one month, the matter should be
intimated to the Sr. Executive Engineer concerned with a detailed report
indicating the action taken or proposed to be taken. If there are no
prospects of the recovery of the dues through some other connection held
by the defaulting consumer, the matter should be taken up at Sr. XEN’s
level who should, at his earliest convenience write to the defaulting
consumer requesting early settlement of the account. If it is found that the
consumer has left the station or does not have a connection at the local
station, but is getting supply from HPSEBL at some other station, the
concerned Sr. Executive Engineer of that division should be asked to debit
the charges to him against the connection held by him under his charge.
The Sr. XEN should whenever he makes a reference to the consumer,
endorse a copy to the SDO (A.E./A.E.E.) for his information so that the SDO
(A.E./A.E.E.) should not issue any further written reminder to the defaulter,
but who at the same time, should not slacken his efforts, in affecting the
recovery through bonafide representatives of the HPSEBL. The amount
should, however be carried forward in the Consumer’s ledger from month to
month and surcharge should continue to be levied as required, till date the
recovery or permanent disconnection is affected. The field officer may
intimate the revenue authorities like District Collector regarding the amount
to be paid by the consumer to HPSEBL so that if any transaction regarding
sale or purchase of the property takes place, the revenue authorities may
not give no dues of the property/premises.
In case the consumer does not clear the outstanding amount with in a
period of one month, the concerned field units may immediately resort to
file civil suit against the defaulting consumer for recovery of outstanding
amount before the court of competent jurisdiction and simultaneously seek
attachment of the property belonging to the defaulting consumer from the
court under the provision of Order XXXVIII, Rule 5 of the Civil Procedure
Code. In the meantime, the action for adjustment of security/ encashment
of BG in case security is in the shape of BG may be initiated so as to the
recover the amount to that extent.
38.2.5 The security amount equivalent to consumption charges for the billing cycle
period shall be maintained with HPSEBL. The concerned Sub-Division should
exercise proper check at the end of each financial year.
38.2.6 The XEN should follow his letter by issuing the reminders at fortnightly
intervals. In case the payment of the bill is not received within a fortnight
from the date of issue of the last reminder, the case, if the amount involved
is more than the competence to write off as per clause 39.4 below together
with the consumer file should be referred to the next higher authority for
taking further necessary action giving a complete precise of the case with
particular references to the following points:-

38.2.6.1 Full address and where-about of the consumer.
38.2.6.2 Whether all other connections standing in the name of the consumer
have been disconnected or not.
38.2.6.3 Period to which the outstanding amount relates.
38.2.6.4 The break-up of the outstanding amount i.e. (a) amount of actual
energy charges (b) meter rentals (e) any other amount.
38.2.6.5 Date of first default.
38.2.6.6 Date and the amount of last payment. If the payment is part-
payment, the total amount of the bill against which the part
payment is made.
38.2.6.7 The efforts already made at the sub-division and divisional level.
38.2.6.8 Prospects of recovery of outstanding in the near future.
38.2.6.9 The cause which led to the consumer becoming defaulter.
38.2.6.10 Financial position of the defaulting consumer with particular
reference to his immovable property, so as to ascertain the scope of
recovery through legal action.
38.3 Action to be taken at SE/CE (Op.) Level:
38.3.1 The cases, for recovery of defaulting amount after being received in
the Superintending Engineer's/ Chief Engineer’s office should be
scrutinized so as to arrive at any further line of action. In
collaboration with the Legal Section of the HPSEBL, the desirability of
launching legal proceedings should be assessed and initiated under
the provision of order 38 rule 5 of CPC, so that the necessary action
could be taken well before the expiry of the period of limitation,
which is only two years as per section 56(2) of the Electricity Act,
2003, from the date when such sum became first due, unless such
sum has been shown continuously as recoverable as arrears of
charges for electricity supply, from the date when such sum became
first due. The action for recovery through civil suit should be initiated
under the provisions of civil procedure code order 38 rule 5, so that
HPSEBL is at least in a position to recover the amount in execution of
decree by distress and sale of immoveable property so attached.
38.4 If ultimately the amount is found to be irrecoverable either due to the

failure of the legal proceedings, or the exhaustion of all efforts and where
no legal remedy is sought, the case for writing off the arrears, so that the
books could be cleared, should be framed and submitted to the competent
authority. The authority competent to write off the arrears of Electricity
dues is as under:-
Sr. No. Competent Authority Amount

1 Sr. Executive Engineer Rs. 1000/- in each case subject to maximum
Rs.10, 000/- during the year
2 Superintending Engineer Rs. 5000/- in each case subject to maximum
3 Chief Engineer Rs. 10,000/- in each case subject to maximum
4 Head Office level Committee Comprising of:
(i) Chief Engineer (Op.) Chairman Rs. 25,000/ -in each case subject
concerned to
(ii) Superintending Member Rs.2,00,000/- during the year
Engineer (Commercial)

(iii) Dy. Chief Auditor/ Dy. Member
Chief Accounts Officer
(iv) Superintending Member
Engineer (Works) office Secretary
of CE (Op.)
38.4.5 Cases involving amount more than above limits should be referred to the
Whole Time Directors by concerned Chief Engineer (Operation) concerned
for decision.
38.4.6 However, in case of following consumers the action indicated above

should only be taken if the procedure outlined below fails to yield fruitful
results.
38.4.6.1 Government Departments: So far as the question of recovery of

outstanding dues from Government Departments is concerned the matter
may be referred to the Head of the Department for early liquidation of
arrears, simultaneously endorsing copies to the offices concerned for doing
the needful immediately. Progress should be watched and reviewed
fortnightly.
38.4.6.2 Government Employees: In such cases Heads of the

Offices/Departments under whom the consumer is working should be
addressed to recover the outstanding amount from the person concerned
and remit to the HPSEBL. In case where the employees have been
transferred to other stations, their address should be found out and the
Heads of their offices be asked likewise.
38.4.6.3 HPSEBL Employees: The arrears should be recovered promptly from the
employees of the HPSEBL. In case the employees have been transferred to
other stations, reference should be made to his SDO (A.E./ A.E.E.) /XEN/
S.E concerned to affect recovery from the pay bills of the official officer and
remit it to the office concerned.
38.4.6.4 Industrial Units: In case of Industrial units which are non-functional or

closed and the electricity charges are outstanding in their name and any
other person purchases the unit for its revival, the recovery shall be affected
from the new consumer before the release of connection in line with
HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity)Regualtions,2012
as amended from time to time and supply code.
The procedure laid down above, shall be adopted meticulously in letter and spirit by
field units at every level for chalking out the defaulters and recovery of defaulting
amounts from the defaulting consumers, besides all defaulting consumers,
specially, in case of consumers having connected load above 100kW.

INSTRUCTION No. 39
Payment of Arrears not originally billed:
39.1 There may be certain cases where the consumer is billed for some of the dues
relating to previous months/years or otherwise as arrears on account of under
assessment/unauthorized use of electricity or demand or some amount pointed out
by Internal Auditor or CAG / detected by the authorized officers either owing to
negligence of the HPSEBL employees or due to some defect in the metering
equipment or due to application of wrong tariff/multiplication factor or due to
mistake in connection or other irregularities/malpractices etc. In all such cases,
separate bills shall be issued giving complete details of the charges levied alongwith
calculation. Such charges shall be shown as arrears in the subsequent electricity
bills regularly till the payment is made. Supplementary bills shall be issued
separately giving complete details of the charges in regard to theft cases, slowness
of meters, wrong connections of the meter and unauthorized of use electricity etc.
In such cases the copy of relevant instructions under which the charges have been
levied shall also be supplied to the consumer for facilitating the quick disposal of
cases by consumer forums if approached by the consumer.
39.2 Limitation:
Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, no
sum due from any consumer, shall be recoverable after the period of two years
from the date when such sum became first due unless such sum has been shown
continuously as recoverable as arrear of charges for electricity supplied and the
licensee shall not cut off the supply of the electricity:
39.3 Allowing payment of arrears in installments:
The consumer may sometimes find it difficult to make payment of such arrears
which are not originally billed in lump sum and may make representation for
allowing the payment of such arrears to be made in installments. Such a
representation must come from the consumer within the grace period i.e. within
10/15 days of the receipt of the bill. A notice to this effect shall be incorporated on
the bill itself while raising the demand for arrear amount. The detailed calculations
of the area amount needs to be included in the notice. The consumer seeking
installments shall deposit not less than 25% of the billed amount so as to show his
earnestness to pay the assessed amount in installments along-with late payment
surcharge.
39.4 Competency of allowing installments in respect of arrears:
Authority to Arrear Amount Initial Deposit No of

allow up to (Rs.) before Installments
installments installment (Maximum
Limit)
1 2 3 4
AE/AEE: 10000 25% 3
Sr.EE/ASE 30000 25% 4
SE/Dy. CE 200000 25% 6
CE 500000 25% 8
HPSEBL Level More than Rs. 25% 12
Committee 5 lac
Director(Op),
Director(Tech.) &
MD

Note:- Where the consumer seeks higher number of installments, then those in
column no (4), the matter shall fall in the purview of next higher authority
which is competent to allow the required number of installments even if the
arrear amount in within the limit provided in column No. (2).
39.5 No installments for Current Bills: No installments will be allowed for payment of
current energy bill. The part payment shall be allowed as discussed in the
Instruction No. 35 above.
39.6 Some of the sick units are seeking restoration of power reconnection and
requesting HPSEBL to allow them to make payments of their outstanding arrears in
installments. HPSEBL may restore the connection on payment of initial amount of
25% of the outstanding amount and rest may be allowed in installments with
payment of late fee surcharge with current energy bill.
INSTRUCTION No. 40
Dispute Settlement Committees of HPSEBL
40.1 The Following dispute settlement Committees have been constituted by HPSEBL to
settle the disputes arising out of consumer complaints regarding wrong billing etc.:-
40.1.1 Divisional Level Dispute Settlement Committee:-
1 ASE/Sr. Executive Engineer (Op) other than the Chairman

Concerned Division to be nominated by the
Dy. C.E. /S.E (Op) of the concerned circle.
2 Superintendent (Accounts) of the concerned Member
Division.
3 A.E.E/A.E of the concerned Sub-Division Convener and
Presenting officer
This committee shall be empowered to decide the cases of the disputed amount up
to Rs. 10,000/-( principal amount)
40.1.2 Sub-Divisional Level Dispute Settlement Committee:-
1 A.E.E /A.E. (Op) other than the concerned Chairman

Sub-Division to be nominated by the
ASE/Sr. E.E of the concerned Division.
2 Sr. Assistant (Comm.) of the concerned Member
Sub-division.
3 A.A.E/J.E. of the concerned Section. Convener and
Presenting officer.
This committee shall be empowered to decide the cases of the dispute at Section level and
disputed amount up to Rs. 5,000/-(principal amount)
40.1.3 The consumer has however option to approach the above committees or approach
directly to Consumer Grievance Rederssal Forum (CGRF).
Note: - The convener and presenting officer will not be the member of committee.

The representation to the committees can be preferred within 15 months of
issuance of bill/notice or decision under clause No. 5.7.4 of H.P. electricity Supply
Code, 2009 and its amendments. The committees will decide the dispute with in a
period of three months.
The Head quarter of the Dispute Settlement Committees shall be at the place
where chairman of the committee is stationed.
The award announced by the committee shall be out of the purview of the audit.
In case the committee does not settle the case with in the time frame or the
consumer is not satisfied with the decision of Committees, he has the right to
approach Consumer Grievance Redressal Forum(CGRF) within the prescribed time
limits.
SECTION – V
Unauthorized use/ Theft of Energy
INSTRUCTION No. 41
Unauthorized use of electricity - section 126 of the Electricity Act 2003
41.1 As per the provisions of Section 126 of the E.A.2003, the unauthorized use of
electricity means usage of electricity:-
i. by any artificial means , or
ii. by a mean not authorized by the concerned person or authority or HPSEBL, or
iii. through a tampered meter, or
iv. for the purpose other than for which the usage of electricity was authorized or
v. for the premises or areas other than those for which the supply of electricity was
authorized.
However, increase in the connected load, without permission from HPSEBL, shall not be
considered as unauthorized use of electricity under section 126 of the Act, if:-
a) there is no change in applicable tariff category, or sub-category thereof, as a result of
increase in connected load; and
b) the actual demand (kVA) does not exceed the maximum limit arrived at by converting
the sanctioned connected load (kW) into kVA, based on an assumed power factor of 0.9,
by more than 10 kVA.
Illustration.- if the sanctioned connected load of the consumer is 360kW and actual
demand is 410 kVA or less it shall not be considered as unauthorized use of electricity
under the section 126 of the Act even if the sanctioned contact demand is less than 410
kVA, so long as the conditions under other clauses are adhered to; and
c) there is no usage of electricity through a tampered meter; and
d) the electricity is used only for the purpose for which the same was authorized; and
e) the electricity is used only for the premises or the areas for which the supply of
electricity is authorized; and
d) the increase in connected load does not exceed the limit computed as under-
(i) 10 kW in case where the sanctioned connected load is upto 100 kW; and
(ii) 10% of the sanctioned connected load subject to a maximum of 200 kW, in case
where the sanctioned connected load is more than 100 kW:

Provided that where the extension of connected load comes to the notice of the licensee,
irrespective of the fact, whether or not, such extension is considered to be unauthorized
use of supply under section 126 of the Act, it shall, apart from taking any other steps as
may be necessary, give an option to the consumer to either get such extension(s)
regularized by completing the formalities or to remove the extension(s) of the connected
load. The licensee shall be entitled to disconnect the supply if the consumer does not take
any steps in this direction even after service of a notice on him by the licensee. However,
the licensee may disconnect the supply temporarily even without a notice if it reasonably
believes that continuation of supply is likely to result in loss of human or animal life or
injury to a human being or any animal or damage to property.
36.2.8 At the time of disconnection meter reading shall be recorded and it shall be
compared at the time of reconnection so as to ensure that no energy was
consumed during the period of disconnection. Simultaneously list of such
disconnected consumers shall be handed over at the complaint centers/or send via
Email to enter in separate register as that complaint staff is aware of such
disconnection under intimation to Sr.E.E./SE.
41.2 Surprise checking of consumer installations by an authorized officer,

should cover the following aspects:
41.2.1 The assessing officer and other members of his team will at the time of
inspection carry alongwith them their photo identity cards, which will, on
demand, be shown to the person present at site before entering the
premises
41.2.2 If on inspection of the premises/area and/or scrutiny of the records, the

assessing officer comes to the conclusion that the consumer is indulging in
unauthorized use of electricity, he will prepare an inspection report inter-alia
indicating connected load for unauthorized use of electricity, condition of
meter and its seals and also details of evidence substantiating the
unauthorized use. The assessing officer will wherever possible
photograph/videograph the means of such unauthorized use
41.2.3 The assessing officer will sign the inspection report and a copy handed over
to the person or his/her representative present at site. The person present
at site may also sign the inspection report. In case of refusal to accept the
report, a copy of the inspection report will be posted at a conspicuous place
in/outside the premises and another copy of the same shall be sent under
registered post.
41.2.4 The assessment should be calculated for the entire period with in which
unauthorized usage of electricity remained or in case the period is not
ascertainable, it should be limited to a period of twelve (12) months
immediately preceding the date of detection of the unauthorized usage.
41.2.5 The consumption of electricity for assessment shall be computed on the

basis of meter reading and in cases where consumption of electricity cannot
be computed on the basis of meter reading, then the same will be
computed on the basis of LDHF formula (as per H.P Electricity Supply Code,
2009

41.2.6 The assessing officer shall provisionally assess the charges payable by such
consumer at a rate equal to Twice the tariff applicable for the relevant
category in which the service should have been classified, without allowing
the benefit of Subsidy and after deducting the charges already paid as per
the provision of Annexure-A of H.P Electricity Supply Code. The charges will
continue to be levied till the rectification (regularization or disconnection) of
the unauthorized usage.
41.2.7 The assessing officer and shall issue Provisional Assessment Order to the
consumer within 48 hours of the inspection.
41.2.8 In case of defective/ dead stop meters, the accounts of a consumer will be
overhauled for the period a burnt/defective meter remained at site, on the
basis of energy consumption of the corresponding period of the previous
year after calibrating for the changes in load, if any. In case the average
consumption for the corresponding period of the previous year is not
available then the consumer will be tentatively billed for the consumption to
be assessed as per Annexure-A of H.P Electricity Supply Code 2009 and
subsequently adjusted on the basis of actual consumption in the
corresponding period of the succeeding year
41.2.9 The person served with provisional assessment order as described above
may accept such assessment and deposit the assessed amount within the
seven days of serving of the order on him. The consumer, if not satisfied
with provisional assessment, shall be entitled to file any objection before the
assessing officer. The consumer shall file such objections within seven days
of serving of order on him.
41.2.10 Within seven days of submission of the objection(s), the assessing officer
will scrutinize the case and if no unauthorized use of electricity is
established then after taking the reasons on record, the case will be
dropped immediately and the person informed accordingly.
41.2.11 If the assessing officer is still of the view that unauthorized use of
electricity has taken place, he shall after providing an opportunity of
personal hearing to the person, pass a final order of assessment specifying
the amount payable within thirty days of the date of service of order of
provisional assessment. In such a case the assessing officer will assess the
electricity consumption and electricity charges as per the procedure given in
Annexure-A of H.P Electricity Supply Code 2009. The final assessment order
shall be reasoned and speaking one justifying as to whether a case of
unauthorized use is prima-facie established or not. The said order shall
contain the brief of inspection report, submission made by the occupant or
person in his written reply and oral submission during personal hearing and
reasons for acceptance or rejection of the same.
41.2.12 The consumer will be required to deposit the assessed amount with within
seven days of receipt of the final order of assessment. The last date of
payment of the assessed amount can be extended or the consumer can be
allowed the payment in installments, if approved by HPSEBL, subject to
payment of interest on the unpaid amount for the extended period beyond

seven days at the rate of 16 percent per annum compounded every six
months.
41.2.13 The consumer served with the final order of assessment may accept it and
deposit the assessed amount or the consumer may prefer an appeal before
the concerned Divisional Commissioner (Appellate Authority) against the
final assessment order with in thirty (30) days after depositing the 50% of
the assessed amount (inclusive of the amount already deposited) as per
section -127 of the Electricity Act, 2003.
41.2.14 The Assessing Officer should file caveat before the Appellate Authority in
order to prevent any stay order and accumulation of revenue arrear in that
account. Also proper defense is required to be put forth before the Appellate
Authority.
41.2.15 In case the Appellate Authority does not uphold the contention of
unauthorized usage, no further proceedings would be initiated by HPSEBL
and the amount so deposited by the consumer needs to be refunded
along with interest @16% per annum with half yearly compounding from
the date of deposit till the amount recovered is adjusted by way of
adjustment in bills of the consumer of succeeding months. The consumer
may also opt for cash refund of the amount deposited by him alongwith
interest at the rate of 16 percent per annum compounded every six months,
till payment of such amount is made by HPSEBL.
41.2.16 In case the amount payable as determined by the appellate authority is

less than the amount already deposited by the consumer, the excess
amount will be refunded by adjustment in the bills of the immediately
succeeding months along with interest @ 16 % per annum with half year
compounding from the date of such excess deposit till the date of actual
adjustment.
41.2.17 If the Appellate Authority is satisfied about unauthorized usage, the

remaining amount as per the Appellate order, should be got deposited from
the consumer with in thirty days of the decision of the Appellate Authority.
41.2.18 In case of default in payment of the assessed amount or any instalments

thereof by a person, HPSEBL may, after giving not less than 15 days clear
notice, disconnect the supply of electricity. The defaulter, on the expiry of
seven days or the period as allowed by the HPSEBL under 41.2.12 above
from the receipt of the final order of assessment or the period allowed for
making payment as per the decision of the appellate authority, will also be
liable to pay interest on the outstanding amount at the rate of sixteen
percent per annum compounded every six months till the assessed amount
or any instalments thereof is finally paid.
41.3 At the same time, the account of such consumers who are being billed on two part
tariff should be overhauled with retrospective effect on the basis of extended load,
irrespective of the fact whether the extension have been regularized or
disconnected. So far as determination of the date of extension is concerned the
consumer should be asked to intimate the date of installing the additional
machinery and substantiate it by producing documentary proof, if any. If the date

intimated by the consumer is fairly comparable to the date of purchase of
machinery represented by the bill/cash memo or the octroi receipt, the same may
be taken as authentic. But if there is a marked disparity or no documentary
evidence is produced by the consumer, reference should be made to the monthly
consumption of the consumer, as any abrupt rise in consumption in a month can be
construed to be the result of the extension in load and the date/month may be
adopted for overhauling the accounts.
41.4 It is, however, not possible to lay down any precise formula for finding out the date
of extension. It is felt that the field Officers by virtue of their being on the spot
should be in a position to make a fair judgment. However, where it is not possible
to come to any logical conclusion, the better course would be to adopt either the
date intimated by the consumer or a date twelve months prior to the date of
detection whichever is earlier.
41.5 In cases, where it is considered to regularize the unauthorized extension of loads,

the same may be allowed after obtaining the following documents/charges:
41.5.1 Revised Application & Agreement form.

41.5.2 Revised Test Report and other relevant documents.
41.5.3 The additional amount of Security Deposit, as applicable, on the basis of
HPERC (Security deposit) Regulations 2005.
41.5.4 Estimated charges as per HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for supply of
Electricity) regulations 2012, if required.
41.6 For the implementation of the provisions of section 126 “Investigation &
Enforcement” the Government of Himachal Pradesh has designated the following
officers as “assessing officers” under sub-section (6) (a) of the Electricity Act
2003: -
S. Category Assessing Officer

No. of
consumers
41.6.1 LT Assistant Engineer/ Assistant Executive Engineer/
Consumers Executive Engineer with in their respective jurisdiction/
Sr. Executive Engineer/Additional Superintending
Engineer of Head Office Flying Squad unit in respect of
the inspection carried out by him.
41.6.2 HT Sr. Executive Engineer/ Additional Superintending

Consumers Engineer with in their respective jurisdiction/ Sr.
Executive Engineer/Additional Superintending Engineer
of Head Office Flying Squad unit in respect of the
inspection carried out by him.

INSTRUCTION NO. 42
Theft of Electricity - Section 135 of the Electricity Act 2003
42.1 Provision: A consumer or any person shall be guilty of theft of electric

energy and shall be deemed to have committed theft within the meaning
of Sec. 135 of Act ,2003 and shall be dealt with according to procedures
as per clause No. 6.2 of H.P. Electricity Supply Code, whoever,
dishonestly;
42.1.1 Taps, makes or causes to be made any connection with overhead,

Underground or under water lines or cables, or service wires, or service
facilities of a licensee or supplier, as the case may be or;
42.1.2 Tampers a meter installs or uses a tampered meter, which covers broken/
loosening meter glass, insertion of a hole in the meter body and tampering
of service wire insulation, current reversing transformer, loop connection or
any other device or method which interferes with accurate or proper
registration, calibration or metering of electric current or otherwise results in
a manner whereby electricity is stolen or wasted; or
42.1.3 Damages or destroys an electric meter, apparatus, equipment, or wire or
causes or allows any of them to be so damaged or destroyed as to interfere
with the proper or accurate metering of electricity; or
42.1.4 Uses electricity through a tampered meter; or
42.1.5 Uses electricity for the purpose other than for which the usage of electricity
was authorized.
so as to abstract or consume or use electricity shall be punishable with

imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years or with fine or
with both
Please note: The word dishonest intension is most important before booking a case
under section -135 in above circumstances.
42.2 Procedure to be followed upon detection of theft of electricity by an

Assessing Officer:
42.2.1 The authorized officer and other members of his team will, at the time of
inspection carry photo identity cards, which will on demand be shown to the
occupant or person present at site before entering the premises.
42.2.2 The authorized officer will record evidence substantiating theft of electricity
in the premises and will photograph/ video graph the means/ mode of theft
of electricity. The means applied for stealing of electricity if any, should be
kept intact duly sealed in the presence of the consumer. As a matter of
proof & supporting evidence, the seized item/document be taken in
possession. Thereafter, it may be put inside the cotton cloth bag and shall
be duly stitched and sealed with sealing wax and should invariably be
stamped. The bag so prepared be got signed from the consumer/occupant
and officials of HPSEBL. The authorized officer shall take all possible
appropriate measures to keep intact the seizures/evidence, so as to keep
them as ‘in found condition’
42.2.2 The authorized officer will prepare an inspection report inter-alia indicating
connected load for theft of electricity, status of meter/metering equipment,

condition of meter and seals and any other irregularity noticed (such as
means adopted for theft of electricity) in such premises. The consumer/
occupant or person of the place of search or any representative on his
behalf shall remain present during the search and a list of all items seized in
the course of such search shall be prepared and delivered to such occupant
or person. The authorized officer will sign the inspection report, will obtain
signature(s) of the occupant or person present at the premises during the
search on the seizure memo and inspection report and shall hand over a
copy, immediately after the inspection, to the occupant or person present at
the premises during the search, the said site note should be signed by the
consumer/ occupier, witnesses if any, officers & officials of the HPSEBL
conducting/ accompanying the inspection team. The seized material shall be
handed over to police station by the authorized/inspecting authority for
further submission in the court by taking proper receipt of the same.
42.2.3 In case of refusal to sign the site inspection report or receive the inspection
report, a copy of the same will be pasted at a conspicuous place in / out
side the premises and another copy sent to the occupant or person under
registered post. The inspection report will indicate the time period, which
shall not exceed seven days, within which the occupant or person may raise
objections against the said report before the authorized officer.
42.2.4 Upon detection of theft and prima- facie establishment of the same, the
supply to the premises be disconnected forthwith by an authorized officer
for the purpose and a complaint in writing in the Police station having
jurisdiction within 24 hours of disconnection shall also be lodged.
42.2.5 The authorized officer shall, within four days of the date of receipt of
objections of occupant or person, arrange a personal hearing, if requested
for by the occupant/person. In case, the occupant/person fails to appear on
the appointed date and time, the authorized officer may proceed ex-parte
and shall serve an assessment order upon the occupant or person in
manner as specified under clause 42.2.8 to 42.2.10.
42.2.6 The authorized officer shall give due consideration to the facts submitted by
the occupant or person and pass, within three days of the personal hearing
under preceding clause 42.2.5, a speaking order as to whether a case of
theft is prima-facie established or not. Speaking order shall contain the brief
of inspection report, submission made by occupant or person in his written
reply and oral submission during personal hearing and reasons for
acceptance or rejection of the same.
42.2.7 In case of a decision that a case of theft is not established no further

proceedings shall be required and the connection shall be restored. Also, in
case the consumer deposits the assessed electricity charges, the supply to
the premises shall be restored.
42.2.8 Where the theft of electricity by an occupant or person is prima-facie

established, the authorized officer will assess the amount payable by the
occupant or person, who has been benefited by such theft as per
procedure, specified at Annexure-A of H.P. Electricity Supply Code. The

assessment order will be delivered to the concerned occupant or person
within 24 hours of the speaking order issued under clause 42.2.6 above.
42.2.9 The assessment shall be calculated for the entire period of pilferage or in
case the period is not ascertainable, it should be limited to a period of
twelve (12) months immediately preceding the date of detection of theft.
However, if the consumer submits some documentary evidence for
curtailing period of pilferage and assessing officer is satisfied, the same be
taken in to possession and be considered for reduction in period of
theft/pilferage.
42.2.10 Upon the consumption of units so worked out the charges be levied at a
rate equal to Twice the normal tariff applicable for the relevant category
without allowing the benefit of Subsidy.
42.2.10.1 A person/occupant not satisfied with the assessment order may

prefer, within 15 days of the receipt of the assessment order, a
representation before the authorized officer. The authorized officer
will after giving the occupant or person an opportunity of being
heard pass a final assessment order within seven days of the
representation having been received.
42.2.10.2 The authorized officer will furnish a copy of the final assessment
order to the person/occupant and HPSEBL. HPSEBL will submit a
copy of the final assessment order in the Special Court immediately
after submission of the challan by the Police.
42.2.10.3 An occupant/person will deposit with HPSEBL the assessed amount

in the final assessment order, within thirty days of the receipt of
assessment order.
42.2.10.4 HPSEBL may extend the last date of payment of the assessed
amount, in final assessment order, or allow the occupant/person to
make payment in instalments subject to payment of interest for the
unpaid amount for the extended period beyond thirty days at the
rate of 16 percent per annum compounded every six months
42.2.10.5 After the assessed amount, in final assessment order, is deposited in

full by the occupant /person, HPSEBL will resume supply of
electricity to the premises within forty-eight hours of such deposit. If
the assessed amount, in final assessment order, is deposited by a
person, who is not an existing consumer, the supply to his premises
will be released treating it as a case of release of a new connection.
42.2.10.6 In case the civil liability finally determined by the Special Court is
less than the amount deposited by the person or occupant as
assessed by the authorized officer above, the excess amount so
deposited will be refunded within fifteen days from the date of
communication of the order of the Special Court to HPSEBL together
with the interest at the rate of 16 percent per annum compounded
every six months for the period from the date of such excess deposit
till the date of payment.

42.2.11 The legal proceedings initiated/ likely to be initiated after the
intimation as given to the Police can be settled by way of
compounding of offence.
The compounding of offence can be made on the request of the
consumer to the Superintending Engineer concerned after depositing
the compounding charges including assessed amount on account of
theft by the consumer as stipulated in section 152 of Electricity Act,
2003. After acceptance of the sum of money for compounding, an
offence shall be deemed to amount to an acquittal and intimation
thereof has to be sent to the Police station or to the Court if the
challan has been placed by the authorized officer/ Police in the Court
as set up for the purpose. Compounding shall be allowed only
once for any person or consumer.
42.2.12 On receipt of such amount, all criminal proceedings against the person or
occupant under this Act shall be dropped. The payment of compounding fee
will be in addition to any civil liability accruing under para 6.2.3 of H.P.
Electricity Supply Code. And the Compounding shall be governed by
the provisions of para 6.2.4 of the HP Electricity Supply Code.
42.2.13 If any person /consumer found stealing energy does not make the payment
of the amount so assessed by the authorized officer including compounding
charges, the Police will submit the challan before the Hon’ble Special Court
designated to deal with the cases of theft of energy as per Electricity Act,
2003.
42.2.13 While submitting documents to the court or police, it must be ensured to

submit the certified copies of the original documents.
42.2.14 It is the primary responsibility of the Assessing/ Inspecting authority to

make all out efforts to ensure that the matter in the Court is continuously
followed to convict the accused. It is possible only when he attends the
Court himself well prepared with the case before deposition.
42.2.15 The subsequent action in such matters would be based upon the directions
of the Hon’ble court exercising jurisdiction over the issue.
42.3 For the implementation of the provisions of section 135 “Theft of Electricity” in the
State of HP in respect of different categories of consumers, the Government of Himachal
Pradesh has authorized the following officers under sub-section section 135 (2) to inspect
any premises, in which he has reasons to believe that electricity has been or is being used
unauthorizedly: -
S. Category of connection Authorized Officer

No.
(A) Operation Wing:

(i) All the connections/ categories of JE/AAE of the Department and
consumers up to 10kW connected any official/ officer of
load Operation Wing not below the
rank of Foreman/ Special
Foreman within their
respective jurisdiction

(ii) All the connections/ categories of Any Officer of the Operation
consumers up to 100kW Wing not below the rank of
connected load AE/AEE/XEN within their
jurisdiction
(iii) All the connections/ Categories of Any Officer of the Operation
consumers with connected load Wing not below the rank of
upto 100kW and above Sr. Executive Engineer/
Additional SE within their
jurisdiction
(B) Enforcement Wing:
All categories of consumers Any Officer of the
Enforcement Wing not below
the rank of AE/AEE/EE
42.4 The assessment in theft of energy cases shall be done by the authorized
officers as per clause 6.2.2 of HP Electricity Supply Code,2009 as amended from
time to time.
42.5 Following Officers have been authorized to implement the provision of

section 152 (Compounding of offence) of the Electricity Act 2003 as under: -
S. Category of connection Authorized Officer

No.
(a) All LT & HT Bulk Supply, Agriculture Any Officer of the Operation
and Commercial connections Wing not below the rank of
Superintending Engineer (s)
with in their jurisdiction
(b) All Industrial small power Any Officer of the Operation
connections Wing not below the rank of
Superintending Engineer (s)
with in their jurisdiction
(c) All MS and LS industrial connections The Chief Engineer(s) with
in their jurisdiction
INSTRUCTION No. 43
Guidelines for prevention of theft of electricity and unauthorized use of

electricity:
43.1 Theft of Electricity directly from mains & meter terminals:

Measures to counter the pilferage of electricity direct from the supply mains/service line
are as under:-
i) No P.T. fuses shall be provided on the secondary side of the supply to kWh/MDI meters.
In the cases of existing connections P.T. Fuses, shall be removed immediately.
ii) No fuse shall be provided on the secondary side of the CTs.
iii) No cutout / G.O. Switch / Circuit Breaker shall be provided before the meter /metering
equipment and service line shall be directly connected to the metering equipment.
iv) In case of LT connection, it a general practice to connect the supply from tee off joints,
the joint are generally kept open without proper sealing. It should be ensured that

connections are supply directly from pole and in case it is to be provided from sub-
mains, the tee off point should be properly sealed.
43.2 In order to avoid reversal of connections it must be ensured that correct

connections are made at the meter terminals and its cover is properly sealed. Whenever
meter terminal seal is broken or is found to be broken it must be replaced at the earliest.
Before resealing it shall be ensured that the connections are in order.
i) The connections shall be checked by a responsible Engineering Officer to ensure their

correctness and working of the meter may also be checked with meter testing instrument,
the meter shall thereafter be sealed properly by the officer to whom the job has been
assigned as per standing instructions on the subject.
ii) Connection wiring diagram of different types of meters / metering equipment both 11
KV and LT as in use shall be circulated amongst the distribution officers for their guidance
by M&T.
43.3 Avoiding access to CTs/PTs and connecting wiring:

For preventing free access to weak links of metering equipment and to avoid tampering of
CT/ PT connections for the purpose of theft of energy, remedial measures as under may
be taken:-
i) The MCB and CTs/PTs chambers of standard design with proper construction as
approved by the HPSEBL must be got installed separately for meters and CTs/PTs. The
meters in case of all industrial connections shall be installed in the Chambers of
standard/approved design. No connection shall be released without the installation of such
chambers. In no case non-standard chambers be accepted from the consumers. In case of
existing connections the non-standard MCBs and CT/PT chambers shall be replaced with
MCBs and CT/PT chambers of approved design in a phased manner.
ii) In respect of Metering for consumers where CTs/PTs are involved, the test terminal
block where provided, meter terminal cover and CTs/PTs chamber need to be sealed
carefully and properly by the field officers who have been assigned the job of sealing such
metering equipment. Such seals shall not be broken without (a) the knowledge of the
sealing officer/official and proper record of broken seals shall be kept. Seals shall be
affixed expeditiously as and when the same have to be broken for attending to faults etc.
The metering equipment in case of other industrial connections shall also be sealed
properly and expeditiously by the competent authority.
iii) The entry and exit holes for the cable in CT/PT chamber shall be plugged by putting
suitable size of cable glands.
iv) There shall be no joint in the CT/PT extension leads and the length of the leads shall be
limited to the minimum required. The joints between the extension leads of CTs and leads
connecting the meter shall be crimped so as to have solid joints. PT leads without any joint
shall be soldered/ crimped on each phase of the service cable so as to achieve solid
connections. MCB and CT/PT chambers need to be placed adjacent to each other and the
CT/PT leads shall pass through the GI Pipe welded on the CT Chamber and connected to
the MCB in such a way that the leads are not accessible to the consumers. Drawing
depicting the correct arrangement shall be circulated to the concerned officers.
v) The length of extension leads of the CTs/PTs shall be sufficient for taking to the meter
terminal block to eliminate joints and the wires shall preferably be of red, yellow, blue and
black colours for clear distinction and to facilitate quick checking. The suppliers may be
asked for making provisions of sufficient lengths of extension leads in the CTs/PTs.

vi) Combined CT/PT units must be installed for all HT metering equipment and their covers
shall be sealed properly so as to avoid access to the connections. Separate CTs outside the
combined unit must not be installed under any circumstances.
43.4 Avoiding loose joints in CT/PT chambers and expeditious sealing:

As per practice in the field, consumer's main cable is connected to the HPSEBL main
service cable inside the CT chamber in case of LT metering. CT/PT chamber being of close
construction and joint being a weak link in the cable tends to heat up and the heat is not
dissipated to the atmosphere, it ultimately results in overheating the joint and causes
damage to it. CT/PT chamber seals are broken frequently in order to attend to the
complaints of failure of supply due to overheating and damage to the joints. Such seals are
not affixed promptly and sometimes they are not affixed for weeks/months together. Thus
over-heating and damage to the joints and consequently breaking of CT/PT chamber seals
allows the unscrupulous consumers a free access to the CT/PT connections for indulging in
theft of electricity by tampering with the CT/PT connections. Therefore, jointing should be
perfect.
43.5 In order to avoid disengagement of potential leads which are connected at the
joints following measures may be taken: -
i) Remedial measures: The joint between HPSEBL service cable and consumer's main cable
shall be taken out of the CT/PT chamber on load side. For the existing connections these
maybe done in a phased manner, and for new connections, the joints must be made
outside CT/PT chamber at the time of releasing the connections. Drawing showing correct
arrangement shall be circulated to the concerned officers from time to time.
ii) The PT connections shall be made by cutting insulating material of each phase of PSPCL
Service Cable inside the CT/PT chamber and these maybe soldered so as to ensure solid
connections.
43.6 Measures to avoid fake seals etc:-

To avoid Theft of electricity by tampering / providing fake M&T seals, tampering meter
window glass fixing mechanism and providing small hole in the body of the meter,
measures as under are required to be taken:-
i) The instructions regarding affixing paper seals maybe rigidly followed by all the
officials/officers concerned.
ii) Impression of M&T seals may be stamped on the corners of the meter index plate with
indelible ink so that it can not be rubbed off.
iii) M&T seals shall be of multifarious impressions and shall be properly pressed by using
the latest technique like hydraulic pressing etc. The sealer with hydraulic pressing dies
shall be kept in steel chamber in M&T Lab having double locking arrangements. In no case,
the officers/officials shall be allowed to have access to sealing-pliers/hydraulic pressing
dies after the office hours or during holidays.
iv) M&T seals of the meters transferred from the jurisdiction of one M&T Lab to other shall
be replaced by the M &T Lab in whose area meters are to be installed. No sealer for M&T
seals shall move with the employee even on transfer and shall be kept in a locker with
double key system to be maintained in the office of M&T Sub-Divn.
v) Energy meters with tampered/fake M&T seals or small holes made in the meter body for
the purpose of stealing electricity are replaced indiscriminately by declaring such meters
defective with ulterior motives after a short interval of time so as to avoid detection of
such malpractices. These meters are returned to M&T Lab. after a long period for repairs
and recalibration. Remedial measures against such a course of action are:-

a) Detailed investigations must be carried out in each and every case before the meter is
replaced with one or the other plea so as to curb the tendency of indiscriminate
replacement of tampered meters. Action shall be initiated against the officer/official who
removed the meter and did not return the same to the M&T lab immediately.
b) The meters, which are declared defective and are removed must be returned to
M&T/S/Divn. within a maximum period of one week.
c) Test results of defective meters, before their repair and recalibration, shall be obtained
and recorded. The cause of defect shall also be established and recorded. Genuineness of
M&T seals shall also be checked and recorded.
vi) The locked and nil consumption cases be got investigated by the AE/AEE concerned.
43.7 Energy Consumption Variation register:

Careful examination/study of cases of low and appreciable variation in energy consumption
shall provide clues for investigating theft of electricity cases. In order to have an effective
control/check over the mal-functioning of the meters/theft of energy by properly
maintaining/monitoring energy variations registers for different category of consumers,
following guidelines shall be implemented strictly.
For keeping check on energy variation of various categories, consumption of a particular
month shall be compared with consumption of the same month of the preceding
year/average consumption of the preceding year/season and if there is variation of ±20%,
the same shall be recorded on the energy variation register already in vogue and
necessary investigation carried out so as to ascertain reasons for the said variation.
43.8 The naked LT terminals of the distribution transformers including that of the cable
may be taped properly and thereafter these joints may be provided with paper seals with
the signatures of the AE/AEE. These paper seals may be protected against any type of
damage by providing transparent plastic paper suitably.
43.9 Meters and CTs of matching ratio: All out efforts may be made to install the meters
and CTs of the same current ratio so as to eliminate the multiplying factor.
43.10 Multiplying factor to be indicated in red ink: Where meters and CTs of different
current ratio were/are installed due to reasons of non-availability of matching CTs, the
multiplying factor must be indicated in red ink on the consumer case, meter reading book
and ledger so that it could be applied correctly. It shall also be written in indelible ink on
the meter. AE./AEE/XEN shall have a consolidated record for all industrial and three phase
connections in a bound register for all such connections which have multiplying factors.
Such register shall be updated whenever there is any change in the meter or CTs.
INSTRUCTION No. 44
Maintenance of Register for checking and detecting theft of Energy Cases:
A Register on the prescribed form ‘Narrative Report on Theft of Energy Cases’

should be maintained in all Sub-Offices, Sub-Division and Divisional Offices for checking
and detecting theft of energy cases, wherein the details of theft of energy cases checked
and investigated should be recorded, Printed Registers are available for this purpose.

INSTRUCTION No. 45
Operation of Enforcement Wing:
The concerned field officers are required to follow the following points strictly in
connection with the surprise inspection of electric connections by the Sr. Executive
Engineer (Flying Squad):
45.1 Whenever the Sr. Executive Engineer (Flying Squad) pays surprise check/visit to
area, it will be the responsibility of Executive Engineer/SDO (A.E/A.E.E.) (Electrical)
of the area to accompany/ assist him in such a visit/ checking, whenever required
by the Sr. Executive Engineer, Flying Squad Unit.
45.2 The required staff as may be requisitioned by the Sr. Executive Engineer, Flying
Squad Unit shall be placed at his disposal immediately on his demand.
45.3 On receipt of the Inspection report of the Sr. Executive Engineer (Flying Squad
Unit) Executive Engineer/Assistant Executive Engineer/Assistant Engineer
concerned shall be responsible to recover the amount and take such action as may
be called for in the report.
45.4 In case of employees of the HPSEBL, if found guilty of any offence, connected with
the theft of energy or the prima facie case exist against an employee immediately,
on receipt of inspection report from the Sr. Executive Engineer (Flying Squad)/
Superintending Engineer/Dy. Chief Engineer (Enforcement & EA), the concerned Sr
Executive Engineer/Superintending Engineer will place such officer(s)/official(s)
under suspension immediately in case he is competent to do so or shall obtain
order from his next superior authority on telephone. For Gazetted Officers
telephonic approval of Head of the Department shall be obtained. The charge sheet
etc. will be framed by the competent authority on receipt of the Inspection report
from the Sr. Executive Engineer, Flying Squad Unit.
45.5 Where it is found that fictitious readings are recorded by the Meter Reader, he
should, on receipt of inspection report/order from Sr. Executive Engineer (Flying
Squad)/Chief Engineer (Commercial), be placed under suspension by the concerned
Executive Engineer.
45.6 All the HPSEBL’s employees energy meters as per Instruction No. 23 of Sales
Manual be sealed by the concerned Assistant Engineer/Assistant Executive
Engineer, after satisfying himself that the phase and neutral connections of the
energy meters are in order. In case later on, if the P & N connections of energy
meters are found in reverse order, the official should be held responsible for it and
suitable action taken against him.
45.7 It may also be made obligatory that after release of connections to HPSEBL’s
employees, meters must be sealed within 15 days by the Assistant
Engineer/Assistant Executive Engineer.
45.8 In the case of the other consumers, action as required under rules shall be taken
by the Sr. Executive Engineers/ Assistant Engineers/ Assistant Executive Engineers
Immediately. In no case they should wait for the Inspection Report.
45.9 The reports of the Installation Inspectors, whenever desired by the Sr. Executive
Engineer (Flying Squad) along with assessment as prepared by them, will be placed
at his disposal also.
45.10 As per Instructions issued, proper accounting in ledger for the connections of
HPSEBL Offices/Complaint Offices/Call centers/Sub-Stations/Work-shops etc. should
be ensured and in case it is found that such connections are unauthorized; these
shall also be treated as theft cases and official/officer in charge shall be held
responsible for such direct connections.
45.11 For enquiring into theft of energy cases, the job shall be entrusted only to officers
of HPSEB Ltd., authorized by the H.P. Government as are listed under instruction
No. 42.3
INSTRUCTION No. 46
Grant of Incentives to the persons for giving information regarding theft

of energy:
46.1 In order to detect the theft/pilferage of energy and to minimize the transmission
and distribution losses, HPSEBL has introduced two schemes of cash reward for members
of public and the employees of the HPSEBL who furnish concrete information regarding
theft/ pilferage of energy and tempering of meter etc. The purpose of these schemes is to
curb theft of energy by the unscrupulous elements amongst the consumers.
46.2 Scheme No-1
The scheme covers the members of general public and those employees of the
HPSEBL who are not In charge of detection of such offences. Under this scheme, the
informer giving information and leading to detection of thefts of energy and resulting in
additional revenue realization to the HPSEBL will be eligible for cash reward as under:-
1 Domestic & single phase 10% of the amount realized.

Commercial/ NDNCS/ TMS
Connections
2 Three phase commercial, 15% of the amount realized

NDNCS, SIPS, MIPS, LIPS,
IDWPS, BS,SLS, TMS
Connections
46.2.1 The reward shall be given after the theft is established and the revenue
becomes final, settled and collected.
46.2.2 Where the information leading to the detection of theft does not bring in
any additional revenue to HPSEBL, an amount not exceeding
Rs.300/- depending upon the seriousness of the case be given as
reward to the information within one month from detection of the theft.
46.2.3 The identity of the informant will be kept secret and will not be divulged
even to the officer of the HPSEBL who is deputed for investigation. The
informant has to furnish full particulars of the consumer, nature of offence
committed and its modus operandi directly to the following officers of the
HPSEBL. The information can also be handed over to them in person by the
informant between 2.00 PM to 3.00 PM in their office on any working day.

(a) Director (OP), HPSEBL, Vidyut Bhawan, Shimla.
(b) Director (F&A), HPSEBL, Vidyut Bhawan, Shimla.
(c) Chief Engineer (Commercial) ,HPSEBL, Vidyut Bhawan, Shimla
46.3 Scheme No-II
46.3.1 This scheme will cover the HPSEBL employees who have been assigned the
duties of detection of theft/ pilferage of energy and meter tempering etc.
Those employees who display ingenuity and skill in the detection of theft
cases will be eligible for cash reward not exceeding half the amount of
reward specified under the first scheme mentioned above. Where the
detection has been made by two or more employees acting together, the
amount will be shared among them in such a manner as the Director (Op.)
and the Director (F&A) may decide.
46.3.2 Employees who consider themselves eligible for a reward under the scheme
shall submit their applications directly to the Director (Op.) by name. In
both the schemes, all decisions shall be taken by the Director (Op.) and
Director (F&A).
46.3.3 The reward is purely ex-gratia. The decision of the Director (Op.) & Director
(F&A), regarding quantum of reward and the persons to whom payable etc.
will be final
INSTRUCTION No. 47
Issue of Identity cards to Flying Squad unit, Meter Inspectors and

Officers/ Field Technical Staff under Operation wings:
47.1 Our Inspection Officers may some-time find it difficult to enter the premises of a
consumer for checking out equipments as they are not known to the consumers. In view of
the nature of their duty the officers are some-time put in very awkward situation as they
cannot carryout their duties for fear of prosecution or trespassing etc.
47.2 Keeping in view the above difficulty, the identity cards should be issued by the
respective Controlling Officers to the Executive Engineers (Flying Squad) their staff, the
Meter Inspectors and other officer assigned the duty of inspection of consumer premises,
bearing the name/designation and photograph of the Inspecting officers and suitable
notice authorizing the officer/official to access to the consumers premises in accordance
with Clause 7.3 of Electricity supply code 2009 and section 135(2) of the Electricity Act
2003. The specimen copy of the identity card is given:

Specimen Identity Card:
Er. ___________________ is hereby authorized by HP State Electricity Board Ltd., to enter

any premises under Section 135, 163 of the Electricity Act, 2003 and clause 7.3 of the Supply Code,
for doing inspections, checking of energy meters, examining or investigation, incidental to the
exercise of powers or performance of the duties by the HPSEB Ltd. under this Act.
Space for
Holder’s Signature ------------ Stamp
size
photograph
Name: Er. _____________
Design: ___________________
Address: ___________________
___________________
Controlling Officer
INSTRUCTION No. 48
Duties and Function of Enforcement Unit:

The HPSEB Ltd., has prescribed the following duties and functions to ASE/
Sr. Executive Engineer, Flying Squad units:
48.1 Vigilance
The Activity has the following aspects:
48.1.1 To keep an eye on the activities of consumers for possible prejudicial use of
supply/equipment.
48.1.2 To watch for public satisfaction so that the good image of the organization
is maintained.
To implement the above aspects:-
48.1.3 The Sr. Executive Engineers, Flying Squad are to check energy meters of
consumer’s premises, energy bills and other records in the Sub-Divisions.
48.1.4 To investigate the complaints received in the HPSEBL’s office /Call

centers concerning to pilferage of energy/ Theft/ Unauthorized use etc.
48.2 Intelligence
To detect the involvement of HPSEBL’s officials/ officers, in giving undue favour to
consumers by improper billing, wrong readings and in committing theft of energy,
acts of omissions on the part of officials/officers due to negligence of consumer
service or non-recovery of HPSEBL’s dues are also to be looked into.
48.3 Enforcement
48.3.1 As per Clause 7.3 of Electricity Supply Code 2009, Section 135 & section 163
of Act, HPSEBL’s officers have the right to enter the premises of the consumer to

keep an eye as to whether the provisions of relevant Acts, Rules and
Agreements/Conditions of Supply are adhered to.
48.3.2 All irregularities noticed are to be brought out to the notice of all concerned
officers of operation wing to ensure removal of such irregularities and recovery of
dues and penalties as per rules.
48.4 In addition to above, the following specific duties are also to be performed
by the Flying Squad units:-
48.4.1 Detection of un-authorized extensions of load at the premises of all

categories of consumers.
48.4.2 Detection of inaccurate registration of energy by meters/ metering

equipment due to wrong/incomplete connections.
48.4.3 Detection of all other reasons leading to leakage of revenue.
48.4.4 Checking of peak load running of industries.
48.4.5 Investigation of complaints received in local office /complaint office or call

center, with respect to suppression of seniority in grant of connections,
demand of illegal gratification etc.
48.4.6 Each Flying Squad unit is to check at least 1200 Nos. connections of all
categories during a year.
INSTRUCTION No. 49
Responsibility of Field Staff to Check “Theft of Energy”:
49.1 The field officers/officials who are required to check and seal the meter equipment
should take due care while affixing seal to the meter/metering equipment.
Responsibility of Large supply Small & Medium Bulk Other
Field Staff to Check With connected load supply and Supply categories
“Theft of Energy” IDWPS Connections
101 to Above
500KW 500KW
Sr. Executive 25% 50% 10% 50% 1%
Engineer.
AE/AEEs/EE 50% 100% 25% 100% 5%
49.2 The checking of following number of minimum connections in a year by the

A.Es/A.E.Es/ XENs incharge of the Sub Division has been made obligatory by HPSEBL.
Compliance reports for the same shall be sent to the next higher authority every quarter
with a copy to the Chief Engineer (Commercial).
49.3 The inspection works shall be so planned so as to spread it evenly over all the four
quarters of the year. Further, it may also be ensured that all 11 KV and above connections
are checked by the Sr. Executive Engineer at least once in three months.

SECTION VI
Miscellaneous Instructions
INSTRUCTION No. 50
Procedure to be followed in the submission of a copy of the Judgment of

a Court to Head Office (ED Personnel):
In order that the interests of the HPSEB Ltd., are not jeopardized by any delay in
procuring a copy of the judgment of a court, the following procedure should be
adopted:-
50.1 Normally a copy of the judgment should be obtained and submitted

to the Head Office by the Officer of the HPSEBL, who is responsible
for the conduct of the case, within two weeks from the date of
pronouncement of the judgment.
50.2 Where the judgment is against HPSEBL it must be ensured that a

copy of the judgment reaches the Head Office within a week without
fail so that necessary action be taken to file an appeal or a revised
application as the case may be.
50.3 The judgment/orders should also include the order/judgments

passed by CGRF, Ombudsman and Commission.
INSTRUCTION No. 51
Intimation of Shut down of Supply:
51.1 Whenever it is found necessary to shut down either a section or the

whole of the supply system timely intimation on prescribed Form CS-27
should invariably be given to the consumers, particularly the important
localities or a number of town/villages at least 24 hours in advance and
the planned shutdown should not exceed 12 hours a day. A prior
intimation should also be sent to the Executive Director (Personnel) of
the HPSEB Ltd. for getting the same broadcast over the A.I.R. and
published in the news papers for the information of public.
51.2 It should, however, be made known to the consumers that the

intimation is sent to them just to avoid inconvenience to them and will
not be responsible in the event of any omissions to do so or in the
event of non-receipt of such intimation by them.

Instruction No. 52
52.1 Improvement of Power Factor:
In order to minimize the transmission and distribution system losses in electrical

system, it shall be the obligation on part of both the licensee and the consumer to
maintain own average monthly power factor, as may be provided in the relevant
tariff order. The power factor at any point of Industrial Supply must not be less
than 0.9 (lagging), and in the event of the said power factor being found to be less
than 0.9, the consumer shall be liable to pay p.f. surcharge as per the Schedule of
Tariff and in case of the p.f. being found to be less than 0.85, he is liable to have
his installation disconnected from the HPSEBL supply system. It is, therefore,
obligatory on the part of all the industrial consumers to ensure a minimum Power
Factor of 0.9 so that the supply system of HPSEBL is not adversely affected and the
supplier is saved of the unnecessary financial loss. Static shunt capacitor by virtue
of being most convenient in handling and operation is the most suitable and simple
device for achieving this objective. Improvement in Power Factor not only
discharges the legal obligation of the consumer but also has a handful of benefit
both to consumer as well as to the supplier. Only the consumers with inductive
loads are required to install shunt capacitors, other industrial loads like synchronous
motors and resistance furnaces etc, which otherwise maintain high power factor
are not covered under these instructions.
52.2 Benefits and Economics of Capacitors:
56.2.1 In addition to ensuring a better supply voltage and reduced fluctuations at

consumer’s end, power factor improvement would also help HPSEBL in
relaxing much of the restrictions on working hours of the connections and
grant of new connections from the available plant capacity resulting into
enhanced production.
52.2.2 Improvement in power factor is of vital importance from the consumer’s point
of view as it results into a very substantial saving in his monthly energy
consumption bill. On an average, the cost of the equipment (capacitor),
even after meeting with the depreciation and interest charges is paid for
completely within a period of about 2¼ years from the date of installation
beside additional fringe benefits to the consumers by way of better
utilization of installed equipment like distribution transformer, switchgear
and cables etc. and by way of deferring the installation of additional
capacity.
52.3 Capacitors are sensitive equipment and are liable to early damage if not
maintained and operated properly. All the consumers in whose premises the
capacitors are installed should observe the guide-lines as under regarding selection,
operation and maintenance of capacitors so that these can be utilized most
effectively without premature damage.
52.3.1 Choice and rating of capacitors
52.3.1.1 All the Industrial consumers should ensure that capacitor units installed at
their premises conform to ISI 2834. The capacitors can be applied across

individual motor or for group of connections. Where the load consists of a
number of small or fractional horse power Motors operating at different
intervals, it is economical to apply group connections. In case of large
motors the capacitors may be applied across each motor individually.
52.3.1.2 For choosing the proper value of shunt capacitors to be installed in a

factory the guidance of local engineer of the firm supplying the capacitors or
of HPSEB should be sought.
52.3.1.3 In case of Factories having large rectifiers or arc furnace loads harmonics
are also present with basic load. The application of capacitors in such
factories requires special consideration and therefore the type of the load
should be specified while ordering the capacitors. Before and after
installation of capacitors in such factories, the representative of the firm
supplying the capacitors should be consulted because harmonics can
damage the capacitors and can also cause higher voltage rise which will
damage the other equipment.
52.3.1.4 In cases where humidity is relatively high, the capacitors with a higher
insulation level should be chosen. Insulation level should be of higher range
than normally provided. This can be quoted in specification while placing an
order with the supplying firm.
52.3.1.5 When it is desirable to improve the power factor of industrial motors or to

have the capacitors also coming on and off with motors e.g. for a factory
where major load is of automatically controlled air compressors, the
capacitor should be connected in such a way that its reactive out-put is less
than or equal to magnetizing KVAR of motor. Over capacity of capacitor is
likely to damage motor and capacitor itself due to self excitation of motors.
52.3.1.6 In some cases the consumer may prefer to install a single capacitor for a
group of motors or other inductive loads. In such cases, the capacitor
requirement may be worked out on the basis of the total capacity of such
motors etc. by treating the total capacity as a single load. The power factor
should however be measured at still more frequent intervals so as to ensure
that it does not fall down to less than 0.90 lagging.
52.3.1.7 The following are the generally recommended values of Capacitors for
different HP motors keeping in view the above considerations.
Capacitors KVAR at different Motor Ratings and Speeds
Motor Speed of motor (RPM)

HP 750 1000 1500
3 2 1.5 1.5
5 3.5 2.5 2.5
7.5 5 4 3
10 6 5 4
15 8.5 6.5 5.5
20 11 9 7
25 13.5 11 9
30 15.5 13.5 10.5

40 20.5 17 14.5
50 25.5 20 18
60 29.5 24 21.5
75 33.5 28.5 25.5
90 40 34 30.5
100 44.5 36 34
120 53.5 43 40.5
130 58 46.5 44
150 66.5 53.5 50.5
160 71 57 54
56.3.1.8 The power factor of motors (without capacitors) adopted for working out
the recommended capacitors ratings given above is as under: -
Table showing original power factor of induction motors of

different ratings & speeds (rounded off)
Motor rating Speed of Motor (RPM)

in HP 750 1000 1500
3 0.57 0.65 0.65
5 0.58 0.65 0.66
7.5 0.59 0.65 0.69
10 0.61 0.66 0.70
15 0.63 0.68 0.71
20 0.63 0.68 0.72
25 0.64 0.68 0.72
30 0.65 0.68 0.72
40 0.65 0.69 0.72
50 0.65 0.70 0.72
60 0.66 0.70 0.72
75 0.68 0.71 0.73
90 0.68 0.71 0.73
100 0.68 0.72 0.73
120 0.68 0.72 0.73
130 0.68 0.72 0.73
150 0.68 0.72 0.73
160 0.68 0.72 0.73
56.3.1.9 In case group connection is to be applied and, the initial power factor Cos
Ø 1 is to be improved to Cos Ø 2 the capacitor KVAR required will be as per
chart on following: -
Original Capacitor KVAR required per KW load to improve the

power original factor Cos Ø 1 to Cos Ø
factor
Cos Ø 1 Cos Ø- 2 Cos Ø -2 Cos Ø- 2 Cos Ø -2
0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95
0.50 0.98 1.11 1.25 1.40
0.52 0.89 1.02 1.16 1.31
0.54 0.81 0.94 1.08 1.23

0.56 0.73 0.86 1.00 1.15
0.58 0.66 0.78 0.92 1.08
0.60 0.53 0.71 0.85 1.00
0.62 0.52 0.65 0.78 0.94
0.64 0.45 0.58 0.72 0.87
0.66 0.39 0.52 0.66 0.81
0.68 0.33 0.46 0.59 0.75
0.70 0.27 0.40 0.54 0.69
0.72 0.21 0.34 0.48 0.64
0.74 0.16 0.29 0.43 0.58
0.76 0.11 0.24 0.37 0.53
0.78 0.05 0.18 0.32 0.47
0.80 - 0.13 0.27 0.42
How to use Table:-

Let the original power factor Cos Ø 1 be 0.64
Desired Power factor Cos Ø 2 0.85
Capacitor KVAR required per KW
load from the above Table 0.58
Load demand of the consumer 500KW
Capacitor KVAR required 0.58x500 290 KVAR
52.4 Guide Lines for Installation of Capacitors:
52.4.1 Capacitors should be installed in well ventilated rooms so that there is

adequate dissipation of heat produced by the capacitors. Capacitors should
not be installed near source of heat such as arc furnaces and other heating
devices etc. because they are liable to get damaged earlier.
52.4.2 The capacitors should be installed on raised dry platforms as dampness

shortens the life of capacitors.
52.4.3 HPSEBL has specified that all motors above 5 BHP load should be connected
through Star-Delta starters when a capacitor is connected to a motor
associated with Star-Delta starter, the arrangement should be such that no
over-voltage can occur during operation of starter, for this, a 6 terminal
Capacitor should be installed. The figure given at DIAG. No. 1 gives
connections of 6terminal and 3 terminal capacitors. The consumers while
ordering capacitors should specifically mention the requirement of 6
terminal capacitors, when the motor is provided with a Star-Delta starter.
52.4.4 Proper earthing should be provided whenever capacitors are installed

otherwise these can be a source of danger. The outer metallic containers of
the capacitor bank should be solidly earthed through independent earth
(see DIAG, 1, 2 and 3).
It should also be ensured that No ‘LIVE PARTS’ make a contact with casing.
52.4.5 The switches, fuses and where-even some automatic circuit breaking gear is
employed, should be of good quality and have proper contacts. The bad or
worn out contacts cause damage to capacitor due to sparking on the
contacts.

56.4.5.1 Switches, Cables, CTs should have rating 1.5 times the current rating of
capacitors.
56.4.5.2 Fuses should have rating 1.6 to 2 times the current rating of capacitors.
56.4.5.3 Where the rating of feeding transformer is 100 KVA or less, ordinary
fuses may be used. For higher rating of transformers HRC fuses may be
used.
52.4.6 The switches must be capable to disconnect the entire installation of

capacitor when the electric supply fails even momentarily. For this
purpose, switch-gear having no voltage release devices should be
provided.
52.4.7 Proper foundations should also be provided where-ever necessary for

capacitors.
52.5 General operation of Capacitors
52.5.1 Temperature, voltage and current limits specified should be strictly adhered
to and only in case of emergency capacitors should be operated at
maximum permissible voltage and maximum ambient temperature
simultaneously. The maximum permissible voltage is 110% of the rated
voltage specified on name plate.
52.5.2 When a capacitor is switched off, its residual voltage falls gradually through
discharge resistance. This voltage must fall to 50 volts or less, before same
unit is switched on again. Therefore, it is necessary to wait for at least one
minute before disconnected capacitor is again switched on otherwise
capacitor is likely to fail.
52.5.3 Discharge resistance should be checked time and again to ensure that these
are not damaged or burnt. In case of any damage, these should be
promptly replaced.
52.5.4 The cover boxes of capacitors should be occasionally opened to check loose
connections, blown fuses and dirt etc.
52.5.5 The capacitors should be saved from attack by insects and corrosive
atmosphere.
52.6 For Capacitors provided in group for number of Motors
52.6.1 When the group connection is provided, it is essential that capacitors are put
in circuit according to load requirement for which it is preferable to have
two graded capacitor banks of 1/3 and 2/3 capacity. This gradation can
provide three steps of 1/3, 2/3 and depending upon if No. 1 and 2 or both
banks are switched on each bank should have its separate controlling switch
capable of switching on or off the bank according to the requirement.
52.6.2 When there are two or more units, care should be taken that while
switching on second unit in parallel with first unit there is sufficient load i.e.
current through the mains.
52.6.2 The switches controlling the capacitors should have no volt release to
switch off automatically when the supply fails even momentarily, otherwise
the capacitors may be switched off immediately by manual operation and
put in circuit when motors have been started and loaded.

52.7 Testing of L.T. Shunt Capacitors in case of SP & AP consumers
52.7.1 A very simple arrangement is mentioned below for testing of LT capacitors

installed in case of SP and AP consumers of HPSEB (DIAG. No-4) 3 Nos. 400
volts Neon Lamps should be connected in star and the neutral be left
Floating. The other three terminals should be connected to three terminals
of L.T Capacitor which is required to be tested. The healthiness of the unit
is checked by switching on the supply and then switching it off. If the
capacitor unit is healthy, the light of the Neon Lamp will take some time to
go off because the capacitor takes some time to discharge, on the other
hand if the capacitor is damaged/defective, the Neon Light will go off as
soon as the supply is switched off.
52.7.2 This method can be conveniently applied in the field because three Neon
Lamps can be easily fixed on wooden round block. The diagram of the
arrangement is enclosed. The LT capacitor installed or to be installed at the
SP/AP consumer’s premises may be checked by the field officers for their
healthiness with the arrangement.
52.7.3 In order to ensure that the consumers maintain the requisite power factor,
the field officers should check the power factor of all the industrial
consumers, particularly having loads exceeding 20 KW and for whom Power
Factor Surcharge is applicable, at least once half yearly. The average Power
Factor shall be measured within the maximum demand and 75% of the
maximum demand by means of a p.f. meter or other suitable means. In
cases, however, where KVAH meters have been installed, the KVAH meter
readings may be taken monthly at the time of taking the energy meter
readings and the average power factor in such cases shall be determined by
dividing the KWH supplied during the month with the KVAH supplied during
the month. The consumers should be advised of the benefits accruing from
the better power factor. Such consumers who fail to maintain the prescribed
power factor should be served with notice asking them to install the
necessary equipment for improving the power factor otherwise their
installation would be liable for disconnection. The p.f. surcharge should be
continued to be levied for so long as the power factor is not raised to 0.90
percent as per provisions in the tariff.

CONNECTION DIAGRAM OF CAPACITOR
INSTRUCTION No. 53
Authorization of Legal Documents:
53.1 The following Officers are authorized to sign, attest and authenticate any plaint,
application, petition, written statement, replication, affidavit and any other legal
instrument or document or power of attorney to any counsel on behalf of the
H.P. State
e Electricity Board Ltd. in connection with any fresh or pending case or
Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL

HPSEBL Page 105
proceedings in any court /Ombudsman/CGRF/Commission or any fresh or pending
reference to arbitration by or on behalf of the H.P. State Electricity Board Ltd.
53.1.1 Executive Director (Personnel), HPSEB Ltd., generally for all cases arising on behalf
of or against the Himachal Pradesh State Electricity Board Ltd., in any court or
arbitration proceedings within or outside the State of Himachal Pradesh.
53.1.2 All officers not below the rank of Sr. Executive Engineer and above up to the Chief
Engineer in respect of cases/ proceedings arising within their jurisdiction/ Zones.
INSTRUCTION No. 54
To Sanction Dismantlement of Service Connection:
54.1 Following Officers are competent to sanction the dismantlement of service lines
which have remained idle for 6 months or more or where connections have
remained idle for less than six months but theft of energy is apprehended:
Chief Engineer Full Powers

Superintending Engineer Rs. 5 Lac/-
Sr. Executive Engineer/Resident Engineer Rs. 1 Lac/-
Sub Divisional Officer (AE/AEE) Rs.10, 000/-
The amount shall be calculated as depreciated value of present market rates

on notional basis.
54.2 All the dismantled material should be returned to stores and a monthly report of
such dismantlement should be sent to the next higher authority.
Note— In respect of Seasonal Industries the period of six months shall be the
period covering the season.
INSTRUCTION NO 55
Distribution Performance Standards
HPERC has notified HPERC (Distribution Performance Standards) Regulations, 2010.

These standards specified in these regulations lay down the guidelines to maintain
certain critical distribution system parameters within the permissible limits. These
standards shall serve as guidelines for licensees to operate their distribution system for
providing an efficient, reliable, co-ordinated and economical system of electricity
distribution. The regulations also specify Guaranteed Standards of Performance with
targets for different services. HPSEBL has to be pay compensation to the effected
consumers in case of failure to complete the activities within the timelines. The
concerned field units should follow the performance standards in letter and spirit.

INSTRUCTION NO. 56
Applicability of HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity)

Regualtions, 2005 or 2012.
The above instructions with reference to recovery of expenditure have been finalized as
per the provisions of current regulations i.e. HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of
Electricity) Regulations,2012 which have come into force w.e.f. 23.05.2012 (i.e. date of
publication in the Rajpatra, Himachal Pradesh). The recovery of expenditure, if any,
required to be done in respect of old regulation i.e. HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for
supply of Electricity) Regulations,2005 shall be regulated in the manner as specified in
regulation 12 of HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity)
Regulations,2012.
Instruction No. 57
CEA(Measures related to Safety and Electricity Supply) Regulations,2010 as

57.1 The Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 has been repealed as now CEA has notified the
regulation under section 53 of Act i.e. CEA(Measures relating to Safety and Electric
Supply) Regualtions,2010. The reference to Indian Electricity Rules made while
issuing any order or sanction should not be made rather the reference of CEA
regulation be made.
57.2 The consumer installation should conform the CEA regulations and each field units
should comply with the safety regulations while releasing the connection to the
consumer premises and should fill the relevant inspection reports as per provisions
of the regulations on the forms under schedule –IV, whichever is applicable to
HPSEBL. The field units should maintain the record as required under these
regulations and supply the requisite details to the Electrical Inspector as per
requirement under these regulations.
INSTRUCTION NO 58
Overriding effect
These instructions are meant for guidelines to the field units related to supply of electricity
to the consumers. These instructions shall be read in harmony with the provisions of Act,
HP Electricity Supply Code,2009 as amended from time to time, regulations notified by
HPERC/CEA and rules framed by Government under Act. In case there is any conflict the
provisions, Act, regulations or rules framed thereunder by the concerned authorities shall
prevail.

CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY
(Applicable to consumers of H.P.S.E.B. Ltd.)
Title:
1. Definitions:
In these Conditions of Supply unless the context otherwise provides:
1.1 ‘Act’ means the Electricity Act, 2003 as may be amended from time to time;
1.2 “A&A Form” means the Application & Agreement form prescribed by the HPSEB
Ltd. as per Clause No. 3.1.1 of the Supply Code;
1.3 “Assessing Officer” means an officer of a State Government or HPSEBL or

licensee, as the case may be, designated as such by the State Government under
section 126 of the Act;
1.4 “Authorized Officer” means any officer of the HPSEBL authorized by the State
Government under sub-section (2) of Section 135 of the Act;
1.5 'Commission' means the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission;
1.6 ‘Consumer’ means any person who is supplied with electricity for his own use by a
licensee or by the Government or by any other person engaged in the business of
supplying electricity to the public under the Act or any other law for the time being
in force and includes bulk supply consumer, any person whose premises are for the
time being connected for the purpose of receiving electricity with the works of a
licensee, the Government or such other person, as the case may be and shall also
include-
(a) the consumer whose installation has been temporarily disconnected;
(b) prospective consumer i.e. any person who has applied for an electricity
connection and whose supply has not commenced; and
(c) in case of death of a consumer, his legal heirs or representatives;
1.7 'Connected Load' Expressed in kW means aggregate of the manufacturer’s rated

capacities of all the energy consuming devices or apparatus connected with the
distribution licensee’s service line, on the consumer’s premises, which can be
simultaneously used;
1.8 ‘Contract Demand’ expressed in kVA units means the maximum demand
contracted by the consumer in the agreement with the licensee and in absence of
such contract, the contract demand shall be determined in accordance with the
relevant sections of the applicable Tariff Order and the relevant provisions of supply
code;
1.9 ‘Consumer’s Installation” means any composite electrical unit including electric
wires, equipment or apparatus, whether portable or stationary, erected and wired
by or on behalf of the consumer at the consumer’s premises beyond the point of
commencement of supply;
1.10 ‘Consumption’ means utilization of electricity in kilowatt-hours (kWh) or kilo Volt

Ampere hours (kVAh) as may be relevant to tariff category.

1.11 ‘Circuit Breaker’ means a device, capable of making and breaking an electrical
circuit under all conditions, and unless otherwise specified, so designed as to break
the current automatically under abnormal conditions;
1.12 ‘Conductor’ means any wire, cable, bar, tube, rail or plate used for conducting
electricity and so arranged as to be electrically connected to a system;
1.13 ‘CEA’ means Central Electricity Authority referred to in section 70 of Act.
1.14 ‘CGRF’ means the Consumer Grievances Redressal Forum constituted by the
HPSEB Ltd. for redressal of grievances of the consumers under sub-section (5) of
Section 42 of the Act.
1.15 ‘Demand Charges’ for a billing period shall mean the amount chargeable based
upon the recorded maximum demand in kVA or the contract demand; whichever is
higher but up to a ceiling of Contract Demand and shall be calculated at the rates
prescribed in the applicable Tariff Order and shall be in addition to the energy
charges and other fixed charges wherever applicable.
1.16 ‘Distribution Main’ means, the portion of any main with which a service line is or
intended to be immediately connected.
1.17 ‘Energy Charges’ expressed in Rs. per kWh/kVAh for a billing period shall mean
the amount chargeable in rupees based on the quantity of electricity supplied in
kWh/kVAh and as calculated as per the procedure prescribed in the Tariff Order.
The demand/fixed charges, wherever applicable, shall be in addition to the energy
charges;
1.18 ‘Earthing system’ means an electrical system in which all the conductors and
appliances are earthed;
1.20 ‘Earthed’ or ‘Connected with earth’ means connected with the general mass of
earth in such manner as to ensure at all times an immediate discharge of electricity
without danger;
1.19 ‘licensee’ means the distribution licensee authorized to operate and maintain a
distribution system for supplying electricity to consumers in its licensed area of
supply;
1.20 ‘Month’ shall mean a calendar month or the billing month as the case may be.
1.21 ‘Meter’ means and includes metering equipment or a set of integrated instruments
used to measure/record singularly or combined electrical parameters including
electrical energy and electrical power both in kWh/kVAh during a given period ;
1.22 'Monthly average power factor' shall mean the ratio expressed as a percentage
of total kWhs to total kVAhs supplied during the month, the ratio will be rounded
up to two figures, value of 5 or above in the third place being rounded off to the
next higher value in the second place;

1.23 ‘Notified Voltage” means the voltage level notified by HP Govt. for the purpose
of Self Certification under Regulation 30 and 43 of CEA( Measure relating to Safety
and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010 and its amendments;
1.24 ‘Ombudsman’ means an authority appointed or designated by Commission for

redressal of grievances not redressed by CGRF under sub-section (6) of Section 42
of Act;
1.25 ‘Power Factor’ means the ratio of the real power to the apparent power
consumed during a month, the ratio being rounded off to two decimal figures;
1.26 ‘Point of commencement of supply’ means the outgoing terminal of the meter
in case of LT consumers and incoming/outgoing terminal of the switchgear that
may be installed by consumers, irrespective of the point of metering, in case of HT
or EHT consumers, unless otherwise agreed to;
1.27 'Premises' means land, building or infrastructure or part or combination thereof in

respect of which a separate meter or metering arrangements have been made by
the licensee for supply of electricity;
1.28 ‘Service Line’ means any electric supply line through which electricity is, or is
intended to be, supplied –
(a) to a single consumer either from a distributing main or immediately from
the Distribution Licensee’s premises ;
or
(b) from a distributing main to a group of consumers on the same premises or
on contiguous premises supplied from the same point of the distributing
main;
1.29 ‘Self Certification’ means a certificate issued by a supplier or the owner in the
prescribed format as required under regulation 30 and 43 of CEA( Measures
relating to safety and electric supply)Regulations,2010 and its amendments
1.30 ‘Rules’ shall mean the Electricity Rules made under Act by Appropriate
Government;
1.31 ‘Supply Code’ means the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code, 2009, read
with its amendments from time to time.
Words or expressions used herein but not defined in these Conditions shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Act or the rules and regulations made there under or
the Supply Code and if not specifically defined therein then same shall have meanings as
are generally understood in the electricity supply industry
2. Duty of HPSEBL to Supply electricity on request.
The HPSEB Ltd. is obliged to supply electricity to an applicant within the time limits
and as per other conditions specified in HPERC (Licensees Duty for supply of
electricity) Regualtions,2004
3. Standard Supply Voltage and Classification of consumers:

3.1 Standard Supply Voltage: Depending upon the connected load (kW) of a
consumer, the supply to the consumer shall be given at the following standard
voltage (volts / kV) and phase as may exist on the relevant distribution system:-
3.1(A) The standard supply voltage shall mean the standard voltage at which
electricity shall be given to the consumer through a common or dedicated or joint
dedicated feeder without payment of any lower voltage supply surcharge (LVSS).
Depending upon the connected load(kW or MW), contract demand (kVA or MVA),
nature of load and existence of a voltage (volts/kV) and phase in the relevant
distribution system, the standard supply voltage for a consumer shall be as
provided in clauses (a) and (b) of this sub-para and sub-para 3.1(C)-
(a) The maximum limits of connected load (kW or MW) and contract demand (kVA
or MVA) for the supply of power at a voltage, shall be as under—
Sr. Standard Supply Voltage Maximum Connected Maximum
No. Load Contract
Demand
1 Single phase 230 volts or three 50 kW 50 kVA
phase 415 volts or 2.2 kV; (for
supplies not involving special
category loads)
2 Three phase 11 kV or 22 kV; 3 MW 2.2 MVA
(for supplies not involving
special category loads).
3 Three phase 33 kV 12 MW 10 MVA
4 Three phase 66 kV 14 MW 12 MVA
5 Three phase 132 kV or 220 kV No limits
Provided that where special category loads are involved, the standard supply
voltage shall be 11 kV or 22 kV, as may exist on the relevant distribution system, if
–
(i) the total connected load does not exceed 1 MW, irrespective of special category
loads;
or
(ii) the total quantum of connected load in respect of special category loads does
not exceed 750 kW within the overall limit of total connected load upto 3 MW and
total contract demand upto 2.2 MVA:
Provided further that, if neither of the limits given in the first proviso, in relation to
supplies involving special category loads, are adhered to, the standard supply
voltage shall be 33 kV or the appropriate higher voltage in accordance with the
limits specified in this clause:
Provided further that where a consumer having connected load of not more than 50
kW is already getting supply at LT voltage immediately before commencement of
the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014,
he shall continue to be covered under a LT standard voltage (i.e. single phase 230
volts or three phase 415 volts) irrespective of contract demand already sanctioned
in his favour, so long as he does not further extend his connected load or contract
demand beyond the specified limits of 50 kW or 50 kVA respectively:

Provided further that where a consumer is getting supply at a voltage higher than
the standard supply voltage as per the said specified limits, he shall continue to get
supply at such higher voltage without any rebate for higher voltage supply.
(b) Where the connected load or contract demand exceeds the relevant ceiling limit
specified in clause (a), the appropriate higher voltage at which both such limits can be
adhered to, shall be considered as standard supply voltage and there shall be no minimum
3.1 (B) Where the consumer seeks supply of power at a voltage lower than the standard
supply voltage as per sub-para 3.1(A), HPSEBL shall supply power at such lower voltage
subject to the maximum limits of connected load and contract demand as specified in this
sub-para; payment of lower voltage supply surcharge (LVSS) by the consumer at the rates
given in the relevant tariff order applicable from time to time; and other conditions, as may
be relevant, specified in this subpara or in sub-para 3.1(C) or as per the provisions of H.P
Electricity Supply Code:-
Sr. Supply Voltage Description Maximum Maximum
No. Connected Contract
Load Demand
1 11 kV (for a) If 22 kV or 33 kV voltage 5 MW 4 MVA
involving special distribution system.
category loads) (b) If 22 kV or 33 kV voltage 6 MW 5 MVA
level does not exist in the
relevant distribution system.
2 22 kV (for a) If 33 kV voltage level exists 6 MW 5 MVA
supplies not in the relevant distribution
involving special system.
category loads) b) If 33 kV voltage level does 7 MW 5.5 MVA
not exist in the relevant
distribution system
3 33 kV a) If 66 kV voltage level exists 15 MW 12 MVA
in the relevant distribution
system.
b) If 66 kV voltage level does 18 MW 14 MVA
4 66 kV a) Through a common or 18 MW 14 MVA
feeder
b) Through a dedicated or joint 30 MW 24 MVA
dedicated feeder
Provided that all such supplies, excepting the same at Sr. No.4(a), shall be given through
dedicated or joint dedicated feeders only and that in case of Sr. No. 4(a) the supply shall
be given through a common or dedicated or joint dedicated feeder:
Provided further that in case of supply involving special category loads, the same shall be
given at 11 kV or 22 kV subject to further conditions that the total connected load in
respect of the special category loads does not exceed 1.5 MW within the total connected
load upto 3 MW and contract demand upto 2.2 MVA and that the supply is to be given
through a dedicated feeder or a joint dedicated feeder emanating from EHV sub-station:

Provided further that if the conditions given in second proviso, in relation to the supplies
involving special category loads, are not adhered to, the supply shall be given at 33 kV or
at appropriate higher voltage depending on the total connected load and contract demand:
Provided further that the provisions of this sub-para, shall be further subject to the
following condition:--
(i) that the voltage regulation limits shall have to be adhered to while deciding the
supply arrangements;
(ii) that in case of special category loads and other such loads which can cause
disturbances in the power distribution system, the consumer shall provide suitable
protection equipments as per the Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to
Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010 and other prudent practices to
adequately insulate the distribution system from the disturbance caused by such
loads;
(iii) that the consumer already getting supply at higher voltage (as on 16.06.2016)
as compared to the standard supply voltage or the limits given in this sub-para,
shall not be entitled to any higher voltage supply rebate; and
(iv) that in cases of joint dedicated feeder, the limits of maximum connected load
and maximum contract demand as per this subpara shall be applicable for the
summation of the connected loads and contract demands of both the consumers.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this sub-para,--

(a) “dedicated feeder” means the electric supply line emanating from the sub-
a single consumer; and
(b) “joint dedicated feeder” means the electric supply line emanating from the
substation of the licensee through which electricity is, or is intended to be, supplied
to two consumers.
3.1(C) (i) Where the contract demand has not been applied for or sanctioned, the limit
corresponding to 90% of the connected load (in kW) converted into kVA by
adopting power factor of 0.9 shall be deemed as the contract demand.
(ii) The supply shall be made at the minimum voltage level at which all the relevant
limits and conditions are adhered to. However, if the consumer opts for supply of
power at a voltage higher than the standard supply voltage, the licensee shall allow
the same excepting the cases in which there may be some constraint.
(iii) Where the connected load or contract demand is to be enhanced, the standard
supply voltage under sub-para 3.1 (A) and the supply voltage under sub-para 3.1
(B) shall be redetermined as per the provisions under the said paras based on
enhanced connected load and enhanced contract demand.
Explanation.-- For the purposes of sub-paras 3.1(A) and 3.1(B), “special category
loads” means furnace loads and mass induction heating loads and shall also include
any other load as the Commission may, after taking into consideration electrical
characteristics and its impact on the distribution system, by order, declare it to be a
special category load.”

3.2 Classification of Consumers:
The consumers are classified as per Schedule of Tariff and Schedule of General and
Service Charges approved by the Commission and at present the consumers are
classified as Domestic Supply(DS), Commercial Supply(CS), Non-Domestic Non
Commercial Supply(NDNCS), Small Industrial Power Supply (SIP), Medium
Industrial Power Supply(MIP), Large Power Supply(LIP),Irrigation &Drinking Water
Pumping Supply(IDWPS), Bulk Supply(BS), Street Light Supply(SLS), Temporary
Metered Supply(TMS) & Railway Traction. The Tariff and other conditions applicable
for each category of consumers in the tariff order or other related regulations fixed
by the Commission from time to time .
In case the consumer has been released connection for a particular category but he
is actually availing the connection for different category ( e.g. connection released
for Domestic whereas running commercial shop etc.) ,HPSEBL shall have the right
to reclassify a particular consumer or a category of consumers applicable to him as
per schedule of tariff and the consumer in such case shall be liable to pay the
various charges as per the schedule under which he has been reclassified in
addition to the penalty under section 126 of Act wherever applicable( Ref. Para
6.1.1 of supply code).
4. Application and Agreement for Supply of Electricity:
4.1 The owner or occupier of a premises requiring supply or additional supply of

electricity or change in contract demand will submit an application on the
application and agreement form (CS-1(a)) / (CS-1(b)) prescribed by HPSEBL. The
Application and Agreement Form can be obtained free of cost at the designated
offices of the licensee and is also available on its website. The list of other
supporting documents and their format(s), to be submitted by the applicant for
release of new connection/ change of name, as the case may be, will be available
in the designated offices of the licensee and the list of documents can also be
downloaded from the HPSEBL website. Application complete in all respects and duly
signed by the consumer shall be presented to the designated office of HPSEBL for
registration of application and acknowledgment thereof shall be obtained. The
consumer may, if he considers it expedient to do so, make online application to the
licensee and deliver by post or by hand delivery the hard copy of the original
Application and Agreement Form, alongwith the enlisted documents, to the licensee
at its designated office.
In case the contract demand for new or for additional load is more than 100 kVA,
the consumer has to enclose feasibility clearance /Power Availability Certificate
(PAC) along-with the A&A form.
The applicant will have to deposit the initial security and the amount towards
recovery of expenditure for supply of electricity as per HPERC (Recovery of
expenditure for supply of electricity), Regualtions,2012 as amended from time to
time after sanction of the load. In case of HT /EHT connection, or where the load is
to be released on dedicated feeder, the estimate for HT/EHT line may either be
prepared after issuance of PAC or after sanction of load as decided by the
consumer and the field units of HPSEBL in order to execute the work
simultaneously with installation of plant and machinery so as to release the
connection in a time bound manner.

4.2 Arranging way leaves: Where the applicant has no frontage abutting a public
street and where the service line has necessarily to cross over or go under or
through other property, the applicant, if so required by HPSEBL, obtain the
necessary way leaves and permission at his own expense and continue them as
long as supply is to be maintained, however, the way leaves or permission be
withdrawn, the supply will be disconnected without any notice.
4.3 One connection in one premise:
4.3.1 Generally one connection is released to one premises except in case of domestic
consumers where, one separate connection is released to each dwelling unit. If
consumer requests for separate connection in the same premises, it shall be
allowed as additional load to already existing connection. If a portion of residential
premises is regularly used for any commercial activity, the consumer will be
required to obtain a separate connection under Commercial category for the portion
put to commercial use. In such an event, two connections, one under Domestic
Supply (DS) and the other under Commercial Supply (CS) will be required.
4.3.2 Whenever, an existing consumer applies for a new connection in the same
premises i.e. even having independent shed/unit/piece of land having separate plot
No. etc., in his name, it shall not be allowed. Such consumer shall be asked to
apply for extension in existing load only. However, if new connection is applied is in
the name of a new firm/company, of which the existing consumer is a
Director/Partner, the connection could be allowed only if the premises are distinctly
and physically separated/ partitioned and the premises in question are legally
transferred, sold or leased out to a new unit and appropriate entry to this effect
exists in relevant records of concerned revenue authorities, so that it is not possible
to utilize electricity from one premises to other in the event of one of the
connection having been disconnected due to default, it cannot be run from the
other connection by making temporary arrangements. However, in case the
Industry Department has approved another unit of same group or company
adjacent to the industrial plot or piece of land adjacent to the existing premises
where connection exists as separate identity and product line etc., the same should
be allowed as new connection by HPSEBL provided the premises are different.
4.3.3 With a view to arrest and prevent illegal and unauthorized construction within the
limits of Municipal Corporation and or Municipality and or Notified Area Committee
and or the Planning Areas covered under the HP Town and Country Planning Act
1977, no new connection, temporary or permanent even for the construction
purpose be released until and unless the prospective consumer (s) produce a
certificate from the Corporation/ Municipality/ Notified area committee/ appropriate
authority or other competent authority to the effect that the construction is an
authorized one.
5. Supply of Electricity to residential colonies either developed by HIMUDA

or Pvt. Developers/Promoters/Builders with registration and licence from
Competent Authority i.e. Director Town & Country Planning, HP:
5.1 Most of the residential complexes /colonies are covered under domestic
tariff for which single part tariff is applicable. The Power Availability

Certificate shall be issued based on connected load in kW and not as per
contract demand as demand in this case is same as connected load.
5.2 The builder/developer/promoter of residential complexes should have valid

registration certificate issued in their favor by the competent authority i.e.
Director, TCP, HP. The builder/developer/promoter of residential complexes
should have valid license issued by Director, TCP for the specific location or
completion /part completion certificate issued by Director, TCP in case the
project is partially completed. The criteria for obtaining licence for
construction of apartments and buildings and hence issuance of PAC is as
per HP TCP Act,1977 ( Ref. Section 2(c), 2(z) and section 78 of TCP Act).
5.3 The load shall be verified/assessed (as the case may be) by the concerned
Sr.E.E., Electrical Division of HPSEBL and accordingly feasibility of feeding
the load including voltage regulations shall be examined by the concerned
field units.
5.4 No connection shall be released to the apartments/colonies without

necessary NOC by Director TCP, HP.
5.5 The builder shall bear the entire charges and/or costs for the infrastructure
development under Sub-regulation (2) to (9) or sub-regulation (3) and (9),
of regulations 5 of HPERC(Recovery of expenditure for supply of
Electricity)Regualtions,2012. The concerned field units shall take up the
execution of such works only after receiving the entire amounts, excepting
those for the adjustments for the difference between estimated costs and
actual costs under regulation 5(9) of HPERC (Recovery of expenditure for
supply of Electricity) Regualtions,2012. The builder will have to bear the
entire cost of required infrastructure which may include construction of new
substation, augmentation of existing substation, erection/ augmentation of
HT line, erection of LT line with distribution main.
The individual allotees shall pay the cost of service lines and other works as
per regulation 4 and /or regulation 17 of HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure
for supply of Electricity) Regulations,2012 as amended from time to time.
The Normative IDC will not be recovered for individual connections who
have been allotted the residential flats/house etc. by the builder/developers
who have already deposited the entire cost of infrastructure covered under
Regulation 5 of HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity)
Regulations,2012 and its amendments.
6. Acceptance of Application and Agreement Form:
The acceptance of the application & agreement form, and other formalities required
to be completed by the consumer, shall be communicated to the consumer in the
prescribed ‘Demand Notice’ and along-with copy of load sanction order indicating
the codal formalities to be completed by the consumers and to deposit the charges
towards initial security and chargers toward recovery of expenditure for supply of
electricity as per HPERC(Recovery of expenditure for supply of electricity)
Regualtions,2012 as amended from time to time. Upon making good the
deficiencies and the completion of the codal formalities as indicated in the
demand notice by the consumer, the licensee shall release the new electricity

Connection /additional load to the premises of the applicant as per the procedure
laid down in the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Licensee’s
Duty for Supply of Electricity) Regulations, 2004, within the period specified
therein.
7. Security Deposit and Meter Rent
7.1 Security Deposit:
7.1.1 An applicant who requires a supply of electricity or re-commencement of

power after permanent disconnection or for change of name (wherever
applicable) or sanction of additional load, HPSEBL shall require the
consumer to deposit with HPSEBL Security Deposit on demand notice which
shall be determined as per the HPERC (Security Deposit) Regulations 2005,
as amended from time to time for the payment to HPSEBL of all the monies
which may become due to him –
(a) in respect of the electricity supplied to such person; or/and

(b) Where any electric line or electrical plant or electric meter is to b e
provided for supplying electricity to such person, in respect of the provision
of such line or plant or meter.
If applicant fails to give such security, HPSEBL may refuse to give the
supply of electricity or to provide the line or plant or meter for the period
during which the failure continues.
7.2 Mode of payment of Security Deposit
i) The consumer shall, at all times maintain with HPSEBL an amount

equivalent to consumption charges for the billing cycle period, as
security during the period the agreement for supply of energy to such
consumer remains in force.
Provided that where billing cycle is changed the security deposit shall be
reduced/increased on pro -rata basis.
ii) If any person is prepared to take the supply through a pre-payment

meter, HPSEBL shall not collect the security deposit in respect of the
electricity supplied to such person:
iii) The initial security deposit payable at the time of releasing the supply
shall be at flat rates as mentioned in regulation 5 of HPEC(Security
Deposit) Regualtions,2005.
iv) Where the amount of initial security deposit payable at a time i.e. at the
time of release of new connection or for sanction of additional load
exceeds Rupees ten lacs, the consumer may opt to furnish such deposit
in shape of bank guarantee and may continue to avail the facility of
bank guarantee.

v) The consumers who have already furnished the initial security deposit in
shape of bank guarantee may also continue to avail the facility of bank
guarantee irrespective of the amount of deposit.
vi) The amount payable by the consumer towards the additional Deposit
under these Regulations shall also be in the form of cash/demand Draft
(DD) drawn in favour of HPSEBL.
vii) The consumers who have furnished the initial security deposit in shape
of bank guarantee as per the provision under HPERC(Security Deposit)
Regulations,2005, or where the amount of additional security deposit
payable by the consumer at a time exceeds Rupees ten lacs, the
consumer shall have the option to furnish such deposit in shape of bank
guarantee.
viii) The consumer shall get, or cause to get, at least sixty days before the
expiry of the validity period, any bank guarantee(s) furnished by him,
extended for a minimum period of next three years at a time.
In case a consumer fails to renew any such bank guarantee, as referred

to above, within the validity period, the licensee shall recover the
corresponding amount from the consumer in shape of cash/demand
draft and such consumer shall not be entitled to avail the facility of bank
guarantee for any future security deposit for a period of three years
from the date of expiry of the validity of such bank guarantee.
ix) The Security deposit furnished in shape of cash/demand draft etc. shall
not be refunded for facilitating its conversion into bank guarantee at
any subsequent stage
x) The consumer has to maintain security equivalent to the energy bill as

per billing cycle. The HPSEBL may revise the security and can demand
additional security based on monthly average consumption, revision of
tariff, additional load with additional demand, additional contract
demand etc.
xi) HPSEBL shall carry out the credit rating of the consumers based on the
uniform criteria as per regulation 9 of HPERC(Security Deposit)
Regualtions,2005. In respect of the consumers credit–rated as poor by
HPSEBL, the adequacy of the amount of security deposit viz- a-viz the
charges for the period equivalent to summation of the billing cycle and
additional one month, shall be reviewed by HPSEBL generally once in
every year (preferably after revision of tariff for the respective year),
based on the average consumption for the period representing 12
(twelve) months from April to March of the previous year.”
In case the consumer fails to deposit the additional security so

demanded by HPSEBL within 30 days, the consumer shall be charged
interest @ 10% per annum on the unpaid amount which is without
prejudice to the right of HPSEBL to disconnect the supply of the
consumer.

7.3 Interest on the Security Deposit of the Consumer
Interest at the rate equal to the weighted average of actual Bank Rate(s) for the
previous year fixed by the Reserve bank of India during any of the financial year
shall be payable on Security of Rs. 100/- and above on the security deposits in the
shape of cash with HPSEBL, provided no interest shall be payable if a connection is
disconnected within a year of giving supply. The interest shall be paid/adjusted in
the bill of July each year. The order of rate of interest shall be issued by HPSEBL in
each year separately.
7.4 Meter Equipment and Meter Rent:
The HPSEBL will supply the meter and/or metering equipment to the applicant at
the time of release of a new connection or at any other time as required by the
consumer who will pay the monthly rental for such equipment at rates approved by
the Commission and specified in the Schedule of General Service Charges
applicable from time to time. The consumer may, if he so elects, obtain his own
meter and / or metering equipment of the make(s) and specifications, as per the
Central Electricity Authority (Installation and Operation of Meters) Regulations,2006
and the same, after getting duly tested and sealed at the licensee’s laboratory, be
installed by the licensee. In such a case the licensee will not charge any monthly
rental for the meter/metering equipment and it shall, after it is permanently
removed from the licensee’s system, be treated as the consumer’s asset.
8. Inspection and Testing of Consumer’s Installation:
8.1 Submission of Wiring Test Report:
The Wiring Test Report is a part of Application and Agreement form and it is to be
submitted simultaneously at the time of application for electrical connection or
additional load. However, in some cases, where minor electrical installation is still to
be completed and /or the testing by licensed wiring contractor is to be done, the
Test report may be submitted just after sanction of load by the competent
authority.
8.2 Before any wiring or apparatus at consumer's premises is connected to the

HPSEBL's supply system for new connection, additional load or recommencement of
supply after shut down for six months, the same shall be subject to inspection and
approval as below:-
i) Owner with the assistance of Charter Safety Engineer.
For the purpose of Self-certification under Regulation 30 and 43 of the

Central Electricity Authority Regulations, the notified voltage shall be the
voltage level of 440 volts. The owner of every electrical installation of the
notified voltage and below shall get the installation inspected, tested and
self-certified with the assistance of Chartered Electrical safety Engineer
before commencement of supply or recommencement after shutdown for six
months and above as required by Regulation 43 of the Central Electricity
Authority regulations. The owner shall have to submit the report of
certification in the Form I or II, as the case may be, of Schedule IV to the
Chief Electrical Inspector.

ii) HPSEBL for the supply voltage up to 650 Volts(up to 440 V under self
certification).
iii) For electrical installation and apparatus of voltage exceeding 650 volts, the
approval of Electrical Inspector.
8.3 LT Installations:
8.3.1 Upon receipt of the contractor's report, HPSBL shall notify to the consumer
the time and day when the HPSEBL's representative proposes to inspect and
test the installation in case the installation is to be tested by HPSEBL.
However, in all cases, the verification of Test Report Submitted by the
consumer is to be done by HPSEBL .It will then be the duty of the consumer
to ensure that representative of the wiring contractor employed by him or
an engineer of the consumer, is present at the time of inspection to give
HPSEBL or its representative any information required by him concerning
the installation.
8.3.2 No connection shall be made until the consumer's installation has been
inspected and tested by HPSEBL or any other authority as per clause 8.2
above and found satisfactory. No charges for the first test of consumer's
installation are levied. However, subsequent test, due to the fault found at
initial test or failure of the Contractor's representative to keep the
appointment as indicated in sub-paragraph 8.3.1 shall be charged for in
accordance with the "Schedule of General & Service Charges" as may be
approved by the Commission from time to time.
8.3.3 HPSEBL is not responsible for the efficient and proper execution of any work
on the consumer’s premises, the inspection and testing of the consumer’s
installation being only for the purpose of protecting the HPSEBL’s supply
system and the HPSEBL’s supply to the other consumers.
8.3.4 Before taking the insulation test of the installation, the wiring must be
completed in every respect. All fittings such as lamps, fans, cookers, motors
etc. must be connected up, fuses inserted and all switches in 'ON' position
before the tests are carried out. Temporary wires or fittings or dead ends
should not be included in the installation and no part of the work should be
left incomplete. The insulation resistance of the entire installation to earth
shall be tested from the side of HPSEBL's terminals.
8.3.5 The HPSEBL shall not connect with its works, the installation or the
apparatus on the premises of any applicant for supply unless HPSEBL is
reasonably satisfied that the connection will not at the time of making the
connection cause a leakage from that installation or apparatus exceeding
one five- thousandth part of the maximum supply demand of the consumer
premises. All the electrical equipments shall have the "IR" value as
stipulated in the relevant Indian Standards & codes
8.3.6 A pressure of 500 Volts DC for low and medium voltage circuits will be
applied to each live conductor and earth for a period of one minute, the
insulation resistance measured after one minute shall be at least 1MEGA-

OHM or as specified in the relevant Indian Standards. The test between the
poles should give at least half the result of that to 'earth'.
8.3.7 In the case of reconnection of supply after a period of six months or more
the consumer shall submit a test report of the licensed Electrical Contractor
before the supply is reconnected and the provisions 8.3.1 to 8.3.6 shall
apply hereto.
8.4 Testing of HT/EHT installations of consumers:
Testing/inspection of a HT/EHT installation will be required to be inspected

by the Electrical Inspector before commencement of supply or
recommencement after shutdown for six months and above. The testing
and inspection shall be attended by the representative of the HPSEB Ltd.
Testing of installation shall be carried out in accordance with CEA (Measures
relating to safety and electric supply) Regulations, 2010 as amended from
time to time.
8.4.1 All transformers, switchgears and other electrical equipment in the

installation of the consumer and also those directly connected to feeders or
lines of the HPSEBL, shall be of suitable design and be maintained to the
reasonable satisfaction of HPSEBL. The setting of fuses and relays on the
consumer's control- gear as well as the rupturing capacity of any of his
circuit breakers shall be subject to the approval of HPSEBL. Starting current
of the motors shall not exceed the prescribed limits.
8.4.2 Manufacturer's test certificate in respect of all HT/EHT shall be produced by

the consumer on demand by the HPSEBL/ Electrical Inspector.
Notwithstanding the above, the consumer shall at all-time be solely

responsible for the maintenance of his installation in such condition as is
free from danger.
8.5 Periodical Inspection& testing and Fees Thereof:
8.5.1 Where an installation is already connected to the supply system of the

HPSEBL, every such installation shall be periodically inspected and tested at
intervals not exceeding five years by the Chief Electrical Inspector, or
HPSEBL, as the case may be in accordance with the provisions of Rule 30 of
CEA (Measures relating to safety and electric supply) Regulations, 2010 and
its amendments. The consumer shall pay such fees as may be prescribed by
the State Government from time to time for carrying out such inspection
and test of his installation.
8.5.2 Periodical inspection and testing of consumers installations up to and

including 650 Volts shall be carried out by HPSEBL(The consumer can for
opt for self certification with the assistance of Charter Safety Engineer up to
440 Volts). The inspection and testing fee shall be charged by HPSEBL as
per schedule of Tariff and General Service Charges approved by
Commission.

8.5.3 Periodical inspection and testing of HT/EHT installations above 650 Volts
shall be carried out by the Chief Electrical Inspector or as may be directed
by the State or Central Government as the case may be.
HPSEBL shall maintain a record of the test results obtained at each supply point to
the consumer in Schedule-V of CEA (Measures relating to Safety and Electric
Supply) Regulations, 2010. In case the tests have been conducted by third party
under self –certification, the consumer should furnish the reports to HPSEBL and
Electrical Inspector.
9. Point of Commencement of Supply:
9.1 The HPSEB Limited shall give the supply to the consumer at one point unless
otherwise agreed to. Unless otherwise agreed to, the point of commencement of
supply shall be,
9.1.1 in the case of LT consumers, at outgoing terminal of the meter and feeding
the premises;
9.1.2 in the case of HT or EHT consumers,
(i) at incoming terminal of the switchgear feeding the premises that may be
installed by the consumers, irrespective of point of metering; and
(ii) at the outgoing terminal of the switchgear installed at the substation of

the licensee, feeding the dedicated line, irrespective of the point of metering
9.2 Location of HPSEBL's equipment and Meters:
9.2.1 On receipt of the application, an authorized employee of the HPSEB Limited

will inspect the premises and fix the general lay out of the Service line and
meters in consultation with the consumer and/or his Electrical Contractor.
9.2.2 HPSEBL will supply the meter and /or metering equipment to the applicant at
the time of release of a new connection or at any other time as required by
the consumer who will pay the monthly rental for such equipment at rates
approved by the commission and specified in the Schedule of General and
Service Charges of the relevant Tariff Order.
However, if the consumer so elects, to obtain his own meter and/or metering
equipment of the make as specification as per the CEA (Installation and
Operation of Meters) Regulations 2006, and amendments from time to time
And the same after getting tested and sealed at HPSEBL’s M&T Lab, be
installed by the concerned field units. In such cases, the meter rent is not
chargeable.
9.2.3 Meters will be installed at the consumer’s premises according to the

mutual convenience of the licensee and consumer. The consumer will be

responsible for the protection of the meter from theft or damage and he
shall promptly inform HPSEBL about any fault, accident , defect ,theft etc.
noticed by him.
9.2.4 The metering of the consumer shall be done as per Central Electricity
9.2.5 Wherever new meter/metering equipment is installed, the meter will be

sealed by the HPSEBL’s authorized employee in the presence of the
consumer. The HPSEBL shall cast no liability on the consumer in case of
delay in affixing of the seals. Only HPSEBL’s authorized employee will
remove the seals of the meter, as and when required and no consumer will
tamper with, break or remove the seal(s) under any circumstances.
9.2.6 Meters/ metering equipments and point of supply for industrial and Bulk
supply consumers will be at entrance of the premises abutting the approach
road.
9.2.7 HPSEBL may require a meter to be installed outside the premises of a

consumer and in such an event, the entire cost of installing the meter
outside the premises and providing a display unit within the premises will be
borne by HPSEBL. However, the cost of display unit will be treated as part
of the meter cost while determining meter rentals. In a case where the
meter/metering equipment is installed by HPSEBL outside the premises of a
consumer, the meter shall be protected by an appropriate enclosure for
protection of at least IP class 55 and the consumer will not be responsible
for the protection of the meter from theft or damage.
9.2.8 In the case of multi-story buildings/apartments, meter/metering equipment

may be installed near the entrance of the building or at any other mutually
agreed convenient common space, provided that the cost of installation
from the premises of a consumer to the common space is borne by the
owner or an association/society of occupants/ owners. In such a case, the
owner or association/society would also be required to ensure protection of
the meter/metering equipment from theft or damage.
9.3 Defective meters and overhauling of consumer accounts.
9.3.1 Defective Meters
Checking by HPSEBL :
HPSEBL will check and have the right to test any meter and metering
equipment installed a consumer premises if there is a reasonable doubt
about accuracy and the consumer will provide HPSEBL filed units all
necessary assistance in conducting the test. The consumer will have the
right to be present during such testing.

9.3.2 : Meter accuracy challenged by Consumer:-
1) A consumer may request HPSEBL to test the meter/metering equipment

installed in his premises, if he doubts its accuracy. HPSEBL will
undertake site testing within seven days on payment of fee as specified
in the Schedule of General Charges as approved by the Commission.
2) If on site testing, the meter is found to be defective then fee deposited

will be refunded by adjustment in the electricity bill for the immediately
succeeding months. In case the meter is found to be correct then the
fee will not be refunded. The defective meter shall be replaced by
concerned field unit in case found defective within the timelines as per
schedule to HPERC(Distribution Performance Standard)
3) In case consumer is not satisfied with the site testing of the meter
installed in his premises or meter cannot be tested by concerned field
units of HPSEBL at site then the meter will be removed and packed for
testing in the laboratory of HPSEBL and duly tested meter will be
installed at the premises of the consumer. However, in case of
apprehension of tempering, the consumer and HPSEBL field units both
can jointly seal the package and shall be broken in his presence in
laboratory , if he so desires.
4) The consumer will be informed about the test date at least seven days
in advance. The signature of consumer will be obtained, if present on
test result sheet with a copy to the consumer.
In case a meter installed at a consumer's premises gets burnt/

broken/defective or stop functioning, a new tested meter will be installed
within time lines specified in the schedule to HPERC (Distribution
Performance Standards) 2010 [Provided that in case of failure of supply due
to the burnt, broken, damaged or defective meter, the licensee shall
endeavor to restore the supply on the same day by way of installation of
new tested meter] If the meter gets burnt, broken or damaged due to the
reasons attributed to the consumer, the HPSEB Ltd. will debit the cost of the
meter (if provided by HPSEBL) to the consumer who will be informed about
his liability to bear the cost.
9.3.3 In case where a meter installed at a consumer’s premises is reported to have been
stolen and the FIR to this effect has been lodged by the consumer, supply of
electricity will be immediately restored by HPSEBL at consumer’s request by
installing another tested meter and the cost of the meter shall be recovered from
the consumer through electricity bills for the immediate succeeding months
9.3.4 In respect of consumer owned defective/burnt/broken meter, the replacement shall

be made by way of a HPSEBL's owned meter till such time the consumer provides a
new meter duly tested and the same is installed as per the provisions of the Supply
Code -2009. HPSEBL is entitled to charge meter rental for the period in such a
case, the HPSEBL's owned meter remains installed at consumer premises.

9.3.5 Overhauling of Consumer accounts
9.3.5.1 If a meter on testing is found to be beyond the limits of accuracy as

specified in the regulations framed by the authority under section 55 of Act,
the electricity charges for all categories of consumers will be computed in
accordance with the said test results for a period of six months immediately
preceding-
d) the date of test in case the meter has been tested at site to the
satisfaction of the consumer; or
e) the date on which the defective meter is removed for testing in the
laboratory of HPSEBL, where such testing is undertaken at the instance of
HPSEBL; or
f) the date of receipt of request from the consumer for testing of a meter in
the laboratory of HPSEBL.
Any evidence provided by the consumer about conditions of working and/or

occupancy of the concerned premises during the said period(s) which might
have a bearing on electricity consumption, will, however be taken in to
consideration by HPSEBL.
9.3.5.2 The accounts of a consumer will be overhauled for the period a

burnt/defective meter remained at site, on the basis of energy
consumption of the corresponding period of the previous year after
calibrating for the changes in load, if any. In case the average
consumption for the corresponding period of the previous year is not
available then the consumer will be tentatively billed for the consumption
to be assessed in the manner indicated in Clause No. 4.4.8(ii) of HP
Electricity Supply Code and subsequently adjusted on the basis of actual
consumption in the corresponding period of the succeeding year.
9.3.5.3 If a consumer is liable to pay an additional amount or is entitled for a

refund in consequence of an overhaul of his account in accordance with
9.4.5.1 and 9.4.5.2 above, HPSEBL will effect recovery or adjust the
excess amount in the electricity bills of the immediately succeeding
months.
9.3.5.4 CT/PT meters:
i) In case of CT/PT meters where the accuracy of the meter is

not involved and it is a case of incorrect connections,
defective CTs/PTs, genuine calculations & mistakes etc.,
charges would be adjusted in favour of the HPSEBL/
consumer as the case may be for the period the mistake/
defect continued.
ii) In case of replacement of either CT/PT or Meter due to any

reason, the corresponding multiplication factor has not been
changed and bills are issued on wrong multiplication factor,
the revised bills will be issued for correct multiplication factor
for the period from replacement of either meter or CT/PT to

the date mistake has been noticed and correct bill will be
issued thereafter.
9.4 Right of HPSEBL to Use Sub-Station/ Switch House at the Consumer’s

premises:
9.4.1 HPSEBL reserves the right to use such sub-stations, switch houses etc. for
supply to other premises or works in the neighborhood, always, provided
that the consumer’s supply be not thereby affected adversely.
9.4.2 In the event of the consumer discontinuing to take supply and getting his
premises disconnected permanently, HPSEBL shall have the right to
continue using the sub-station/switch houses, etc. as per the provisions of
the relevant HPERC Regulations and H.P Electricity Supply Code
10. Wiring Conditions/Regulations:
10.1 Condition of Consumer Installation:
10.1.1 Mains: The consumer's mains shall in all cases be brought back to the
HPSEBL's points of supply and sufficient cable shall be provided for
connecting up with the HPSEBL's apparatus.
10.1.2 Switches and Fuses: The consumer shall provide proper linked quick break
main switch of requisite capacity to carry and break current in each
conductor near the commencement of supply and main switches or cutouts
at other points of sub-distribution in his premises. These should be so
located as to be quickly accessible to everyone at all times All the
consumer's switches should be on the live wire and the letter "N" should be
written on the wooden board directly underneath the neutral conductor
where it leaves the consumer's main switch. No single pole switch or cutout
should remain inserted in any neutral conductor. The wiring and apparatus
comprising the consumer’s installation must always be maintained in good
order and condition so as not to affect injuriously HPSEBL’s works or the use
of energy by other consumers.
10.1.3 Balance of Installation: if the connected load of any installation exceeds 10

amperes at 230 volts, the installation shall be wired on group system,
separate neutral wires being brought back in each case the HPSEBL's point
of supply. An approved type of linked switch (double pole) shall control each
main circuit. The lamps, fans or any other apparatus which the installation
consists of, shall be so grouped that under normal working conditions the
current will be balanced and no current will be flowing in the neutral wire.
10.1.4 Earthing: Gas pipes shall on no account be used for earthing purpose. All
wiring shall be kept away as far as possible from gas and water pipes.
10.1.5 Domestic heating and cooking: A separate circuit for heating and cooking
where necessary shall be run from the HPSEBL's point of supply. Wall plugs
used on these circuits shall be of concentric type or three pin type, the third
pin connected to 'earth'.

10.1.6 Earth leakage protective device: The supply to every electrical installation
for a connected load of 2 kW and above with supply voltage up to 250 Volt
shall be controlled by an earth leakage protective device whose maximum
earth leakage threshold for tripping should not exceed 30 milliamps for
domestic connections and 100 milliamps for all other installation so as to
disconnect the supply instantly on the occurrence of earth fault or leakage
current. Other consumers will follow the provisions of regulation 42 of CEA(
Measures relating to safety and electrical supply)Regulations,2010 and its
amendments.
10.2 Wiring Regulations:
10.2.1 For the protection of the consumer and public in general, it is necessary that
the wiring /electrical installation on the consumer's premises should conform
to the CEA (Measures relating to safety and electric supply) Regulations,
2010 and its amendments and rules of the particular Fire Insurance Co.,
with which the consumer’s premises/ Building may be insured, in case the
same is insured.
10.2.2 As required by Rule 45 of CEA (Measures relating to safety and electric

supply) Regulations, 2010 and its amendments, no electrical installation
work (including additions, alteration, repair and adjustment to existing
installation) except such replacement of lamps, fans, fuses, switches and
other component parts of the installation, as in no way alters the capacity
and character of the installation, shall be carried out upon the premises on
behalf of any consumer or owner for the purpose of supply of energy to
such consumer or owner, except by an Electrical Contractor licensed by the
Government in this behalf and under the direct supervision of a person
holding a certificate of competency issued by the Government.
10.2.3 Provisions of Rule 15 of the CEA (Measures relating to safety and electric
supply) Regulations, 2010 and its amendments, should be complied with by
not inserting a cut-out link or switch other than a linked switch arranged to
operate simultaneously the earthed and live conductor if any conductor of
the consumers installation is to be connected to the neutral conductor of the
HPSEBL's system.
10.2.4 The water lifting for private individual from public water sources like pond
etc. are prohibited and no connection for lifting water in such a situation be
given. The LWSS schemes of I&PH department should also have protective
system to sense any leakage of current from the motors to lifting pipes and
further to water source to avoid loss to life of either human or animals. In
such events, the consumer will be held responsible.
10.3 Verification and checking of installation: While verifying the test report,
the authorized employee of the HPSEBL must ensure that the provisions contained
above have been complied with, failing which test report should not be approved.
11. Additions/Alterations to the Existing Installations:
No electrical installation work (including additions, alterations, repairs, adjustment

to existing installation) except such replacement of lamps, fans, fuses, switches,

low voltage domestic appliances and fittings, as in no way alter the capacity and
character of installation, shall be carried out upon the premises by or on behalf of
any consumer except by an electrical contractor licensed by Chief Electrical
Inspector.
12. Defects in Consumer’s installation:
12.1 In the event of any defects being discovered in the consumer’s wiring or
apparatus connected to the HPSEBL’s supply lines, or in respect of any
earth, or for the leakage occurring in the section of the circuits so
connected, the consumer, in the absence of HPSEBL’s authorized employee,
shall immediately isolate such part of the wiring or apparatus from the
circuit and notify HPSEBL. HPSEBL shall reserve the right to disconnect at
any time such section from its supply system without any prior notice.
12.2 Capacity of main fuses on the Load Side:
The current carrying of the main fuses on the consumers premises (load
side) must at all times be less than that of the main fuses of HPSEBL.
13. Replacement of HPSEBL’s Main Fuses:
13.1 Should the HPSEBL’s main fuse(s) fail at any time, the consumer shall
immediately communicate with the HPSEBL’s local complaint office in order
that the cause of failure may be ascertained and new fuse(s) inserted. In
the event of the failure of the main fuse(s) due to any defect in the
consumer’s installation, the consumer shall pay the cost of replacement of
fuse(s) as prescribed in the schedule of General and Service Charges.
13.2 The consumers are not allowed to replace these fuses. They shall make
themselves liable to pay the charges prescribed in the schedule of General
and Service Charges in case any of the seals placed to protect the HPSEBL’s
apparatus is found broken. This is without prejudice to any other action as
may be taken against the consumer by HPSEBL as per the provisions of the
Act/Rules/Supply Code.
14. Service Line / Equipment:
14.1 Service Line/Equipment Charges:
14.1.1 The service lines and other works required for supplying power to the
applicant(s) shall normally be executed by HPSEBL. The consumer shall pay
on demand the entire cost works related to service line to the premises of
the applicant as well as the cost of providing terminal equipment and other
arrangements( except the cost of meter , CT and PT) at the applicants
premises alongwith departmental charges as per provision of HPERC
(Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity) Regulations 2012 as
14.1.2 In case the applicant or the consumer, as the case may be, may, with
the prior approval HPSEBL which shall ordinarily not be refused, execute the

service line through an electrical contractor licensed by the Electrical
Inspector, and in such cases, the following provisions shall apply-
(i) all the requisite clearances under various laws shall be obtained by the
applicant;
(ii) the applicant shall be liable to pay the departmental charges @ 6.25%
of the estimated cost for the specific works or of the corresponding
amount worked out by accounting for the average/normative rates, if
approved by the Commission under regulation 4 of HPERC(Recovery of
Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regualtions,2012 whichever is
higher;
(iii) such option shall be available to the applicant only for the service line to
be executed exclusively for the applicant; and
(iv) works other than service line shall be executed by the distribution
licensee unless mutually agreed otherwise by the distribution licensee
with the applicant, on mutually agreed terms and conditions.
Note : The provisions for self execution shall also apply for execution of
service lines to be executed exclusively for a group of applicants or
consumers, as the case may be, if all the members of such group enter into
an agreement amongst themselves and nominate their representative who
shall then deal with the distribution licensee for such matters.
14.2 Expenses for the distribution system other than service lines shall be
payable as per Regulation 5 read with 6,7 & 8 of HPERC(Recovery of
Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regualtions,2012 as amended from
time to time.
14.3 Right of HPSEBL in respect of Line/Equipment Paid for by the

Consumer:
Notwithstanding that the cost of the works executed for supply of

connection to the consumer may have been paid for by the consumer, the
whole of the service line, sub-station, together with any wires, meters and
other apparatus on the consumer’s premises shall be and remain the
property of HPSEBL, by whom it is to be maintained. HPSEBL also retains
the right to make use of such service line/equipment for extending power
supply to other consumers in the vicinity or for any other purpose as per
Regulation 11 of the HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of
Electricity) Regulations 2012 as amended from time to time, provided that
it does not adversely affect the supply to the consumer. The dedicated
lines/equipment shall be maintained by the consumers irrespective of
location of meters.
In case where an existing consumer availing permanent connection for

electricity applies for additional load or contract demand a, as the case may
be, in excess of the connected load or contract demand, already
sanctioned in his favour, the recovery of expenditure shall be done as per
regulation 7 of HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity)

14.4 Change in position of the Service Line/Equipment:
If a consumer desires to have the position of existing service line/equipment

altered, he will, should HPSEBL agree, pay to HPSEBL cost of additional
material used and labour employed plus Departmental charges, upon which
HPSEBL shall carry out the work. This will be subject to the provision of
clause No. 3.5 of Supply code and regulation 63 of CEA( Measures relating
to safety and electric supply)Regulations,2010 and its amendments
15. Interference with meters or works of HPSEBL, theft of electric lines and
material & receiving stolen property:
15.1 Theft of electric lines and materials :-

(1) Whoever, dishonestly –
(a) cuts or removes or takes way or transfers any electric line, material or
meter from a tower, pole, any other installation or place of installation
or any other place, or site where it may be rightfully or lawfully stored,
deposited, kept, stocked, situated or located including during
transportation, without the consent of the licensee or the owner, as the
case may be, whether or not the act is done for profit or gain; or
(b) stores, possesses or otherwise keeps in his premises, custody or

control, any electric line, material or meter without the consent of the
owner, whether or not the act is committed for profit or gain; or
(c) loads, carries, or moves from one place to another any electric line,
material or meter without the consent of its owner, whether or not the
act is done for profit or gain,
is said to have committed an offence of theft of electric lines and materials,

and shall be punishable as per provisions of Act.
15.2 Receiving stolen property
Whoever, dishonestly receives any stolen electric lines or materials knowing

or having reasons to believe the same to be stolen property, shall be
punishable as per provisions of Act.
15.3 Interference with meters or works of licensee.

(1) Whoever, -
(a) unauthorisedly connects any meter, indicator or apparatus with any
electric line through which electricity is supplied by a HPSEBL or
disconnects the same from any such electric line; or
(b) unauthorisedly reconnects any meter, indicator or apparatus with any
electric line or other works being the property of a HPSEBL when the
said electric line or other works has or have been cut or disconnected;
or

(c) lays or causes to be laid, or connects up any works for the purpose of
communicating with any other works belonging to a HPSEBL; or
(d) maliciously injures any meter, indicator, or apparatus belonging to a
HPSEBL or willfully or fraudulently alters the index of any such meter,
indicator or apparatus or prevents any such meter, indicator or
apparatus from duly registering;
shall be punishable as per provisions of Act.
15.4 Negligently breaking or damaging works.
Whoever, negligently breaks, injures, throws down or damages any material

connected with the supply of electricity, shall be punishable as per
provisions of Act.
15.5 Intentionally injuring works.
Whoever, with intent to cut off the supply of electricity, cuts or injures, or
attempts to cut or injure, any electric supply line or works, shall be
punishable as per provisions of Act.
16. Access to the Consumer’s Premises and apparatus:
16.1 (1) Any person duly authorised by a HPSEBL may, at any reasonable time, and on
informing the occupier of his intention, enter any premises to which electricity is, or
has been, supplied by him, of any premises or land, under, over, along, across, in
or upon which the electric supply-lines or other works have been lawfully placed by
him for the purpose of –
(a) inspecting, testing, repairing or altering the electric supply lines, meters,
fittings, works and apparatus for the supply of electricity belonging to HPSEBL;
or
(b) ascertaining the amount of electricity supplied or the electrical quantity
contained in the supply; or
(c) removing where a supply of electricity is no longer required, or where the
licensee is authorised to take away and cut off such supply, any electric supply-
lines, meters, fittings, works or apparatus belonging to the licensee.
(2) Any person authorised as aforesaid may also, in pursuance of a special order in
this behalf made by an Executive Magistrate and after giving not less than
twenty-four hours notice in writing to the occupier, -
a) enter any premises or land referred to in Sl. No.17.1(1) for any of
the purposes mentioned therein;
b) enter any premises to which electricity is to be supplied by him, for
the purpose of examining and testing the electric wires fittings,
works and apparatus for the use of electricity belonging to the
consumer.
(3) Where a consumer refuses to allow any person of HPSEBL authorised as

aforesaid to enter his premises or land in pursuance of the provisions of
clause (1) or, clause (2) above, when such person has so entered, refuses to

allow him to perform any act which he is authorised by those clauses to
perform, or fails to give reasonable facilities for such entry or performance,
the HPSEBL may, after the expiry of twenty-four hours from the service of a
notice in writing on the consumer, cut off the supply to the consumer for so
long as such refusal or failure continues, but for no longer.
16.2 Any officer of HPSEBL authorized in this behalf by the State Government may-
(a) enter, inspect, break open and search any place or premises in which he has
reason to believe that electricity has been or is being , used unauthorisedly;
(b) search, seize and remove all such devices, instruments, wires and any other
facilitator or article which has been or is being, used for unauthorized use of
electricity;
(c) examine or seize any books of account or documents which in his opinion shall
be useful for or relevant to, any proceedings in respect of the offence under
sub-section (1) of Section 135 of Act and allow the person from whose custody
such books of account or documents are seized to make copies thereof or take
extracts therefrom in his presence.
The occupant of the place of search or any person on his behalf shall remain
present during the search and a list of all things seized in the course of such search
shall be prepared and delivered to such occupant or person who shall sign the list:
Provided that no inspection, search and seizure of any domestic places or domestic
premises shall be carried out between sunset and sunrise except in the presence of
an adult male member occupying such premises.
The provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, relating to search and
seizure shall apply, as far as may be, to searches and seizure under Act.
17. Meter reading
17.1 Reading of meter will be taken by the employees of HPSEBL once in each month or
such other intervals of time, and such meter reader shall have access to the
consumers’ premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of such reading.
17.2 If a consumer leaves his premises connected to the mains of HPSEBL's supply
system but locks up the meter or otherwise makes it inaccessible for reading by the
staff of the HPSEBL, for the first billing cycle of such inaccessibility, the consumer
shall be charged the average of last 6 months basis of the previous year, subject to
the adjustment, when the actual meter reading is available.
17.2.1 If the meter remains inaccessible in the succeeding billing cycle, as well, the
consumer will be served a 48 hours’ notice for access to the premises for
reading the meter by a representative of HPSEBL at a fixed time and date.
If the consumer fails to comply with the notice as above, the supply to the
premises will be disconnected and the consumer will be charged on the
basis of 6 months average worked out for the last year's same
period/months.

17.2.2 When the meter is made accessible for the purpose of reading and settling
the accounts, the consumer shall be charged an amount on the basis of
meter reading less the amount, if any, already paid during such period of
inaccessibility. The amount payable for the actual consumption recorded
after meter becomes accessible for reading and delayed payment surcharge
will be determined by taking in to account the number of months to which
the consumption relates.
Note: - To overcome such situations of inaccessibility for meter reading meter/ metering
equipments shall be provided at such a place of consumers premises, which may be
considered easily accessible for the purpose, even if the premises is locked or the
consumer leaves the premises for certain period.
17.3 If the consumer normally resides away from the station and requests in writing the
supply to his premises should not be disconnected, even though the meter may not
be accessible for reading, his request may be accepted. In such a case the
consumer has an option to pay in advance the electricity charges for the period, the
consumer will be out of station on an average basis, subject to the adjustment
when the meter is made accessible for reading and overhauling the accounts of the
consumer on actual meter reading basis. The consumption recorded, after the
consumer made the meter accessible for reading shall be taken as consumption of
last month and total consumption shall not be spread over the preceding months
during which the meter remained inaccessible. In case of advance payments, the
licensee will, however, continue to issue bills as per billing cycle that would indicate
the amount of bill adjusted and balance amount of advance payment.
18. Billing and Recovery of Charges from Consumers
18.1 The method of charging for supply given to a particular class of consumers by
HPSEBL and conditions attached thereto shall be those prescribed for particular
class of consumers, in the schedule of Tariff and schedule of General & Service
Charges contained in the tariff Order approved and issued by the H.P. Electricity
Regulatory Commission for relevant year.
18.2 Unless and otherwise particularly specified, all the rates specified in the schedule of
tariff and schedule of General & Service Charges refers to supply at one point and
each separate establishment will be given separate point of supply.
18.3 The consumer shall pay, in addition to the rates set out in the schedule of Tariff
and schedule of General & Service Charges contained in the tariff Order, all
amounts leviable by the Government or other authority by way of Tax, Electricity
Duty, Octroi or otherwise in the context of supply of electricity to the consumer
whether the demand to be made on HPSEBL or the consumer.
18.4 Recovery of electricity charges from the consumers, payment of bills rendered to
the consumer by HPSEBL, shall be governed by under Chapter- V of the Electricity
Supply Code 2009, and other relevant provisions of Act, Rules, regulations and any
other law in force for the time being in this regard, as may be amended from time
to time.
18.5 Charges for part period of a Month: When supply of electricity to a new consumer
is commenced in the middle of a billing cycle, the fixed charges, minimum charges
and/or any other similar charges will be levied pro-rata for the number of days for

which supply is given during the billing cycle. In case, any tariff/ other charges
(such as change in supply voltage, change in category etc.) are made applicable in
the middle of a billing cycle, the consumers will pay on a pro-rata basis.
19. Payment of Bills:
19.1 HPSEBL shall render bills to the consumer for every billing cycle as may be due and
payment shall be made by the consumer within the due date of payment indicated
on the bill.
19.2 The bill shall be paid by the consumer at collection centers of HPSEBL, Lokmitra
Kendra, Sugam Centre, Post Office, online by net banking / debit/credit
cards/RTGS/NEFT, by local cheque, banker’s cheque, demand draft, bank transfer
etc. as per his convenience[concerned Sub-Division will not accept cash payment in
case total amount payable exceeds Rs.10000] , with in the due date mentioned in
the bill from the date of issue of bill, which is 10 days in case of industrial
consumers and 15 days in respect of other categories of consumers. The consumer
must present his bill/duplicate bill at the time of payment, without which the
payment will not be accepted.
19.3 If the consumer has lost the bill or otherwise requires a duplicate copy of the bill, it
will be supplied to him immediately on such request on payment of the cost for
supplying the duplicate copy of the bill as specified in the schedule of general &
Service Charges approved by the Commission.
19.4 If the payment of the bill is made by cheque the same should be sent or posted by
the consumer sufficiently in advance so as to reach the concerned sub-divisional
office at least two days before the due date.
19.5 Any payment made by the consumer shall first be adjusted towards the arrears, if
any, included in the bill. No exemption from late payment surcharge shall be
allowed if full payment of the bill including arrears is not made within the due date
of payment allowed for such payment from the date of billing. If a consumer has
been served with a notice of disconnection along with the bill due to non-payment
of arrears shown in the bill and the consumer offers to pay the arrears in
installments, the same shall be accepted and supply continued. The late payment
surcharge shall be continued to be levied on the balance outstanding amount till
the payment is received in full.
19.6 In case a consumer, wants to make advance payment of his future electricity bills,
due to the reasons to be mentioned in the request made to the concerned sub-
divisional office for accepting advance payment, shall be allowed in the format
prescribed by HPSEBL and will be adjusted in the bills of succeeding months. The
HPSEBL shall, however, continue to issue bills that would indicate the amount of
advance payment adjusted and balance amount of advance payment.
19.7 If the bill is not paid in full within the due date mentioned in the bill and Clause No.
21 of these conditions of supply are not applicable, the consumer upon the
HPSEBL’s giving him 15 days notice in writing of its intention to disconnect, shall be
liable to have his premises disconnected by HPSEBL without prejudice to HPSEBL’s
right to recover the amount of the bill by suitable means as available to HPSEBL. In
case the premises so disconnected, the supply shall not be restored by HPSEBL,

until full settlement has been made by the consumer of all outstanding dues and of
the charges for reconnection of supply prescribed in the schedule of General and
Service Charges.
20. Payment of Disputed Bills:
20.1 A consumer will effect full payment of the billed amount even if it is disputed one,
failing which HPSEBL may initiate action treating it as a case of non-payment:
Provided that no action will be initiated if such a consumer deposits, under protest -
(c) an amount equal to the sum claimed from him, or
(d) the electricity charges for each month calculated on the basis of average
charge for electricity paid by him during the preceding six months,
whichever is less, pending disposal of any dispute between him and
HPSEBL.
20.2 HPSEBL, after the receipt of a complaint from a consumer in its designated office,
decide the billing dispute within twenty four hours if no additional information is
required and within ten days, if additional information is required.
20.3 If on examination of a complaint, HPSEBL finds a bill to be erroneous, a revised bill

will be issued to the consumer indicating a revised due date of payment, which will
not be earlier than ten days from the date of delivery of the revised bill to the
consumer. If the amount paid by the consumer under para 21.1 is in excess of the
revised bill, such excess amount will be refunded through adjustment first against
any outstanding amount due to HPSEBL and then against the amount becoming
due to HPSEBL immediately thereafter. HPSEBL will pay to such consumer interest
on the excess amount at rate as per clause No. 5.7.3 of Supply Code,2009 from
the date of payment till such time the excess amount is adjusted.
20.4 If HPSEBL finds the bill to be correct, the consumer will be intimated accordingly
and will be required to pay the balance amount, if any, alongwith additional
charges for delayed payment from the due date, initially stipulated in the bill.
20.5 In case the consumer is not satisfied with the decision of HPSEBL, he may after
effecting payment in terms of para 24.1 seek redressal in accordance with the
provisions of the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission ( Consumer
Grievances Redressal Forum and Ombudsman) Regulations, 2013
21. Change of Consumer
When any person occupies any premises previously occupied by a consumer and
desires to be supplied with energy he shall, as in the case of an original applicant,
enter into an agreement with HPSEBL and shall furnish security to HPSEBL as
prescribed in these conditions of supply, and his installation shall be re-rated/
inspected by HPSEBL so that the said person may not be held responsible for any
alterations in the connected load which may have been affected by the previous
consumer without the authority of the HPSEBL. All codal formalities as of a new
connection shall be done for release of connection to the consumer. However, such
change of consumer and reclassification shall be in accordance with relevant tariff
orders.

22. Power Factor:
23.1 No new supply to LT installations with induction motor(s) of capacity

above 3 HP and /or welding transformers above 2 kVA shall be given unless
shunt capacitors of appropriate ratings are installed to the entire satisfaction of
the HPSEBL. The consumer shall not allow the power factor of his installation to
go down below 0.90 (lag) while consuming power.
In case the consumer power factor is below the limit of 0.9 (lag) , the consumer
shall pay power factor surcharge as applicable as per schedule of Tariff approved
by Commission without prejudice of HPSEBL to disconnect the supply of electricity
after giving notice for such disconnection.
23. Clubbing of Loads of HT connection.
23.1 If a consumer seeks clubbing of load of two or more connections, the same will be
allowed subject to fulfillment of following conditions:-
(1) “person” shall have the same meaning as is assigned to it under clause (49)
of the Section 2 of the Act and two or more companies formed and registered
or deemed to have been formed and registered under the Companies Act, 2013
(18 of 2013), having electricity connections in their respective names, shall also
be considered to be entitled for clubbing of their electricity connections, if-
(a) (i) all such companies having electricity connections in their names are
the subsidiary companies of the same holding company; or
(ii) one of such companies is a holding company and the other company
is the subsidiary company of that holding company; and
(b) the new connection, after clubbing of existing connections, is sought in
the name of any of such subsidiary companies, which are already
availing connections sought to be clubbed, or in the name of the holding
company of such subsidiary companies;
(c) the conditions laid down in sub-clause (ii), read with succeeding para
(3), in relation to the existence of the electricity connections sought to
be clubbed, as well as for release of new connection, at the same or
contiguous premises, are met;
(2) the terms” Company:, “holding company” and “subsidiary company” shall
have the same meaning as are assigned to them under the Companies
Act,2013(18 of 2013);
(3) “premises” shall have the same meaning as is assigned to it under clause
(51) of section 2 of the Act and the existing electricity connections which
are sought to be clubbed, shall also be considered to be entitled for
clubbing, even if the same are being availed at two or more such
premises; if –

(i) all such premises at which such connections are being availed are
contiguous to each other and are not separated by any such
other premises, land, plots or roads etc., not solely occupied by
such consumers or by the person seeking new connection after
clubbing of existing electricity connections; and
(ii) the new connection, after clubbing of existing connections, is

sought to be released for the premises encompassing the
contiguous premises for which such connections are already
existing; and which is intended to be occupied only by such
person in whose name the new connection is sought. However
there shall be no restriction to enlarge such premises while
releasing the new connection so long as the new premises, after
clubbing of connections, is entirely continuous and is to be
occupied by the new applicant; and”; and
(4) If the licensee permits clubbing of two or more electricity connections, existing
at same or different voltages, but in the name of same person and at the same
or contiguous premises, as a single connection in the name of the same person
and at the same premises, and at a voltage not less than 11 kV and also not
lower than the Standard Supply Voltage, corresponding to the combined
connected load/contract demand, the sum total of sanctioned connected
load/contract demand, of such connections shall be considered as the existing
connected load/contract demand for computing the additional connected load
or contract demand for the purpose of sub-clause (i) of regulation 7 of
HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity)Regualtions,2012 as
Provided that no refund on account of the charges mentioned in clause (i) shall
be allowed if such existing connected load/contract demand is more than the
combined connected load/contract demand for the new connection and in such
an event, the consumer shall be deemed to have surrendered such
reduction in the connected load/contract demand and he shall not be entitled to
claim at any subsequent stage any relief for restoration of the connected
load/contract demand so surrendered:
Provided further that when such clubbing of loads is permitted under this
clause, the consumer shall not be eligible to avail the benefit of temporary
reduction in the contract demand as per provisions of the Supply Code for a
period of 365 days from the release of new connection after clubbing of the
existing electricity connections:
Provided further that the licensee shall have the right to use, maintain and own
the service line or any other electrical system, vacated by the consumer due to
such clubbing of existing electricity connections in accordance with regulation
11 and the said works shall become the property of the licensee.
The consumer, in whose name the clubbed load is to be released, shall bear all the
liabilities of such old connections which may become due later on for the period of
old connections.

The security deposit corresponding to both units shall be changed in the name of
consumer to whom the clubbed load is released. All the documents will be signed
by this consumer.
The units will have to make their own arrangements for separate identity as may be
required by Govt. Departments.
The undertaking /declaration by Directors of the individual units or authorized

representatives for clubbing of load shall jointly be furnished by the units on the
format finalized by HPSEBL.
24. Unauthorized use of electricity and Theft of Electricity:
24.1 Unauthorized Use of Electricity: Any case relating to unauthorized use of

electricity by a consumer from the initial stage of inspection of a premises/area by
the Assessing Officer, detection of unauthorized use, service of a provisional
assessment order, passing of the final assessment order and the consumer’s right
to approach the Appellate Authority will be dealt with by the HPSEBL in accordance
with the provisions of Clause No. 6.1 of the Supply Code and section 126 of Act
24.2 Theft of Electricity: The inspection of a premises by an Authorized Officer of the

HPSEBL and further action to be taken upon detection of theft of electricity by a
consumer/person including disconnection of supply, lodging of a police complaint
and acceptance of compounding fee will be in accordance with the provisions of
Clause No. 6.2 of the Supply Code and section 135 of Act.
25. Prejudicial use of Supply:
25.1 Effect on Supply to other Consumers/HPSEBL system:
The consumer shall not adopt any electrical appliance which is likely to affect
injuriously the supply to other consumer or use the energy supplied or deal with it,
in any manner so as unduly or improperly to interfere with the efficient supply of
energy to any other person by HPSEBL.
The consumers who have installed DG Sets/FOG Sets for meeting load requirement
on shutdown as standby source, the same shall be connected with four pole
changeover switch and the change over switch shall be functional so that in case of
power failure, the energy generated by standby source should not travel to HPSEBL
supply system causing accidents and loss of life of HPSEBL personnel.
25.2 Unbalanced Loads:
The consumer shall not keep unbalanced the loading on the three phases of the
supply taken by him beyond the difference of current between any two phases
being 5%.

26. Additional terms of supply:
A distribution licensee may require any person who requires a supply of electricity
in pursuance of section 43 to accept -
(a) any restrictions which may be imposed for the purpose of enabling
the HPSEBL to comply with regulations made under section 53 of
Act.
(b) any terms restricting any liability of HPSEBL for economic loss
resulting from negligence of the person to whom the electricity is
supplied.
27. Disconnection and Reconnection of Supply:
27.1 Disconnection of supply for default in payment or due to other reasons .–
27.1.1 HPSEBL may order disconnection of supply in following cases-
b) In case of default in payment of dues and charges: (paras 27.1.2 and

27.1.3 of these conditions below);
(f) in case of default in payment of assessed amount{paras 6.1.11.1 and
8.1.2(iv) of HP Electricity Supply Code} ;
(g) in case of the unauthorized reconnection of supply disconnected{ paras
27.1.5 and 27.1.8(ii) of these conditions below };
(h) in case of contributing harmonics in excess of specified standards (para
2.1.9 of HP Electricity Supply Code);
(i) on the request of the consumer under { paras 27.1.6, 27.1.7 and 27.1.8(iii)
( c ) of these conditions below
(f) upon detection of theft of electricity under sub-section (1- A) of section-
135 of the Act; { paras 6.2.1(h) of HP Electricity Supply code and 27.1.10 of
this manual below};
(g) to prevent loss of human or animal life or injury to a human being or any
animal or damage to property;
(h) to comply with statutory/lawful orders, directions issued by the competent
authority in exercise of its powers vested under any law passed by a
competent legislature with prior intimation to the consumer.
27.1.2 Where a consumer fails to deposit, the billed amount or any sum other than the
charge for electricity due from him, with HPSEBL by the due date mentioned in the
bill, HPSEBL may, after giving not less than fifteen days clear notice in writing to
such consumer and without prejudice to his other rights to recover such amount,
disconnect supply to the consumer temporarily and for that purpose disconnect any
electric supply line or other works being the property of HPSEBL. The Officer In-
Charge of Sub-Division/Sub-Office shall ensure that all the cases pertaining to
default of payment(s) / temporary disconnections are monitored regularly and
where default in payment(s) is continued for a period of six months, from the date
of the payment first became due, the supply may be disconnected permanently:
Provided that the supply of electricity shall not be disconnected (i) if a

consumer makes payment under protest as per paras 5.2.14, 5.6.2 and 5.7
of HP Supply Code (ii) if any sum is not recoverable as per para 5.7 of HP
Electricity Supply code.

provided further that, save in the case of theft of electricity or prevention of
loss or damage to life and property, the supply of electricity to a consumer
will not be disconnected on holiday and on a day when the next day is a
holiday in the offices of the licensee.
27.1.3 In case of continued default in payment of any amount, payable to HPSEBL by any
consumer for a period of more than six months, HPSEBL may terminate the
agreement executed with the consumer in accordance with the ‘Conditions of
Supply’ and remove the electric line or works connected with the supply of
electricity to the consumer.
27.1.4 In case HPSEBL discovers that the supply to the premises disconnected under para
28.1.1, has been unauthorizedly restored through a live connection of other
premises, notice to the consumer of such live connection be given to stop such
unauthorized supply to the disconnected premises immediately, failing which
pending dues of the disconnected connection shall be transferred to his account
and non-payment of such transfer of dues may be dealt with as provided under
para 28.1.2 apart from other action(s) as per the provision(s) of the Act.
27.1.5 HPSEBL may take steps to prevent unauthorized re-connection of such connection
disconnected under para 36.1.1, wherever it discovers that connection has been
reconnected and attracts provisions of Section 138 of the Act then the licensee
may initiate action as per the provisions of the Act.
27.1.5 In case the consumer desires his connection to be disconnected permanently, he

shall apply for the same. The concerned officers who is authorized to take reading
of the meter of consumer as per Instruction No 24.1 shall carry out special
reading. The office/officer responsible for raising the bill shall then prepare final
bill, including all arrears up to the date of such billing within five days from such
request.
27.1.6 In case the consumer desires that his connection be disconnected temporarily for
a period up to six months then he shall apply for the same on the format
prescribed and shall be liable to pay in advance all charges that are fixed in nature
like demand charge, meter rent etc. as per the relevant schedule. The consumer
shall also be liable to pay reconnection charges to avail the facility of temporary

(i) The service line, meter etc. may not be removed in case of temporary
disconnection. HPSEBL shall remove service line, meter etc. after permanent
disconnection;
(ii) The concerned officer In-charge of sub-division may remove service
line/cable after approval of load sanctioning authority if he has sufficient
reason(s) to believe that the consumer, in case of temporary disconnection,
shall resort to unauthorized use of electricity. However, meter shall not be

(iii) The demand charges during the period temporary disconnection for any of
the reasons, shall be levied as per schedule of tariff on 10% of the sanctioned
contract demand in addition to the fixed charges such as meter rent etc.
iv) The consumer is also having an option to permanently surrender a part of
the contract demand during the temporary disconnection period, in such an
event the demand charges shall be levied for 10% of the balance contract
demand.
(v) The supply shall be disconnected permanently in following cases: -
(d) with the termination of the agreement;
(e) if the removal of the cause for which the supply was
disconnected temporarily is not within the period allowed
for the removal of such cause or if the proof of removal
of the cause for disconnection is not produced to the
satisfaction of the HPSEBL’s employee deputed for the
purpose;
(f) on request of the consumer as per para 36.1.6.

(c) if dues are not paid by the consumer, the delayed payment
surcharge, as per relevant schedule of tariff shall be levied up to the
date of permanent disconnection, and
(d) the security deposit’s amount shall be adjusted in the final bill.
27.1.9 Not withstanding anything contained to the contrary herein, the disconnections
on account of theft of electricity, shall be dealt with in accordance with the para
6.2 of HP Electricity Supply Code.

27.2.1 i) As a commercial organization, HPSEBL can ill afford to allow
accumulation of dues from the consumers. It is, therefore,
imperative that every effort is made by the field offices to see that
the consumers make the payment of their energy bills as soon as
these become due for payment. Necessary steps should be taken by
the staff concerned so that dues do not accumulate and the arrear
do not become bad debts.
ii) The in charge of Sub-Division may disconnect the supply to all the
consumers irrespective of quantum of load and supply voltage except
the essential services like LWSS, Hospital and Street Light etc. being
responsible for billing and collection. In case the payment is not
received against the essential services, the concerned AE/AEE of ESD
shall refer the case along with details of such consumers with
outstanding arrears to concerned CE(Op) for obtaining the decision
of competent authority of HPSEBL. The authority competent in such
cases is Director(Op), Director(Tech.) and MD.
27.2.2 HPSEBL shall resume supply of electricity within twenty-four hours

from the time the consumer-
(b) pays the prescribed amount as per the relevant Schedule of
Tariff, for reconnecting the supply of electricity,

(c) pays the consumer service charges/ fixed charges for the period
of disconnection and the additional charges for the delayed
payment:
In case the consumer is permanently disconnected and agreement is

terminated with or without adjustment of security deposited with
HPSEBL, the consumer service charges and fixed charges such as
demand charges etc. shall be levied for the period of temporary
disconnection of supply. However, in case of permanent
disconnection, the amount still remains outstanding after adjustment
of security, the surcharge for delayed payment shall be levied up to
the date of application for restoration of supply after permanent
disconnection.
Provided that in case of permanent disconnection, if the electric line

or plant supplying electricity to the consumer is/are removed by
HPSEBL then HPSEBL will restore supply after undertaking the work(s)
for providing the electric line or plant within the time specified in the
case of a new connection and the consumer will deposit charges as if
a new connection is being released:
Provided, further that in case of temporary disconnection, if the

electric line or plant supplying electricity to the consumer is/are
removed by HPSEBL then HPSEBL will restore supply after
undertaking the work(s) for providing the electric line or plant within
the time specified in the case of a new connection.
27.2.3 Supply to the consumer will be immediately reconnected, if HPSEBL

reasonably believes that the circumstances leading to the
disconnection were actually an omission on the part of HPSEBL. In
such an event, no charges on any account will be recoverable from
the consumer.
27.2.4 Restoration of supply after temporary disconnection:-
Reconnection order in form CS-12 will be issued to carry out the job
of reconnection of service line. Normally the supply would be
restored on the same terms and conditions as existed before
temporary disconnection.
27.2.5 Restoration of supply after permanent Disconnection:-
The consumer may request for restoration of supply after permanent

disconnection. The necessary formalities at the time of reconnection may be
done as required for release of new connection. The procedure to be
followed and recovery of expenditure shall be as follows:-
27.2.5.1 The original consumer or some other person applies for a

connection at such premises which has been permanently
disconnection.

1) In case the service line has not been removed or used for
release of connection to other consumers and is having sufficient
spare capacity after commitments of loads and redundancy of
30%.
2) There is spare capacity in the feeding system for release of the
load.
3) The consumer apply up to same connected load and contract
demand which was previously disconnected.
In case all the conditions are fulfilled, the connection shall be

released without issuance of PAC . However, the A&A form, test
report etc. shall be submitted by the consumer and signed by the
competent authority and completion of codal formalities as of a new
connection is to be done. The load shall be got sanctioned from the
competent authority before restoration of supply. However, the
electrical installations and apparatus of voltage exceeding 440 Volts
will be required to be inspected by Electrical Inspector as per
Regulation 43 of CEA(Measures relating to safety and Electric
Supply)Regualtions,2010 and its amendments
In case above conditions are not fulfilled, all the codal formalities for
issuance of PAC, Sanction of load shall be done for restoration of
supply as is done for a new connection and clearing the outstanding
amount to be paid against old connection as per Supply Code.
27.2.5.2 Charges to be levied at the time of restoration of

supply after permanent disconnection.
Following charges shall be recovered :-
1) Security deposit as per HPERC (Security Deposit)

Regualtions, 2005 and its amendments.
2) Cost of service line, in case service line as per regulation

4 and 10 of HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for supply
of Electricity) Regulations, 419/2012 as amended from
time to time, in case it has been removed or there is no
spare capacity in the existing service line after
commitment of load and redundancy of 30%.
3) Recovery of expenditure for supply of electricity as per
Regulation 5 & 10 of HPERC (Recovery of Expenditure for
supply of Electricity) Regulations, 419/2012 as amended
from time to time.
4) Recovery of all outstanding amount of previous
connections wherever applicable as per provisions of
supply code.
27.2.6 Necessary remarks may be added on the connection order stating that the service
line exists which is being reconnected. The old Account No. and the previous
consumer’s name should also be mentioned. The recovery of expenditure for
restoration of supply shall be as per HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of
Electricity) Regulations, 419/2012 as amended from time to time.

27.2.7 In such a case where the supply is restored to the premises after a period of six
months a fresh test report shall also be obtained from the consumer, before
connecting the premises to HPSEBL’s supply system.
28.0 Disconnection when Consumer’s Premises are found Locked, order of

statutory authority & on account of damage to equipments
28.1 If the consumer’s premises are found locked by the Meter Reader or the Bill
Distributor and no response is received even after serving ‘Access to
consumer’s premises’ notice, some official say J.E. or Meter Inspector may
be deputed to visit the premises of the consumer to verify the facts on spot.
On their report, if there are no early prospects of the meter being read or
HPSEBL’s dues being paid, the concerned Officer In-Charge of Sub-
Division/Sub-Office shall issue disconnection order of the premises from the
tee or pole and accordingly supply may be disconnected.
28.2 In case instructions for disconnection of supply is received from any

statutory authority in exercise of the power vested under law passed by a
competent legislator and such instructions are received either directly in the
Sub-Division or received through other senior offices, the In-charge of Sub-
Division/Sub-Office shall comply with such instructions immediately by
issuance of Temporary Disconnection Order. The supply shall be
disconnected immediately with prior intimation to the consumer.
28.3 Discontinuance on account of immediate danger/damage to the equipment
In case the breach of condition of supply (or of any restrictions imposed

there under) is of a nature which is likely to cause an immediate
danger/damage to the equipment installed by HPSEBL or otherwise , the
concerned officer in-charge or any technical official of the sub-division shall
have the right to disconnect the premises of the consumer immediately
without any prior notice. The connection to the premises so disconnected
shall not be reconnected until the defects pointed out by the HPSEBL are set
right. However, in all such cases, after the supply has been disconnected,
the consumer should be informed as early as possible about the reasons
leading to disconnection and the remedial measure required to be taken by
him before supply is restored.
29. Failure of Supply:
29.1 HPSEBL will follow the timelines for restoration of supply for the reasons
other than above as per Standards of performance regulations,2010
29.2 The HPSEBL will take all reasonable measures to ensure continuity of supply
of power to the consumer(s) but will not be responsible for any loss or
damage to the plant and equipment of a consumer on account of
interruptions in supply of power caused by damage to the HPSEBL’s plant,
equipment and supply system for reasons including but not limited to war,
mutiny, riot, earthquake, cyclone, tempest, strike, civil commotion, lock out,
lightning, fire, flood, accident or break down of plant and machinery
or other causes beyond the control of HPSEBL. The HPSEBL will as early as

possible inform the consumer(s) of the probable duration of such
interruptions in supply of power.
29.3 The HPSEBL reserves the right to curtail, stagger or temporarily discontinue
the supply of electricity if any emergency warrants such a course of action.
The HPSEBL will notify such restriction as early as possible.
29.4 The HPSEBL will be entitled, for reasons of testing, maintenance, repair or
augmentation of the supply system, to temporarily discontinue the supply
for such periods as may be necessary subject to prior notice being given in
this regard.
30. Right of Way:
A consumer will provide to the HPSEBL right of way in, through or over any land
under his/her control and jurisdiction as may be required by the HPSEBL in
connection with provision or maintenance of a service line to the premises of the
consumer, and subject to the provisions of Section 67 of the Act to the premises of
any other consumer in accordance with Rules framed by the State Govt.
31. Assignment or Transfer of Agreement:
The consumer shall not, without previous consent in writing of HPSEBL, assign,
transfer or part with the benefit of his agreement with HPSEBL, nor shall the
consumer in any manner part with or create partial or separate interest there
under.
32. Resale of Energy:
The consumer shall not resell the energy purchased from HPSEBL by installing its
own meter or otherwise either to its tenants or any other third party. Such sale if
noticed by HPSEBL will be treated as un-authorized use of electricity and will attract
section 126 of Act.
33. Reservation of Rights:
HPSEBL reserves the right at any time to end, cancel, alter or terminate the
agreement for supply of electricity with the consumer for any breach of conditions
of supply, provisions of the relevant Act, rules and regulations and the supply code.
34. Service of Notice:
Any order/notice to a person/consumer by HPSEBL including a notice under Section

56 of the Act, shall be served in the manner as prescribed under section 171 of the
Act & clause No 9.1 of Supply Code and shall be deemed to be duly served by the
licensee, if it is -
1. sent by registered post, under certificate of posting, or by courier,
2. delivered by hand to a consumer/person and an acknowledgement taken from
any person in the premises, or
3. affixed at a conspicuous part of such premises in case there is no person
available, to whom the order/notice can, with reasonable diligence, be delivered.

4. The latest technology tools such as SMS and emails may also be adopted in
addition to provisions at Sl. No. (1) to (3) above.
35. Knowledge of Fact and Rules:
The consumer shall be deemed to have the full knowledge of the provisions of the
Electricity Act, Supply Rules, and all regulations and notifications made there under
by the HPERC, and of the other conditions of supply of HPSEBL as also all laws
relating to the supply of electricity. The consumers shall act in due conformity with
all the laws aforementioned and if they do not so act their supply may be
disconnected without prejudice to any other action which may be taken by HPSEBL.
36. Interpretation:
36.1 These conditions shall be read and construed as being subject in all respects
to the provisions of the Act, Rules, regulations and Supply Code and to the
provisions of any other law relating to the supply of electricity for the time
being in force.
36.2 Nothing contained in these conditions shall abridge, curtail or prejudice the
rights of the HPSEBL and the consumer under any Central Act or State Act
or any rules or orders made there under; or the power of the HPSEBL to
relax, at its discretion, in individual cases on its merits any or all of the
foregoing conditions.
37. Disputes:
In the event of any difference or dispute arising between HPSEBL and the
consumer in respect of any matter connected with the supply, which cannot be
determined by these conditions, or by the terms of any agreement between
HPSEBL and the consumer, and in the event of any difference or dispute arising as
to the interpretation of these conditions or of the terms of any agreement between
HPSEBL and the consumer, the matter shall be determined in accordance with the
provisions of the act , Supply Code and HPERC(Consumer Grievances Re-dressal
Forum and Ombudsman) Regualtions,2013.
38. Applicability of HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity)

Regualtions,2005 or 2012.
The above conditions of supply with reference to recovery of expenditure have

been finalized as per the provisions of current regulations i.e. HPERC(Recovery of
Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regulations,2012 which have come into force
w.e.f. 23.05.2012 (i.e. date of publication in the Rajpatra, Himachal Pradesh). The
recovery of expenditure, if any, required to be done in respect of old regulation i.e.
HPERC(Recovery of Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regulations,2005 shall be
regulated in the manner as specified in regulation 12 of HPERC(Recovery of
Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regulations, 2012.

39. Compliance of measures related to safety and electric supply as per
CE(Measures related to Safety and Electricity Supply) Regualtions, 2012
as amended from time to time.
The consumer installation should comply to the measures related to safety

and electric supply as per CE(Measures related to Safety and Electricity
Supply) Regualtions,2012 as amended from time to time.
40 Overriding Effect
These Conditions of Supply shall be read in harmony with the provisions of

Act, HP Electricity Supply Code,2009 as amended from time to time,
regulations notified by HPERC/CEA and rules framed by Government under
Act. in case any conflict between any of the provisions of these conditions
and the provisions of Act or Regulations or the Orders issued by any
competent statutory authority, the provisions of Act or Regulations or the
Orders issued by any competent statutory authority shall have overriding
effect.

*SOME IMPORTANT STATUTORY PROVISIONS*
The construction, installation, protection, operation and maintenance of electricity supply
lines and apparatus should comply with the provisions of CEA (Measures relating to safety
and electric supply) Regulations, 2010 as amended from time to time. The field units must
comply with the regulations framed by the Authority under Act, rules framed by HP. Govt.
and code/regulations notified by HPERC. HPSEBL has already notified Electrical Safety
Manual and General Safety Instructions which must be referred by the filed units. The field
units while discharging the function of supply of power to the consumer and distribution of
electricity should thoroughly study the provisions of these regulations/code. However, for
ready reference, some of the provisions are reproduced below:-
A. Some important provisions of CEA (Measures relating to

safety and electric supply) Regulations, 2010
1) Regulation 31 of CEA (Measures relating to safety and electric supply)
Regulations, 2010
Testing of consumer's installation
(1) Upon receipt of an application for a new or additional supply of electricity

and before connecting the supply or reconnecting the same after a period of
six months, the supplier shall either test the installation himself or, accept
the test results submitted by the consumer when the same has been duly
signed by the licensed Elected Contractor.
(2) The supplier shall maintain a record of test results obtained at each supply
point to a consumer, in a Schedule-V.
(3) If as a result of such inspection and test, the supplier is satisfied that the
installation is likely to be dangerous, he shall serve, on the applicant a
notice in writing requiring him to make such modifications as are necessary
to render the installation safe and may refuse to connect or reconnect the
supply until the required modifications have been completed.

Regulations, 2010
Installation and Testing of Generating units:
Capacity above which generating units will be required to be inspected by the

Electrical Inspector before commissioning shall be as per the notification to be
issued by the Appropriate Government, under clause (x) sub-section (2) of section
176 and sub-section (l) of section 162 of the Act
3) Regulation 33 Of CEA (Measures relating to safety and electric supply)

Regulations, 2010
Precautions against leakage before connection:
1) The supplier shall not connect with his works the installation or apparatus
on the premises of any applicant for supply unless he is reasonably satisfied

that the connection will not at the time of making the connection cause a
leakage from that installation or apparatus of a magnitude detrimental to
safety which shall be checked by measuring the installation resistance as
under,-
(i) all equipment shall have the insulation resistance (IR) value as
stipulated in the relevant Indian Standards;
(ii) on application of 500 V DC between each live conductor and earth
for a period of one minute the insulation resistance of installation
and equipment of voltage not exceeding 650 V shall be at least 1
MEGA OHM or as specified in the relevant Indian Standard;
(iii) on application of 2.5 kV-DC between each live conductor and earth
for a period of one minute, the insulation resistance, of installation
and equipment of voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV
shall be at least 5 MEGA OHM or as specified in the relevant Indian
Standard.
(2) If the supplier declines to make a connection under the provisions of

sub-regulation (1) he shall convey to the applicant, the reasons in
writing for so declining

Regulations, 2010
Leakage on consumer’s premises:
(1) If the Electrical Inspector or the supplier has reasons to believe that there is
leakage in the system of a consumer which is likely to affect injuriously the use
of electricity by the supplier or by other persons, or which is likely to cause
danger, he may give the consumer notice in writing that he desires to inspect
and test the consumer's installation.
(2) If on such notice being given the consumer does not give all reasonable
facilities for inspection and testing of his installation, or when an insulation
resistance of the consumer's installation is so low as to prevent safe use of
electricity, the supplier may, and if directed so to do by the Electrical Inspector
shall discontinue the supply of electricity to the installation but only after giving
to the consumer forty eight hours’ notice in writing of disconnection of supply
and shall not recommence the supply until he or the Electrical Inspector is
satisfied that the cause of the leakage has been removed.

Regulations, 2010
Appeal to Inspector in regard to defects:-
(1) If any applicant for a supply or a consumer is dissatisfied with the action of the
supplier in declining to commence, to continue or to recommence the supply of
electricity to his premises on the grounds that the installation is defective or is
likely to be dangerous, he may appeal to the Electrical Inspector to test the
installation and the supplier shall not, if the Electrical Inspector intimates that
the installation is free from the defect or danger complained of, refuse supply
to the consumer on the grounds aforesaid, and shall, within twenty four hours
after the receipt of such, intimation from the Electrical Inspector, commence,
continue or recommence the supply of electricity.

(2) Any test for which application has been made under sub regulation (1) shall be
carried out within seven days after the receipt of such application

Regulations, 2010
Approval by Electrical Inspector: - (1) Voltage above' which electrical
installations will be required to be inspected by the Electrical Inspector before
commencement of supply or recommencement after shutdown for six months and
above shall be as per the notification to be issued by the Appropriate Government,
under clause (x) of sub-section (2) of section 176, and sub-section (1) of section
162 of the Act.
(2) Before making an application to the Electrical Inspector for permission to

commence or recommence supply after an installation has been disconnected for
six months and above at voltage exceeding 650 V to any person, the supplier shall
ensure that electric supply lines or apparatus of voltage exceeding 650 V belonging
to him are placed in position, properly joined and duly completed and examined
and the supply of electricity shall not be commenced by the supplier for
installations of voltage needing inspection under these regulations unless the
provisions of regulations 12 to 29, 33 to 35, 44 to 51 and 55 to 77 have been
complied with and the approval in writing of the Electrical Inspector has been
obtained by him:
Provided that the supplier may energise the aforesaid electric supply lines or
apparatus for the purpose of tests specified in regulation 46
(3) The owner of any installation of voltage exceeding 650 V shall, before making
application to the Electrical Inspector for approval of his installation or additions
thereto, test every circuit of voltage exceeding 650 V or additions thereto, other
than an overhead line, and satisfy himself that they withstand the application of the
testing voltage set out in sub-regulation (1) of regulation 46 and shall duly record
the results of such tests and forward them to the Electrical Inspector:
Provided that an Electrical Inspector may direct such owner to carry out such tests
as he deems necessary or accept the manufacturer's certified tests in respect of
any particular apparatus in place of the tests required by this regulation
(4) The owner of any installation of voltage exceeding 650 V who makes any
addition or alteration to his installation shall not connect to the supply his apparatus
or electric supply lines, comprising the said alterations or additions unless and until
such alteration or addition has been approved in writing by the Electrical Inspector.
7) Regulation 58 OF CEA (Measures relating to safety and electric supply)

Regulations, 2010
Clearance above ground of the lowest conductor of overhead lines

(1) No conductor of an overhead line, including service lines, erected across a
street shall at any part thereof be at a height of less than-
(i) for lines of voltage not exceeding 650 Volt - 5.8 meters

(ii) for lines of voltage exceeding 650 Volts but not exceeding 33 kV- 6.1
meters
(2) No conductor of an overhead line, including service lines, erected along any
street shall at any part thereof be at a height less than-
(i) for lines of voltage not exceeding 650 Volts - 5.5 metres
(ii) for lines of voltage exceeding 650 Volts but not exceeding 33 kV - 5.8
metres
(3) No conductor of an overhead line including service lines, erected elsewhere

than along or across any street shall be at a height less than –
(i) for lines of voltage up to and including 11,000 Volts, if bare - 4.6 metres
(ii) for lines of voltage up to and including 11,000 Volts, if insulated - 4.0
metres
(iii) for lines of voltage exceeding 11,000 Volts but not exceeding 33 kV - 5.2
metres
(4) For lines of voltage exceeding 33 kV the clearance above ground shall not
be less than 5.2 metres plus 0.3 metre for every 33,000 Volts or part
thereof by which the voltage of the line exceeds 33,000 Volts;
Provided that the minimum clearance along or across any street shall not be
less than 6.1 metres.
(5) For High Voltage Direct Current (HVDC) lines, the clearance above ground
shall not be less than:-
Sl.No. DC Voltage (kV) Ground Clearance
(mtrs.)
1 100 kV 6.1
2 200 kV 7.3
3 300 kV 8.5
4 400 kV 9.4
5 500 kV 10.6
6 600 kV 11.8
7 800 kV 13.9
(6) Ground clearances shall be as specified in schedule-X of the CEA (Measures relating
to safety and electric supply) Regulations, 2010

Regulations, 2010
Clearance from buildings of lines of voltage and service lines not

exceeding 650 Volts.-
(1) An overhead line shall not cross over an existing building as far as possible
and no building shall be constructed under an existing overhead line.
(2) Where an overhead line of voltage not exceeding 650 V passes above or adjacent
to or terminates on any building, the following minimum clearances from any
accessible point, on the basis of maximum sag, shall be observed, namely:-
(i) for any flat roof, open balcony, varandah roof and lean-to-roof-

(a) when the line passes above the building a vertical clearance of 2.5
metres from the highest point, and
(b)when the line passes adjacent to the building a horizontal clearance of
1.2 metres from the nearest point, and
(ii) for pitched roof-
(a)when the line passes above the -building a vertical clearance of 2.5
metres immediately under the line, and
(b)when the line passes adjacent to the building a horizontal clearance of
1.2 metres.
(3) Any conductor so situated as to have a clearance less than that specified above
shall be adequately insulated and shall be attached at suitable intervals to a bare
earthed bearer wire having a breaking strength of not less than 350 kg.
(4) The horizontal clearance shall be measured when the line is at a maximum
deflection from the vertical due to wind pressure.
(5) Vertical and horizontal clearances shall be as specified in schedule-Xof the CEA
(Measures relating to safety and electric supply) Regulations, 2010
Explanation: - For the purpose of this regulation, the expression "building" shall be
deemed to include any structure, whether permanent or temporary.

Regulations, 2010
Clearances from buildings of lines of voltage exceeding 650 V:

(1) An overhead line shall not cross over an existing building as far as possible
and no building shall be constructed under an existing overhead line.
(2) Where an overhead line of voltage, exceeding 650 V passes above or

adjacent to any building or part of a building it shall have on the basis of
maximum sag a vertical clearance above the highest part of the building
immediately under such line, of not less than-
(i) for lines of voltages exceeding 650 Volts up to and including
33,000 Volt - 3.7 metres
(ii) for lines of voltages exceeding 33 kV - 3.7 metres plus 0.30
metre for every additional 33,000 Volts or part thereof.
(3) The horizontal clearance between the nearest conductor and any part of
such building shall, on the basis of maximum deflection due to wind
pressure, be not less than-
(i) for lines of voltages exceeding 650 V up to and including
11,000 Volts - 1.2 metres
(ii) for lines of voltages exceeding 11,000 V and up to and
including 33,000 V - 2.0 metres
(iii) for lines of voltages exceeding 33 kV - 2.0 meters plus 0.3
meter for every additional 33kV or part thereof
(4) For High Voltage Direct Current (HVDC) systems, vertical clearance and
horizontal clearance, on the basis of maximum deflection due to wind
pressure, from buildings shall be maintained as below:

S.No DC Voltage (kV) Vertical Clearance (mtrs.) Horizontal Clearance
(mtrs.)
1. 100 kV 4.6 2.9
2. 200 kV 5.8 4.1
3. 300 kV 7.0 5.3
4. 400 kV 7.9 6.2
5. 500 kV 9.1 7.4
6. 600 kV 10.3 8.6
7. 800 kV 12.4 10.7
(5) Vertical and horizontal clearances shall be as specified in schedule-X of the

CEA (Measures relating to safety and electric supply) Regulations, 2010
Explanation: - For the purpose of this regulation the expression "building"

shall be deemed to include any structure, whether permanent or temporary.

Regulations, 2010
Erection or alteration of buildings, structures, flood banks and elevation

of roads:
(1) If at any time subsequent to the erection of an overhead line, whether

covered with insulating material or not, any person proposes to erect a new
building or Structure or flood bank or to raise any road level or to carry out
any other type of work whether permanent or temporary or to make in or
upon any building, or structure or flood bank or road, any permanent or
temporary addition or alteration, he and the contractor whom he employs to
carry out the erection, addition or alteration, shall give intimation in writing
of his intention to do so, to the supplier or owner and to the Electrical
Inspector and shall furnish therewith a scale drawing showing the proposed
building, structure, flood bank, road or any addition or alteration and
scaffolding thereof required during the construction.
(2) On receipt of such intimation, the supplier or owner shall examine,-

(i) whether the line under reference was laid in accordance with the
provisions of these regulations and any other law;
(ii) whether it is technically feasible;
(iii) whether it meets the requirement of Right of Way (ROW);
(iv) whether such person was liable to pay the cost of alteration of the
overhead line and if so, send a notice without undue delay, to such
person together with an estimate of the cost of the expenditure
likely to be incurred to so alter the overhead line and require him to
deposit, within thirty days of the receipt of the" notice, with the
supplier or owner, the amount of the estimated cost.
(3) If such person disputes the cost of alteration of the overhead line estimated by the
supplier or owner or even the responsibility to pay such cost, the dispute may be
referred to the Electrical Inspector whose decision thereof shall be final
(4) The Electrical Inspector shall estimate the cost of alteration of overhead line on the
following basis, namely:-

(i) the cost of material used on the alteration after crediting the depreciated
cost of the material which shall be available from the existing line;
(ii) the wages of labour employed in affecting the alteration;
(iii) supervision charges to the extent of-fifteen per cent of the wages
mentioned in sub clause (ii); and charges incurred by the supplier or owner
in complying with the provisions of section 67 of the Act, in respect of such
alterations.
(5) Any addition or alteration to the building or structure shall be allowed only after the
deposit of such estimated cost to the supplier or owner.
(6) No work upon such building, structure, flood bank, road and addition or alteration
thereto shall be commenced or continued until the Electrical Inspector has certified
that the provisions of regulation 58, 60 and 61 should not be contravened either
during or after the aforesaid construction:
Provided, that the Electrical Inspector may, if he is satisfied that the overhead line
has been so guarded as to secure the protection of persons or property from injury,
certify that the work may be executed prior to the alteration of the overhead line or
in the case of temporary addition or alteration, without alteration of the overhead
line.
(7) The supplier or owner shall, on receipt of such deposit, alter the overhead line in
such a way that it does not contravene the provisions regulation 58, 60 and 61
either during or after such construction within two months from the date of such
deposit or within such longer period as the Electrical Inspector may allow.
Schedule IV (Form I to III) and Schedule V formats enclosed at the end.
B. APPLICATION OF THE ELECTRICITY ACT AND RULES
Section 164 of the Electricity Act 2003 provides as under: -
Exercise of Powers of Telegraph Authority in certain cases.-
The Appropriate Government may, by order in writing, for the placing of electric
lines or electric plant for the transmission of electricity or for the purpose of
telephonic or telegraphic communication necessary for the proper co-ordination of
works, confer upon any public officer, licensee or any other person engaged in the
business of supplying electricity under this act, subject to such conditions and
restrictions, if any, as the Appropriate Government may think fit to impose and to
the provisions of the Indian Telegraph Act 1885 (13 of 1885) any of the powers
which the Telegraph Authority possesses under that Act with respect to placing of
telegraph lines and posts for the purpose of a telegraph establishment or
maintained, by the Government or to be established or maintained.
(ii) Rules Framed by HP Govt. under Section 67 & 68 of Act.
[Authoritative English Text of this Government Notification No. MPP-A(3)-

3/2003-II Dated 03rd February, 2014 as required under Article 348(3) of
the Constitution of India].

MPP& POWER DEPARTMENT
NOTIFICATION
Shimla-2, the 3rd February, 2014
No. MPP-A(3)-3/2003-II.—In exercise of the powers conferred by section

180 read with sections 67 and 68 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003),
the Governor of Himachal Pradesh hereby makes the following rules
regarding the works of licensees, namely :—
1. Short title and commencement.—(1) These rules may be called the

Works of Licensees (Himachal Pradesh) Rules, 2014.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the
Rajpatra, Himachal Pradesh.
2. Definitions.—(1) In these rules unless the context otherwise
requires:—
(a) “Act” means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) “Authorised Officer” means an officer nominated by the
Government of Himachal Pradesh for deciding the issues,
(related to Transmission and Distribution Licensee);
(c) “Commission” means the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory
Commission constituted under Section 82 of the Act;
(d) “Energy” means electrical energy generated, transmitted or
distributed for any purposes;
(e) “Government” means Government of Himachal Pradesh;
(f) “occupier of any building or land” means a person in lawful
occupation of that building or land;
(g) “Rules” means the rules framed by the State Government under
the Act;
(h) “Repairing Authority” means the person authorized to repair the
street or the part of the street and
(i) “Works Authority” means the person entitled to work the railway,
monorail, matro, canal or waterway.
All other words and expressions used herein and not defined in these
rules, shall have the same meanings respectively as assigned to them
in the Act and the Electricity Rules, 2005.
3. Licensee to carry out works.—(1) A licensee may –

(a) carry out works, lay down or place any electric supply line or other works in,
through, or against, any building, or on, over or under any land whereon,
whereover or whereunder any electric supply-line or works has not already
been lawfully laid down or placed by such licensee, with the prior consent of
the owner or occupier of any building or land;
(b) fix any support of overhead line or any stay or strut required for the purpose
of securing in position any support of an overhead line on any building or land
or having been so fixed, may alter such support:
Provided that in case where the owner or occupier of the building or land raises
objections in respect of works to be carried out under this rule, the licensee shall
obtain permission in writing from the District Collector or any other officer
authorised by the Government in this behalf, for carrying out the works:

Provided further that the District Collector or any other officer authorised by the
Government in this behalf shall decide and pass an order in writing within 30 days
from the date of receipt of application.
(2) While making an order under sub-rule (1), the District Collector or the
officer so authorized, as the case may be, shall fix, after considering the
representations of the lawful owner or occupier of premises or land, if any, the
amount of compensation or of annual rent, or of both, which should in his
opinion be paid by the licensee to the owner or occupier:
Provided that the District Collector or the officer so authorised, as the case
may be, while assessing the compensation, may take assistance of the experts
of State Agriculture, Horticulture, Forest or Revenue department or any other
department as he may think fit:
Provided further that the compensation for loss to the crops will be assessed
as under:-
(a) Temporary loss during work execution: Value of crop shall be

estimated with the assistance of the experts;
(b) Temporary loss extending to period beyond execution of work: Value

of loss shall be estimated with the assistance of the experts in terms of
monetized quantum of loss and the time/season over which loss will
continue to occur. Value shall be determined as market rate by experts
and compensation assessed accordingly. It shall be paid one time for
the entire period of loss or yearly till the loss persists; and
(c) Permanent loss: One year loss is to be estimated to arrive at the value
of compensation. The affected person can take 12 times this amount in
one go or it can be paid yearly for 30 years.
(3) Every order made by a District Magistrate or an authorised officer under

subrule (1) shall be subject to revision by the Commission.
(4) Nothing contained in this rule shall effect the powers conferred upon any
licensee under section 164 of the Act.
4. Works affecting streets, railway, monorail, metro, canal or waterway.—(1)

Where the exercise of any of the powers of a licensee in relation to the execution of any
works involves the placing of any works in, under, over, along or across any street, part
of a street, railway, monorail, metro, canal or waterway, the licensee shall serve upon
the Repairing Authority or upon the Works Authority as the case may be, a notice in
writing, not less than 20 days before commencing the execution of the works describing
the proposed works, together with a section and plan thereof on a scale sufficiently
large to show clearly the details of the proposed works, and not in any case smaller
than 1 cm. to 1 metre vertically and 1 cm to 50 metres horizontally and intimating the
manner in which, and the time at which, it is proposed to interfere with or alter any
existing works, and shall, upon being required to do so by the Repairing Authority or
Works Authority, as the case may be, from time to time give such further information in
relation thereto as may be desired.

(2) If the Repairing Authority intimates the licensee that it disapproves such works,
section or plan giving reasons for disapproval, or approves thereof subject to
amendment, the licensee may, unless settled by an agreement, appeal to the
Commission within 20 days of receiving such intimation, whose decision, after
considering the reasons given by the repairing authority for its action, shall be final.
(3) If the Repairing Authority fails to give notice in writing of its approval or disapproval to
the licensee within 15 days of the receipt of the notice, it shall be deemed to have
approved the works, section and plan, and the licensee, after giving not less than
forty-eight hours' notice in writing to the Repairing Authority, may proceed to carry
out the works in accordance with the notice and the section and plan served under
sub-rule (1);
(4) If the Works Authority disapproves such works, section or plan giving reasons for
disapproval, or approves the same subject to amendment, he may, within 15 days
after the service of the notice under sub-rule (1) of rule 5, serve a requisition upon
the licensee demanding that any question in relation to the works or to
compensation, or to the obligations of the Works Authority to others in respect
thereof, shall be determined, unless settled by agreement, by the Commission.
(5) Where no requisition has been served by the Works Authority upon the licensee within
the time period provided under sub-rule (4), the Works Authority shall be deemed to
have approved the works, section and plan, and in that case, or where, after the
matter has been determined by the Commission, the works may, upon payment or
securing of compensation, be executed according to the notice and the section and
plan, subject to such modifications as may have been determined by the Commission
or agreed upon between the parties:
Explanation.—In sub-rules (1) to (5), the word "works" includes a service line in, under,
over, along or across a railway even if such line is immediately attached or
intended to be immediately attached to a distributing main, but does not
include any other service line so attached or intended to be so attached to a
distributing main, or works which consist of the repair, renewal or
amendment of existing works of which the character or position is not to be
altered.
(6) Where the works to be executed consist of the laying of any underground service line
immediately attached, or intended to be immediately attached, to a distributing main,
the licensee shall give to the Repairing Authority or the Works Authority, as the case
may be, not less than forty-eight hours' notice in writing of his intention to execute
such works.
(7) Where the works to be executed consist of the repair, renewal or amendment of
existing works of which the character or position is not to be altered, the licensee
shall, except in cases of emergency, give to the Repairing Authority, or to the Works
Authority, as the case may be, not less than fortyeight hours' notice in writing of his
intention to execute such works, and, on the expiry of such notice, such works shall be
commenced forthwith and shall be carried on with all reasonable efforts, and, if
possible, both by day and by night until completed.
(8) Where the works to be executed consist of the alteration of the position of any pipe,
wire or other works necessitated by the licensee’s duties under the Act, the licensee

shall give not less than fourteen days intimation to the owner of such pipe, wire or
other works, of his intention to execute such works together with such details as may
be required by the owner.
(9) Where the works to be executed consist of digging or sinking a trench near to any
sewer, drain or other works of the Government or local authority or to any works of
any duly authorised person, the licensee shall, except in the case of emergency, give
not less than forty-eight hours notice to such Government, local authority or duly
authorised person of his intention to carry out such works, provided that, nothing in
this sub-rule will apply where the licensee is a local authority in respect of any sewer,
drain or other works under the control of such local authority.
5. Repairs and works during emergency.—(1) The licensee may, in case of

emergency due to the breakdown of an underground electric supply-line, after informing in
writing with necessary reasons to the Repairing Authority or the Works Authority, as the
case may be, of his intention to do so, carry out the work of repairs to electric supply or
place an overhead line or underground cable without complying with the provisions of rule
4 and by observing provisions of safety code, provided that such overhead line shall be
used only until the defect in the underground electric supply-line is made good, and in no
case (unless with the written consent of the Repairing Authority, Works Authority or
occupier as the case may be) for a period exceeding six weeks, and shall be removed as
soon as may be after such defect is removed.
(2) The licensee may, in case of emergency due to the breakdown of existing works,
execute such works as may be required to restore supply (temporary works) without
having to comply with the requirement of these rules as regards time period of prior
notice, provided that, the licensee shall remove the temporary works immediately
upon repair or restoration as the case may be, of the existing works and in no case
later than six weeks from the date of implementation of such temporary works unless
the Repairing Authority, Works Authority or occupier, as the case may be, provides a
written consent to retain the temporary works.
6. Procedure for carrying out other works near sewers, pipes or other electric
lines or works.—(1) The licensee or any duly authorised person, as the case may be
(hereinafter in this rule referred to as "the operator"), shall –
(a) where the licensee requires to dig or sink any trench for laying down any new
electric supply-lines or other works, near to which any sewer, drain, water-course
or work under the control of the Government or of any local authority, or any pipe,
syphon, electric supply-line or other work belonging to any duly authorised person,
has been lawfully placed; or
(b) where any duly authorised person is required to dig or sink any trench for
laying down or constructing any new pipes or other works, near to which any
electric supply-lines or works of a licensee have been lawfully placed;
unless it is otherwise agreed upon between the parties interested or in case of

sudden emergency, give to the Government or local authority, or to such duly
authorized person or to the licensee, as the case may be (hereinafter in this rule
referred to as "the owner"), not less than forty-eight hours' notice in writing before
commencing to dig or sink the trench and the owner shall have the right to be

present during the execution of the work, which shall be executed to the
reasonable satisfaction of the owner.
(2) Where the operator finds it necessary to undermine, but not to alter, the position of
any pipe, electric supply-line or work, he shall support it in position during the
execution of the work, and before completion shall provide a suitable and proper
foundation for it where it is so undermined.
(3) Where the operator (being the licensee) lays any electric supply-line across, or so
as to be likely to touch, any pipes, lines or service-pipes or servicelines belonging to
any duly authorised person or to any person supplying, transmitting or using
energy under the Act, he shall not, except with the written consent of such person
and in accordance with the regulations on safety as specified under section 53 of
the Act, lay his electric supply-lines so as to come into contact with any such pipes,
lines or service-pipes or service-lines.
(4) Where the operator makes default in complying with any of the provisions of this
rule, he shall be liable to pay full compensation for any loss or damage caused on
this account.
(5) Where any difference or dispute arises under this rule, the matter shall be
determined by the Commission.
(6) Where the licensee is a local authority, the references in this rule to the local
authority and to sewers, drains, water-courses or works under its control shall not
apply.
7. Alteration of the position of pipes, electric line, etc.—(1) Any licensee may
alter the position of any pipe (not forming part of a local authority's main sewer),
or of any wire under or over any place which he is authorised to open or break up,
if such pipe or wire is likely to interfere with the exercise of his powers under the
Act; and any person may alter the position of any electric supply-lines or works of a
licensee under or over any such place as aforesaid, if such electric supply-lines or
works are likely to interfere with the lawful exercise of any powers vested in him.
(2) The licensee or any other person authorised by him desiring to make the
alteration, unless otherwise agreed, shall, not less than one month before
commencing any alteration, serve upon the person for the time being entitled to
the pipe, wire, electric supply- lines or works, as the case may be (hereinafter in
this rule referred to as "the owner"), a notice in writing, describing the proposed
alteration, together with a section and plan thereof on a scale sufficiently large to
show clearly the details of the proposed works, and not in any case smaller than 1
cm to 1 metre vertically and 1 cm to 50 metres horizontally, and intimating the time
when it is to be commenced, and shall subsequently give such further information
in relation thereto as the owner may desire.
(3) The owner may, within fourteen days after the service of the notice, section and
plan, serve upon the operator a requisition to the effect that any question arising
from the notice, section or plan, shall, unless settled by agreement, be determined
by Commission, and thereupon the matter shall be determined by the Commission.
(4) The Commission to whom a reference is made under sub-rule (3), shall have regard
to any duties or obligations to which the owner is bound, and may require the

operator to execute any temporary or other works so as to avoid, as far as
possible, interference therewith.
(5) Where no requisition is served upon the operator under sub-rule (3) within the time
limit, or where such a requisition has been served and the matter has been settled
by agreement or determined by the Commission, the alteration may, upon payment
or securing of any compensation accepted or determined by the Commission, be
executed in accordance with the notice, section and plan and subject to such
modifications agreed upon between the parties or as may have been determined by
the Commission.
(6) Where the operator desiring to make the alteration makes default in complying with
any of the provisions of this rule, he shall be liable to pay full compensation for any
loss or damage caused on this account, and, where any difference or dispute arises
as to the amount of such compensation, the matter shall be determined by the
Commission.
(7) Where the owner or occupier desires to carry out certain works himself-
(i) he may, at least ten days before the operator desiring to make the
alteration of pipes or wires is entitled to commence the alteration, serve
upon the operator a statement in writing to the effect that he desires to
execute the alteration himself and requires the operator to give such
security for the repayment of any expenses as may be agreed upon or, in
default of agreement, determined by the Commission:
Provided that, such works shall be executed by a Licensed Electrical Contractor on

behalf of the owner in accordance with the specifications and standards provided
by the licensee;
(ii) where a statement is served upon the operator under clause (i), he shall,
not less than forty-eight hours before the execution of the alteration is
required to be commenced, furnish such security and serve upon the owner
a notice in writing intimating the time when the alteration is required to be
commenced, and the manner in which it is required to be made; and
thereupon the owner may proceed to execute the alteration as required by
the operator;
(iii) where the owner declines to comply, or does not, within the time and in the
manner specified by a notice served upon him under clause. (ii) comply with
the notice, the operator may himself execute the alteration and
(iv) all expenses incurred by the owner in complying with a notice served upon
him by the operator under clause (ii) may be recovered by him from the
operator.
8. Works not repairable by the Government, licensee or local authority.—The

licensee shall open or break up any street not repairable by the Government or a local
authority only with the written consent of the person by whom the street is repairable or
with the written consent of the Government, provided that the Government shall not give
any consent as aforesaid, until the licensee has given notice by advertisement or otherwise
as that Government may direct, and within such period as the that Government may fix in

this behalf, to the above referred person, and until all representations or objections
received in accordance with the notice have been considered by the Government.
9. Procedure for fencing, guarding, lighting and other safety measures relating
to works and immediate reinstatement of streets, railways, sewers, drains or
tunnels.—(1) Where any person, in exercise of any of the powers conferred by or under
these rules opens or breaks up the soil or pavement of any street, railway or tramway, or
any sewer, drain or tunnel, he shall—
(a) immediately cause the part opened or broken up to be fenced and

guarded and fix caution boards to alert traffic;
(b) cause a light or lights, sufficient for the warning of passengers before
sunset, to be set up and maintained until sunrise against or near the part
opened or broken up;
(c) make suitable arrangements for smooth flow of traffic;
(d) fill in the ground and reinstate and make good the soil or pavement, or
the sewer, drain or tunnel, opened or broken up with all reasonable speed,
and carry away the rubbish occasioned by such opening or breaking up; and
(e) after reinstating and making good the soil or pavement, or the sewer,
drain or tunnel broken or opened up, keep the same in good repair for three
months and for any further period, not exceeding nine months, during
which subsidence continues.
(2) Where any person fails to comply with any of the provisions of sub-rule (1), the
person having the control or management of the street, railway, tramway, sewer,
drain or tunnel in respect of which the default has occurred, may cause to be
executed the work which the defaulter has delayed or omitted to execute, and may
recover from him the expenses incurred in such execution.
(3) Where any person has undertaken any works provided for in this Rule, he shall pay
such charges as may be specified by the Repairing Authority or owner, towards
cost of reinstating and making good the soil or pavement, or the sewer, drain or
tunnel, as the case may be. The Repairing Authority, after reinstatement is carried
out, shall refund the excess amount within a period of three months alongwith a
statement of actual expenditure incurred for the reinstatement job.
(4) Where any person fails to comply with any of the aforesaid clause, the Repairing
Authority or the owner, as the case may be, in respect of which the default has
occurred, may cause to be executed the work which the defaulter has delayed or
omitted to execute, and may recover from him the expenses incurred in such
execution.
(5) Where any difference or dispute arises as to the amount of the expenses incurred
or non refund of excess amount under sub-rule (2) or (3), the matter shall be
determined by the Commission.
10. Provision relating to Overhead line.—(1) An overhead line shall be installed or

kept installed above ground with the approval of the Government:

Provided that this rule shall be applicable above 11 KV lines only and the licensee shall be
deemed to be authorised upto 11 KV system for the purpose without obtaining any prior
approval of the Government as required under subsection (1) of section 68 of the Act.:
Provided further that the licensee may, in case of an emergency, due to the breakdown of
an underground electric line, after giving notice in writing to the Repairing Authority or the
owner, as the case may be, of his intention to do so, place an overhead line till the
restoration of underground line without the prior approval of the Government.
(2) Where any tree standing or laying near an overhead line or where any structure or
other object which has been placed or fallen near an overhead line subsequently to
the placing of such line, interrupts or interferes with, or is likely to interrupt or
interfere with, the conveyance of transmission of energy or the accessibility of any
works, a Magistrate of the first class, may, on the application of the licensee, cause
the tree, structure or object to be removed or otherwise dealt with as he thinks fit.
(3) While disposing of any application under sub-rule (2), the Magistrate shall, in the
case of any tree in existence before the placing of the overhead line, award to the
person interested in the tree such compensation as he thinks reasonable, and such
person may recover the same from the licensee.
[Explanation.—For the purpose of this rule, the expression “tree” shall be deemed
to include any shrub, hedge, jungle-growth or other plant].
11. Removal of tree or structure etc.—(1) The licensee, within two days, of noticing
of any tree standing or lying near an overhead line or any structure raised or other object
placed or fallen near an overhead line, subsequently to the placing of such line, which
interrupts or interferes with or likely to interrupt or interfere with, the conveyance or
transmission of electricity or the accessibility of any works, move an application to the
Executive Magistrate having the jurisdiction over the area where such development has
taken place or the authority specified by the Government, for causing the tree, structure or
object to be removed.
(2) The Executive Magistrate or the authority specified by the Government, within two
days of the receipt of an application, issue a notice to the person interested/owner
of the tree, structure or object, to remove the tree, structure or object at his/her
own cost within seven days of the receipt of the notice.
(3) In case the person interested/owner of the tree, structure or object, fails to abide
by the directions as contained in the notice, the Executive Magistrate or the
authority specified by the Government shall cause the tree, structure or object to
be removed and recover the cost of such removal from the owner:
Provided that in case the Executive Magistrate or the authority specified by the
Government arrives at a decision that the tree in question was in existence before
placing of the overhead line, reasonable compensation shall be awarded in favour
of the person interested/owner:
Provided further that the Executive Magistrate or the authority specified by the
Government, as the case may be, while assessing the compensation, may take

assistance of the experts of the Forest or Revenue Department or any other
department as he may think fit.
(4) In case the Executive Magistrate or the authority specified by the Government after
hearing the parties decides that in the interest of the justice it will be appropriate to
alter the alignment of the overhead line instead of removal of the tree, structure or
object, the cost of such alteration shall be got assessed by the Executive Magistrate
or the authority specified by the Government and direct the owner of the tree,
structure or object to pay the cost to the licensee within seven days of passing of
such an order to this behalf.
(5) In case the owner fails to pay the cost to the licensee within seven days of passing
of the order, the Executive Magistrate or the authority specified by the
Government, on an application in this behalf, proceed in accordance of the
provisions of sub-rule (3) above:
Provided that the Executive Magistrate or the authority specified by the
Government shall conclude the proceedings under this rule within 30 days of the
receipt of the application under subrule (1) above.
12. Avoidance of public nuisance, environmental damage and unnecessary

damage to the public and private property by such works.—The licensee
shall, while carrying out works, ensure that such works do not cause public
nuisance, environmental damage and unnecessary damage to the public or private
property.
13. Manner of deposit of amount for restoration of railways, tramways,
waterways etc.—The licensee shall deposit the amount for restoration of
railways, tramways, waterways etc. under these rules by means of demand draft in
favour of the officer-in-charge of the maintenance of the works concerned.
14. Manner of restoration of property affected by such works and
maintenance thereof.—The licensee shall carry out the restoration of property
affected by works and undertake necessary maintenance thereof for one month.
15. Determination and payment of compensation to affected persons.—(1)
Where the licensee makes default in complying with any of the provisions of these
rules, he shall make full compensation for any loss or damage caused thereby to
the person affected, as may be determined by the District Magistrate or by any
other officer authorised by the Government in this behalf, if not agreed mutually
between the parties concerned.
(2) Where any difference and dispute arises as to the amount of compensation
determined under sub-rule (1), the matter shall be determined by the
Commission.
16. Procedure for deposit of compensation payable by the licensee and
furnishing of security.—(1) The amount of compensation payable by the
licensee under these rules shall be deposited by means of demand draft.
(2) The security required to be furnished under these rules shall be in the form
of Bank Guarantee from a Scheduled Bank or in any other form as may be notified
by the Government from time to time.
17. Determination of dispute or difference by the Commission.—When a matter
is brought to the Commission for determination under these rules, the matter shall
be determined by the Commission within a period of thirty days after hearing the
parties concerned.

18. Service of notice etc.—Whenever a notice or intimation is required to be served
upon a person under these rules, the procedure provided under section 171 of the
Act and rules made thereunder shall be followed.
By order, Principal Secretary (Power).

*SOME ESSENTIAL TERMS IN COMMON USAGE*
[Contains explanation of the term in Common Usage for the Guidance of Non-technical
staff]
1. Electricity—It is comparatively easier to describe what electricity can do

rather than to give a single and direct answer to the question as to what
exactly is meant by electricity. It is a sort of a medium or an invisible agent
which is responsible for a number of phenomena. It is a form of energy
which can be transformed to other forms of energy like heat, light, sound,
etc. The most distinctive feature about it is the case with which it can be
transmitted over long distances.
2. Voltage—It is the electric pressure or degree of electrification which is

responsible for the flow of current. It is analogue to the water head or
potential (i.e. pressure) by virtue of which water flows from one place to
another. Just as the height of water column from the ground level
determines the water pressure, the electric potential (pressure) is also
measured with reference to the earth potential which is taken as zero. The
practical unit of electric potential is volt which can be measured with the
help of a voltmeter.
3. Electric Current –Is the flow of electricity. Like water the electric current
also flows from a higher to a lower level (from a higher to a lower potential
as is usually termed). Just as water flow ceases when there is no difference
in level, the electric current also ceases when there is no difference in
potential. In other words, the difference of potential is a pre-requisite for
the current to flow. Practical unit of Current is Ampere and is measured with
the help of Ampere-meter (usually called Ammeter). An ordinary lamp of 60
watts approximately draws ¼ of an ampere.
4. Electric Power—Is the rate of doing work and is the multiplication of

current (A) and the voltage (V). As in the case of water, the height of water
column and the quantity of water flowing determines its power, the electric
power also is determined by the voltage and the amount of current flowing:
Power=Voltage x Amperage.
The power derived from a current of one ampere flowing under a voltage of
one volt is said to be equal to one watt. The electricity consuming apparatus
is rated in terms of either kilo watts (1000 watts) or in terms of Horse
power. Whereas heaters, coolers, bulbs, fans etc. are rated in watts or kilo
watts; the electric motors are rated in Horse Power.
One Horse Power (H.P.)=746 watts.
5. Electrical Energy (i.e. the capacity of doing work)—Practical unit of

electrical energy is kilowatt hour (kWh) or ‘Unit’ as it is called in common
language. One unit of energy is said to be consumed when electric
appliances with rating of 1000 watts are worked for an hour or when an
ordinary bulb of 25 watts is put on for 40 hours. Similarly a motor of 10
Horse Power (equal to 7.46 KW) if run for 2 hours will consume 14.92 or
say 15 units (but this is dependent on Demand Factor also. If the demand

Factor is 50% the consumption will almost be reduced to half i.e. 7.5 units).
Electrical energy is measured by means of an Energy Meter which is
generally installed at the premises of every consumer.
6. Conductors – Just as a path is required for the water to flow from one
place to another, conductors are needed for the flow of electric current. By
virtue of their inherent properties usually metals like silver, copper,
aluminum etc. are good conductors of electricity whereas Bakelite, mica
porcelain etc. are bad conductors and are called insulators. Sliver is the best
conductor but it is costly. Usually for transmission and distribution of power,
copper and aluminum conductors are employed.
7. Resistance—It is the inherent property of substance which resists or

opposes the flow of electricity. Obviously good conductors have low
resistance, whereas bad conductors have very high resistance. The practical
unit of measuring resistance is called ‘Ohm’.The resistance of a conductor is
said to one ohm, when a potential difference of 1-volt applied at its ends,
causes a current of one ampere to flow through it, for a given potential
difference, the higher the resistance, the lesser the flow of current. It is for
this reason that conductors with smaller resistance are used for
transmission and distribution of electric power.
Resistance is directly proportional to the length of the conductor or the line,

and is inversely proportional to cross section (thickness) of the conductor.
In other words, greater the length, greater is the resistance, but greater the
thickness the lesser the resistance.
P=Vxl Where P is Power

R = V/l V is voltage
Or V=lxR I is current
P = l2 x R R is resistance.
8. Line Losses—Whenever, an electric current flows through a circuit (a

closed path) heat is developed, for here the current is working to overcome
the opposition of the conductor. There is limit to the heating which can be
allowed for a particular conductor so that its mechanical properties in
respect of strength etc. do not get deteriorated. This limit is usually called
the thermal limit and governs the maximum loading which can be allowed
on a particular type and size of conductor.
The generation of heat during the process of flow of current consumes

some of the electrical power. This is known as the line loss,the higher the
resistance, the more the losses. These power losses are proportional to the
square of the current (I) flowing through a line or a circuit, and directly
proportional to the resistance (R). The power losses ‘P’ of line or a circuit
are equal to l2 x R (as above).
To carry any fixed quantum of power from one place to another, if the
transmission voltage is increased, the current flowing through that
transmission system will decrease, thereby appreciably reducing the losses
as these are proportional to square of the current. If the transmission

voltage is increased to (say) 4 times, the current reduces to ¼ and the
power losses reduces to (¼)2 i.e. 1/16. The transmission voltage is kept as
high as possible consistent with factors of economy and arrangements are,
therefore, made in transforming one voltage to another, so that losses are
as low as possible. The equipment to transform from one voltage to another
is called a ‘Transformer’.
9. Transformation Losses – Usually the voltage at which supply is generally

at Hydro Electric Stations is 11 KV (11,000 Volts). Before transmission over
the grid it is transformed to 220 or 132 KV (i.e. 2,20,000 or 1,32,000 volts)
through what are called ‘step-up’ transformers. The voltage is transformed
back to 11kVeither through single or multistage ‘step-up ’transformers at
the various Grid Sub-Station, usually located at the load centers from where
the supply is further retailed.
For bigger consumers supply is retailed directly at 11KV whereas for smaller
consumers the supply voltage is generally 400V (3 phase supply) and 230 V
(singly phase).
Just as the transmission of electric power is accompanied by a certain
amount of loss of power, the transformation, whether stepping up or down,
also involves some loss of power which is called Transformation losses. The
loss of power in transformation is composed of two elements viz., (i) Copper
losses and (ii) Core or Iron losses.
Copper Losses are analogous to the line losses and are dependent upon the
quantum of power being transformed. If at any time no power is being
transformed (i.e. when there is no load on the transformer), there are no
copper losses. But the IRON LOSSES which are due to the design
characteristics of the transformer are almost constant and go on taking
place for so long as the transformer is in circuit irrespective of whether
there is any load on it or not. In the rural areas the transformers are usually
under-loaded most of the time, but since the iron losses continue at a
constant rate, the percentage of losses to the total power utilized is
therefore, very high.
10. Demand—Demand of a system means its power requirements (usually

measured in KW or KVA) averaged over a suitable and specified interval of
short duration. For practical reasons the demand averaged over a period of
30 minutes is taken into consideration because the instantaneous demand
which may be very high (at the time of a fault, a switching operation, or
during a particular process of an industry) does not have much effect on the
overall system.
11. Maximum Demand---Maximum Demand of an installation is defined as

the greatest of all the demands which have occurred during a given period
say during a day, or a month or a year. The maximum demand is measured
with the help of a Maximum Demand Indicator.
12. Demand Factor--- It is defined as the ratio of actual maximum demand

made by a load to the total connected load.

MaximumDem and
Demand Factor =
ConnectedL oad
13. Diversity Factor –The maximum demands of a number of consumers are

not likely to occur at the same time. In other words there is diversity
between the maximum demands of different consumers. The maximum
demands on the supply or generating system is, therefore, much less than
the sum of the maximum demands of all individual consumers. The ratio of
the sum of the maximum demands of the separate consumers to their
simultaneous maximum demand is called Diversity Factor. It is usually
greater than unity.
14. Load Factor—It is defined as the ratio of the power requirements during a
particular period to the maximum demand. In other words, it denotes the
extent of utilization of electric power Load Factor is improved by the
reduction of maximum demand which is achieved by increasing the Diversity
Factor for certain installation. The Load Factor will improve with the better
utilization of available load (i.e. the consumption of more energy units for a
certain load will give better Load Factor).
AveragePower
Load Factor =
MaximumPow erDemand
15. Connected Load Factor –The ratio of the average power to the
connected load is called connected load factor.
Connected Load Factor =Load Factor x Demand Factor
From the know figure of connected load Factor (or load and Demand
Factor) of an industry the energy consumed can be calculated. Supposing
connected load for a certain installation is 75kW. Its Demand Factor is 80%
and Load Factor 40% the annual consumption would be:
Units consumed = 75KW x 40% x 80% x 8760

= 2, 10, 240 kWh
(8760 being the number of hours in a year)
16. Power Factor: Most of the load demand on the electric power supply
system is composed of A.C. Induction Motors and such apparatus which by
virtue of their inherent characteristics draw more current than is warranted
by the actual load requirements. This excess current is usually used in
charging and discharging the magnetic system of the electrical apparatus.
The drawl of excess current is necessitated because of the current

becoming sluggish with reference to the voltage or in other words current
lagging the voltage---as it is called in electrical terminology. The extent of
‘Lag’ depends upon the design features of a particular apparatus.
In certain cases a reverse phenomenon i.e. current leading the voltage can
also happen as in the case of a synchronous motor, but usually the current
lags the voltage with the result that the product of current and voltage
(volt-amperes) as explained under item 4 above does not give the true

power but is the apparent power. This power is usually greater than the
true power. The ratio of the true power to Apparent Power or of the useful
current to the total current is known as Power Factor.
True Power (watts) = volts x amperes x power factor, or

K.W. =K.V.A. x Power Factor.
The adverse effect of low Power Factor on an electric power supply system
can well be gauged from the example given below:
If a generator is capable of supplying 1000 amperes at 500 volts (i.e. with a

rating of 1000Ax 500V or 500 K.V.A.), the quantum of load supplied by the
generator at unity Power Factor would be 500 KW. At 0.6 Power Factor the
load supplied would be (1000 A* 500V *0.6P.F.)300kW.This means that the
usefulness of the generator will decrease in the same ratio. In case any
attempt is made to draw power more than 300 KW, the generator will have
to supply more current i.e. it would be over loaded. Similarly the
transmission/distribution system will also be over loaded. This, in addition to
enhanced line losses and voltage drop because of increased drawl of
current, will also require the system to be augmented for carrying more
current.
It is therefore, usual for the supplier to (i) charge the maximum demand on
K.V.A. (apparent power) basis rather than on K.W. (the true power) and (ii)
require the consumer to install the requisite apparatus for improving the
power factor to a specified limit.

*SOME OF THE REGULATIONS/ CODE NOTIFIED BY HPERC*
AUTHORITATIVE ENGLISH TEXT
HIMACHAL PRADESH ELECTRICITY REGULATORY COMMISSION
SHIMLA
No: HPERC/____ Dated: Shimla, the 21st June, 2004
NOTIFICATION
The Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission in exercise of the powers
conferred by sub-section (1) of section 181, read with sub-section (1) of section 43, of the
Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) and all other powers enabling it in this behalf, after
previous publication, hereby makes the following regulations, namely:-
REGULATIONS
1. Short title, extent and commencement - (1) These regulations may be called the
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Licensee’s Duty for Supply of
Electricity on Request) Regulations, 2004.
(2) These regulations shall be applicable to all distribution licensees in their respective
licensed areas, in the State of Himachal Pradesh.
(3) These regulations shall come into force on the date of their publication in Rajpatra,
Himachal Pradesh.
2. Definitions - In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, -
(a) “Act” means the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003);
(b) “adjudicating officer” means any Member of the Commission

appointed by the Commission to adjudicate on matters specified
under the Act to be adjudicated by him;
(c) "applicant" means the owner or occupier of any premises who

makes an application to the distribution licensee for supply of
electricity;
(d) “Commission” means the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory

Commission;
(e) “extra high tension (EHT) consumer” means a consumer who is

supplied electricity at a voltage higher than 33000 volts;
(f) “high tension (HT) consumer” means a consumer who is supplied

electricity at a voltage higher than 440 volts; but not exceeding
33000 volts;
(g) “low tension (LT) consumer” means a consumer who is supplied

electricity at a voltage upto 440 volts;

(h) “month” means the calendar month and the period of about 30 days
between the two consecutive meter readings shall also be regarded
as a month for purpose of billing; and
(i) the words and expressions used and not defined in these
regulations but defined in the Act shall have the meanings as
assigned to them in the Act.
3. Duty of licensee to supply on request - (1) On the receipt of an application from

the owner or occupier of the premises, every distribution licensee shall, within the time
frame specified hereunder, issue, by a registered post/speed post, a demand notice to the
applicant, clearly indicating –
(a) all deficiencies to be made good and the codal formalities to be completed by
the applicant;
(b) necessity to furnish the test report from the approved Wiring Contractor;
(c) the exact amount of charges and security to be deposited by the applicant :-
Type of service Period from date of receipt of

connection requested application within which demand
notice should be issued.
Low Tension (LT) supply (10) days
11KV supply (15) days
22 KV supply (15) days
Extra High Tension (EHT) (60) days
supply
(2) Every distribution licensee shall, upon the applicant making good the deficiencies and
completion of codal formalities and payment of charges and security, as indicated in the
demand notice under sub-regulation (1), give supply of electricity to the premises within
the time specified in sub-regulation (3). (3) The distribution licensee shall give supply of
electricity to the premises -
(a) where no extension of distribution mains or commissioning of new sub-

station is required for effecting such supply, within twenty days reckoned
from the completion of the codal formalities and the payment of charges
and security amount stated in the demand notice under sub-regulation (1);
(b) in cases where such extension of distribution mains or commissioning of

new sub-station is required but there is no requirement of erecting and
commissioning a new 33/11kV sub-station, within the time frame specified
hereunder:
Type of service Period from date of completion of

connection requested codal formalities required vide
demand notice, within which supply
of electricity should be provided
Low Tension (LT) supply (40) days

22 KV supply (30) days
Extra High Tension (EHT) (120) days
supply
Provided that the distribution licensee may approach the Commission for extension
of the time specified above, in specific cases where the magnitude of extension is such
that the licensee will require more time, duly furnishing the details in support of such claim
for extension and if satisfied with the justification given by the distribution licensee, the
Commission may extend the time for commencing the supply;
(c) in the case of application for new connection, where extension of supply
requires erection and commissioning of new 33/11 KV sub-station, the
distribution licensee shall, within 15 days of receipt of application, submit to
the Commission a proposal for erection of 33/11 KV sub-station together
with the time required for commissioning the sub-station. The Commission
shall, after hearing the distribution licensee and the applicant concerned,
decide on the proposal and the time frame for erection of the sub-station.
The distribution licensee shall erect and commission the sub-station and
commence power supply to the applicant within the period approved by the
Commission:
Provided that, where such sub-station is covered in the investment

plan approved by the Commission, the distribution licensee shall complete the erection of
such sub-station within the time period specified in such investment plan.
(4) The distribution licensee shall not be responsible for the delay, if any, in extending the
supply, if the same is on account of problems relating to right of way, acquisition of land,
or the delay in consumer’s obligation to obtain approval of the Chief Electrical Inspector for
his High Tension or Extra High Tension installation, or for any other similar reasons beyond
the reasonable control of the distribution licensee.
Provided that if any dispute arises whether the delay in extending

the supply is attributable to the reasons beyond the control of the distribution licensee or
not, it shall be decided by the Commission and the decision of the Commission shall be
final and binding.
(5) Subject to the above it shall be the responsibility of the distribution licensee to have
necessary commercial arrangements with the respective transmission licensee(s) to ensure
that the required supply at Extra High Tension (EHT), i.e. above 33 KV, is made available
within the time frame specified under sub-regulation (2).
(6) In cases where the village or hamlet or area is not electrified earlier, the
distribution licensee shall give supply of electricity to premises in such village or hamlet or
area as per the programme of electrification of habitations covered in the investment plan
approved by the Commission, within the time frame specified in such investment plan
approved by the Commission.
4. Consequences of default - (1) The distribution licensee who fails to comply with the
time frame for supply of electricity stipulated in regulation 3 shall be liable to pay penalty
as may be decided by the adjudicating officer of the Commission in accordance with sub-
section (3) of Section 43 of the Act.

(2) The liability to pay penalty under these Regulations for default if any, shall not absolve
the distribution licensee from the liability to pay compensation to the affected person as
per the regulations notified under sub-section (2) of Section 57 of the Act.
5. Force Majeure - The time frame specified in regulation 3 shall not be operative where
the distribution licensee is prevented from giving supply of electricity on account of
cyclones, floods, storms and other occurrences beyond his control.
6. Interpretation - All issues arising in relation to interpretation of these regulations

shall be determined by the Commission and the decision of the Commission on such issues
shall be final.
7. Issue of orders and practice directions - Subject to the provisions of the Act and
these regulations, the Commission may, from time to time, issue orders and practice
directions in regard to the implementation of this regulation and procedure to be followed
on various matters, which the Commission has been empowered by this regulation to
direct and matters incidental or ancillary thereto.
8. Power to Remove Difficulties - (1) If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of
the provisions of these regulations, the Commission may by general or special order take
suitable action, or direct the distribution licensee to take such suitable action, not being
inconsistent with the Electricity Act, 2003, which appears to be necessary or expedient for
the purpose of removing such difficulties.
(2) Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Commission may by an order, at any time add,
vary, alter, modify or amend any provisions of these regulations.
(3) Every order made this regulation shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made,
before the State Legislative Assembly.
BY ORDER OF THE COMMISSION,
Secretary

Published on HP Rajpatra on 30.03.2005
AUTHORITATIVE ENGLISH TEXT
HIMACHAL PRADESH ELECTRICITY REGULATORY COMMISSION SHIMLA

F.No.HPERC/414 Dated: Shimla, the 30 March, 2005
NOTIFICATION
The Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission, in exercise of the powers
conferred by clauses (v) and (w) of sub-section (2), of section 181 read with section 47 of
the Electricity Act, 2003(36 of 2003) and all other powers enabling it in this behalf, after
previous publication, hereby makes the following regulations, namely :-
REGULATIONS
1. Short title, extent and commencement.- (1) These Regulations may be called the
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) Regulations, 2005.
(2) These regulations shall be applicable to all distribution licensees in their respective
licensed areas, in the State of Himachal Pradesh.
(3) These regulations shall come into force from the date of their publication in the
2. Definitions - In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, -

(b) "applicant" means the owner or occupier of any premises who makes an application
to the distribution licensee for supply of electricity;
(c) “Commission” means the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission;
(d) “consumption charges” means the consumption of electrical energy in kWh or kVAh
multiplied by appropriate tariff rates and also includes demand/fixed charges, and
customer charges etc., wherever applicable;
(e) “licensee” means a distribution licensee authorized to operate and maintain a

distribution system and supply electricity at any voltage to consumers in the
concerned area of supply;
(f) “month” means the calendar month and the period of about 30 days between
the two consecutive meter readings shall also be regarded as a month for
the purpose of billing;
(g) “person” shall include any company or body corporate or association or body of
individuals, whether incorporated or not, or artificial juridical person and also
includes the Central and the State Government Department, the State Government
Undertaking and their employees.
(h) “State” means the State of Himachal Pradesh; and
(i) other words and expressions used and not defined in these regulations, but defined
in the Act, shall have the meanings as assigned to them in the Act.
3. Power to require security.- (1) The distribution licensee shall require every
person, who requires a supply of electricity to his premises in pursuance of section 43 of
the Act, to give security as provided in regulation 4, for the payment of all monies, which
may become due to the licensee -
(a) in respect of the electricity supplied to such person; or/and

(b) where any electric line or electrical plant or electric meter is to be
provided for supplying electricity to such person, in respect of the
provision of such line, plant and/or meter.
1
[Provided that the licensee may not obtain such security in case where the supply of
electricity is required for its own use.]
(2) If such person fails to give such security under sub-regulation (1), the distribution
licensee may refuse to give the supply of electricity or to provide the line or plant or meter
for the period during which the failure continues.
4. Security deposit for the supply of electricity: - (1) The consumer shall, at all
times maintain with the licensee an amount equivalent to consumption charges for the
billing cycle period, as security during the period the agreement for supply of energy to
such consumer remains in force:
Provided that where billing cycle is changed the security deposit shall be
reduced/increased on pro-rata basis.
(2) If any person is prepared to take the supply through a pre-payment meter, the
distribution licensee shall not be entitled to collect the security deposit in respect of the
electricity supplied to such person:
Provided that in the case of existing consumer who opts for the supply through
the pre-payment meter, the licensee shall refund the amount of the security deposit of
such consumer lying with the licensee.
(3) The initial security deposit payable at the time of releasing the supply shall be at flat
rates mentioned in regulation 5.
**2{(4) The amount payable by the consumer towards the initial security deposit
under these Regulations shall be in the form of cash/demand Draft (DD) drawn in favour of
the licensee:
Provided that where the amount of initial security deposit payable at a time i.e. at the time
of release of new connection or for sanction of additional load exceeds Rupees ten lacs, the
consumer may opt to furnish such deposit in shape of bank guarantee and may continue to
avail the facility of bank guarantee subject to provision of sub- regulation (6):
Provided further that the consumers who have already furnished the initial security deposit
in shape of bank guarantee may also continue to avail the facility of bank guarantee
irrespective of the amount of deposit, subject to the provision of sub- regulation (6).
(5) The amount payable by the consumer towards the additional Deposit under these
Regulations shall also be in the form of cash/demand Draft (DD) drawn in favour of the
licensee:
Provided that the consumers who have furnished the initial security deposit in shape of bank
guarantee as per the provision under sub-regulation 4, or where the amount of additional
security deposit payable by the consumer at a time exceeds Rupees ten lacs, the consumer
1
Inserted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) (Second Amendment) Regulations,
2015(w.e.f. 15.12.2015)
2
Inserted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) (Second Amendment) Regulations,
2015(w.e.f. 15.12.2015)

shall have the option, subject to the provisions of sub regulation (6), to furnish such deposit
in shape of bank guarantee.
(6) (a) The consumer shall get, or cause to get, at least sixty days before the expiry
of the validity period, any bank guarantee(s) furnished by him as per sub-
regulations (4) and (5), extended for a minimum period of next three years at
a time.
(b) In case a consumer fails to renew any such bank guarantee, as referred to in
clause (a) above, within the validity period, the licensee shall recover the
corresponding amount from the consumer in shape of cash/demand draft and
such consumer shall not be entitled to avail the facility of bank guarantee for
any future security deposit for a period of three years from the date of expiry
of the validity of such bank guarantee.
(7) The Security deposit furnished in shape of cash/demand draft etc. shall not be
refunded for facilitating its conversion into bank guarantee at any subsequent stage.}**
5. Initial security deposit. - (1)The applicant shall pay initial security deposit towards
the electricity to be supplied to him at the flat rates as given in the following table :-
Table
Sr. Type of category Initial security deposit per kW/kVA or fraction
No thereof of connected load/contract demand
. (amount in rupees)
4 months 3 months 2 months monthly
billing billing billing billing
Tribal areas, remote,
1 difficult and hard areas - 330
all categories except
temporary metered
supply and street light
supply upto 20 kW.
2 Tribal areas, remote, 240
difficult and hard areas-
all categories above 20
kW except industry, bulk
supply, temporary
metered supply and
street light supply.
Rural areas all categories
3 upto 20 kW, except
industries, temporary
metered supply and street
light supply. 360
4
Rural areas all categories
above 20 kW, except
industries and bulk supply,
temporary metered supply 120
and street light supply.

Urban areas up to 20 kW
except industries, bulk
supply, temporary metered
5 supply and street supply
(a) DS 340
(b) CS/NDNCS/WPS 700
6 Urban areas above 20 kW
except industries, bulk
supply, temporary metered
supply and street supply
(a) DS 170
(b) CS/NDNCS/WPS 350
Industries bulk supply, temporary metered supply and street light
supply.
7 Small and medium industries
power supply upto 20 KW for all
areas except tribal, remote,
difficult and hard areas 500
8 Small and medium industrial
power supply (Above 20 kW to
100 kW) for all areas 750
9 Large industries power supply
(above 100 kW) for all areas 1000
10 Bulk supply (BS) for all areas 850
11 Temporary metered supply for all
areas 850
12 Street light supply above 20 kW
for all areas 500
Explanation.-For the purpose of this regulation,-

(a) “remote, difficult and hard areas” means the areas which are declared as remote,
difficult and hard areas by the State Government from time to time.
(b)”rural areas” means the areas which are not the urban areas.
(c) “tribal areas” means such areas as may by order be declared to be Scheduled Areas
under Part-C of the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of India.
(d) “urban areas” means the areas which are declared as the larger urban areas, the
smaller urban areas or the transitional urban areas under the Act concerning the
municipalities.
3
[(e) “Below Poverty Line (BPL) beneficiary” means the person belonging to very poor
category of persons below poverty line, declared as such, by general or special order, by
Central/State Government, from time to time.]
(2) 4[ Initial security deposit .- The initial security deposit per kw/kVA or fraction
thereof .-
3
Inserted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) (First Amendment)
Regulations, 2011.
4
Inserted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) [Removal of
Difficulties] (First) Order, 2005( Oct.,2005)
1. wherever the tariff is single part i.e. kwh, shall be on the
basis of the connected load; and
2. wherever the tariff is two part on demand and energy charge,
shall be on the basis of the contract demand. ]
In the case of consumers who have sanctioned additional demand, the additional
security deposit shall be calculated only for the additional demand.
5
[(2A) The Below Poverty Line (BPL) beneficiaries in the State for supply of electricity to
them, for residential or domestic usage, shall pay the initial security deposit equal to ‘ one
half ’ (or ‘50%’) of the respective rate of initial security deposit, specified in the Table
under sub regulation (1).]
(3) If the applicant does not make payment of initial security deposit in terms of this
regulation, the licensee can refuse to release supply.
6. Review and payment of additional security deposit for the electricity

supplied .- 6[(1) In respect of the consumers credit–rated as poor under regulation 9, the
adequacy of the amount of security deposit viz- a-viz the charges for the period equivalent
to summation of the billing cycle and additional one month, shall be reviewed by the
licensee generally once in every year (preferably after revision of tariff for the respective
year), based on the average consumption for the period representing 12 (twelve) months
from April to March of the previous year.]
(2) Demand notice for additional security deposit.-

(a) Based on the review as per sub-regulation (1), the demand for shortfall will
be made by the licensee :
Provided that if the short fall is less than 10% of the existing security
deposit, no demand shall be made by the licensee.
(b) Where the consumer is required to pay additional security deposit, the
licensee shall issue, to the consumer, a 30 days' demand notice specifying
the amount payable with supporting calculations.
(3) Surcharge for belated payment of additional security deposit.-
(a) The consumer shall pay the additional security deposit within thirty days
from the date of service of the demand notice issued by the licensee.
(b) If there is any delay in payment, the consumer shall pay simple interest at
12% per annum or at such rates as may be fixed by the Commission from
time to time, without prejudice to the licensee’s right to disconnect supply
of electricity, as per sub-regulation (4) of this regulation.
(4) Disconnection for non-payment of additional security deposit for the
electricity supplied.- Where additional security deposit is demanded by the licensee in
terms of this regulation, and the consumer does not make the payment, the supply to the
consumer shall be liable for disconnection, without any further notice.
7. Interest on security deposit payable by the licensee.- (1) Subject to the

provisions of sub-section (2) of section 47 of the Act, the licensee shall, with effect from
the month succeeding the date on which the security amount is deposited, pay simple
5
Inserted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) (First Amendment)
Regulations, 2011
6
Existing sub-regulation substituted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) (Second
Amendment) Regulations, 2015 (w.e.f. 15.12.2015)

interest on security deposit of a the consumer at the 7[weighted average of actual Bank
Rate(s) for the previous year] as notified by the Reserve Bank of India or such higher rate
as may be fixed by the Commission from time to time and the amount of interest payable
shall be rounded off to the nearest rupee.
(2) Where either the security deposit is less than rupees 100 or a connection is
disconnected within one year after giving the supply, no interest shall be payable thereon.
(3) The interest accruing to the credit of the consumer shall be adjusted annually against
the amounts outstanding from the consumer to the licensee as on 30th June of every
financial year and the amounts becoming due from the consumer to the licensee
immediately thereafter.
(4) The licensee shall duly show the amounts becoming due to the consumer towards
interest on the security deposit in the bills raised on the consumer and due after 30th June.
(5) The distribution licensee shall maintain for accrual of interest on security deposit of the
consumers a separate head of account.
(6) The licensee shall pay penal interest on the interest payable at twice the rate specified
under sub-regulation (1) for the delay in making the adjustments for interest on security
deposit beyond a period of 30 days after the date as specified in sub-regulation (3). This
penal interest shall not be a pass through to the consumers in the licensee’s Annual
Revenue Requirement.
8. Refund of security deposit.- (1)Where an agreement for supply of electricity is

terminated as per the terms and conditions of supply, the licensee shall be required to
refund the security deposit if any, after making adjustments for the amounts outstanding
from the consumer to the licensee, within one month of the effective date of termination of
the agreement:
Provided that if such refund is delayed beyond the period of one month as
specified above, the licensee shall pay simple interest on such deposit @ 12 % per annum
from the effective date of termination of the agreement without prejudice to other rights of
and remedies available to the consumer.
(2) Where contract demand/connected load is reduced by the consumer or the billing cycle
is reduced, the licensee shall reduce the amount of security on pro-rata basis and refund
excess amount, after making adjustments for the amounts outstanding from the
consumer to the licensee, within one month of the effective date of reduction of contract
demand/connected load;
Provided that if such refund is delayed beyond the period of one month as
specified above, the licensee shall pay simple interest on such deposit @ 12 % per annum
from the effective date of reduction of contract demand/connected load, without prejudice
to other rights of and remedies available to the consumer.
Miscellaneous
9. Credit Rating,- 8[(1) Every year, the licensee shall, of its own, carryout the credit rating
of its existing consumers by applying uniform criteria, which shall be hosted on its website,
for such credit rating in respect of each category of consumers.]
(2) Every year the licensee shall publish the list of poorly rated consumers who are
habitually defaulters for an amount exceeding rupees ten thousand in the newspapers and
host the same on its website.
7 st
Existing words “Bank Rate(as on 1 April of every year)” is substituted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2015(w.e.f. 15.12.2015)
8
Existing sub-regulation substituted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit)
(Second Amendment) Regulations, 2015(w.e.f. 15.12.2015)

10. Power to remove difficulties.- (1) In case of any difficulty in giving effect to any
of the provisions of these regulations, the Commission may, either suo motu or on
application made to it, do or undertake to do things, or by general or special order direct
the licensee to take suitable action, not being inconsistent with the Act, which appears to
the Commission to be necessary or expedient for the purpose of removing the difficulty.
11. Issue of orders and practice directions.- Subject to the provisions of the Act, and
these regulations, the Commission may, from time to time, issue orders and practice
directions with regard to the implementation of these regulations and procedures to be
followed for such implementation and matters incidental or ancillary thereto.
12. Interpretation - All issues arising in relation to interpretation of these regulations
shall be determined by the Commission and the decision of the Commission on such issues
shall be final.
By Order of the Commission

Secretary

(Published in Rajpatra HP on 29.05.2009)
NOTIFICATION
No. HPERC/390-09 Shimla – 2, 26th May, 2009
In exercise of powers conferred by Section 50 and clause (x) of sub-section

(2) of Section 181of the Electricity Act 2003 (36 of 2003) and all other powers enabling it
in this behalf, the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission, after previous
publication, hereby makes the following Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code, 2009,
namely:-
The Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code, 2009
CHAPTER - 1
GENERAL
1.1 Short title, extent, application, interpretation and commencement.–
1.1.1 This Code shall be called the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code, 2009.
1.1.2 This Code shall extend to whole of the State of Himachal Pradesh.
1.1.3 This Code shall be applicable to –
(a) all the distribution and retail supply licensees including deemed licensees
in their respective area of supply and all the consumers of electricity in
the State of Himachal Pradesh;
(b) all other persons who are exempted under section 13 of the Act; and
(c) incidents of unauthorized use and theft of electricity.
1.1.4 This Code will be read and construed in all respects as being subject to the
provisions of the Act, rules and regulations made thereunder and the provisions of
any other law for the time being in force.
[1.1.4.1 Where any regulations, referred to in the Code, undergo any amendment,
modification or reenactment, after commencement of the Code, the references in
the Code to such regulations shall, unless a different intention appears, be
construed as references to the provisions so amended, modified or re-enacted.]9
1.1.5 Nothing contained in this Code will abridge or prejudice the rights of the licensee
and the consumer under the Act or any Rules or Regulations made there under.
1.1.6 This Code shall come into force from the date of its publication in the Rajpatra,
Himachal Pradesh.
1.2 Definitions .–
In this Code, unless it is repugnant to the context, -

1.2.1 “Act” means the Electricity Act 2003 (Central Act No. 36 of 2003);
9
1. Ins by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014(w.e.f.
16.06.2014)

1.2.2 “agreement” with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions means a
general agreement, executed between the licensee and the consumer, including
any commercial arrangement for supply of electricity as also open access;
1.2.3 “apparatus” means equipment or appliance with electrical circuit(s) and includes
electric meter and metering equipment, electric machine, electric fitting or
accessory connected to or isolated from the electric system;
1.2.4 “applicant” means an owner or occupier of any land/premises, (including the

authorised representative of such owner or occupier) who makes an application to
a licensee for supply of electricity, increase or reduction in sanctioned load/contract
demand, change in title, disconnection or restoration of supply, or termination of
agreement, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of the Act and
the Code, rules and regulations made thereunder or other services;
1.2.5 “average power factor” means the ratio of kWh (kilo Watt hour) to the kVAh (kilo
Volt Ampere hour) registered during a specific period;
1.2.6 “billing cycle” means the period for which the bill is raised;
1.2.7 “bulk supply consumer” means a consumer who avails electric supply for further
distribution to various constituents with varied nature of loads within his premises;
1.2.8 “Code” means the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code, 2009;
1.2.9 “Commission” means the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission;
1.2.10 “conductor” means any wire, cable, bar, tube, rail or plate used for conducting
electrical energy and so arranged as to be electrically connected to the system;
1.2.11 “connected load” expressed in kW, means aggregate of the manufacturer’s rated
capacities of all energy consuming devices or apparatus connected with the
distribution licensee’s service line, on the consumer’s premises, which can be
simultaneously used;
1.2.12 “connection point” means a point at which the consumer’s/user’s plant and/or
apparatus are connected to distribution licensee’s distribution system;
1.2.13 “consumer” means any person who is supplied with electricity for his own use by a
licensee or by the Government or by any other person engaged in the business of
supplying electricity to the public under the Act or any other law for the time being
in force and includes bulk supply consumer, any person whose premises are for the
time being connected for the purpose of receiving electricity with the works of a
licensee, the Government or such other person, as the case may be and shall also
include-
(a) the consumer whose installation has been temporarily
disconnected;
(b) prospective consumer i.e. any person who has applied for an
electricity connection and whose supply has not commenced;
and
(c) in case of death of a consumer, his legal heirs or
representatives;

1.2.14 “consumer’s installation” means any composite electrical unit including
electric wires, equipment or apparatus, whether portable or stationary,
erected and wired by or on behalf of the consumer at the consumer’s
premises beyond the point of commencement of supply;
1.2.15 “contract demand” expressed in kVA units means the maximum demand
contracted by the consumer in the agreement with the licensee and in
absence of such contract, the contract demand shall be determined in
accordance with the Tariff Order;
1.2.16 “cut-out” means any appliance or device for automatically interrupting the
conduction of electricity through any conductor when the current rises above
a pre-determined quantum and shall also include fusible devices;
1.2.17 “demand charges” for a billing period shall mean the amount chargeable
based upon the recorded maximum demand in kVA or the contract demand;
whichever is higher and shall be calculated as per the procedure laid down in
the Tariff Order;
1.2.18 “electricity rules” means the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 to the extent
saved by the Act and the rules made under the Act thereafter;
1.2.19 “energy charge” expressed in Rs. Per kWh/kVAh for a billing period shall
mean the amount chargeable in rupees based on the quantity of electricity
supplied in kWh/kVAh and as calculated as per the procedure prescribed in
the Tariff Order. The demand/fixed charges, wherever applicable, shall be in
addition to the energy charges;
1.2.20 “equipment” means electric line or apparatus or appliance comprising

electrical circuit(s) and includes electric meter and metering equipment,
electric machine, electric fitting or accessory, connected to or isolated from
the electric system;
1.2.21 “Extra High Voltage” (EHV) Consumer“ or “Extra High Tension Consumer
(EHT Consumer)” means a consumer who obtains supply from the licensee
at Extra High Voltage /Tension;
1.2.22 “Extra High Voltage” (EHV) or “Extra High Tension” (EHT) means the
voltage, which exceeds 33,000 volts; under normal conditions subject,
however, to the percentage variation allowed under electricity rules;
1.2.23 “Forum” means the Forum for Redressal of Consumer Grievances

established under sub-section (5) of section 42 of the Act;
1.2.24 “harmonics” means a component of a periodic wave having a frequency that

is an integral multiple of fundamental power line frequency of 50 Hz causing
distortion to pure sinusoidal wave form of voltage or current;
1.2.25 “High Voltage (HV)” or “High Tension (HT)” means the voltage higher than
400 volts but not exceeding 33,000 volts under normal conditions, subject,
however, to the percentage variation allowed under the electricity rules;

1.2.26 “High Voltage (HV) Consumer” or “High Tension Consumer (HT Consumer)”
means a consumer who obtains supply from the licensee at High
Voltage/Tension;
1.2.27 “installation” means any composite electrical unit used for the purpose of
generating, transforming, transmitting, converting, distributing or utilizing
electrical energy;
1.2.28 “interconnection” shall have the same meaning as connection point;

1.2.29 “installation contractor” means any person licensed under electricity rules for
undertaking electrical works at an appropriate voltage;
1.2.30 “licensed electrical contractor” means a contractor licensed under the

electricity rules;
1.2.31 “licensee” means the distribution licensee authorized to operate and maintain
a distribution system for supplying electricity to consumers in its licensed
area of supply;
1.2.32 “Load Factor” or “LF” is the ratio of the total number of units consumed
during a given period to the total number of units which would have been
consumed had the connected load been maintained throughout the same
period and shall usually be expressed as the following percentage:-
Actual Units consumed in a given period
Load factor (%age) = Connected load in kW X No. of hours in the period X 100;
1.2.33 “Low Voltage or (LV)” or “Low Tension” (LT) means the voltage, not exceeding 230
volts between phase and neutral and 400 volts between phases under normal
conditions, subject, however, to the percentage variation allowed under electricity
rules;
1.2.34 “Low Voltage (LV) Consumer” or “Low Tension Consumer (LT Consumer)” means a
consumer who obtains supply from the licensee at Low Voltage / Tension;
1.2.35 “maximum demand” means the highest load measured in kVA or kW at the point of
supply of a consumer during consecutive period of 30 minutes or as laid down by
the Commission, during the month;
1.2.36 “meter” means and includes metering equipment or a set of integrated
instruments used to measure/record singularly or combined electrical parameters
including electrical energy and electrical power both in kWh/kVAh during a given
period;
1.2.37 “metering equipment” means set of equipment such as ‘Current Transformer’,

‘Potential/Voltage Transformer’, necessary wiring and accessories etc. deployed in
conjunction with the meter to measure/record the amount of electrical energy
supplied.
Explanation.- It shall also include any seal or sealing arrangement and

other measures provided by the licensee for sealing, reliability and for
preventing theft/unauthorised use of electricity;

1.2.38 “occupier” means the person in occupation of the premises where electrical energy
is used or is proposed to be used;
1.2.39 “point of commencement of supply” means the outgoing terminal of the meter in
case of LT consumers and incoming/outgoing terminal of the switchgear that may
be installed by consumers, irrespective of the point of metering, in case of HT or
EHT consumers, unless otherwise agreed to;
1.2.40 “power factor” means the ratio of the real power to the apparent power consumed
during a month, the ratio being rounded off to two decimal figures;
1.2.41 “premises” means land, building or infrastructure or part or combination thereof in
respect of which a separate meter or metering arrangements have been made by
the licensee for supply of electricity;
1.2.42 “review panel” means the Electricity Supply Code Review Panel constituted by the
Commission under this Code;
1.2.43 “rural area” means the area which is not covered by the urban area;
1.2.44 “sanctioned load” means the load expressed in kW/kVA of the consumer, which the
licensee has agreed to supply, from time to time, in the agreement;
1.2.45 “State” means the State of Himachal Pradesh;
1.2.46 “Tariff Order” means the order issued from time to time by the Commission on
annual aggregate revenue requirement and retail tariff for the licensee and
consumers respectively;
1.2.47 “theft of electricity” shall mean theft of electricity as defined under section 135 of
the Act;
1.2.48 “transmission system” means the system consisting of extra high voltage electric
lines being operated at EHV (excluding generator interconnection facilities) owned
and/or operated by the transmission licensee for the purposes of the transmission
of electricity from one power station to a sub-station or to another power station or
between sub-stations or to or from any external interconnection equipment up-to
the interconnection with the distribution system and includes the plant and
apparatus and meters owned or used by the transmission licensee in connection
with the transmission of electricity, but shall not include any part of any licensee’s
distribution system;
1.2.49 “urban area” means the areas which are declared as the larger urban areas, smaller
urban areas or the transitional urban areas under the Act concerning the
municipalities;
1.2.50 “user” means any person having electrical interface with, or using the distribution
system of the distribution licensee to whom this Code is applicable. Any distribution
licensee, transmission licensee and generating units connected to the distribution
system and the person availing Open Access in transmission or distribution system
are also included in this term.
1.2.51 Unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions used and not defined
in this Code, but specifically defined in the Act, shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Act. Other words or expressions used in this Code, but not specifically
defined in this Code or the Act, shall have meanings as are generally understood in
the electricity supply industry.
1.3 Mechanism for review of the Code .–
1.3.1 Review panel.-

A standing body Electricity Supply Code Review Panel shall be constituted by
the Commission comprising of the representatives of the Commission, licensees

as well as the users of the distribution system in line with the provisions of this
Code.
1.3.1.1 No change in this Code, however, small or big, shall be made without being
deliberated upon and recommended to by the Supply Code Review Panel and
thereafter approved by the Commission. The Review Panel shall submit its
recommendations to the Commission within a period of 45 days from the date
the case is referred for review. However, in an unusual situation where normal
day-to-day operation is not possible without revision of some paras of the Code,
a provisional revision may be implemented before the approval of the
Commission is received, but only after discussion at a Special Review Panel
meeting convened on an emergency basis. The Commission should promptly be
intimated about the provisional revision. The Commission may issue directions
required to revise the relevant provisions of the Code accordingly as may be
provided in those directions and the distribution licensee shall promptly comply
with such directions.
1.3.1.2 The Code Review Panel shall comprise of the following .–
(a) one member who shall be a senior technical officer, not below the
rank of the Chief Engineer or its equivalent, from each of the
distribution licensee in the State;
(b) one member who shall not be below the rank of the Chief Engineer
or its equivalent, from the State Transmission Utility (STU);
(c) one member nominated by the Commission, who shall also be the
Convener of the Review Panel;
(d) one member representing generators connected to the distribution
system;
(e) one member representing open access consumers;
(f) one member representing industrial consumers;
(g) one member representing commercial consumers;
(h) one member representing domestic consumers;
(i) one member representing bulk consumers;
(j) other members as the Commission may direct and find appropriate.
1.3.1.3 The Chairman of the Review Panel shall be from amongst the Technical
Members/Directors of the distribution licensee and shall be nominated by the
Commission for two years term on rotation basis.
1.3.1.4 Not less than 50 percent of the total members of the Review Panel shall form
the quorum in its meeting.
1.3.2 Term of Office .–
1.3.2.1 The Review Panel shall be perpetual under this Code. All members of the
Review Panel shall hold office by virtue of positions held by them in their
respective organisations until changed/replaced by the respective
organization/consumer group.
1.3.3 Functions of the review panel .–
The functions of the Review Panel shall be -
(a) maintenance of the Code and its working, under continuous scrutiny and
review;
(b) consideration of all requests for review made by any user and publication
of their recommendations for changes in the provisions of the Code
together with reasons for such changes;
(c) rendering guidance on interpretation and implementation of the Code;
(d) examination of the problems raised by any user as well as resolution of the
said problems;
(e) to assess compliance by the licensee with conditions of supply etc. ;

(f) ensuring that the changes/modifications proposed in the Code are
consistent and compatible with standard technical manual or guidelines,
Codes, laws, Acts, rules and regulations in force at that point of time;
(g) holding of meetings as required but at least one meeting shall be held in
every six months;
(h) constitution of a sub-committee for detailed study of various matters
pertaining to the provisions in the Code and circulation of the findings and
recommendations to the Review Panel Members and the entities
concerned;
(i) making arrangements for deliberation of the issues (regarding sub-
committee findings and recommendations) in the Review Panel meetings in
the time frame, as provided by the sub-committee.
1.3.4 Review and revisions .–
1.3.4.1 The user(s) seeking any amendment to the provisions in this Code shall send
written request(s) to the Convener of the Review Panel, with a copy to the
Commission. If the request is sent to the Commission directly, the same shall be
forwarded to the Convener of the Review Panel who shall, forward/circulate the
request requiring changes/modifications in the Code to all the Review Panel
members for their written comments within a reasonable time frame or the
Convener may call for the Review Panel meeting in consultation with the
Chairperson. Based on interaction(s)/ discussion(s), the necessary
amendment(s)/ revision(s) may be incorporated in the Code after the approval
of the Commission and shall be published by the Secretary of the Commission.
1.3.4.2 Any change from the previous version shall be clearly marked in the margin. In
addition, a revision sheet shall be placed at the front of the revised version,
noting the number of every changed para(s)/sub-para(s), together with reasons
for such change(s).
1.3.4.3 The Convener shall maintain copies of the Code incorporating the latest
amendments and the same shall be made available on the web site of the
Commission as well as that of the licensee. The licensee shall also make
available the copies of the same at reasonable cost to any person requiring it.
1.3.4.4 The Commission, may, on the application of the licensee or otherwise, call the
emergent meeting of the Review Panel as and when the situation so dictates
and make such alterations and amendments in the Code as it thinks fit.
CHAPTER-II
SYSTEM OF SUPPLY, CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY AND CLASSIFICATION OF
CONSUMERS
2.1 System of Supply .–
2.1.1 The nominal frequency of an alternating current (AC) shall be 50 Hz (cycles per
second). Except with the written consent of the consumer or with the previous
sanction of the State Government, the licensee shall not permit the frequency of an
alternating current to vary from the nominal frequency by more than 3 percent,
however, the licensee shall, as far as possible, supply and maintain power supply in
frequency band as stipulated in the Grid Code.
2.1.2 The nominal voltage of the AC supply is as follows:-

(a) Low Tension [LT]
Single Phase: 230 volts between phases and neutral,
Three Phase: 400 volts between phases,
(b) High Tension (HT)- Three Phase: 2.2 kV, 6.6 kV, 11 kV, 15 kV, 22 kV or 33 kV,

(c) Extra High Tension (EHT)-Three Phase: 66 kV, 132 kV or 220 kV
2.1.3 The licensee shall design, install, maintain and operate a distribution system in
conjunction with the transmission system.
2.1.4 Except with the written consent of the consumer or with the previous sanction of
the State Government, the voltage at the point of supply shall remain within the
limits prescribed in the electricity rules, which at present are as under: -
(a) in the case of low tension, + 6%;
(b) in the case of high tension, + 6% to – 9%;
(c ) in the case of extra high tension, + 10% to – 12.5%
2.1.5 Point of Commencement of Supply.-

Unless otherwise agreed to, the point of commencement of supply shall be,–
(a) in the case of LT consumers, at outgoing terminal of the meter and feeding the
premises;
(b) in the case of HT or EHT consumers,-
(i) at incoming terminal of the switchgear feeding the premises that may be
installed by the consumers, irrespective of point of metering; and
(ii) at the outgoing terminal of the switchgear installed at the substation of
the licensee, feeding the dedicated line, irrespective of the point of
metering.
2.1.6 Standard Supply Voltage[/Supply Voltage]10. -

11
[2.1.6.1(A) The standard supply voltage shall mean the standard voltage at which
electricity shall be given to the consumer through a common or dedicated or
joint dedicated feeder without payment of any lower voltage supply
surcharge(LVSS). Depending upon the connected load(kW or MW), contract
demand (kVA or MVA), nature of load and existence of a voltage (volts/kV)
and phase in the relevant distribution system, the standard supply voltage for a
consumer shall be as provided in clauses (a) and (b) of this sub-para and sub-
para 2.1.6.1(C)-
(a) The maximum limits of connected load (kW or MW) and contract demand
(kVA or MVA) for the supply of power at a voltage, shall be as under-
Sr. Standard Supply Voltage Maximum Maximum
No. Connected Contract
Load Demand
1. Single phase 230 volts or three phase 50 kW 50 kVA
415 volts or 2.2 kV;
category loads)
2. Three phase 11 kV or 22 kV; 3 MW 2.2 MVA
category loads)
10
Ins by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)
11
Existing sub-para 2.1.6.1 has been substituted with 2.1.6.1(A),2.1.6.1(B) & 2.1.6.1(C) by Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)

5. Three phase 132 kV or 220 kV No limits
Provided that where special category loads are involved, the

standard supply voltage shall be 11 kV or 22 kV, as may exist on the
relevant distribution system, if –
(i) the total connected load does not exceed 1 MW, irrespective of
special category loads; or
(ii) the total quantum of connected load in respect of special category
loads does not exceed 750 kW within the overall limit of total
connected load upto 3 MW and total contract demand upto 2.2
MVA:
Provided further that, if neither of the limits given in the first
proviso, in relation to supplies involving special category loads, are
adhered to, the standard supply voltage shall be 33 kV or the
appropriate higher voltage in accordance with the limits specified in
this clause:
Provided further that where a consumer having connected load
of not more than 50 kW is already getting supply at LT voltage
immediately before commencement of the Himachal Pradesh
Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014, he
shall continue to be covered under a LT standard voltage (i.e. single
phase 230 volts or three phase 415 volts) irrespective of contract
demand already sanctioned in his favour, so long as he does not
further extend his connected load or contract demand beyond the
specified limits of 50 kW or 50 kVA respectively:
Provided further that where a consumer is getting supply at a
voltage higher than the standard supply voltage as per the said
specified limits, he shall continue to get supply at such higher voltage
without any rebate for higher voltage supply.
(b) Where the connected load or contract demand exceeds the
relevant ceiling limit specified in clause (a), the appropriate higher
voltage at which both such limits can be adhered to, shall be
considered as standard supply voltage and there shall be no minimum
2.1.6.1(B) Where the consumer seeks supply of power at a voltage lower than the
standard supply voltage as per sub-para 2.1.6.1(A), the licensee shall
supply power at such lower voltage subject to the maximum limits of
connected load and contract demand as specified in this sub-para;
payment of lower voltage supply surcharge (LVSS) by the consumer at
the rates given in the relevant tariff order applicable from time to time;
and other conditions, as may be relevant, specified in this sub-para or
in sub-para 2.1.6.1(C) or elsewhere in this Code :-

Sr. Supply Description Maximum Maximum
No. Voltage Connected Contract
Load Demand
1. 11 kV (for (a) If 22 kV or 33 kV voltage 5 MW 4 MVA

special (b) If 22 kV or 33 kV voltage 6 MW 5 MVA
category level does not exist in the
loads) relevant distribution system.
2. 22 kV (for (a) If 33 kV voltage level 6 MW 5 MVA
supplies not exists in the relevant
special (b) If 33 kV voltage level does 7 MW 5.5 MVA
category not exist in the relevant
loads) distribution system.
3. 33 kV (a) If 66 kV voltage level 15 MW 12 MVA
exists in the relevant
(b) If 66 kV voltage level does 18 MW 14 MVA
4. 66 kV (a) Through a common or 18 MW 14 MVA
feeder
(b) Through a dedicated or 30 MW 24 MVA
joint dedicated feeder
Provided that all such supplies, excepting the same at Sr. No.4(a),
shall be given through dedicated or joint dedicated feeders only and that in
case of Sr. No. 4(a) the supply shall be given through a common or dedicated
or joint dedicated feeder:
Provided further that in case of supply involving special category
loads, the same shall be given at 11 kV or 22 kV subject to further conditions
that the total connected load in respect of the special category loads does not
exceed 1.5 MW within the total connected load upto 3 MW and contract
demand upto 2.2 MVA and that the supply is to be given through a dedicated
feeder or a joint dedicated feeder emanating from EHV sub-station:
Provided further that if the conditions given in second proviso, in
relation to the supplies involving special category loads, are not adhered to,
the supply shall be given at 33 kV or at appropriate higher voltage depending
on the total connected load and contract demand:
Provided further that the provisions of this sub-para, shall be further

subject to the following condition:-
(i). that the voltage regulation limits shall have to be adhered
to while deciding the supply arrangements;
(ii). that in case of special category loads and other such loads
which can cause disturbances in the power distribution
system, the consumer shall provide suitable protection
equipments as per the Central Electricity Authority
(Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply)
Regulations, 2010 and other prudent practices to
adequately insulate the distribution system from the
disturbance caused by such loads;
(iii). that the consumer already getting supply at higher voltage
as compared to the standard supply voltage or the limits
given in this sub-para, shall not be entitled to any higher
voltage supply rebate; and
(iv). that in cases of joint dedicated feeder, the limits of
maximum connected load and maximum contract demand
as per this sub-para shall be applicable for the summation
of the connected loads and contract demands of both the
consumers.
Explanation.- For the purposes of this sub-para,-

(a) “dedicated feeder” means the electric supply line
emanating from the sub-station of the licensee through
which electricity is, or is intended to be, supplied to a
single consumer; and
(b) “joint dedicated feeder” means the electric supply line
emanating from the sub-station of the licensee through
which electricity is, or is intended to be, supplied to
two consumers.
2.1.6.1(C) (i) Where the contract demand has not been applied for or sanctioned, the limit
corresponding to 90% of the connected load (in kW) converted into kVA by
adopting power factor of 0.9 shall be deemed as the contract demand.
(ii) The supply shall be made at the minimum voltage level at which all the
relevant limits and conditions are adhered to. However, if the consumer opts
for supply of power at a voltage higher than the standard supply voltage, the
licensee shall allow the same excepting the cases in which there may be
some constraint.
(iii) Where the connected load or contract demand is to be enhanced, the

standard supply voltage under sub-para 2.1.6.1 (A) and the supply voltage
under sub-para 2.1.6.1 (B) shall be redetermined as per the provisions under
the said paras based on enhanced connected load and enhanced contract
demand.
Explanation.- For the purposes of sub-paras 2.1.6.1(A) and 2.1.6.1(B),

“special category loads” means furnace loads and mass induction heating
loads and shall also include any other load as the Commission may, after
taking into consideration electrical characteristics and its impact on the
distribution system, by order, declare it to be a special category load.” ]
2.1.6.2 In case, an existing consumer who is already availing on the date of the
commencement of this Code a supply voltage different from the standard
supply voltages as mentioned in para 2.1.6.1, the consumer shall have the
option to convert to the relevant standard supply voltage; provided the
conversion is from a lower voltage to a higher one. Provided further that if

the consumer continues to avail supply at the existing lower voltages, he
shall be and shall continue to be liable to pay lower voltage supply
surcharge (LVSS) in accordance with the relevant Tariff Order.
2.1.6.3 In case, it is not possible for the licensee to provide the supply to an
existing consumer, as per option exercised by him under para 2.1.6.2, at
the relevant specified standard voltage due to physical or practical
constraints, the licensee shall, intimate to the consumer, in writing, about
his inability to do so, mentioning the reasons in brief while giving the
tentative date from which it shall be possible for the licensee to provide the
same and during that period the consumer shall be and shall continue to be
liable to pay LVSS charges as per the relevant Tariff Order.
2.1.7 Power Factor –

In order to minimise the transmission and distribution losses in the electrical
system, it shall be the obligation on the part of both the licensee and the
consumer to maintain an average monthly power factor, as may be provided in the
relevant Tariff Order.
2.1.8 Disturbing Loads –

The officer of the licensee, as designated by the licensee, shall authorize the
temporary or permanent use of the welding sets in its area of supply, provided that
the consumer installs the appropriate capacitor or take such other steps as may be
advised by the said officer and any contravention shall be dealt with in accordance
with the provisions of the relevant Tariff Order.
2.1.9 Harmonics –
(a) The users shall comply with the harmonics standards as specified by the
specified by the Authority, the user shall comply with the standards specified in
the relevant International Electrical and Electronic Engineers regulations.
(b) The licensee shall monitor the harmonic currents and voltages at EHT and HT
sub-stations and also at the users premises which it considers prone to
generation of harmonics. The licensee shall carry out the harmonic
measurement atleast once in six months at EHT sub-stations or at the premises
of EHT users and atleast once in twelve months at H.T.sub-stations or at the
premises of H.T. user.
(c) The measurement of harmonics current and voltages generated by the
user shall be done jointly by licensee and the concerned user.
(d) The licensee shall maintain the record of all the harmonic measurement and
submit report to the Commission annually.
(e) Consequent to the measurement of harmonics, if it is found that the user is
contributing harmonic in excess of the specified standards, a notice shall be
served by the licensee to the user to rectify the violation within three months.
In case of failure to comply with the harmonic standards within the notice
period, the user shall be liable to pay such penalty as may be determined by
the Commission. Even after imposition of penalty, if the user continues to
default, then he shall be liable for disconnection of electricity supply.
2.2 Conditions of Supply .–
2.2.1 The existing terms and conditions of supply, whether contained in the
abridged conditions of supply and/or in any sales circular, orders notification
or any other document or Application and Agreement form, or
communication, relating to the supply of electricity to consumer, shall, in so

far as it is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act and this Code, be
deemed to be in force till the same are rescinded, amended or altered or
the expiry of six months from the date of commencement of this Code,
whichever is earlier.
2.2.2 Any terms and conditions of the distribution licensee, whether contained in
the abridged conditions of supply and/or in any circular, order, notification
or any other document, Application and Agreement form or
communications, which are in-consistent with this Code shall be deemed to
be invalid from the date on which this Code comes into force.
2.2.3 The distribution licensee shall, in accordance with procedure laid down in
the Act, rules and regulations framed there-under within a period of six (6)
months from the date of commencement of this Code, modify and update
other terms and conditions of supply and all circulars, orders and any other
document, Application and Agreement form or communication relating to
the supply of electricity to consumers to make them consistent with the
provisions of the Act, rules and regulations framed there-under and this
Code:
Provided that the distribution licensee shall, at end of six months from the
commencement of this Code, confirm such modification and updation to the
Commission, alongwith a copy of the revised terms and conditions of the supply;
circulars, orders, forms and documents relating to the supply of electricity to the
consumers:
Provided further that any existing circulars, orders and any other document,
application and agreement form or communication relating to supply of electricity
to consumers not modified or updated in accordance with this Code shall be
deemed to be invalid at end of six months from the date of commencement of this
Code.
2.2.4 The Commission may, upon a review of the terms and conditions of supply,
circulars, orders, forms and documents, submitted by the distribution
licensee, direct the distribution licensee to amend or modify any para
contained therein which is, in the opinion of the Commission, inconsistent
with the provisions of the Act or this Code.
2.3 Classification of Consumer .–

The classification, tariff and other conditions of supply applicable to each consumer
category shall be as fixed by the Commission from time to time in the Tariff Order.
CHAPTER III
MATTERS RELATED TO SUPPLY OF ELECTRICITY
3.1 Duty of licensee to supply electricity on request and procedure thereof .–
3.1.1 The officer, designated by the licensee, shall, on receipt of an Application and
Agreement form from the applicant, give supply of electricity to the premises in
accordance with and within the time specified in the Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission (Licensees Duty for Supply of Electricity on Request)
Regulations,2004. [The Application and Agreement Form will be available free of cost at
the designated offices of the licensee and on its website]12.
12
Substituted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)

3.1.2 The licensee will also specify and standardize other supporting documents (including
special agreement for street lighting and like purposes) and their format(s), to be
submitted by the applicant. Details of these documents will also be available in the
designated offices of the licensee as well as on its website. The Application and
Agreement form along with the enlisted documents will be submitted in the
13
[The consumer may, if he considers it expedient to do so, make online application to the
licensee and deliver by post or by hand delivery the hard copy of the original Application
and Agreement Form, alongwith the enlisted documents, to the licensee at its designated
office.]
3.1.3 Where an application for supply of electricity pertains to a village, hamlet or area
that has not been electrified, supply of electricity in such case(s) will be made only
after electrification of that village, hamlet or area as per the investment plan of the
licensee, as approved by the Commission.
3.1.4 The licensee shall, after receipt and scrutiny of the Application and Agreement
form, inform the applicant through a Demand Notice issued under the Himachal
Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Licensee’s Duty for Supply of Electricity
on Request) Regulations,2004, the initial security payable under the Himachal
Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) Regulations,2005 and
amount of the charges required to be deposited by the applicant as per Himachal
Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of
Electricity) Regulations, 2005; requirement of other supporting documents as per
para 3.1.2 and/or discrepancies observed, if any, and acceptance, in writing, of the
additional terms as per para 3.7 of this Code.
14
[3.1.4.1 Where an Application and Agreement Form is submitted online under para
3.1.2, the demand notice, mentioned in para 3.1.4, shall be served
electronically i.e. through e-mail/SMS and its hard copy shall also be sent to
the applicant/consumer by post or by hand delivery.]
3.1.5 The terms and conditions specified in the Demand Notice once issued will not be
altered except when necessitated by the change(s) in the applicable laws.
3.1.6 Upon making good the deficiencies and the completion of the codal formalities as
indicated in the demand notice by the consumer, the licensee shall release the new
electricity connection/additional load to the premises of the applicant as per the
procedure laid down in the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission
(Licensee’s Duty for Supply of Electricity) Regulations, 2004, within the period
specified therein.
15
[3.2 Power Availability Certificate.-
3.2.1 Where the contract demand for a new or additional load exceeds 100 kVA,
the applicant will submit the feasibility clearance i.e. Power Availability
Certificate (PAC) along with the Application and Agreement Form which
will be available free of cost at the designated offices of the licensee and on
its website.
13
Inserted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)
14
Inserted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)
15
Existing para 3.2 substituted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations,
2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)

3.2.2 The consumer shall apply for the grant of Power Availability Certificate, on
payment of advance cost share towards infrastructural developmental
charges, calculated @ Rs.1000 per kVA of the contract demand applied for.
3.2.3 Where the consumer submits online application, and makes online payment
of advance cost share, for grant of Power Availability Certificate under para
3.2.2, he shall also submit hard copy of the application and proof of the
payment made, to the licensee at its designated office, either by post or by
hand delivery.
3.2.4 The licensee shall grant the Power Availability Certificate within thirty days
of the receipt of application, or within such period as may be extended, with
the approval of the Commission, and the licensee shall also convey such
approval to the online consumer/applicant electronically i.e. through e-
mail/SMS apart from sending him the hard copy of the said approval by post
or by hand delivery.
3.2.5 The Power Availability Certificate mentioned in para 3.2.3 shall be valid for a
period of three years or for such shorter period as may be mutually agreed
upon by the licensee and the applicant:
Provided that the validity period may be extended, from time to time,
as may be mutually agreed upon by the applicant and the licensee.
3.2.6 The applicant may, after grant of Power Availability Certificate mentioned in
para 3.2.4, submit the application for supply of electricity to the premises and
the licensee shall adjust the amount received as the advance cost share
towards the amount recoverable under the Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity)
Regulations, 2012:
Provided that if the applicant submits application for a contract

demand lesser than the contract demand for which Power Availability
Certificate has been issued, the amount of advance cost share shall be
adjusted as under-
(a) if the applicant intends to On pro-rata basis.
avail the balance contract
demand at a subsequent
stage during the validity
period of the Power
Availability Certificate.
(b) if the applicant expresses Full amount of the advance
his intention not to take cost share deposited by the
supply for the balance applicant shall be adjusted
contract demand for which after deducting therefrom
Power Availability 20% of the proportionate
Certificate was issued. amount deposited as advance
cost share in respect of such
contract demand as is not to
be availed.
3.2.7 Where the applicant who has been granted the Power Availability
Certificate (PAC) fails to submit the application(s) or declines to take
supply for the full contract demand for which Power Availability Certificate
was granted, within the validity period, the advance cost share, not adjusted
as per para 3.2.6, shall be refunded after deducting therefrom 20% of the

proportionate amount of the advance cost share deposited in respect of the
contract demand which is not to be availed.
Illustration.- If the Power Availability Certificate is issued for 3000
kVA contract demand, but application is submitted or supply is taken only
for 2000 kVA contract demand, 20% of the advance cost share pertaining to
1000 kVA contract demand shall be deducted.
3.2.8 The refund of the refundable amount of advance cost share as per
para 3.2.7 shall be made within 30 days from the expiry of validity period or
from an earlier date on which such applicant expresses his intention not to
take supply for full or part of the contract demand for which the Power
Availability Certificate was issued and requests for refund of such amount.”]
3.3 Temporary Supply .–

3.3.1 The applicant requiring supply of electricity from a licensee on a temporary basis will
be provided such supply on receipt of the Application and Agreement form complete
in all respect as mentioned in para 3.1, subject to payment of initial security as per
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit)
Regulations,2005 and the amount payable by the applicant under Regulation 11 of
the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery of Expenditure),
Regulations 2005,–
(i) where no extension of distribution mains or commissioning of a new sub-
station is involved, within seven days from the receipt of application;
(ii) where extension of the distribution mains or the commissioning of the new
sub-station is involved, within the time lines as specified in the Himachal
Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Licensee’s Duty for Supply of
Electricity on Request) Regulations, 2004.
3.4 Exceptions from duty to supply .–

3.4.1 The period for providing supply specified in the Himachal Pradesh Regulatory
Commission (Licensee’s Duty for Supply of Electricity on Request)
Regulations,2004 will not be operative where the Commission is satisfied that -
(i) the licensee is prevented from providing supply of electricity on account
of cyclones, floods, storms, strike, war and other occurrences beyond
his control;
(ii) delay in providing supply of electricity is on account of time taken for
statutory clearances, acquisition of land, or in obtaining right of way or
approval of the Chief Electrical Inspector for installations at the
applicant’s or licensee’s end or for any other reason beyond the
reasonable control of the licensee.
3.5 Transfer of title and provision of other service(s) .–
3.5.1 The applicants seeking, transfer of title, termination of agreement, change of
category, conversion between various voltage classes and other services, will
submit their applications alongwith the supporting documents to the designated
office of the licensee. The licensee(s) will standardize the application form(s) for
transfer of title, change of category, conversion between various voltage classes
and the standardized list of supporting documents to be submitted by the
applicants for different services. Details of these documents will also be made
available in the designated offices of the licensee as well as on its website.
3.5.2 The applicant seeking services under para 3.5.1 shall pay charges as indicated in
the Schedule of General Charges as contained in the Tariff Order.
3.5.3 The licensee shall give effect to the transfer of title, change of category and
conversion between various voltage classes as stipulated in Regulation 3 of the

Himachal Pradesh Regulatory Commission (Licensee’s Duty for Supply of
Electricity) Regulations, 2004.
3.5.4 Request made by the applicant for shifting of a meter and/or service connection
for feeding the same premises or for diversion of existing lines shall be entertained
by the licensee and reason(s) for the denial to service the request shall be
conveyed in writing to the consumer(s).
3.5.5 In case the service of the request is not denied under para 3.5.4, the licensee shall
examine whether the meter/service for feeding the premises or lines under
reference were lawfully laid and whether the applicant was liable to pay the cost of
shifting of the meter / service for feeding the premises or lines. Where such lines
are lawfully laid down and the applicant is liable to pay the cost, the licensee shall
estimate the cost and process the same in the manner prescribed in rule 82 of the
Electricity Rules,1956:
Provided that where the service/lines have not been laid lawfully or have
been laid without the consent of the owner and no compensation has been paid to
the owner at the time of the execution of the service/lines, the licensee shall
remove/shift such service/lines at its own cost.
3.5.6 Where the applicant requests for shifting of a meter and/or service connection for
feeding the same premises or for diversion of existing lines and if required under
para 3.5.5, has deposited cost thereof, the following time schedule will be
observed for completing the works :-
(i) shifting of meter/service connection 7 days
(ii) shifting of LT/HT lines 20 days
(iii)shifting of transformer 30 days
3.6 Adjustment / settlement of deposits .–

3.6.1 The licensee shall, after release of new connection, additional load, temporary
connection, transfer of title and other service(s) etc., finally settle the accounts in
the manner laid down under regulation 6 of the Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity)
Regulations, 2005.
3.6.2 Any consumer aggrieved by the charges/expenditure payable and/or delay / denial
in providing service, may seek redressal in accordance with regulation 7 of the
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Distribution Licensees'
Standards of Performance) Regulations, 2005.
3.7 Additional terms of supply .–
3.7.1 The licensee may require any person, who has applied for supply of electricity, to
accept –
(a) any restrictions imposed by the licensee in order to comply with the
regulations made by the Authority under Section 53 of the Act ;
(b) any terms restricting the liability of the licensee for economic loss resulting
from negligence of the consumer .
16
[ 3.8 Refund of initial security and charges.-
3.8.1 On withdrawal of application for new connection/additional
load, whether permanent or temporary, the amount received from the
applicant on account of the initial security deposit under the Himachal
Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit)
Regulations, 2005 and on account of the charges/costs under the
16
2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)

Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery of
Expenditure) Regulations, 2012 shall be refunded to the applicant
after deducting therefrom:-
(i) 10% of the initial security amount deposited by the applicant; and
(ii) the actual expenditure computed as per regulation 9 of the
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery
of Expenditure) Regulations, 2012, by duly taking into account
the deductions to be made out of all the relevant components such
as infrastructure development charges, cost of service line and
other exclusive works, as detailed in the said regulations:
Provided that in case of withdrawal of application for temporary
connection, no deduction shall be made on account of clause (i) if
no extension of distribution mains or commissioning of a new
sub-station is involved.
3.8.2 Where an agreement for supply of electricity is terminated as per the
Conditions of Supply or provisions of this Code, the licensee will
refund the initial/additional security, after making adjustments for the
amounts outstanding against the consumer, within one month of the
date of termination of the agreement as per the Himachal Pradesh
Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) Regulations,
2005.]
17
[3.9 Delay to take supply or avail contract demand. –
In case of supplies involving two part tariff, where the licensee has
completed the work required for supply of electricity to an applicant, but the
applicant is not ready or delays to receive supply of electricity or does not
avail the full contract demand, the licensee shall, after a notice of sixty days,
charge the demand charges on the sanctioned contract demand at the rates
given in the relevant tariff order subject to following limits -
S. Description Minimum limit
No.
(i) For initial six months from the Maximum demand actually
expiry of notice period or date of availed, if any.
release of connection, whichever
is earlier;
(ii) For next six months; Maximum demand actually
availed, if any, or 30% of
the total sanctioned
contract demand,
whichever is higher.
(iii) After expiry of the period Maximum demand actually

provided in item (ii) above; availed, if any, or 50% of
the total sanctioned
contract demand,
whichever is higher.
17
2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)

Provided that the minimum limits, as given in items (ii) and (iii),
shall not be further decreased on the account of tariff provisions
relating to charging of demand charges for lesser quantum of demand
due to non utilization or temporary reduction of contract demand.]
18
[3.10 Temporary revision of contract demand.–
The consumers to whom two part tariff is applicable shall be entitled to
revise their contract demand within the total sanctioned contract demand
without surrendering their lien of the total sanctioned contract demand,
subject to the following condition-
(a) that the consumer shall not reduce the contract demand to lesser
than 50% of the total sanctioned contract demand subject to a
further condition that the contract demand shall not be reduced
below the lowest limit of contract demand as per the tariff
category (or any sub-category thereof) applicable to him;
(b) that the consumer shall not be entitled to revise the contract
demand more than twice a year subject to the condition that the
time gap between two successive revisions shall not be less than
3 months;
(c) that the consumer shall give a notice of at least one month to the
licensee before revising the contract demand under this
mechanism. Even though the consumer shall not be required to
obtain any sanction from the licensee for change in contract
demand under this mechanism, he, so as to avoid the disputes,
shall ensure that the notice(s) for such revision are duly served by
him upon the licensee through registered post or through courier
service or is delivered by hand against signed receipt therefor;
(d) that in cases where the contract demand is reduced under this
mechanism, such reduced contract demand shall be applicable for
billing purposes; and
(e) that in cases where the consumer gets his contract demand
reduced permanently, the limit under clause (a) shall be
considered with respect to such reduced contract demand, but
such reduction shall not be considered to have been made under
this mechanism and the time gap of 3 months as per clause (b)
shall be reckoned from the date from which the demand was last
revised under this mechanism.
Illustration.- If a consumer who is having sanctioned
contract demand of 10 MVA temporarily revises the contract
demand to 6 MVA w.e.f. 01.08.2014 under this mechanism
but gets his sanctioned contract demand permanently reduced
to 8 MVA w.e.f. 01.09.2014, he shall have to pay charges
based on 6 MVA contract demand till 31.10.2014 (i.e. till the
expiry of 3 months period from the date at which the contract
demand was last revised i.e. from 01.08.2014). However, if
18
Added by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)

the contract demand is to be reduced permanently to lesser
than 6 MVA (say 4 MVA as on 01.09.2014), the demand
charges would have been based on a contract demand of 4
MVA during the period upto 31.10.2014.]
CHAPTER-IV
METER & METERING EQUIPMENT
4.1 Requirement of Meters .–
4.1.1 The licensee will not supply electricity to any person, except through installation
of a correct meter in accordance with the Central Electricity Authority
(Installation and Operation of Meters) Regulations, 2006 made under Section 55
of the Act.
4.2 Supply and installation of meters .–
4.2.1 The licensee will supply the meter and/or metering equipment to the applicant at
the time of release of a new connection or at any other time as required by the
consumer who will pay the monthly rental for such equipment at rates
approved by the Commission and specified in the Schedule of General Service
Charges of the relevant Tariff Order.
The consumer may, if he so elects, obtain his own meter and / or metering
equipment of the make(s) and specifications, as per the Central Electricity
Authority (Installation and Operation of Meters) Regulations,2006 and the
same, after getting duly tested and sealed at the licensee’s laboratory, be
installed by the licensee. In such a case the licensee will not charge any
monthly rental for the meter/metering equipment and it shall, after it is
permanently removed from the licensee’s system, be treated as the consumer’s
asset.
4.2.2 Meters will be installed at the consumer’s premises according to mutual
convenience of the licensee and the consumer. The consumer will be
responsible for the protection of the meter from theft or damage and he shall
promptly inform the licensee about any fault, accident or defect whatsoever,
noticed by him:
Provided that if the supply to an HT/ EHT Consumer is given from a
dedicated feeder for his exclusive use, the meter and metering equipment may
be installed at the licensee’s sub-station.
4.2.3 The licensee may require a meter to be installed outside the premises of a
consumer and in such an event, the entire cost of installing the meter outside
the premises and providing a display unit within the premises will be borne by
the licensee. However, the cost of display unit will be treated as part of the
meter cost while determining meter rentals. In a case where the
meter/metering equipment is installed by the licensee outside the premises of a
consumer, the meter shall be protected by an appropriate enclosure for
protection of at least IP class 55 and the consumer will not be responsible for
the protection of the meter from theft or damage.
4.2.4 In the case of multi story buildings/apartments, meter/metering equipment may
be installed near the entrance of the building or at any other mutually agreed
convenient common space, provided that the cost of installation from the
premises of a consumer to the common space is borne by the owner or an
association/society of occupants/ owners. In such a case, the owner or
association/society would also be required to ensure protection of the
meter/metering equipment from theft or damage.

4.2.5 Wherever new meter/metering equipment is installed, the meter will be sealed by
the licensee in the presence of the consumer, as provided in the regulations
framed by the Authority. The licensee will cast no liability on the consumer in
case of delay in affixing of the seals. Only the licensee will remove the seals of
the meter, as and when required and no consumer will tamper with, break or
remove the seal(s) under any circumstances.
4.3 Testing of Meters .–
4.3.1 It will be the responsibility of the licensee to satisfy itself regarding the accuracy
of a meter before it is installed at the consumer premises.
4.3.2 The licensee shall maintain such number of accredited testing laboratories as per
the standards prescribed by the National Accreditation Board for Testing and
Calibration Laboratories (NABL) as the Commission may require and all such
laboratories will at least be equipped with testing equipment as provided in the
regulations framed by the Authority under Section 55 of the Act.
4.3.3 After testing in the laboratory, the body of the meter will be duly sealed by an
officer(s) authorized by the licensee.
4.3.4 The licensee may also conduct periodical inspection/testing of the meters
installed at the consumer’s premises as per Central Electricity Authority
(Installation and Operation of Meters) Regulations , 2006 made under Section 55
of the Act.
4.3.5 The Commission may also require the licensee to undertake third party testing of
meters/metering equipment installed at the consumers’ premises.
4.4 Defective Meters .–
4.4.1 The licensee will check and have the right to test any meter and metering
equipment installed at a consumer’s premises if there is a reasonable doubt
about its accuracy and the consumer will provide the licensee all necessary
assistance in conducting the test. The consumer will have the right to be
present during such testing.
4.4.2 (a) A consumer may request the licensee to test the meter/metering equipment
installed in his premises, if he doubts its accuracy. The licensee will
undertake such site testing within seven days on payment of fee as
specified in the Schedule of General Charges approved by the Commission.
(b) If, after testing, the meter is found to be defective then the fee deposited in
accordance with sub-para (a) will be refunded by adjustment in the
electricity bills for the immediately succeeding months. In case, the meter is
found to be correct then the licensee will not refund such fee.
4.4.3 In case a consumer is not satisfied with the site testing of the meter installed in
his premises or the meter cannot be tested by the licensee at site then the
meter will be removed and packed for testing in the laboratory of the licensee
and another duly tested meter will be installed at the premises of such a
consumer. In the event the licensee or the consumer apprehends tampering of
meter and/or its seals then the licensee and the consumer will jointly seal the
packing containing the meter. The seals will be broken and testing undertaken
in the laboratory of the licensee in the presence of the consumer, if he so
desires.
4.4.4 In case of testing of a meter, removed from the consumer premises for the
purpose of testing in the licensee’s laboratory, the consumer would be informed
of the date of testing at least seven days in advance. The signature of the
consumer, or his authorized representative, if present, would be obtained on
the Test Result Sheet and a copy thereof shall be supplied to the consumer.
4.4.5 (a) Subject to the provisions in sub para (b), in case a meter installed at a
consumer’s premises gets burnt/ broken/ defective or stops functioning, a

new tested meter will be installed within the time lines specified in the
schedule to the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission
(Distribution Licensees' Standard of Performance) Regulations, 2005. If the
meter gets burnt, broken or damaged due to reasons attributable to the
consumer, the licensee will debit the cost of the meter (if provided by the
licensee) to the consumer who will also be informed about his liability to
bear the cost.
(b) in case of failure of supply due to the burnt, broken, damaged or defective
meter, the licensee shall endeavour to restore the supply on the same day
by way of installation of new tested meter.
4.4.6 In case where a meter installed at a consumer’s premises is reported to have
been stolen and the FIR to this effect has been lodged by the consumer,
supply of electricity will be immediately restored by the licensee at
consumer’s request by installing another tested meter and the cost of the
meter shall be recovered from the consumer through electricity bills for the
immediate succeeding months.
4.4.7 In respect of the consumer owned defective/burnt/broken meter, the
replacement shall be made by way of a licensee owned meter till such time
the consumer provides a new meter duly tested as per para 4.3 and the same
is installed as per provisions of this Code.
4.4.8 Overhauling of consumer accounts -
(i) If a meter on testing is found to be beyond the limits of accuracy as specified
in the regulations framed by the Authority under Section 55 of the Act, the
electricity charges for all categories of consumers will be computed in
accordance with the said test results for a period of six months
immediately preceding -
(a) the date of test in case the meter has been tested at site to the
satisfaction of the consumer ; or
(b) the date the defective meter is removed for testing in the laboratory of
the licensee where such testing is undertaken at the instance of the
licensee ; or
(c) the date of receipt of request from the consumer for testing a meter in
the laboratory of the licensee.
Any evidence provided by the consumer about conditions of working
and/or occupancy of the concerned premises during the said period(s)
which might have a bearing on computation of electricity consumption will,
however, be taken into consideration by the licensee.
(ii) The accounts of a consumer will be overhauled for the period a
burnt/defective meter remained at site, on the basis of energy consumption
of the corresponding period of the previous year after calibrating for the
changes in load, if any. In case the average consumption for the
corresponding period of the previous year is not available then the consumer
will be tentatively billed for the consumption to be assessed in the manner
indicated in para 4 of Annexure-A and subsequently adjusted on the basis of
actual consumption in the corresponding period of the succeeding year.
(iii) If a consumer is liable to pay an additional amount or is entitled for a refund
in consequence of an overhaul of his account in accordance with sub- paras
4.4.8 (i) and (ii), the licensee will effect recovery or adjust the excess
amount in the electricity bills of the immediately succeeding months.

CHAPTER V
BILLING
5. 1 Recovery of electricity charges from consumers .–
5.1.1 The licensee will recover from a consumer-
(a) any charges due to him in respect of the supply of electricity or for the
provision of electric line or electrical plant, as per the provisions of the
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery of
Expenditure for Supply of Electricity) Regulations,2005;
(b) all such charges for electricity/electrical equipment supplied as per the
tariff determined or charges approved by the Commission in accordance
with the provisions of the Act and the regulations framed thereunder;
(c) any additional charges leviable relating to the supply of electricity as per
conditions of supply in force and the amount which becomes due under
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission(Security Deposit)
Regulations,2005.
5.1.2 Consumers will also be liable to pay the amounts chargeable by way of taxes,
duties, octroi, cess and the like as may be levied by the State Government
or any other competent authority.
5.2 Electricity bills .–
5.2.1 The licensee shall issue bills to the consumers for the electricity supplied or
for services rendered for every billing cycle and all the consumers will effect
payments to the licensee within the time specified in para 5.3 at the
designated offices of the licensee or any other place designated by the
licensee for the purpose.
Explanation.- For the purpose of this sub-para the expression “billing cycle”
shall be the persiod as specified in regulation 5 of the Himachal Pradesh
Electricity Regulatory Commission (Security Deposit) Regulations ,2005.
19
[5.2.1.1 Monthly billing cycle shall be applicable in urban areas including
industrial areas, District headquarters, Municipal Corporation area,
Municipal Council areas, Nagar Panchayat areas, Special Area
Development Authority areas, and for the other areas, except for
tribal and difficult areas as notified by Government of Himachal
Pradesh under the policy for transfer of employees, the billing
cycle shall be bi-monthly. In case of the tribal and difficult areas
the billing cycle shall be bi-monthly, except for the winter months
for which the billing cycle shall not be of more than 4 months.
5.2.1.2 Where billing cycle is of more than one month, the consumer shall
have option to pay, monthly or periodic charges, on average or
estimated consumption charges basis or any other basis without
waiting for bills to be issued. Such amount will be treated as
advance and adjusted in the regular bills to be issued subsequently.]
5.2.2 When supply of electricity to a new consumer is commenced in the middle

of a billing cycle, the fixed charges, minimum charges and/or any other
similar charges will be levied pro-rata for the number of days for which
supply is given during the billing cycle.
5.2.3 The consumers will pay on a pro-rata basis in case any tariff/other charges
are made applicable in the middle of a billing cycle.
19

5.2.4 In the event of supply of electricity to any category of consumers being fully
or partially subsidized by the State Government, the State Government in
the manner specified by the Commission will effect payment of electricity
subsidy charges for such consumers to the licensee.
5.2.5 (a) A consumer bill will disclose the periodicity of billing, date when the
meter was read, the date of issue of bill, the due date for payment and
the additional amount payable in case payment is delayed. The bill will
also include other particulars as detailed in Annexure- B.
(b) The bill for arrears, in case of underassessment or the charges levied as
a result of checking etc., will be initially tendered separately, indicating
in bill the nature, period of arrears, the number and amount of
installments allowed and the arrear will not be clubbed with the current
electricity bill. Subsequently the amount of said arrear bill shall be
reflected in the next billing cycle till not paid. For purpose(s) of
action(s) of licensee on non-payment of billed amount, the arrear
amount shall be accounted as per of final bill due of any billing cycle.
20
[However in case any amount of the bill is disputed by the consumer, such
disputed amount as well as the late payment surcharge thereon shall also be
reflected, and continue to be reflected, separately in the ledgers, till such time
such amount remains unpaid/unsettled, so that total updated quantum of such
disputed amount is readily available. Such details shall be made available to
the consumer on request.]
5.2.6 The meter of a consumer will be read on the specified days in a billing
month/period and such days will be publicised in advance. However, where
meter is installed outside the consumer’s premises and a display unit
installed inside the premises, the readings of the consumer meter and not
the display unit will be taken into account for billing purposes.
5.2.7 A meter reading card will be provided by the licensee to each consumer
which will be readily available at the premises where a meter is installed
and the meter reader will, except in case of remote reading, enter the meter
reading and the date thereof in the said meter reading card. Any officer/
functionary authorized by a licensee who cross-checks meter readings or
replaces a meter and/or its seals will also record the changes in the reading,
meter and/or its seals, as the case may be, in the meter reading card.
5.2.8 The bill will be delivered to the consumer immediately in case of spot billing
and in other cases within a period not exceeding twenty-one days from the
date of meter reading.
5.2.9 The electricity and/or arrear bills (hereinafter referred as bills unless
otherwise specifically stated) will be sent to the consumers, other than the
HT/EHT category, either by post or by hand delivery and in case of HT/EHT
consumers, either under certificate of posting or by hand delivery. The fact
of dispatch of bills to consumers of a particular area will be displayed on the
notice board at the designated office of the licensee. The loss of the bill in
transit if sent by post will not be the responsibility of the licensee. In case of
hand delivery, record of delivery of the bill will be maintained at the
20
21
[However, the licensee shall, for delivery/intimation of bills adopt fastest,
cost effective, reliable and assured mode such as electronic mode like e-mail
and SMS]
5.2.10 The licensee’s designated offices will maintain facilities to provide duplicate bills,
at charges as fixed by the Commission from time to time in the Tariff Order,
immediately on request from a consumer. Non-receipt of the bill, however,
will not entitle a consumer to delay payment beyond the due date.
5.2.11 The licensee will issue the first bill for a new connection, released during a
billing cycle, before the end of the next billing cycle. In case a consumer
does not receive the first bill by the end of the next billing cycle, he will
inform the officer/functionary in-charge of designated office of the licensee
who will arrange for issue of the bill within ten days.
5.2.12 It will be the responsibility of the owner of a premises to get a special
reading done by the licensee at the time of change of occupancy or on the
premises falling vacant. The owner or occupier may request the licensee in
writing for a special reading at least 15 days in advance of such a change.
The licensee will arrange a special reading and deliver the final bill,
including all arrears till the date of billing, within 7 days of the meter
reading. The final bill will also include payment for the period between the
date of special reading and the proposed vacation of the premises on a pro-
rata basis on consumption pattern of the current billing cycle.
5.2.13 If a consumer vacates any premises to which electricity has been supplied by
a licensee without paying all charges due from him in respect of such
supply, or for the provision of an electricity meter, electric line or electrical
plant, the licensee may refuse to give him supply at any other premises until
he pays the amount due. It shall be obligatory on the part of each licensee
to publish the identity of such defaulting consumers for information of other
licensees. The licensee will not be entitled to require payments of such
amount from the next occupier of the premises.
5.2.14 Once the final bill is raised, the licensee will not have the right to recover
any other charge(s), other than those in the final bill for any period prior to
the date of such bill except amount due on account of under billing or fraud,
or unauthorized use of electricity by the consumer which could not be
detected at the time of the special reading.
5.3 Payment of bills .–
5.3.1 22[The consumer shall be liable to pay electricity charges for the month on the first
day after the consumption period]. Payment of the bills by different categories of
consumers will be effected within a period of -
(i) ten days from the date of delivery of the bills in the case of the Large
Supply, Medium Supply and Small Industrial Consumers; and
(ii) fifteen days from date of delivery of the bills in case of all other categories
of consumers.
5.3.2 The payment of the bills will be effected at the designated local collection centres of
the licensee or through any other facilities as provided by it, on any working day
during hours allocated for the purpose.
5.3.3 If the due date indicated in the bill for payment is Sunday or a public holiday as
declared by the State Government or if the licensee’s office is closed for any other
reason, the next working day will be treated as the due date.
21
22

5.3.4 The consumer will at the time of payment present the bill delivered to him or a
duplicate bill without which payment may not be accepted.
5.3.5 The licensee shall ensure adequate publicity of the addresses/locations and
working hours of the collection centres including those of the banks where
consumers can make payments. The bills shall be paid by the consumer in cash,
by local cheque, banker’s cheque, demand draft, bank transfer, e-banking,
credit/debit card where feasible or in such other manner, as the licensee may
notify:
Provided that the licensee may not accept cash payment, if the total
amount payable exceeds five thousand rupees.
5.3.6 The licensee or his authorized collection agency will issue a receipt to the
consumer for payment of the bills. A bank certificate indicating transfer of money
to the licensee’s account will be sufficient proof of payment in case of all
transactions other than cash.
5.3.7 In case the cheque tendered by a consumer is not honoured by the bank, action
may be initiated by the licensee treating it as a case of non-payment without
prejudice to other rights of the licensee as per other laws in force. The licensee
may not accept further payment through cheques from such a consumer for a
period of one year from the billing month for which the cheque tendered by the
consumer was not honoured and the consumer may be required to pay the bill in
cash or by demand draft only.
23
[5.3.8 The part payment of the bill shall, with the prior approval of the licensee, be
accepted subject to-
(i) the compliance of the terms and conditions, if any, subject to which the
acceptance of the part payment is permitted;
(ii) the late payment surcharge shall be payable on the outstanding amount of the bill;
and
(iii) such payment shall be deemed to be without prejudice to the licensee’s right to
disconnect the supply to the consumer for non-payment, unless the licensee
specifically undertakes not to initiate any action to disconnect the supply for non-
payment of such outstanding amount for certain period.]
5.4 Advance payment of electricity bills .–

The consumer may effect advance payment of future bills, in the format prescribed by
the licensee and that will be adjusted in the bills of the succeeding months. The licensee
will, however, continue to issue bills that would indicate the amount adjusted and the
balance amount of advance payment.
5.5 Additional charges for delayed payment of electricity bills .–
(a) In case a consumer does not pay the bill by the due date, late payment
surcharge shall be payable as per the Tariff Order.
(b) The unpaid amount of the bills will be treated as part of next bill and
shown as arrears in a separate Column of the bill as per Sl. No. 11 of
Annexure- B.
5.6 Adjustment of amounts in case of under payment of bills .–
5.6.1 In case of under payment of a bill by a consumer, the amount paid
will be adjusted as per priority stated hereunder : -
(a) arrears as on thirty first of March of the previous financial year,
23

(b) arrears accrued from first of April of the current financial year till the
date of bill,
(c) electricity charges for the current billing cycle, and
(d) any other charges or levies:
Provided that such cases of under payment are duly approved for
such adjustments by an officer, authorized for the purpose by the licensee.
5.6.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force,
no sum due from any consumer, under this Code shall be recoverable after the
period of two years from the date when such sum became first due unless
such sum has been shown continuously as recoverable as arrear of charges for
electricity supplied.
5.7 Disputed electricity bills .–
5.7.1 A consumer will effect full payment of the billed amount even if it is disputed one,
failing which the licensee may initiate action treating it as a case of non-
payment:
Provided that no action will be initiated if such a consumer deposits,
under protest -
(a) an amount equal to the sum claimed from him, or
(b) the electricity charges for each month calculated on the basis of
average charge for electricity paid by him during the preceding six
months, whichever is less, pending disposal of any dispute between
him and the licensee.
5.7.2 The licensee will, after the receipt of a complaint from a consumer in its
designated office, decide the billing dispute within twenty four hours if no
additional information is required and within ten days, if additional information is
required.
5.7.3 If on examination of a complaint, the licensee finds a bill to be erroneous, a
revised bill will be issued to the consumer indicating a revised due date of
payment, which will not be earlier than ten days from the date of delivery of the
revised bill to the consumer. If the amount paid by the consumer under para
5.7.1 is in excess of the revised bill, such excess amount will be refunded
through adjustment first against any outstanding amount due to the licensee
and then against the amount becoming due to the licensee immediately
thereafter. The licensee will pay to such consumer interest on the excess
amount at twice the SBI’s Short Term PLR prevalent on the first of April of the
relevant year from the date of payment till such time the excess amount is
adjusted.
5.7.4 If the licensee finds the bill to be correct, the consumer will be intimated
accordingly and will be required to pay the balance amount, if any, alongwith
additional charges for delayed payment from the due date, initially stipulated in
the bill.
5.7.5 In case the consumer is not satisfied with the decision of the licensee, he may
after effecting payment in terms of para 5.7.1 seek redressal in accordance with
the provisions of the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission
(Guidelines for Establishment of Forum for Redressal of Grievances of the
Consumers) Regulations ,2003.
CHAPTER-VI
UNAUTHORIZED USE AND THEFT OF ELECTRICITY
6. 1 Unauthorized use of electricity .–
6.1.1 An “assessing officer”, designated as such by the State Government under
Section 126 of the Act will, suo-moto or on receipt of information/complaint

regarding “unauthorized use of electricity” as explained in Explanation (b) of the
said section, promptly inspect such premises.
24
[However increase in the connected load, without permission from the licensee,
shall not be considered as unauthorized use of electricity under section 126 of the
Act, if -
(i) there is no change in applicable tariff category, or sub-category
thereof, as a result of increase in connected load; and
(ii) the actual demand (kVA) does not exceed the maximum limit
arrived at by converting the sanctioned connected load (kW)
into kVA, based on an assumed power factor of 0.9, by more
than 10 kVA:
Illustration.- if the sanctioned connected load of the consumer

is 360kW and actual demand is 410 kVA or less it shall not be
considered as unauthorized use of electricity under the section
126 of the Act even if the sanctioned contact demand is less
than 410 kVA, so long as the conditions under other clauses are
adhered to; and
(iii) there is no usage of electricity through a tampered meter; and

(iv) the electricity is used only for the purpose for which the same
was authorized; and
(v) the electricity is used only for the premises or the areas for
which the supply of electricity is authorized; and
(vi) the increase in connected load does not exceed the limit
computed as under-
(a) 10 kW in case where the sanctioned connected load is
upto 100 kW; and
(b) 10% of the sanctioned connected load subject to a
maximum of 200 kW, in case where the sanctioned
connected load is more than 100 kW:
Provided that where the extension of connected load comes to the notice of
the licensee, irrespective of the fact, whether or not, such extension is
considered to be unauthorized use of supply under section 126 of the Act, it
shall, apart from taking any other steps as may be necessary, give an option
to the consumer to either get such extension(s) regularized by completing the
formalities or to remove the extension(s) of the connected load. The licensee
shall be entitled to disconnect the supply if the consumer does not take any
steps in this direction even after service of a notice on him by the licensee.
However, the licensee may disconnect the supply temporarily even without a
notice if it reasonably believes that continuation of supply is likely to result
in loss of human or animal life or injury to a human being or any animal or
damage to property]
6.1.2 The assessing officer and other members of his team will at the time of
inspection carry alongwith them their photo identity cards, which will, on
demand, be shown to the person present at site before entering the premises.
24

6.1.3 If on inspection of the premises/area and/or scrutiny of the records, the
assessing officer comes to the conclusion that the consumer is indulging in
unauthorized use of electricity, he will prepare an inspection report inter-alia
indicating connected load for unauthorized use of electricity, condition of meter
and its seals and also details of evidence substantiating the unauthorized use.
The assessing officer will wherever possible photograph/videograph the means
of such unauthorized use.
6.1.4 The assessing officer will sign the inspection report and a copy handed over to
the person or his/her representative present at site. The person present at site
may also sign the inspection report. In case of refusal to accept the report, a
copy of the inspection report will be posted at a conspicuous place in/outside
the premises and another copy of the same shall be sent under registered post.
6.1.5 In case theft of electricity is detected by the assessing officer at the time of
inspection under para 6.1.1, and in case the assessing officer is himself not an
authorized officer, to be appointed by the State Government under Section 135
of the Act , an immediate reference reporting the facts will be made to the
authorized officer for taking further action under para 6.2. The assessing officer
will also take suitable measures to ensure that status of the means adopted for
theft is maintained as ‘in found condition’ at the premises till investigation is
initiated by the authorized officer.
6.1.6 The assessing officer will provisionally assess the amount payable by the person
benefited by the unauthorized use of electricity as per procedure specified in
Annexure- A.
6.1.7 The provisional assessment order will be issued within forty- eight hours of
inspection and served upon the person in such a manner as may be prescribed
by the State Government.
6.1.8 The person served with the order of provisional assessment may accept such
assessment and deposit the assessed amount with the licensee within seven
days of the service of the order on him.
6.1.9 Final Assessment for unauthorized use of electricity.-
i) Any person not satisfied with the provisional assessment shall be
entitled to file objections, if any, against the provisional assessment
order before the assessing officer within seven days of the order
having been served upon him.
ii) Within seven days of submission of the objection(s), the assessing
officer will scrutinize the case and if no unauthorized use of
electricity is established then after taking the reasons on record, the
case will be dropped immediately and the person informed
accordingly.
iii) If the assessing officer is still of the view that unauthorized use of
electricity has taken place, he shall after providing an opportunity of
personal hearing to the person, pass a final order of assessment
specifying the amount payable within thirty days of the date of
service of order of provisional assessment. In such a case the
assessing officer will assess the electricity consumption and
electricity charges as per the procedure given in Annexure-A.
iv) The person will be required to deposit the assessed amount with the
licensee within seven days of receipt of the final order of
assessment. The licensee may extend the last date of payment of
the assessed amount or allow the payment in installments subject to
payment of interest on the unpaid amount for the extended period

beyond seven days at the rate of 16 percent per annum
compounded every six months.
v) The person served with the final order of assessment may accept it
and deposit the assessed amount with the licensee or may file an
appeal as per para 6.1.10.
6.1.10 Appeal to appellate authority -
(i) The person aggrieved by the final assessment order made under
para 6.1.9 may, within thirty days of the said order, prefer an appeal
in such form, verified in such manner and accompanied by such fee
as specified by the Commission in the Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission (Procedure for Filing Appeal before the
Appellate Authority) Regulations,2005.
(ii) No appeal shall be entertained by the appellate authority prescribed
by the State Government unless the person deposits with the
licensee an amount equal to half of the assessed amount inclusive of
the amount already deposited and encloses documentary evidence
of such deposit alongwith the appeal. No appeal will lie against the
final order of the assessment if it has been passed with the consent
of the parties.
(iii) The appellate authority will within ninety days of an appeal being
admitted, pass a final order (Appellate Order) and forward copies
thereof to the licensee, the assessing officer and the appellant. The
order of the appellate authority shall be final.
(iv) In case the Appellate Authority holds that no case of unauthorized
use of electricity is established, no further proceedings will be
initiated by the licensee and the amount deposited by the appellant
shall be refunded alongwith interest at the rate of 16 percent per
annum compounded every six months for the period from the date
of deposit till the amount recovered is adjusted through adjustment
in the electricity bills of the immediately succeeding months. The
appellant may also opt for cash refund of the amount deposited by
the appellant alongwith interest at the rate of 16 percent per annum
compounded every six months, till payment of such amount is made
by the licensee.
(v) Where a case of unauthorized use of electricity is established, the
person will, within thirty days, effect payment of the balance amount
as per the Appellate Order.
(vi) In case the amount payable as determined by the appellate
authority is less than the amount already deposited by the person,
the excess amount will be refunded by adjustment in the bills of the
immediately succeeding months alongwith interest at the rate of 16
percent per annum compounded every six months from the date of
such excess deposit till the date of actual adjustment.
6.1.11 Default in payment of amount assessed
6.1.11.1 In case of default in payment of the assessed amount or any installments
thereof by a person, the licensee may, after giving not less than 15 days
clear notice, disconnect the supply of electricity. The defaulter, on the
expiry of seven days or the period as allowed by the licensee under para
6.1.9 (iv) from the receipt of the final order of assessment or the period
allowed for making payment as per the decision of the appellate authority,
will also be liable to pay interest on the outstanding amount at the rate of

sixteen percent per annum compounded every six months till the assessed
amount or any installments thereof is finally paid.
6. 2 Theft of Electricity.-
6.2.1 Procedure in a case of theft of electricity.-
(a) An authorized officer, as notified by the State Government under
Section 135 of the Act, will promptly inspect such a premises where he
has reason to believe or has been intimated by an assessing officer
under para 6.1.5 that theft of electricity, as defined in sub-section (1)
of the said section, has occurred or is occurring.
(b) The authorized officer and other members of his team will, at the time
of inspection carry photo identity cards, which will on demand be
shown to the occupant or person present at site before entering the
premises.
(c) The authorized officer will record evidence substantiating theft of
electricity in the premises and will, wherever possible,
photograph/video-graph the means of theft of electricity.
(d) In case where a occupant or person is suspected to have
indulged/indulging in theft of electricity by tampering with the
meter/metering equipment and/or its seals or otherwise then such
equipment shall be sealed by the authorized officer so as to keep it as
‘in found condition’. The occupant or person or his representative will
also be permitted to affix his seal at that time. The authorized officer
shall take all possible appropriate measures to keep intact the
seizures/evidence, so as to keep them as ‘in found condition’.
(e) The authorized officer will prepare an inspection report inter-alia
indicating connected load for theft of electricity, status of
meter/metering equipment, condition of meter and seals and any
other irregularity noticed (such as means adopted for theft of
electricity ) in such premises.
(f) The occupant or person of the place of search or any representative
on his behalf shall remain present during the search and a list of all
items seized in the course of such search shall be prepared and
delivered to such occupant or person:
Provided that no inspection, search and seizure of any
domestic places or premises shall be carried out between sunset and
sunrise except in the presence of an adult male member occupying
such premises.
(g) The authorized officer will sign the inspection report, will obtain
signature(s) of the occupant or person present at the premises during
the search on the seizure memo and inspection report referred to in
preceding clause (f) and shall hand over a copy, immediately after the
inspection, to the occupant or person present at the premises during
the search. In case of refusal to sign the said report and / or receive
the inspection report, a copy of the same will be pasted at a
conspicuous place in/outside the premises and another copy sent to
the occupant or person under registered post. The inspection report
will indicate the time period, which shall not exceed seven days, within
which the occupant or person may raise objections against the said
report before the authorized officer.
(h) In case any artificial means or means not authorized by the licensee,
exist for the theft of electricity by the person/occupant, it shall be
presumed, until the contrary is proved, that abstraction, consumption

or use of electricity has been caused by the person / occupant then,
without prejudice to the provisions of the Act, the licensee may, upon
detection of such theft of electricity, immediately disconnect the
supply of electricity:
Provided that only such officer of the licensee, as authorized
for the purpose by the Commission or any other officer of the licensee,
of the rank higher than the rank so authorized shall disconnect the
supply line of electricity.
Provided further that such officer of the licensee, shall lodge
a complaint in writing relating to the commission of such offence in
the police station having jurisdiction within 24 hours from the time of
such disconnection.
(i) The authorized officer shall, within four days of the date of receipt of
objections of occupant or person, arrange a personal hearing, if
requested for by the occupant/person. In case, the occupant/person
fails to appear on the appointed date and time, the authorized officer
may proceed ex-parte and shall serve an assessment order upon the
occupant or person in manner as specified under para 6.2.2.
(j) The authorized officer shall give due consideration to the facts
submitted by the occupant or person and pass, within three days of
the personal hearing under preceding clause (i), a speaking order as
to whether a case of theft is prima-facie established or not. Speaking
order shall contain the brief of inspection report, submission made by
occupant or person in his written reply and oral submission during
personal hearing and reasons for acceptance or rejection of the same.
(k) In case of a decision that a case of theft is not established no further
proceedings shall be required and the connection shall be restored.
6.2.2 Where the theft of electricity by an occupant or person is prima-facie
established, the authorized officer will assess the amount payable by the
occupant or person, who has been benefited by such theft as per procedure,
specified at Annexure-A. The assessment order will be delivered to the
concerned occupant or person within 24 hours of the speaking order under
clause (j) of para 6.2.1.
(a) An occupant or person not satisfied with the assessment order
may prefer, within 15 days of the receipt of the assessment
order, a representation before the authorized officer. The
authorized officer will after giving the occupant or person an
opportunity of being heard pass a final assessment order within
seven days of the representation having been received.
(b) The authorized officer will furnish a copy of the final assessment
order to the occupant or person and the licensee. The licensee
will submit a copy of the final assessment order in the Special
Court immediately after submission of the challan by the Police.
(c) An occupant or person will deposit with the licensee the assessed
amount in the final assessment order, within thirty days of the
receipt of assessment order.
(d) The licensee may extend the last date of payment of the
assessed amount, in final assessment order, or allow the
occupant or person to make payment in installments subject to
payment of interest for the unpaid amount for the extended
period beyond thirty days at the rate of 16 percent per annum
compounded every six months.

(e) After the assessed amount, in final assessment order, is
deposited in full by the occupant or person, the licensee will
resume supply of electricity to the premises within forty-eight
hours of such deposit. If the assessed amount, in final
assessment order, is deposited by a person, who is not an
existing consumer, the supply to his premises will be released
treating it as a case of release of a new connection.
6.2.3 In case the civil liability finally determined by the Special Court is less than
the amount deposited by the person or occupant under para 6.2.2, the
excess amount so deposited will be refunded within fifteen days from the
date of communication of the order of the Special Court to the licensee
together with the interest at the rate of 16 percent per annum
compounded every six months for the period from the date of such excess
deposit till the date of payment.
6.2 4 Compounding .-
(a) The State Government or any officer authorized by it may accept
from any person or occupant who has committed or is reasonably
suspected of theft of electricity, a sum of money as compounding
fee at rates notified by the State Government. In the event of such
rates not having been notified, rates as given in Section 152 of the
Act will apply.
(b) On receipt of such amount, all criminal proceedings against the
person or occupant under this Act shall be dropped. The payment of
compounding fee will be in addition to any civil liability accruing
under para 6.2.3.
(c) The compounding of fees against an offence of theft of electricity
shall be allowed only once to any occupant or person.
CHAPTER-VII
DISCONNECTION AND RE-CONNECTION OF POWER SUPPLY
7.1 Disconnection of supply .–
7.1.1 The licensee may order disconnection of supply-
(a) in case of default in payment of dues and charges;
(paras 7.1.2 and 7.1.3);
(b) in case of default in payment of assessed amount{paras 6.1.11.1 and
8.1.2(iv)} ;
(c) in case of the unauthorized reconnection of supply disconnected{ paras
7.1.5 and 7.1.8(ii) };
(d) in case of contributing harmonics in excess of specified standards (para
2.1.9);
(e ) on the request of the consumer under { paras 7.1.6, 7.1.7 and 7.1.8(iii)
( c ) };
(f) upon detection of theft of electricity under sub-section (1- A) of
section-135 of the Act; { paras 6.2.1(h) and 7.1.10 };
(g) to prevent loss of human or animal life or injury to a human being or
any animal or damage to property;
(h) to comply with statutory/lawful orders, directions issued by the
competent authority in exercise of its powers vested under any law
passed by a competent legislature.

25
[Provided that the disconnection of supply under clause (h) shall be
made after prior intimation to the consumer]
7.1.2 Where a consumer fails to deposit, the billed amount or any sum other than
the charge for electricity due from him, with the licensee by the due date
mentioned in the bill, the licensee may, after giving not less than fifteen
days clear notice in writing to such consumer and without prejudice to his
other rights to recover such amount, disconnect supply to the consumer
temporarily and for that purpose disconnect any electric supply line or other
works being the property of such a licensee. The authorized official of the
licensee shall ensure that all the cases pertaining to default of payment(s) /
temporary disconnections are monitored regularly and where default in
payment(s) is continued for a period of six months, from the date of the
payment first became due, the supply may be disconnected permanently:
Provided that the supply of electricity shall not be
disconnected-
i) if a consumer makes payment under protest as per
Paras 5.2.14, 5.6.2 and 5.7 of this Code;
ii) if any sum is not recoverable as per para 5.7 of this Code.
Provided further that, save in the case of theft of electricity or
prevention of loss or damage to life and property, the supply of electricity to
a consumer will not be disconnected on holiday and on a day when the next
day is a holiday in the offices of the licensee.
26
[Provided further that in respect of the period during which the supply
remains disconnected temporarily for any of the aforementioned reasons, the
demand charges as per the tariff order shall be charged only for 10% of the
total sanctioned contract demand. In case the defaulting consumer
permanently surrenders a part of his sanctioned contract demand during this
period, the demand charges shall be levied for 10% of the balance contract
demand]
7.1.3 In case of continued default in payment of any amount, due to the licensee
by any consumer for a period of more than six months, the licensee may
terminate the agreement executed with the consumer in accordance with
the ‘Conditions of Supply’ of the licensee and remove the electric line or
works connected with the supply of electricity to the consumer.
7.1.4 In case the licensee discovers that the supply to the premises disconnected
under para 7.1.1, has been unauthorizedly restored through a live
connection of other premises, notice to the consumer of such live
connection be given to stop such unauthorized supply to the disconnected
premises immediately, failing which pending dues of the disconnected
connection shall be transferred to his account and non-payment of such
transfer of dues may be dealt with as provided under para 7.1.2 apart from
other action(s) as per the provision(s) of the Act.
7.1.5 The licensee may take steps to prevent unauthorized re-connection of such
connection disconnected under para 7.1.1, wherever licensee discovers that
connection has been reconnected and attracts provisions of Section 138 of
the Act then the licensee may initiate action as per the provisions of the Act.
25
26
Insertion by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)

7.1.6 In case the consumer desired his connection to be disconnected
permanently, he shall apply for the same on the format prescribed in
Annexure-C of this Code. The licensee shall carry out special reading and
prepare final bill, including all arrears up to the date of such billing within
five days from such request. Upon payment, the licensee shall issue the
receipt with final bill stamped on it and this receipt shall be treated as “No
dues certificate”. Thereafter, the licensee shall not have any right to recover
any charges for any period prior to this date of billing.
7.1.7 In case the consumer desires that his connection be disconnected
temporarily for a period up to six months then he shall apply for the same
on the format prescribed at Annexure-C of this Code and shall be liable to
pay in advance all charges that are fixed in nature like demand charge,
meter rent etc. as per the Tariff Order in force. The consumer shall also be
liable to pay reconnection charges to avail the facility of temporary

(i) The licensee may not remove the service line, meter etc. in case of
temporary disconnection The licensee shall remove service line, meter
etc. after permanent disconnection;
(ii) The licensee may remove service line/cable if he has sufficient reason(s)
to believe that the consumer, in case of temporary disconnection, shall
resort to unauthorized use of electricity. However, meter shall not be
(iii) The supply shall be disconnected permanently in following cases: -
(a) with the termination of the agreement;
(b) if the removal of the cause for which the supply was disconnected
temporarily is not within the period allowed for the removal of such
cause or if the proof of removal of the cause for disconnection is not
produced to the satisfaction of the licensee’s employee deputed for
the purpose;
(c) on request of the consumer as per para 7.1.6.
(a) if dues are not paid by the consumer, the delayed payment
surcharge, as per Tariff Order shall be levied up to the date of
permanent disconnection, and
(b) the security deposit’s amount shall be adjusted in the final bill.
7.1.10 Not withstanding anything contained to the contrary herein, the
disconnections on account of theft of electricity, shall be dealt with in
accordance with the para 6.2 of this Code.

7.2.1 The licensee shall resume supply of electricity within twenty-four hours
from the time the consumer-
(b) pays the prescribed amount as per the Tariff Order, for reconnecting
the supply of electricity,

(c) pays the consumer service charges/ fixed charges for the period of
disconnection and the additional charges for the delayed payment:
Provided that in case of permanent disconnection, if the electric line

or plant supplying electricity to the consumer is/are removed by the licensee
then the licensee will restore supply after undertaking the work(s) for
providing the electric line or plant within the time specified in the case of a
new connection and the consumer will deposit charges as if a new
connection is being released:
Provided, further that in case of temporary disconnection, if the

electric line or plant supplying electricity to the consumer is/are removed by
the licensee then the licensee will restore supply after undertaking the
work(s) for providing the electric line or plant within the time specified in
the case of a new connection.
7.2.2 Supply to the consumer will be immediately reconnected, if the licensee

reasonably believes that the circumstances leading to the disconnection
were actually an omission on the part of the licensee. In such an event, no
charges on any account will be recoverable from the consumer.
7.3 Entry of licensee’s authorized person to consumer premises .–

7.3.1 Any authorized person of the licensee may, at any reasonable time and on
informing the occupier of his intention, after establishing his identity, enter any
premises to which electricity is being supplied or is to be supplied by the
licensee for any of the following purposes: -
(a) inspecting, testing, repairing or altering the electric supply lines, meters,
fittings, works or other apparatus for the supply of electricity belonging to
the licensee ;
(b) ascertaining the quantity and other parameters of electricity supplied;
(c) removing, where supply of electricity is no longer required or where the
licensee is authorized to take away and disconnect such supply, any
electric supply lines, meters, fittings, works or apparatus belonging to the
licensee.
7.3.2 Any authorized person of the licensee may also, in pursuance of a special order
in this behalf made by an Executive Magistrate and after giving not less than
twenty-four hours notice in writing to the occupier,-
(a) enter any premises or land referred to in para 7.3.1 for any of the
purpose(s) mentioned therein;
(b) enter any premises to which electricity is to be supplied for the purpose of
examining and testing the electric wires fittings, works and other apparatus
for the use of electricity belonging to the consumer.
7.3.3 If a consumer or occupant refuses to allow the licensee or any person
authorized by the licensee to enter the premises in pursuance to paras 7.3.1
and 7.3.2 of this Code and section 163(3) of the Act or refuses to allow him to
perform any act, which he is authorized to perform under this Code, the
licensee may, after expiry of twenty-four hours from the service of a notice in
writing on the consumer or occupant, temporarily disconnect supply of
electricity to the premises for so long as such refusal or failure continues.

CHAPTER VIII
MEASURES TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED USE OF ELECTRICITY, THEFT OR
TAMPERING, DISTRESS OR DAMAGE TO ELECTRICAL PLANT, ELECTRIC
LINES OR METER
8.1 Tampering, distress or damage to electrical plant, electric lines or
meter .–
8.1.1 Where any person intentionally or by negligence damages or allows to
damage any electric plant or electric line belonging to a licensee and if
such offence is established then he will be liable to pay the expenses likely
to be incurred for repair/replacement of such plant/line, as assessed by the
notified officer of the licensee without prejudice to the right of the licensee
to take any other action under the Act.
8.1.2 (i) The designated officer of the licensee will, within 24 hours of any such
damage to an electric line or plant, arrange that the likely expenditure for
the repair/replacement thereof is provisionally assessed. The person
concerned will be required to deposit the provisionally assessed amount
within two days of the intimation of the assessment as stipulated under
section 171 of the Act. In the event of the person not being satisfied with
the provisional assessment, he may after depositing such amount submit a
representation to the designated officer of the licensee who will after
providing the concerned person an opportunity of being heard, make final
assessment within seven days.
(ii) In case the amount deposited by the person exceeds the finally assessed
amount then such excess amount will be refunded by the licensee within
two days of the final assessment. Where the person is a consumer, the
refund will be allowed through adjustment in the electricity bills of the
immediately succeeding months.
(iii) In the event of the person/consumer still not being satisfied with the final
assessment so made, the person/consumer shall be entitled to file an
appeal to the appellate authority under section 127 of the Act.
(iv) The licensee may, in the manner laid down in para 7.1 of this Code,
discontinue the supply of electricity to the consumer until the finally
assessed amount have been deposited.
8.1.3 Where any person intentionally or by negligence damages or allows damaging
meter belonging to a licensee, the action may be taken in accordance with the
provisions of para 6.2 and this para.
8.2 Preventive measures .–

8.2.1 With a view to discourage theft or unauthorized use of electricity or
tampering, distress or damage to electrical plant, electric lines or meter, the
licensee will inter-alia initiate preventive measures as detailed below: -
(a) arrange annual inspection, testing and certification of meters of at least
10% of total connections in his licensed area of operation;
(b) annually install pilfer proof/improved meter boxes on at least 10% of
existing connections till the said meter boxes are installed on all the
connections;
(c) periodically inspect the status of service lines and ensure replacement,
wherever required;

(d) relocate at its cost the meters of existing consumers to an appropriate
location so that these are easily accessible for reading, inspection/
testing etc.;
(e) arrange to provide publicity to enhance awareness of the potential of
reducing commercial losses and the beneficial implications thereof to the
consumer;
(f) initiate steps to prevent theft by-
(i) replacement of overhead bare conductors with cables;
(ii) provision of high voltage distribution system ;
(iii) draw up an annual plan for reduction of
commercial/technical losses and any other measures, as the
licensee may deem fit;
(g) initiate effective energy audit by-
i) working out voltage-wise and feeder-wise losses within six
months;
ii) display on its website area-wise, voltage-wise and feeder-
wise losses;
iii) installation of energy meters on distribution transformers;
iv) installation of remote metering devices on EHT and HT
connections; and
v) submission of energy audit report to the Commission.
CHAPTER IX
MISCELLANEOUS
9.1 Service of notice .–
9.1.1 Any order/notice to a person/consumer by the licensee including a notice under
Section 56 of the Act, shall be served in the manner as prescribed under section
171 of the Act and shall be deemed to be duly served by the licensee, if it is -
(a) sent by registered post, under certificate of posting, or by courier,
(b) delivered by hand to a consumer/person and an acknowledgement
taken from any person in the premises, or
(c) affixed at a conspicuous part of such premises in case there is no person
available, to whom the order/notice can, with reasonable diligence, be
delivered.
9.2 Electric plant, electric line or meter not to be attached .–
Any electrical plant, electric line or meter owned by or leased to a consumer by a
licensee or having sufficient marking indicating the licensee as the owner
thereof, will -
(a) not be deemed to be a landlord’s fixtures, not withstanding that these
may be fixed or fastened to any part of his premises ; and
(b) not be subject to distress or be liable to be attached in execution under
process of any court or any proceedings against the person in whose
possession these may be.
9.3 Obligation of the transmission licensee (s) .–
The State Transmission Utility and/or any other transmission licensee, operating
in the State, will where necessary extend all reasonable co-operation to enable
a licensee to release new connection or additional load/demand to an applicant
in accordance with this Code.

9.4 Energy Conservation. –
(i) The licensee will take all requisite measures to promote energy conservation
in its area of supply and encourage/incentivise consumers in adopting
suitable conservation practices in their premises.
(ii) The licensee will prepare annually an Energy Conservation Plan, which will
be furnished to the Commission along with the ARR.
9.5 Issue of orders and practice directions .–
Subject to the provisions of the Act and this Code, the Commission may, from
time to time, issue orders and directions in regard to the implementation of this
Code and matters incidental or ancillary thereto.
9.6 Powers to remove difficulties .–
If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of the provisions of this Code, the
Commission may suo moto or on an application made to it, do or undertake
things or by a general or special order, direct the licensee, to take suitable
action, not being inconsistent with the Act, which appears to the Commission to
be necessary or expedient for the purpose of removing difficulties.
9.7 Power to amend .–
The Commission may, at any time, add or amend any of the
provisions of this Code.
BY ORDER OF THE COMMISSION

-Sd-
Secretary
ANNEXURE-A
Assessment of electricity charges in cases of
Unauthorized use/theft
(See Para 4.4.8 (ii); 6.1.6; 6.1.9 (iii); 6.2.2)
(1) Assessment of electricity charges in the case of unauthorized use of
electricity under Section 126 of the Act.
(a) Where it is concluded that unauthorized use of electricity has taken place,
the assessment shall be made for the entire period during which such
unauthorized use has been continuing. If, however, in a case where the
period of unauthorized use cannot be ascertained, such period shall be
limited to a period of twelve months immediately preceding the date of
inspection.
(i) The consumption of electricity in such case will be computed
on the basis of the meter reading.
(ii) If, the consumption of electricity cannot be computed on the
basis of meter reading, then the same will be computed on the
basis of the LDHF formula as detailed in para 4 below.
(b) The person / consumer will, on the basis of consumption of electricity
computed as above, be liable to pay electricity charges at a rate equal to
twice the tariff applicable for the relevant category in which the service
should have been classified.
(c) Electricity charges in all cases of unauthorized use of electricity will continue
to be levied as in sub-para (b) above till the cause of unauthorized use of
electricity is rectified.

27
[(d) Where the applicable Schedule of Tariff provides for the rates in respect
of the violation charges, the assessment shall be made by taking such rates
into account. The relevant charges as per the tariff order applicable, from
time to time, such as contract demand violation charges, shall continue to be
applicable even if the violations, if any, do not constitute unauthorized use of
electricity under section 126 of the Act.]
(2) Assessment of electricity charges in cases of theft of electricity as per

Section 135 of the Act.
(a) Where it is prima facie established that theft of electricity has taken place,
the consumption of electricity will be computed on the basis of the LDHF
formula as detailed in para 4 below.
(b) The consumption of electricity so computed will be charged for a

presumptive period of twelve months preceding the date of detection of
theft at two times the normal tariff rate. The period of 12 months may,
however, be suitably reduced if the authorized officer, for reasons to be
recorded in writing, is satisfied that theft of electricity has actually taken
place for a lesser period.
(3) Applicable to both para 1 & 2 above :-

(a) The electricity charges already paid by a person/ consumer for the
electricity consumed during the presumptive period of assessment, if any,
will be adjusted in the electricity charges assessed as per paras 1 and 2
above.
(b) Any liability under other Laws/Regulations or provisions of the Supply` Code
will be in addition to the electricity charges payable in accordance with
paras 1 & 2 above.
(4) LDHF formula for assessment of electricity consumption:-

Units assessed = L x D x H x F, where L is the load found connected during the course
of inspection in KW.
Where,
‘D’ is number of working days per month, during which unauthorized use/theft is suspected
and will be taken for different categories of use as below:
(a) Continuous industry 30 days
(b) Non-continuous industry 25 days
(c) Domestic use 30 days
(d) Agriculture 30 days
(e) Non-Residential (continuous) viz. hospitals, hotels
restaurants, guesthouses, nursing homes, 30 days
petrol pumps.
(f) Non Residential (general) i.e. other than (e) 25 days
(g) Water works & street lights 30 days
(h) Other categories 30 days
‘H’ is use of supply hours per day, which will be taken for different categories of use as
below:
(a) Single shift industry (day / night only) 08 hrs.
(b) Non-continuous process industry (day & night) 20 hrs.
(c) Continuous process industry 24 hrs
27
Insertion by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code (First Amendment) Regulations, 2014(w.e.f. 16.06.2014)

(d) (i) Non-Residential (general) including restaurants 12 hrs.
(ii) Hotels, hospitals, nursing homes, guest houses, 20 hrs.
petrol pumps
(e) Domestic 08 hrs.
(f) Agriculture 06 hrs.
(g) Water works 08 hrs.
(h) Street light 12 hrs.
(i) Other categories e.g. temporary connection etc. 12 hrs.
‘F’ is demand factor, which will be taken for different categories of use as below:
(a) (i) Industrial ( General ) 60%
(ii) Power Intensive, Arc Furnace 75%
(b) Non-Residential - 40%
(c) Domestic 30%
(d) Agriculture 100%
(e) Direct theft 100%
(f) Other categories e.g. temporary connections 100%
ANNEXURE - B
Particulars to be included in the Bills
{See Para 5.2.5 (a), 5.5(b) }
(a) Billing Cycle
(b) Bill Number
(c) Bill date
(d) Name of Sub-division/division
(e) Consumer a/c no., name and address
(f) Contracted demand/Connected load
(g) Category of consumer (i.e. DS, NRS etc)
(h) Status of meter (OK/defective/missing/Door locked etc.)
(i) Meter No. – In case replacement of energy meter is involved during the
billingPeriod, the meter number of the new meter and consumption recorded by the
Old meter shall also be indicated on the bill.
(j) Meter reading Date
(k) Initial meter reading of the billing period/cycle with date
(l) Final meter reading of the billing period/cycle with date
(m) 1) Multiplying Factor of the meter
2) CT and PT ratios
(n) Number of units consumed during the billing period.
(o) Billing details: - The following details for the current month demand and arrears
shall be furnished in the bill;
(1) Energy/Monthly Minimum Charges
(2) Fixed Charges
(3) (i) Electricity Duty
(ii) Octroi
(4) Fuel cost adjustment charges
(5) Surcharge for low power factor or incentive
for high power factor.
(6) Voltage surcharge or incentive for high voltage
(7) (i) Meter rent/charges
(ii) Service rent/charges
(8) Additional charges for belated payment
(9) Less interest on security
(10) Total current month demand
(11) Arrears – (i) Preceding financial year
(ii) Current financial year.

(12) Others
(13) Total amount due
(14) Adjustment
(Reason and period of adjustment to be indicated)
(15) Due date of payment
1)by cash
2) by local cheque/demand draft
3) by Bank Transfer
4) by credit / debit card
(16) Amount payable by due date
(17) Amount payable after due date
(p) Mode of payment
(q) In case of cheque and bank drafts, the receiving authority in whose favour the
cheque/draft should be drawn.
(r) Address/Details of concerned local collection 222centers and notified offices of the
Licensee or such other facility notified by the Licensee, with working hours where
payment of Electricity Bill may be effected.
(s) Designation and address of authorities with whom complaints or grievances can be
lodged and addresses and telephone numbers of the Forum and the Ombudsman
constituted under Section 42 of the Act
(t) Telephone No. of complaint center and notified office
(u) Tariff rates
(v) Last six months consumption
Note: The format for billing is to be designed on the basis of the indicative particulars
mentioned above for approval of the Commission.

ANNEXURE-C
(See para7.1.6 and 7.1.7)
Application for Permanent/Temporary Disconnection
Application No. (for official use only) ……………………
Particular(s) of existing owner
1 Existing Consumer No.

(Customer ID. No.)
2 Name (In Capital)
Address at which House

disconnection is Street
3 required Colony/Area
Pin
Telephone No./ Mob
4 Effective date on which permanent disconnection
is to be carried out
Effective date and Period for which temporary
disconnection is to be carried out
5 List of Documents: 1. Copy of latest bill duly paid (proof to be attached)
Date:
Signature of Applicant
OR
Authorized
Representative
APPENDIX
Additional Formats/ Check list / list(s) to be prepared by the Licensee
1. Application and Agreement form for supply of Electricity to all type of
connections, purposes e.g. load enhancement/reduction and consumer
categories.
2. Wiring contractor test report.
3. Format for List of approved type and make(s) of Meter(s) and Metering
Equipment(s).
4. Format for arrear bill.
5. Format for advance payment of the electricity bill.
6. List of all supporting documents needed, for release of new electricity
connection.
7. Application format for transfer of ownership (may be included in the form at
Sl. No. 1 above).
8. Application format for change in consumer category.
9. Meter Test Report.
10.Format(s) of inspection report for case(s) of unauthorized use or theft of
electricity.
11.Any other document/format, so required.

(Published in Rajpatra HP on 23.05.2012)
NOTIFICATION
Shimla 171002 the 18th May, 2012
No. HPERC/419.- In exercise of the powers conferred by section 46, read with section
181, of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) and all other powers enabling it in this behalf,
and in supersession of Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery of
Expenditure for supply of Electricity) Regulations, 2005, published in the Rajpatra,
Himachal Pradesh (Extra), dated 4th April, 2005, the Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission, after previous publication, makes the following Regulations :-
REGULATIONS
1. Short title, extent and commencement.- (1) These Regulations may be called
the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery of Expenditure for
Supply of Electricity ) Regulations, 2012.
(2) These Regulations shall be applicable to all the distribution licensees in their
respective licensed areas, in the State of Himachal Pradesh.
(3) These Regulations shall come into force on the date of their publication in
the Rajpatra, Himachal Pradesh.
2. Definitions.- In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,-
(b) “applicant” means an owner or occupier of any land/premises (including the
authorised representative of such owner or occupier) who makes an application to
a licensee for supply of electricity and/or for any other purpose covered under
these Regulations;
(d) “Demand Notice” means the notice to be issued by the licensee to the applicant in
accordance with the regulation 3 of the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory
Commission (Licensee’s Duty for supply of Electricity Request) Regulations, 2004
and Clause 3.1.4 of Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code, 2009, read with the
provisions of these Regulations.
(e) “extra high tension (EHT)” means supply voltages above 33000 volts;
(f) “Supply Code” means the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply Code, 2009, read
with its amendments from time to time and the provisions of these Regulations;
and
(g) other words and expressions used and not defined in these Regulations, but
defined in Act, shall have the meanings as assigned to them in the Act.
3. Power to recover expenditure.- Subject to the provisions of the Act and these
Regulations and subject further to such directions, orders or guidelines which the
Commission may issue, the distribution licensee is authorised to recover such expenses as
may be reasonably incurred by it in providing any electric line and the electrical plant used
for the purpose of giving supply of electricity and the recoverable expenditure shall be
computed in accordance with the principles contained in these Regulations and at the
rates approved by the Commission pursuant to these Regulations.
4. Expenses for providing service line.- The distribution licensee shall recover
all expenses reasonably incurred on the works related to laying of service line to the
premises of the applicant as well as the cost of providing terminal equipment and other
arrangements (except the cost of meter, CT and PT) at the applicant’s premises :
Provided that the distribution licensee may, with the approval of the Commission,
recover the expenses on the basis of average or normative rates for providing the service
lines for the purpose of giving supply of electricity to one or more categories of applicants

based on connected load or contract demand, voltage level, nature of load, tariff
classification and length and specification of service lines:
Provided further that in cases where the normative rates have been approved by
the Commission for a particular period for a particular type of service line, the recovery for
laying of that type of service line shall be made by the distribution licensee only in
accordance with the rates and terms and conditions so approved by the Commission for
that period:
Provided further that the Commission may direct the licensee to recover the cost of
service line under this regulation at fixed per kilometer rates, based on the standard cost
data, for all or any of the categories:
Provided further that the average or normative rates shall, unless specifically
approved by the Commission, not apply to the temporary connections.
5. Expenses for the distribution system other than service lines.- (1) The
distribution licensee shall also be authorised to recover such proportion, as may be
considered reasonable by the Commission, of the expenses incurred, or to be incurred, for
creation, including augmentation or additions, of the distribution system, other than those
for the service lines, for the infrastructural development as a continuous and co-ordinated
process, so as to meet its obligations for supply of power to the applicants for permanent
connections under the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Licensee’s
Duty for Supply of Power on Request) Regulations, 2004 and such recovery shall be
regulated under the provisions of this regulation and also other relevant provisions of these
regulations.
(2) Save as provided under sub-regulation (3), the distribution licensee shall recover
the expenses in the shape of infrastructural development charges at the normative rates
and associated terms and conditions, as may be approved by the Commission for the
various slabs and categories based on the connected load or contract demand and/or
supply voltages and/or nature of loads and/or geographical areas and/or tariff
classification:
28
[Provided that in case of the Central and State Government/Government Agencies,
if the applicant is willing to deposit in advance the entire estimated/actual cost of works
including the service line, before the actual commencement of works required to be
executed for supply of power and such estimated cost is more than the normative Infra
Development Charges (IDC) and cost of service line, the applicant shall not be required to
make the separate payment of IDC under these regulations and charges towards advance cost
share for getting Power Availability Certificate (PAC) under Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Supply Code, 2009].
29
Provided [further] that for determining the normative rates per kW or kVA for
the connected load or contract demand, as the case may be, the Commission shall
ordinarily consider the following on normative basis:-
(i) the estimated cost of providing, erecting and commissioning one
transformer of appropriate capacity and voltage ratings on normative
28
Inserted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of
Electricity) (First Amendment) Regulations, 2015( w.e.f. 23.07.2015)
29
Electricity) (First Amendment) Regulations, 2015(w.e.f.23.07.2015)
basis, alongwith two bays (i.e. one on each side of the transformer)
but excluding the cost of land and other components of the sub-
station;
(ii) the estimated costs of two electrical lines (i.e. one for each side of
the transformer considered under the preceding clause (i)) of such
normative lengths as may be considered appropriate by the
Commission;
(iii) any other costs as may be considered appropriate by the
Commission;
(iv) the connected loads or contract demands, as the case may be, that
can be catered for various categories under preceding clauses (i), (ii)
and (iii) after applying suitable demand and diversity factors and
suitable factor(s) for redundancy in the system; and
(v) allocation factors as well as the terms and conditions, as the
Commission may find to be reasonable and appropriate:
Provided further that the Commission may fix the normative rates for per kVA of
the contract demand in case of supply to be governed by two part tariff (i.e. energy and
demand) and per kW of connected load in case of supply to be governed by single part
tariff (i.e. energy) :
30
[Provided further that the Infrastructure Development Charges shall not be
recovered in cases where the electricity connection for domestic supply existing in the name
of an individual person is to be transferred, for similar purpose, in the name of any relative
of such person owing to inheritance or on specific request of existing consumer.
Explanation:
(A) For this purpose, the term “relative” shall include the following:-
(i) Spouse of the individual;

(ii) Brother or sister of the individual;
(iii) Brother or sister of the spouse of the individual;
(iv) Brother or sister of either of the parents of the individual;
(v) Any lineal ascendant or descendant of the individual;
(vi) Any lineal ascendant or descendant of the spouse of the individual;
(vii) Spouse of the person referred to in (i) to (vii):
(B) In case the new consumer required a load in excess of the load sanctioned for
the original consumer, the expenditure for such additional load shall be
recovered from the new consumer in accordance with regulation 7. In such
cases, additional security for the additional load shall be deposited by the new
consumer at the rate fixed under HPERC (Security Deposit) Regulation, 2005]
Provided further that the Commission may, while fixing the normative rates, restrict
the rates worked out under the first proviso to this sub-regulation to such ceiling limits for
respective categories as it may consider necessary:
30
Electricity) (Third Amendment) Regulations, 2015(w.e.f.20.10.2015)
Provided further that the normative rates shall, unless specifically approved by the
Commission, not apply to the temporary connections :
Provided further that the entire cost, including the cost of all components as well
as the additional recovery or refund under sub-regulation (9), of the bays required to be
executed at the sub-station(s), including the cost of re-organising the bays, if any,
exclusively for faciliting and/or controlling supply of power to an applicant or group of
applicants shall also be recovered from the applicant(s) in addition to the normative rates:
Provided further that in cases where provisions of sub-regulation (3) are attracted,
the amounts worked out under this sub-regulation and sub-regulation (9) shall be
considered as the minimum amounts to be borne by such applicants.
(3) In case of an applicant or group of applicant(s), where-

(i) the supply of power is required at a site in an area, which does not
have appropriate infrastructure for catering the loads of the nature and
quantum required by the applicant(s) and where no other significant
growth of load, at the voltage level similar to that at which supply is
required, is foreseen in the immediate future, including the sites where
locations of the loads depend upon the geographical factors and availability
of basic raw-material such as for cement factories and construction power
for hydro-electric projects; and
ii) the total estimated cost of the works required to be executed for the
appropriate capacities, keeping in view the minimum capacities
standardised or generally planned by the licensee for the relevant voltage
level(s), exceeds the summation of the amounts payable by the applicant
or the group of applicants pursuant to sub-regulation (2) ;
the licensee may require the applicant or the group of applicants to deposit
the entire estimated cost of the works required for facilitating adequate provision in backup
system and supply of power to such applicants :
Provided that if, subsequent to receipt of applications but before the

commissioning of works, some more application(s) are received for loads to be released
on permanent basis, at voltage levels similar to those for the original applicant(s), by
using the works envisaged for the original applicants, such additional applications shall be
clubbed together with the original applications for the purpose of recovery of costs and
treated at par with original applicants and shall also be considered as original applicant(s)
for all intents and purposes of regulation 5 and regulation 6 :
Provided further that in case of works required to be executed for a group
of applicants under this sub-regulation, the costs shall be apportioned as under :-
(i) cost of common works shall be recovered on pro rata basis in the
ratio of contract demands of various applicants;
(ii) cost of exclusive works shall be charged exclusively to the
applicant(s) for whom such works have been/are required to be
executed; and
(iii) cost of other works shall be charged, on proportionate basis, to the
applicants for whose benefit such works are required to be used:
Provided further that the provisions under the succeeding sub-regulations
(4) to (9) shall also be applicable in case of the connections released under this sub-
regulation.

(4) The licensee shall be entitled to use the spare capacity in the works
executed under sub-regulation(3) for release of connections to the subsequent
applicant(s), or otherwise, and also to recover the charges/costs, as per sub-
regulations(2) and (9) as applicable, from such subsequent applicant(s).
(5) The original applicant (s) under sub regulation 3, who have borne the entire
cost of the infrastructural works, shall be entitled to use the spare capacity, if any, after
providing for 30% redundancy in the total system created at their cost and the capacities
used pursuant to preceding sub-regulation(4), on first come first serve basis, and no
additional infrastructural development charges shall be recovered from such an original
applicant/developing agency for use of such spare capacity so long as the amount borne
by him after excluding the cost of exclusive work(s) and after adjusting the amount of
refunds, if any, under succeeding sub-regulations(6),(7) and (8) is more than the
minimum amount payable by him as per the sub-regulations (2) and (9) in respect of the
total connected load/contract demand sanctioned, including the same sought to be
sanctioned under this sub-regulation in his favour, as worked out at the rates for the
respective periods in which such loads/demands are sanctioned.
(6) If subsequent application(s) are received within 5 years after the date of
commissioning of works executed under sub-regulation (3), for permanent supply of
power at a voltage level similar to that for the original applicant(s) under sub regulation (3)
and supply of power to such applicant(s) essentially involves usage of such works, on
regular basis, the infrastructural development charges, if any, actually recovered from such
subsequent applicants for usage of spare capacity as quantified in accordance with sub-
regulation (8) shall be refunded, on pro-rata basis, to the original applicant(s) under sub
regulation (3), who had borne the full cost, to the extent of permissible amount of refund
under succeeding sub-regulations (7) and (8) :
Provided that if the provision for supply to such new applicant (s) require
execution of certain additional infrastructural works, apart from the usage of the
facilities/works created at the cost of original applicant(s) under sub-regulation (3), the
cost of such additional works shall first be deducted from the infrastructural development
charges recovered from such new applicant (s) and only the balance amount, if any, out
of the amounts recovered from such new applicants, shall be refunded, on pro-rata basis,
to the original applicant(s) who had borne the entire cost.
(7) The maximum permissible amount of refund to any original applicant under
sub- regulation (3) shall not exceed the amount actually paid by him in excess of the
summation of the following :-
(i) the infrastructural development charges under sub- regulations (2)
and (9) on the total connected load/contract demands sanctioned
originally and including those availed subsequently by the same
applicant, under sub-regulation (5), at the rates applicable for the
respective periods in which such loads/demands are sanctioned; and
(ii) the cost of works, including the bays required at the existing and /or
new sub-stations, as may be executed or required to be executed
exclusively for facilitating, control and or supply of power to such
applicant or group of applicants:
Provided that such applicant(s) shall not be entitled to any interest on any
part of the amount paid by them in respect of the period between date of payment
and refund, if any.

(8) For the purpose of these Regulations, the spare capacity shall be
determined with reference to the capacity of all main components of the works
referred to in sub-regulation (3), including line(s) and transformer(s), and only such
spare capacity as is concurrently available in all the components, after providing for
30% redundancy in each of the components, shall be taken as the spare capacity:
Provided that in case of EHT works the spare capacity may be

determined separately for the two main components i.e. EHT line(s) and EHT Sub-
station(s) after providing for 30% redundancy in each of the said components and
in that case, the amounts paid by each original applicant under sub regulation (3)
as well as the entitlements under the preceding sub-regulations (4), (5), (6) and
(7) shall be determined separately with reference to the actual costs of the two
main components i.e. EHT line(s) and EHT sub-station(s) and the spare capacity
available in the said two components.
(9) In case of the exclusive works under sub-regulation (2) or of any of the works
under sub-regulation (3), the recovery of cost shall be made initially on the basis of
estimated cost which shall be subject to additional recoveries or refunds, as the case may
be, in the same manner as outlined in sub-regulations (2) and (3) of regulation 18 of these
Regulations.
6. Electrification of colonies and complexes etc.- (1)In cases involving electrification

of the areas developed and/or sponsored by the development agencies, like the Himachal
Pradesh Housing and Urban Development Authority, Private Developers, Universities,
Educational Institutions, the Himachal Pradesh Small Industries Development Corporation
and the Housing Societies and the like, the developing agency shall bear the entire
charges and/or costs for the infrastructural development under sub-regulations (2) and
(9), or sub-regulations (3) and (9), of regulation 5, whichever are applicable, and the
licensee shall take up the execution of such works only after receiving the entire amounts,
excepting those for the adjustments for the difference between estimated costs and actual
costs under sub-regulation(9) of regulation 5:
Provided that in case the developing agency bears the entire cost of
the works under sub-regulations (3) and (9) of regulation 5, the provisions of sub-
regulation (4) to (8) of Regulation 5 shall also be applicable.
(2) The licensee shall recover the cost of service lines and other works for the
individual connections from the individual applicants under regulation 4 and/or regulation
17:
Provided that the licensee shall make adequate provisions for distribution
mains and works in the estimates for the infrastructural works under sub-regulation (1) in
a manner that the service lines required for the individual applicants are as short as
reasonably feasible.
7. Recovery of expenditure for additional loads.- (1) Save as provided
in sub-regulation (2), where an existing consumer availing permanent connection for
electricity applies for additional connected load or contract demand, as the case may be, in
excess of the connected load or contract demand, already sanctioned in his favour, the
recovery shall be made as under:-
(a) in relation to the expenses/charges for the cost of service line under
regulation 4 -
(i) if the existing service line has sufficient spare capacity, after meeting
the requirements of all the connections released and/or committed to

be released through the same service line and redundancy of about
30% of the total capacity of such line, no additional cost shall be
recovered for the service line;
(ii) if sufficient spare capacity is not available, in accordance with the
preceding sub-clause (i), in the service line for meeting the additional
connected load or contract demand, the cost of strengthening the
existing service line, or of providing a new service line, shall be
recovered from the applicant:
Provided that the cost to be recovered under sub-clause (ii) shall not
exceed the cost of providing a new service line for the total connected load or contract
demand under regulation 4 of these Regulations;
(b) in relation to the infrastructural development charges under

regulation 5 :-
31
**{(i) if the provisions of sub-regulation (3) of regulation 5 are not
attracted, then, subject to succeeding sub-clause (iii), such charges shall
be recovered only for the additional connected load/contract demand in
accordance with sub-regulations (2) and (9) of regulation 5, regulations
14 and 15 of these regulations;
(ii) if the licensee permits clubbing of two or more electricity connections,

existing at same or different voltages, but in the name of same person
and at the same or contiguous premises, as a single connection in the
name of the same person and at the same premises, and at a voltage not
less than 11 kV and also not lower than the Standard Supply Voltage,
corresponding to the combined connected load/contract demand, the sum
total of sanctioned connected load/contract demand, of such connections
shall be considered as the existing connected load/contract demand for
computing the additional connected load or contract demand for the
purpose of sub-clause (i) of this sub-regulation:
Provided that no refund on account of the charges mentioned in clause

(i) shall be allowed if such existing connected load/contract demand is
more than the combined connected load/contract demand for the new
connection and in such an event, the consumer shall be deemed to have
surrendered such reduction in the connected load/contract demand and
he shall not be entitled to claim at any subsequent stage any relief for
restoration of the connected load/contract demand so surrendered:
Provided further that when such clubbing of loads is permitted under this
clause, the consumer shall not be eligible to avail the benefit of
temporary reduction in the contract demand as per provisions of the
Supply Code for a period of 365 days from the release of new
connection after clubbing of the existing electricity connections:
31
Sub-clauses (i) and (ii) of clause (b) of sub-regulation (1) of Regulation 7 substituted by Himachal Pradesh
Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity) (Fourth
Amendment)Regulations, 2017(w.e.f. 06.02.2017)
Provided further that the licensee shall have the right to use, maintain
and own the service line or any other electrical system, vacated by the
consumer due to such clubbing of existing electricity connections in
accordance with regulation 11 and the said works shall become the
property of the licensee.
Explanation- For the purposes of sub-clause (ii)-

(1) “person” shall have the same meaning as is assigned to it under
clause (49) of the Section 2 of the Act and two or more companies
formed and registered or deemed to have been formed and registered
under the Companies Act, 2013 (18 of 2013), having electricity
connections in their respective names, shall also be considered to be
entitled for clubbing of their electricity connections, if—
(a) (i) all such companies having electricity connections in their

names are the subsidiary companies of the same holding
company; or
(ii) one of such companies is a holding company and the other

company is the subsidiary company of that holding company;
and
(b) the new connection, after clubbing of existing connections, is

sought in the name of any of such subsidiary companies, which
are already availing connections sought to be clubbed, or in the
name of the holding company of such subsidiary companies;
(c) the conditions laid down in sub-clause (ii), read with succeeding
para (3) of this Explanation, in relation to the existence of the
electricity connections sought to be clubbed, as well as for
release of new connection, at the same or contiguous premises,
are met;
(2) the terms “Company”, “holding company” and “subsidiary

company” shall have the same meanings as are assigned to them
under the Companies Act, 2013 (18 of 2013);
(3) “premises” shall have the same meaning as is assigned to it under

clause (51) of section 2 of the Act and the existing electricity
connections which are sought to be clubbed, shall also be
considered to be entitled for clubbing, even if the same are being
availed at two or more such premises; if –
(i) all such premises at which such connections are being availed
are contiguous to each other and are not separated by any
such other premises, land, plots or roads etc., not solely
occupied by such consumers or by the person seeking new
connection after clubbing of existing electricity connections;
and

(ii) the new connection, after clubbing of existing connections, is
sought to be released for the premises encompassing the
contiguous premises for which such connections are already
existing; and which is intended to be occupied only by such
person in whose name the new connection is sought.
However there shall be no restriction to enlarge such
premises while releasing the new connection so long as the
new premises, after clubbing of connections, is entirely
continuous and is to be occupied by the new applicant; and”;
and }**
(iii) if the supply of additional connected load or contract demand, as

the case may be, requires execution of works referred to in sub-
regulation(3) of regulation 5, the recovery shall be made for the
total revised load or contract demand, as the case may be, in
accordance with the provisions of the sub-regulations (3) and (9) of
regulation 5;
32
(2) [Save as provided in Clause (b) in sub-regulation (1) in case of reduction of
the connected load or contract demand, by a consumer-].
(i) the licensee shall maintain adequate spare capacity in the service
line for a period of 365 days reckoned from the date of such
reduction, so as to meet the load if the said consumer subsequently
applies for restoration of his connected load or contract demand so
reduced, during the said period of 365 days;
(ii)the infrastructural development charges leviable under sub- clause

(i) of clause (b) of sub-regulation (1) shall be charged only for the
additional quantum of connected load or contract demand,
exceeding the total quantum which was being availed by him prior
to such reduction, if the said consumer subsequently applies for
restoration of his connected load or contract demand so reduced,
during the said period of 365 days;
(3) Where a consumer having temporary connection for electricity seeks a
permanent connection, the matter shall be dealt with in accordance with respective
provisions for disconnection of temporary connection under regulation 8 and for providing
a new connection under relevant provisions of these Regulations.
8. Temporary Supplies.- Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these

Regulations, but subject to the prior payment of initial security deposit in the case of
temporary supplies and the estimated cost of the works required to be executed for giving
such supply, the requisite works shall be executed by the licensee subject to adjustments
based on actual cost including the cost of material, labour and departmental charges :
Provided that in case an applicant/consumer for temporary supply of power seeks

revision of sanctioned connected load/contract demand, he shall be required to pay
estimated cost of additional works and/or of strengthening of existing works, if any, which
shall also be subject to adjustments based on actual cost, and the difference in security
32
Existing heading substituted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery of
Expenditure for Supply of Electricity) (Fourth Amendment)Regulations, 2017(w.e.f. 06.02.2017)
amount on account of such revision of connected load/demand shall also be
payable/refundable as the case may be in accordance with other Regulations:
Provided further that in case the works so executed are dismantled after
discontinuance of supply, the cost of the material removed shall, after taking into
consideration its condition, be reduced from the costs recovered from the applicant under
this regulation and the balance amount, if any, after adjusting any other dues against the
applicant/consumer shall be refunded to him:
Provided further that if the works or a part thereof are not dismantled and the
distribution licensee uses the same for some other purposes, the applicant shall bear only
30% of the actual cost of such works as are not dismantled and the accounts shall be
settled accordingly:
Provided further that where the licensee refunds the amount so worked out, after
making adjustment of the outstanding amount due to him by the applicant/consumer,
within a period of thirty days, no interest shall be paid to the applicant/consumer.
9. Withdrawal of application before release of connection.- In case of

withdrawal, or deemed withdrawal, of an application by the applicant for supply of power
before actual release of connection, the expenses actually incurred for the works for
providing supply under regulations 4, 5, 6 and 7 for permanent supply and under
regulation 8 for temporary supply, shall be adjusted as per the provisions of the Supply
Code:
Provided that for the purpose of such adjustment, actual expenditure for the works
under regulations 4, 5, 6 and 7 for permanent supply and under regulation 8 for temporary
supply shall be computed as under :-
(i) the actual expenditure (including departmental charges) incurred on the
service lines and other works under regulation 4 shall be considered in
addition to the expenses determined as per the succeeding clauses of this
proviso;
(ii) in cases involving works under sub-regulation (3) of regulation 5, the actual
expenditure (including departmental charges) of such works or 10% of the
infrastructural development charges at the normative rates under sub-
regulation(2) of regulation 5, whichever of the two is higher, shall be
considered in addition to the expenditure mentioned in the preceding clause
(i) of this proviso;
(iii) in cases where the works under sub-regulation (3) of regulation 5 are not
involved, an amount equal to 10% of the amount of infrastructural
development charges worked out at the rates fixed by the Commission
pursuant to sub-regulation (2) of regulation 5 shall also be considered as
the actual expenses in addition to the expenditure mentioned in clause (i)
of this proviso;
(iv) in cases involving exclusive work(s) for faciliting supply of power as per the
fifth proviso to sub-regulation (2) of the regulation 5, the actual expenditure
on such exclusive works shall also be considered in addition to preceding
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this proviso;
(v) in cases of applications for additional connected loads or contract demands
under regulation 7 of these Regulations, the computations and adjustments
shall be done separately for the respective works falling under regulation 4

and regulation 5 or regulation 6, based on the demand notice issued
pursuant to the provisions of regulation 7; and
(vi) in case of temporary supplies, including for additional connected
loads/contract demands for temporary supplies, under regulation 8, the
actual expenditure on the works required to be executed for giving such
supply or additional connected loads/contract demands shall be considered.
10. Restoration of Supply after Permanent Disconnection.- In case the
supply to a premises having permanent connection of electricity has been permanently
disconnected in accordance with the provisions of the Supply Code and the original
consumer or some other person applies for a connection at such premises, the distribution
licensee shall provide supply within the time allowed for a new connection after recovery of
expenses applicable for new connections under these Regulations :
Provided that if the service line to such premises has not been removed or used for
release of other connections and is in a good condition and also has sufficient spare
capacity, after meeting the requirements of all the connections released or committed to
be released through the same service line and redundancy of about 30% of the total
capacity of such line, to cater to the connected load or contract demand applied for by
such applicant, the cost of service line under regulation 4 shall not be recovered and the
connection shall be released at the earliest subject to other conditions applicable for
release of new connections:
Provided further that in case of such applicants, the amounts worked out under
regulation 5 and other Regulations of the Commission shall be recoverable in the same
manner as applicable for new connections:
33
{Provided further that if –
(i) the application for such new connection is for a similar connected
load or contract demand and supply voltage, as had been sanctioned
for the original connection;
(ii) the application from the new applicant is received simultaneously or

within 365 days from the date on which the original connection was
permanently disconnected;
(iii) the provisions of sub-regulation (3) of regulation 5 are not attracted;

(iv) the applicant clears all outstanding dues, if any, against such previous
connection, also including these relating to the infrastructure
development charges, for such original connection which has been
permanently disconnected; and
34
[ (v) the applicant has not permanently surrendered his contract
demand/connected load as per the provisions of sub-clause (ii) of
clause (b) of sub-regulation (1) of regulation (7);]
33
Existing third and fourth proviso substituted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission
(Recovery of Expenditure for Supply of Electricity) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2015( w.e.f.
22.09.2015)
34
Electricity) (Third Amendment) Regulations, 2015(w.e.f.06.02.2017)

the amount of infrastructural development charges and other costs payable by the
applicant for the connected load or contract demand applied for, as per the
provisions of regulation 5 shall be reduced by 100% of the amount of the
infrastructural development charges worked out at the normative rates, as applicable
at the time of receipt of application for new connection, under sub-regulation (2) of
regulation 5 for the connected load/contract demand originally sanctioned or for the
same applied for by the new applicant, whichever of the two is lower:
Provided further that if-

(i) the application from the new applicant is received after a period of
365 days from the date on which original connection is permanently
disconnected; and
(ii) all other conditions, other than condition (ii) as per the third proviso
to this regulation are fulfilled:
the percentage rate of such rebate as per the third proviso of this regulation shall be
reduced by 5% for every period of 90 days or part thereof after the expiry of initial
period of 365 days:
Explanation.-If the application for the new connection is received by the licensee on
or after 366th day but upto and inclusive of 455th day from the date of permanent
disconnection, the rebate under the fourth proviso to this regulation shall be allowed
@ 95% of infrastructural development charges worked out at the normative rate, as
applicable at the time of receipt of application for new connection, as per sub-
regulation (2) of regulation 5 for the connected load/contract demand originally
sanctioned or for the same applied for by the new applicant, which ever of the two is
lower, and so on for every subsequent block of 90 days till such time, the rate of
rebate becomes zero.}
Provided further that the rebate admissible as per the third and fourth
provisos to this regulation shall be applicable only on the amount of infrastructural
development charges worked out at normative rates under sub-regulation (2) of
regulation 5 and not on any other charges/costs as may be recoverable in
accordance with the second proviso to this regulation.
11. Maintenance of works.- (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law
for the time being in force, all the works erected for providing supply in pursuance of
requisition by the applicant, or any portion thereof, which may have been paid for by the
applicant making requisition, shall be maintained by the licensee and the licensee shall also
have the right to supply electricity to any other prospective applicants or the consumers,
through the said works and the said works shall become the property of the licensee.
(2) The interface point of commencement of supply, as determined under the provisions
of the Supply Code and the relevant agreements, shall constitute the liability
between the licensee and the consumer/ applicant.
12. Departmental Charges.- The expenses recoverable by the licensee under these
regulations shall also include the licensee’s departmental charges at the rate of 11% of the
cost of works.
Explanation.- For the purposes of these regulations, the expression “departmental
charges” shall include establishment charges, tools and plant charges, audit

and accounts charges, maintenance during construction, loss on stock, design
charges and head office prorata expenses.
13. Standard cost data.- (1) The distribution licensee shall, after inviting public
objections, submit, on an annual basis, to the Commission for its scrutiny, by 30th
September of each year, a cost data book (including departmental charges) duly approved
by its Board of Directors/competent authority, which it proposes to adopt for the
subsequent financial year, and publish the standard cost data book by 15th November of
each year, after attending to the observation or directions, if any, of the Commission, and
the same shall form the basis for approving the average or normative rates as per these
regulations and also for making the initial estimates for erection of electric lines and/or
electrical plants and/or any other works to be executed in order to provide supply to the
applicants in cases where the cost is to be recovered on actual basis:
Provided that the licensee shall submit the cost data for the period ending
31st March 2013 within thirty days from the date on which these regulations come into
force.
(2) The distribution licensee shall upload the standard cost data, published under sub
regulation (1), on its website and also make available the copies of the same to any
interested person on demand at a reasonable charge.
14. Schedule of Service Connection Charges.- (1) The distribution licensee shall,
within sixty days from the date of commencement of these regulations or within sixty days
from the grant of license, whichever is later, file, with the Commission for approval, a
schedule of service connection charges to be levied for the matters contained in these
regulations and such other related miscellaneous activities, not covered elsewhere, as are
required to be undertaken by the distribution licensee to fulfill its obligations to supply
electricity to the consumers under the Act:
Provided that the distribution licensee shall also file the schedule of service
connection charges alongwith every application for determination of tariff under section 64
of the Act together with such particulars as the Commission may require:
Provided further that while preparing the schedule of service connection charges,
the standard cost data as per the sub regulation (2) of Regulation 13, shall be taken into
account.
(2) The Commission shall, after examining the schedule of service connection charges
filed before it by a distribution licensee under sub- regulation (1), may-
(i) issue an order granting its approval thereon, with such modifications or such
conditions as may be prescribed in that order; or
(ii) reject the schedule of service connection charges filed before it for reasons
to be recorded in writing if it is not in accordance with the provisions of the
Act and/or these Regulations:
Provided that the Commission shall reasonably consider the views of all interested
parties before approving, modifying or rejecting the schedule of service connection
charges of a distribution licensee under this sub- regulation:
Provided further that the schedule of service connection charges approved by the
Commission shall, unless otherwise amended or revoked, continue to be in force for such
period as may be prescribed in the order of the Commission granting such approval and
also for such extended period as may be approved by the Commission.

(3) Any deviation from the approved schedule of service connection charges shall be
only with the prior approval of the Commission.
15. Provisional Schedule of the Service Connection Charges.- (1)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Regulations, the Commission
may notify provisional schedule of service connection charges to be levied for any of the
activity/activities required to be undertaken by the distribution licensee to fulfill its
obligations to supply electricity under the Act and the Regulations framed thereunder.
(2) Each provisional schedule of service connection charges notified under sub-
regulation (1) shall be for a period of one hundred and eighty days and shall, unless
extended by the Commission, cease to be valid and effective on the expiry of period of
one hundred and eighty days or the date on which the order approving the schedule of
service connection charges is issued under regulation 14, whichever is earlier.
(3) The amount charged under the provisional schedule of service connection charges
notified under sub-regulation(1) shall be adjusted against the amount chargeable under
the schedule of service connection charges approved by the Commission under regulation
14:
Provided that where the provisional amount charged exceeds the amount
chargeable under the schedule of service connection charges approved under regulation
14, the licensee shall pay simple interest @6% per annum on the excess amount so
charged for the actual number of days falling between the date of the receipt of such
excess amount and the date of adjustment of such amount:
Provided further that such excess amount, alongwith simple interest @ 6%

per annum, shall be adjusted within ninety days from the date of Commission’s order
approving the schedule of service connection charges under regulation 14, failing which
the defaulting licensee shall, in addition to the excess amount and simple interest @ 6%
per annum upto the permitted period of ninety days , also be liable to pay simple interest
@ 12% per annum on the excess amount, for the period till the date of such adjustments
beyond the permitted period of ninety days:
Provided further that where the amount charged on provisional basis is less
than the amount chargeable under the schedule of service connection charges approved
by the Commission under regulation 14, the beneficiaries shall pay, within 30 days of its
billing by the licensee, the same alongwith simple interest @6% per annum on the deficit
amount for the actual number of days falling between the date on which the provisional
payment was made and the date of payment of such deficit amount:
Provided further that in case the deficit amount, alongwith simple interest
@6% per annum, is not paid by the concerned beneficiary within thirty days from the date
of its billing by the licensee, the defaulting beneficiary shall, in addition to the deficit
amount and the simple interest @ 6% per annum upto the date on which the permitted
period of 30 days expires, be also liable to pay simple interest @ 12% per annum on the
deficit amount, for the period till the date of such payment(s) beyond the permitted period
of 30 days and the same shall further be without prejudice to this licensee’s right to
disconnect supply to the consumer after giving a notice of atleast 30 days.
16. Accounting of the amounts recovered.- The amounts recovered by the

distribution licensee under various provisions of these Regulations on various accounts for
supply at different voltage levels shall be accounted for separately as capital receipts
under separate accounting heads and sub-heads for permanent and temporary
connections and also each type of charges as well as for each category of voltage level and

shall, subject to the provisions of sub-regulations (5), (6), (7) and (8) of regulation 5, be
used exclusively for meeting a part of the capital expenditure under the capital expenditure
plan:
Provided that such capital receipts shall, as far as possible, be utilized in an

equitable proportion of the estimated cost of various works of the respective categories
and respective voltage levels:
Provided further that the capital receipts in respect of the works required
exclusively for an applicant or group of applicants shall be used for such exclusive works
only.
17. Execution of works.- The service lines and other works required for supplying
power to the applicant(s) shall normally be executed by the distribution licensee:
Provided that the applicant or the consumer, as the case may be, may, with the
prior approval of the distribution licensee which shall ordinarily not be refused, execute the
service line through an electrical contractor licensed by the Electrical Inspector, and in such
cases, the following provisions shall apply-
(i) all the requisite clearances under various laws shall be obtained by the
applicant;
(ii) the applicant shall be liable to pay the departmental charges @ 6.25% of
the estimated cost for the specific works or of the corresponding amount
worked out by accounting for the average/normative rates, if approved by
the Commission under regulation 4, whichever is higher;
(iii) such option shall be available to the applicant only for the service line to be
executed exclusively for the applicant; and
(iv) works other than service line shall be executed by the distribution licensee
unless mutually agreed otherwise by the distribution licensee with the
applicant, on mutually agreed terms and conditions.
Note : The provisions under the first proviso to this regulation shall also apply for
execution of service lines to be executed exclusively for a group of
applicants or consumers, as the case may be, if all the members of such
group enter into an agreement amongst themselves and nominate their
representative who shall then deal with the distribution licensee for such
matters.
18. Differential Costs.- (1) The distribution licensee shall recover the expenses
and/or charges for giving electricity connections to the applicants as per the provisions of
these Regulations and any other additional expenses, as are not recoverable from the
applicants under any Regulations or Law, shall be met out of the approved financial
provisions of the capital expenditure plan.
(2) In cases where the cost of certain works is to be recovered from the
applicant or group of applicants initially on the basis of estimate and such recovery is
subject to adjustment as per actual as per the provisions of these regulations, the
following provisions shall apply:-
(a) the estimate shall be prepared on the basis of the standard cost data as per
sub regulation (2) of Regulation 13; and
(b) the licensee shall, within ninety days of commissioning of the works, render
to the applicant/consumer, the account of expenditure showing the excess
or deficit in relation to the initial estimated amount giving details of item
wise estimation and actual expenditure alongwith the item wise figures of

variance to the extent possible and if applicant requires any additional
information, the distribution licensee shall furnish the same within ten days
of receipt of such requisition.
(3) The distribution licensee shall recover or refund, as the case may be, the
difference between the actual expenditure and the estimated cost within 60 days from the
submission of account and the unrefunded or unrecovered amounts, as the case may be,
shall attract simple interest @ 12% per annum for the period beyond the said limit of 60
days.
19. Way-leaves, Consents and Acquisitions.- (1) Subject to the provisions of the
rules framed by the State Government under sub-section (2) of section 67 and clause (b)
of sub-section (2) of section 180, of the Act, the licensee shall try to obtain any way
leaves, consents and acquisitions required for placing of any wires, poles, wall brackets,
stays apparatus and appliances for the carrying electricity, or for the transmission of
telegraphic or telephonic communications necessary for proper coordination of the works
of the licensee while giving connection to the applicant:
Provided that in cases where the cost of works is to be recovered from the
applicant on actual basis, the cost of obtaining the permissions shall also be recovered on
actual basis and in cases where the recovery is to be made at normative rates, the cost of
obtaining such permissions shall be borne by the licensee:
Provided further that where wires are to pass over other person’s land, premises
or building, the wires shall be routed along the boundary lines of the said land, set back of
the building, streets and roads, whichever is feasible.
(2) The applicant/consumer shall provide required space within his premises for
transformer and associated equipments including metering arrangements, if so required by
the licensee at any stage.
20. Manner of Payments.- The applicant shall, before the commencement of work of
laying service line under regulation 4 and any other works for which the entire cost of the
works is required to be paid by him as per the provisions of these regulations, deposit on
notice of demand, the entire amount, not limited to the cost of such works only, payable
under these Regulations and all other relevant Regulations.
21. Demand Notice. - Demand notice valid for 90 days shall be sent by the registered
AD post to the applicant within the time frame laid down in Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission (Licensee’s Duty for supply of Electricity on Request) Regulations,
2004:
Provided that the demand notices to be issued on or after the date of
commencement of these regulations shall suitably incorporate the terms and conditions of
these regulations, apart from other conditions as per other Regulations and Codes of the
Commission:
Provided further that if any of the terms and conditions of these regulations
remain unaccounted for in any of the demand notices issued on or within 90 days from the
date on which these regulations come into force, the licensee may revise the same, so as
to incorporate the terms and conditions as per these Regulations and the Act:
Provided further that the demand notices issued prior to commencement of
these Regulations and/or the demands still to be raised against the loads/demands
released prior to commencement of these Regulations, shall continue to be governed by
the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Recovery of Expenditure for
Supply of Electricity) Regulations, 2005 and other relevant Regulations and Codes of the
Commission, but not including these Regulations, unless the Commission issues any
specific order in this regard:
Provided further that in case of non-compliance of the demand notice within
the period mentioned in such notice or within such period as may be mutually agreed

between the licensee and the applicant, the application, against which the demand notice
had been issued, shall be treated as withdrawn and the matter shall be further dealt with
in accordance with relevant governing Regulations and Codes of the Commission.
22. Power to remove difficulties.- If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of
the provisions of these regulations, the Commission may, suo motu or on an application,
by general or special order, take suitable action or direct the distribution licensee to take
such suitable action not being inconsistent with the Act which, in the opinion of the
Commission, is necessary or expedient for removing such difficulties.
23. Issue of orders and practice directions.- Subject to the provisions of the Act
and these Regulations, the Commission may, from time to time, issue orders and practice
directions in regard to the implementation of these regulations and the procedures to be
followed on various matters for which the Commission has been empowered by these
Regulations or the Act to lay down and also for the matters incidental or ancillary thereto.
24. Inherent power of the Commission.-(1) Nothing in these Regulations shall be
deemed to limit or otherwise affect the inherent powers of the Commission to make such
orders as may be necessary for meeting the ends of justice or to prevent the abuse of the
process of the Commission.
(2) Nothing in these Regulations shall bar the Commission from adopting a
procedure, which is at variance with any of the provisions of these regulations, if the
Commission, in view of the special circumstances of a matter or class of matters and for
reasons to be recorded, in writing, deems it necessary or expedient.
(3) Nothing in these Regulations shall, expressly or impliedly, debar the
Commission to deal with any matter or exercise any power under the Act for which no
regulations have been framed and the Commission may deal with such matters, powers
and functions in a manner it thinks fit.
25. Repeal and Savings.- (1) Save as otherwise provided in these Regulations, the
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory commission (Recovery of Expenditure for supply of
Electricity) Regulations, 2005 are hereby repealed.
(2) Notwithstanding such repeal-
(a) anything done or any action taken or purported to have been done or
taken including any appointment made or any document or instrument or
any direction given under the repealed regulations, shall be deemed to
have been done, taken, made or given or purported to have been done,
taken made or given under the corresponding provisions of these
Regulations; and
(b) all orders made and documents executed before the commencement of
these Regulations, shall continue to apply for the period for which such
order has been made or the document has been executed.
By Order of the Commission
Secretary

NOTIFICATION
Shimla the 8th October, 2010

No. HPERC/ 401
In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of section 181 and Clauses
(za) and (zb) of sub-section (2) of section 181, read with sections 57, 58, 59 and clause
(i) of sub-section (1) of section 86, of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) and all other
powers enabling it in this behalf, and after previous publication, the Himachal Pradesh
Electricity Regulatory Commission hereby makes the following regulations:-
REGULATIONS
CHAPTER –I - PRELIMINARY
1. Short title, extent and commencement- (1) These regulations shall be called
the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Distribution Performance
Standards) Regulations, 2010.
(2) These regulations shall be applicable to all licensees engaged in the distribution of
electricity in the State of Himachal Pradesh and all the distribution system users including
electricity consumers.
(3) These regulations shall come into force from the date of their publication in the
2. Definitions .- In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,-
(1) "Act" means the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003);
(2) “area of supply” means the area within which a distribution licensee is
authorised by his licence to supply electricity;
(3) “call centre” means the office set up with adequate technology and systems
to register complaints round the clock;
(4) “Commission” means the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission;
(5) “complaint centre” means the front end office set up with adequate technology
and systems to register complaints;
(6) “consumer” means any person who is supplied with electricity for his own use
by a licensee or by the Government or by any other person engaged in the
business of supplying electricity to the public under the Act or any other law
for the time being in force and includes bulk supply consumer, any person
whose premises are for the time being connected for the purpose of receiving
electricity with the works of a licensee, the Government or such other person,
as the case may be and shall also include-
(a) the distribution system users;
(b) the consumer whose installation has been temporarily
disconnected;
(c) prospective consumer i.e. any person who has applied for an
electricity connection and whose supply has not commenced;
and
(d) in case of death of a consumer, his legal heirs or
representatives;
(7) “control centre” means a centre established at the Headquarters of the
licensee for compilation, evaluating, ranking and analyzing the performance of
‘responsibility centres’;
(8) “distribution system” means the system of wires and associated facilities
between the delivery points on the transmission lines or the generating station
connection and the point of connection to the installation of the consumers

and shall also include electric line, sub-station and electrical plant that are
primarily maintained for the purpose of distributing electricity in the area of
supply of such licensee notwithstanding that such line, sub-station or electrical
plant are high pressure cables or overhead lines or associated with such high
pressure cables or overhead lines; or used incidentally for the purposes of
transmitting electricity for others;
(9) “ Electricity Supply Code” means the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Supply
Code specified by the Commission under section 50 of the Act;
(10) “Fuse Off” means fuse blown off because of overloading or ageing;
(11) “licensee”, means a distribution licensee authorised to operate and maintain
a distribution system for supplying electricity to the consumers in the area of
supply and includes a person deemed to be a distribution licensee under
section 14 of the Act;
(12) “remote areas” means areas which are remote, difficult and hard areas as
declared by the State Government from time to time and it also includes tribal
areas which by order are declared to be Scheduled Areas under Part –C of the
Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of India;
(13) “rural areas ” means the areas which are not the urban areas and the
remote areas;
(14) “responsibility centre” means a Operation Circle Unit of the licensee headed
by an officer not below the rank of the Superintending Engineer;
(15) “Schedule” means the Schedule to these regulations;
(16) “urban areas” means the areas which are declared as the larger urban
areas, the smaller urban areas or the transitional urban areas under the Act
concerning the municipalities, but excluding remote areas, and includes areas
falling under the Cantonment Authorities;
(17) ‘user’ means any person having electrical interface with, or using the
distribution system of the licensee to whom the Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Distribution Code is applicable, and includes any other distribution licensee,
transmission licensee, and generating units connected to the distribution
system and the persons availing open access in transmission or distribution
system;
(18) “working hours” means the working hours between 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; and
(19) other words and expressions used in these regulations, not defined herein,
but defined in the Act shall have the same meaning as are assigned to them in
the said Act. Expressions used herein but not specifically defined in these
regulations or in the Act but defined under any law passed by a competent
legislature and applicable to the electricity industry in the State shall have the
meaning assigned to them in such law.
3. Objectives. - These standards lay down the guidelines to maintain certain critical
distribution system parameters within the permissible limits. These standards shall serve
as guidelines for licensees to operate their distribution system for providing an efficient,
reliable, co-ordinated and economical system of electricity distribution. The objectives of
these performance standards are:-
(a) to ensure that the distribution system performance meets a
minimum standard which is essential for the consumers’ installation
to function properly;
(b) to enable the consumers to design their systems and equipments to
suit the electrical environment that they operate in;
(c) to enhance the quality of the distribution system and services to
meet acceptable standards in the short term and gradually moving
towards improved standards in the long term;

(d) to lay down standards of performance; and
(e) to measure consumer centric initiatives undertaken by the licensee
in providing services.
4. Standards of performance.- (1) The standards specified in the column (3) in the
Schedule shall be the guaranteed standards of performance, being the minimum standards
of service, which a licensee shall achieve, and the standards specified in the column (6) in
the Schedule shall be the overall standards of performance, which the licensee shall seek
to achieve, in the discharge of its obligations as a licensee.
(2) Notwithstanding any thing to the contrary contained in sub-regulation (1), the
reliability indices, as specified under sub-items (a), (b) (c) and (d) of item (4) of the
Schedule []35of the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Distribution
Licensee’s Standards of Performance) Regulations, 2005 shall continue to be in force till
[31st March,2012]36.
(3) Where the Commission considers it expedient, so to do, it may, by order in writing,
call upon the licensee to furnish in writing such information as may be necessary for the
enforcement of the reliability indices as specified in these regulations.
(4) The licensee shall, frequently, but at an interval of not less than six months,
educate the consumers of their rights regarding the standards of performance as specified
by the Commission under sub-section (1) of section 57 of the Act, by giving wide publicity
amongst its field staff and public in general including local rural and urban bodies through
electronic and print media.
CHAPTER – II - COMPENSATION MECHANISM
5. Compensation.- (1)The minimum compensation to be paid by the licensee to the

affected person is specified in the Schedule :
Provided that the actual compensation may, after giving to the licensee and claimant a
reasonable opportunity of being heard, be determined by the Commission. or the person
who has been delegated the powers of the Commission under section 97 of the Act, for
violation of the standards and loss/damage suffered consequent to the failure of the
licensee to meet the guaranteed standards of performance:
(2) Where the distribution licensee finds that it has failed to meet the standards of
performance specified under these regulations, the licensee shall be liable to pay to the
affected person, such compensation as provided in the Schedule :
Provided that any person who is affected by the failure of the licensee to meet the
standards of performance specified under these regulations and who seeks to claim
compensation shall file his claim, on the format as per Annexure A to these regulations,
with the authorised officer of the licensee within a maximum period of 45 days from the
time such a person is affected by such failure of the licensee to meet the standards of
performance:
Provided further that the licensee shall compensate the affected person(s) within a
maximum period of ninety (90) days from the date of his claim.
35
The Sign “-I” omitted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Distribution Performance
Standards)(First Amendment), Regulations, 2011
36
Substituted by Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Distribution Performance
Standards)(First Amendment), Regulations, 2011
(3) In case the licensee fails to pay the compensation or if the affected person
is aggrieved by non-redressal of his grievances, he may make a representation for the
redressal of his grievance to the concerned Consumer Grievance Redressal Forum, in
accordance with the provisions of the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission
(Guidelines for Establishment of Forum for Redressal of Grievances of the Consumers)
Regulations, 2003 and if the consumer is not satisfied with the redressal of his grievances
by the Forum, the consumer may make a representation to the Ombudsman, in
accordance with the provisions of the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission
(Electricity Ombudsman) Regulations, 2004:
Provided that in case the claim for compensation is upheld by the Consumer Grievances
Redressal Forum, the compensation determined by the Commission in the Schedule will be
implemented by the Forum or in case of appeal filed against the order of the Forum before
him by the Ombudsman and is to be paid by the concerned distribution licensee:
Provided further that such compensation shall be based on the classification of such failure
as determined by the Commission under the provisions of section 57 of the Act and the
payment of such compensation shall be paid through cheque or adjusted in the consumer’s
future bills (issued subsequent to the award of compensation) within ninety (90) days of a
direction issued by the Forum or by the Ombudsman, as the case may be.
(4) The license shall duly reflect the payment/adjustment of compensation paid out in
the quarterly and the consolidated annual report to be submitted by him under
regulation10.
(5) The licensee shall maintain a record of compensation payable under these
regulations showing the name, consumer number and address of the affected person,
amount of compensation payable and actually paid, mode of adjustment of compensation,
reason(s) for non-compliance of the guaranteed standards of performance in each case.
The record giving details of compensation paid on account of contravention of the
guaranteed standard of performance by the licensee in compliance of any lawful order
made by any court or tribunal, other than the Commission or the person authorised by it
under section 97 of the Act, constituted under any law for the time being in force, shall
also to be maintained.
CHAPTER – III - COMPLAINT HANDLING MECHANISM

6. Establishment of Complaint and Call Centres.-(1) The licensee shall set up
complaint centres at the sub-division offices or distribution units, designated by whatever
name, where the consumer can lodge complaints.
(2) In addition to the complaint centres set up under sub-regulation (1), the licensee
shall also establish centralised call centre for registration of consumer complaints of its
consumers and such call centre shall be accessible to its consumers round the clock during
all days of the week.
(3) Every licensee shall employ or engage sufficient number of officers or employees
at its complaint/call centre and earmark or allot or establish a basic telephone or cellular
mobile telephone number having sufficient lines or connections to be called as the “toll free
number” or “consumer care number” or “help line number”, as the case may be, at its call
centre. No call charges or short message service charges shall be levied upon, or be
payable by its consumers for calls made or, short message service sent to the “toll free
number” or “consumer care number” or “help line number”, as the case may be.

(4) Every licensee shall, immediately upon setting up a complaint centre under sub-
regulation (1) or the establishment of its call centre under sub-regulation (2), inform
consumers through a public notice in newspapers in circulation in the area of supply and
should also ensure proper circulation of information to the consumers in case of any
changes in the contact numbers takes place and shall also display information at the sub-
division offices or distribution units, designated by whatever name.
(5) The licensee should ensure availability of electronic data base to record complaints
as per the procedure mentioned in the regulation 8 for the call centre.
7. Manual of Practice for Handling Consumer Complaints.-(1) Every licensee shall,

with prior approval of the Commission, prepare and publish “Manual of Practice for
Handling Consumer Complaints” containing following information within three months from
the date of commencement of these regulations:-
(a) channels of complaint registration – details of personnel, offices, call
centre(s);
(b) process of handling complaints;
(c) duties and obligations of the licensee - guaranteed standards of
performance and minimum compensation details;
(d) any other information which may be affecting the consumers.
(2) The Manual shall be prepared in English and Hindi languages.
(3) The Manual shall be available for reference of consumers at every office of the
licensee and downloadable from its website.
(4) A copy of the Manual certified by the licensee as “true copy” thereof shall be filed
with the Commission within three months from the date of commencement of these
regulations.
8. Procedure of Handling Complaints.-(1) The licensee shall devise its own process
at its call centre(s)/complaint centre(s) or any other consumer interface channel to handle
complaints from the consumers and the said process shall include provisions for -
(a) registration of such complaint by allotting a unique identification
number to be called the complaint number;
(b) communication, at the time of lodging the complaint, complaint number,
date/ time of registration of the complaint;
(c ) recording the details in respect of such complaint;
(d) intimation of contact details of the next higher authority (including his
name, telephone number and address) to the consumer in case the
consumer is not satisfied with the redressal of his complaint or when
requested by him; and
(e) maintenance of records to every complaint in order to give fair
treatment to all consumers and to avoid any dispute regarding violation of
standards as specified in the Schedule
9. Implementation arrangements.-(1) Each Operation Circle Unit of the licensee shall
be treated as a responsibility centre for overall performance of standards specified under
these regulations. The officer heading the responsibility centre shall have total
accountability and associated responsibility and authority for managing the actions and
performance of the responsibility centre.
(2) The operational head of the licensee shall have overall responsibility for
implementation of standards of performance and he shall, to bring in the sense of
ownership and competition, set the performance parameters as well as benchmarks for
improvement for each responsibility centre. The operational head of the licensee shall
establish one control centre at the head office under an officer not below the rank of the
Superintending Engineer for compilation, evaluation, ranking and analyzing the
performance of responsibility centres.

(3) Immediately after the commencement of these regulations, and under intimation to
the Commission, but not later than 30 days, the control centre shall develop uniform
formats for data collection, compilation and evaluation of performance of the responsibility
centres. The control centre shall prepare and circulate the procedures for compilation and
computation of various standards and performance indicators (reliability indices and
efficiency parameters) along with uniform definitions and explanations of terms used for
unambiguous interpretation by all the responsibility centeres.
(4) The control centre shall monitor, evaluate, rank the circles and advise the responsibility
centres for corrective measures. A quarterly report on progressive monthly improvements
made by the responsibility centre shall be prepared by the control centre.
Explanation.- For the purpose of this regulation the expression “Operational head” shall
mean and include the officer heading the distribution Wing of the licensee.
CHAPTER- IV - SUBMISSION OF REPORTS

10. Information on standards of performance.- (1) The licensee shall furnish in a
report, submitted quarterly to the Commission and the Ombudsman and a consolidated
annual report for each financial year to the Commission, the following information
(separately for guaranteed and overall standards of performance) as to the standards of
performance:-
(a) the levels of performance achieved by the licensee with reference to those
specified in the Schedule;
(b) the number of cases in which compensation was awarded and the
aggregate amount of the compensation paid by the licensee as determined
by the Commission or the person authorised by the Commission under
section 97 of the Act or awarded by any other court or tribunal, constituted
under any law for the time being in force, along with the reasons for non-
compliance of the guaranteed standards of performance;
(c) the number of claims preferred by the consumers against the licensee for
failure to meet the guaranteed standards of performance and the action
taken by the licensee including the reasons as to the delay in payment or
non-payment of compensation for such claims.
(2) The Commission shall, at least once in every year, arrange for the publication, in
such form and manner as it considers appropriate, of such information furnished by the
licensees under these regulations.
(3) In the consolidated annual report, the licensee shall report on the measures
taken by the licensee to improve performance areas, assessment of the targets to be
imposed for the ensuing year, indicating performance of each circle and ranking of circles
with respect to each performance indicator mentioned under sub-regulation (3) of
regulation 9 and in the Schedule.
(4) The Ombudsman shall prepare a report on half yearly basis reflecting the
opinion of the Ombudsman on the licensee’s compliance of the standards of performance
during the preceding six months.
(5) The report under sub-regulation (4) shall be forwarded to the Commission and
the State Government within 45 days after the end of the relevant period of six months.
11. Compliance Auditing - (1) In order to ensure proper and due enforcement of the
standards of performance, the Commission shall monitor the compliance thereof and may,
on being satisfied that the licensee has failed to maintain and discharge its obligations in
relation to the standards of performance under these regulations or has failed to furnish
information in time or has furnished inadequate or incorrect information under sub-
regulation (1) of regulation 10, by order in writing, direct its Secretary or officers, not
below the rank of a Gazetted Officer, or the consultant or any other person specified in the

order or an independent agency hired for the purpose of auditing as per the provisions of
regulation 12, to investigate and report to the Commission.
(2) If the report under sub-regulation (1), or information obtained under regulation 10
or any part thereof, is proposed to be relied upon by the Commission in forming its opinion
and satisfaction, the licensee shall be given a reasonable opportunity for filing objections
and making submissions on the report or the information as the case may be.
(3) The Commission may direct that the expenditure incurred in conducting the
investigations mentioned in sub-regulation (1) shall be borne by the licensee.
(4) The report under this regulation shall address the following specific matters:-
(a) adherence to procedures and formats as per regulations;
(b) assessing staff engaged in call centres/complaint handling centres/

customer care centres for their understanding of complaint handling
procedures, quality parameters, and training adequacy for their task;
(c) method of data collection and management procedures; and
(d) review of relevant records (as per appropriate sampling procedures) for
reliability and accuracy across quality parameters.
(5) The following procedure shall be adopted for engaging agency(ies):-
(a) audit scope and the methodology for carrying out the audit to be set by
the Commission;
(b) the Commission will identify and publish panel of approved agency(ies);
(c) the licensee shall nominate an agency from the notified panel of
agencies;
(d) the licensee shall not engage an agency consecutively for more than two
years or an agency which is currently their statutory auditor or internal
auditor;
(e) the audit shall be conducted under an agreement between the
nominated agency and the licensee; and
(f) remuneration of the audit agency will be paid by the licensee.
12. Auditing Methodology .- (1) The information obtained, under sub-regulation (1) of
regulation 11, vis-à-vis information supplied by the licensee under regulation 10, shall
be graded in two parts - reliability and accuracy of the data as under:-
I Reliability Grade Assessment of reliability Grade

A Based on proper records with adequate procedures
B Data has significant procedural deviations
C Unsatisfactory data

Percentage of
II Accuracy Grade Accuracy Grade compensation paid to
Level be recovered through
ARR for each
parameter circle
wise*
1 +/-2% 100%
2 +/-5% 85%
3 +/-10% 70%
* subject to achievement of overall standard of performance for respective parameter
Only if reliability of data is established (at least Grade A), further analysis will be carried
out for claims of accuracy of data for each parameter (excluding those where the overall
standards of performance has not been achieved) on circle wise basis and subsequently
the amount of total compensation so paid out in respect of each parameter on circle basis
shall be considered as a pass through in ARR as stipulated above.
(2) The provisions contained in sub-regulation (1) shall be effective from 1st April 2011.
(3) Where the commission considers it expedient, so to do, it may, by order in writing,
call upon the licensee to furnish in writing such information as may be necessary for the
enforcement of the provisions of sub-regulation (1) of this regulation.
(4) Till 1st April, 2011 when the provisions under sub-regulation (1) become effective, the
compensation paid, by the licensee under regulation 5, for the respective parameters
computed circlewise, may be allowed to be recovered, partly or fully, in the revenue
requirement of licensee, keeping in view the extent to which the licensee is able to achieve
the overall standards of performance, as measured through auditing results or
investigation carried out under these regulation:
Provided that the compensation paid by the licensee, which is attributed to negligence,
inefficiency and for not exercising reasonable care and diligence by its employees would
not be allowed as pass-through in the ARR of the licensee.
13. Use of Information.- The Commission shall have the right to use the information
received under regulation 10, 11 or 12 as it deems fit and for publishing it or placing it on
the Commission’s website and/ or directing the licensee to display the information on the
licensee’s website and also for initiating action under section 19, section 23 and other
enabling provisions of the Act.
14. Exclusions of events.- (1) The guaranteed standards of performance specified in
these regulations shall remain suspended during force majeure conditions such as war,
mutiny, civil commotion, riot, flood, forest inferno, massive landslides, cyclone, lightning,
heavy snowfall, earthquake or other force and strike, lockout, fire affecting the licensee’s
installations and activities.
(2) The Commission, or the person to whom powers are delegated by the Commission
under section 97 of the Act, may, by a general or special order, and after hearing the
licensee and affected consumer or the such representatives of the affected consumer
group as the Commission, or the person to whom powers are delegated by the
Commission under section 97 of the Act, considers it to be appropriate, release the
licensee from the liability to compensate the consumers for any default in the performance
of any standard, if the Commission is satisfied that such default is for reasons other than
those attributable to the licensee and that the licensee had otherwise duly made efforts to
fulfill his obligations.

15. Issue of orders and directions.- (1) Subject to the provisions of the Act and these
regulations, the Commission may, from time to time, issue orders and directions in regard
to the implementation of these regulations and procedure to be followed on various
matters.
(2) Where the licensee fails to comply with any order or direction issued under these
regulations, he shall be liable for appropriate action against him under sections 142 and
146 read with section 149 of the Act.
16. Power to remove difficulties.- If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of the
provisions of these regulations, the Commission may, either suo motu or on an application
made to it, by general or special order, do or undertake or direct the licensee to do or
undertake things, which in the opinion of the Commission are necessary or expedient for
the purpose of removing the difficulty.
17. Power to amend Schedule. - The Commission, may, at any time, by an order,
published in the Official Gazette add, vary, alter, modify or amend any of the provisions of
the Schedule to these regulations.
18. Repeal and savings. - (1) Save as otherwise provided in sub-regulation (2) of
regulation 4 and in other provisions of these regulations, the Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission (Licensees' Standards of Performance) Regulations, 2005 are
hereby repealed.
(2) Anything done or any action taken or purported to have been done or taken,
including any order, direction made or notice issued under the repealed regulations, prior
to the commencement of these regulations shall, in so far as it is not inconsistent with the
provisions of these regulations, be deemed to have been done or taken or issued under
the corresponding provisions of these regulations.
(3) As far as the licensee is concerned, notwithstanding anything to the contrary

contained in the HPERC (Guidelines for Establishment of Forum for Redressal of
Grievances of the Consumer) Regulations, 2003 framed by the Commission under section
181 of the Electricity Act, 2003, these regulations shall have overriding effect.
(4) Nothing in these regulations shall effect the rights and privileges of the consumers
under any other law including the Consumer Protection Act, 1986 (68 of 1986).
By the Order of the Commission

Secretary
Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission

SCHEDULE
(see regulation 2 (15), 4, 5 and 17)
Guaranteed Standards of Performance Overall

Standards of
performance
Sl. no. Nature of service Maximum Time Limit Minimum Compensation Leviable Target levels
for rendering service Compensation payable Compensation payable to
to individual consumer individual consumer if the
if the event affects a event affects more than one
single consumer consumer
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
(1) Call Centre
(a) First response against a Consumer 3 Minutes Rs. 10/ in each case of Not applicable Not applicable
Call default
(b) Registration of Consumer Call and 5 Minutes Rs. 10/ in each case of Not applicable Not applicable
issue of Docket Number default
(2) Consumer Related Services
A Fuse-off /Fault Calls:
(i) In urban areas 6 working hours Rs. 10/- for each hour Rs. 5/- for each hour of delay 99% of Fuse/
of delay beyond beyond maximum specified Fault complaints
(ii) In rural areas 12 working hours maximum specified time limit received
time limit
(iii) In remote areas 24 working hours
B Overhead Line and Cable /Under –ground Cable breakdowns:
(I) Overhead Line and Cable – (a) Where replacement of Rs. 10/- for each day of Rs. 5/- for each day of 95% of line
pole is not required: 24 default beyond the default beyond maximum breakdown
Overhead Line / Cable breakdown working hrs. maximum specified specified time limit complaints
(i) in urban areas time limit received
(b) Where replacement of Rs. 10/- for each day Rs. 5/- for each day of 95% of the line
pole is required: 36 of default beyond default beyond maximum breakdown
working hrs maximum specified specified time limit complaints
time limit received
(ii) Overhead Line / Cable breakdown (a) Where replacement of Rs. 10/- for each day of Rs. 5/- for each day of 90% of Line
in rural areas and remote areas pole is not required: 24 default beyond default beyond maximum breakdown
working hrs. for rural and maximum specified specified time limit complaints

within 48 working hrs. for time limit received
remote areas
(b) Where replacement of Rs. 10/- for each day of Rs. 5/- for each day of 85% of Line
pole is required: 72 default beyond default beyond maximum Breakdown
working Hrs. for rural and maximum specified specified time limit complaints
144 working hrs. for time limit received
remote areas.
(II) Under-ground Cable break down- Rs. 20/- for each day of Rs. 10/- for each day of 90% of the cable
(i) in urban areas 48 working hrs. default beyond default beyond maximum breakdown
(ii) in rural areas 70 working hrs maximum specified specified time limit complaints
(iii) in remote areas 90 working hrs time limit received
C Replacement of failed Distribution Transformer:
in urban areas 8 working hrs. Rs. 20/- for each day of Rs.10/- for each day of 95% of number
(i) default beyond default beyond maximum of transformers
(ii) in rural areas 32 working hrs. maximum specified specified time limit reported failure.
(iii) in remote areas 56 working hrs. time limit
D Replacement of damaged service line/wire:
(i) In urban areas- Rs. 10/- for each day of Rs.5/- for each day of default 95% of damaged
LT 8 working hrs. default beyond beyond maximum specified service line
HT 16 working hrs. maximum specified time limit complaints
(ii) In rural and remote areas - time limit received
LT 16 working hrs.
HT 32 working hrs.
E Complaints about meters
testing and checking for correctness of Meters
In urban area 56 working hrs. from Rs. 50/- each day of Not applicable 90% of requests/
(i) registration of complaint default beyond complaints
(ii) In rural areas 120 working hrs. from maximum specified
registration of complaint time limit
(iii) In Remote areas 160 working hrs. from

registration of complaint
F Consumers Defective/Stopped/Burnt Meter/Metering Equipment Replacement (*)-
(I) LT Consumers
(a) urban areas
(1) Replacement not attributable to 56 working hrs from the Rs. 100/- for each day Not applicable Min. 90%

consumer’s fault date of registration of of default beyond
the complaint maximum specified time
limit
(2) Replacement attributable to Rs. 100/- for each day Not applicable Min. 90%
consumer’s fault such as of default beyond
tampering, defect in consumer’s maximum specified time
installation, meter getting wet, limit
connecting unauthorized additional
load etc. and the cost of the meter
is recoverable from the consumer
and meter is to be supplied by the
licensee –
(i) serving a notice to the 56 working hrs from the

consumer for recovery of cost of date of registration of
the meter complaint.
(ii) replacement of meter 56 working hrs after

from the consumer
(iii) replacement of meter if 56 working hrs from the

consumer is providing the meter. receipt of the meter
from the consumer and
after the corrective
action, if any, is taken
by the consumer.
(b) rural and remote Areas
(1) Replacement not attributable to 120 working hrs. from Rs. 100/- for each day Not applicable Min. 90%
consumer’s fault the date of receiving of default beyond
information / maximum specified time
registration of the limit.
complaint.
consumer’s fault such as of default beyond
tampering, defect in consumer’s maximum specified
installation, meter getting wet, time limit.

additional load etc. and the cost of
the meter is recoverable from the
consumer and meter is to be
supplied by the licensee.
(i) serving a notice to the 56 working hrs from the

consumer for recovery of cost of date of receiving
the meter information/registration
of complaint.
(ii) replacement of meter. 120 working hrs after

from the consumer and
after the necessary and
corrective action, if any,
is taken by the consumer.
(iii) replacement of meter, 120 working hrs from

if consumer is providing thethe receipt of meter from
meter. the consumer and after
the necessary corrective
action, if any, is taken by
the consumer.
(II) H.T. Consumers (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)
(1) Replacement not attributable to 7 days after receipt of Rs. 400/- for each day Not applicable Min. 95%
consumer complaint, provided of default beyond
meter is available with specified maximum
the licensee, otherwise time limit
within 1 month.
consumer fault such as tampering, of default beyond
defect in consumer’s installation, maximum specified
meter getting wet, connecting time limit
unauthorized additional load etc.
and the cost of the meter is
recoverable from the consumer

and meter is to be supplied by the
licensee.
(i) serving a notice to the 7 days from the date of

consumer for recovery of cost of receipt of
the meter complaint/information.
(ii) replacement of meter. 7 days after receiving the

payment from the
consumer provided meter
is available with licensee,
otherwise within 1 month
(iii) replacement of meter 7 days from the

if consumer is providing the registration of complaint
meter.
Note;-
(1) In case of supply being affected due to burnt meters then replacement has to be to be undertaken within 1 day
(2) Replacement of old electromechanical meters may be done by electronic meters. If the consumer is providing the meter then he must be advised
to provide electronic meter.
(3) If a consumer submits an affidavit of his no fault when it is suspected that the replacement is attributable to consumer’s fault, then pending the
checks to search the fact, the meter should be replaced as if the replacement is not attributable to consumer’s fault and such time lines shall be
followed. However, if it is established later that the replacement is attributable to the consumer then no claim what so ever will be entertained
for the lack of service or non-compliance of SOP.
(4) The consumer must be shown the procedure and should be supplied with a copy of the fact finding report whenever the causes of the
replacement are established. Any technicality involved should, as far as possible and practicable, be explained in simpler terms as far.
(5) When the replacement is attributable to the consumer for causes like tampering, connecting additional unauthorized load then there is no
compensation to be given though time lines for the replacement of the meter are to be followed.

G Shifting of meters/Service lines (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)
(i) Notice of inspection on receipt of 3 days.
application./conveying reasons for Rs. 50/- for each day of Not 95% of requests
denial of request. default Applicable received
(ii) Inspection after sending notice. 7 days.
(iii) Issuance of demand note to the 10 days.
applicant for payment of estimated
cost/charges.
(a) shifting of meter/service 7 days after the deposit
connection of cost.
(b) shifting of LT/HT lines 20 days after the
deposit of cost.
(c) shifting of transformer 30 days after the
deposit of cost.
H Period of scheduled outages To be notified by the Rs. 50/- for each Rs. 20/- for each default Min. 99%
(Other than Load-shedding) licensee at least 24 hrs. default
in advance and shall
not exceed 12 hrs. a
day.
I Voltage problems (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)

On receipt of a voltage fluctuation complaint, Licensee shall verify if the voltage fluctuation is exceeding the limits specified and upon
confirmation
(a) Voltage Fluctuations (provided no expansion/enhancement of the network is involved)
(1) Local problem - Rs. 10/- for each hour Rs.5/- for each hour of Min. 95%
in vicinity of consumer premises 6 working hours of default beyond default beyond maximum
maximum specified specified time limit
in vicinity but extending through 2 days time limit
the service line till the first pole
(2) Change of transformer tap 2 days
(3) Restoration of distribution lines/ 30 days

transformer/capacitor

(b) Low voltage -
(1) Where expansion/enhancement of 120 days from the

the network is not involved registration of the
complaint.
(2) Where expansion/enhancement of 120 days from the
the network is involved registration of the
complaint.
(c) Where
expansion/enhancement of the
network is involved
(i) Submission of proposal for one month from the
Commission’s approval registration of
complaint
Completion of erection/ Within the time lines
(ii) commissioning of sub-station specified in the capital
expenditure plan / or
the timelines approved
by the Commission
Note:-The compensation for industrial and agricultural consumers, who are expected to install capacitors at their end, shall not be paid the compensation, if
capacitors of adequate capacity are not installed at their premises.
J Change in contract demand (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)
(i) Request for change in Contract 30 days after receipt of Rs. 50 for each day of Not applicable Min. 95%
Demand. application default
(ii) Refund of excess amount, after Within one month of Rs50 for each day of Not applicable Min. 95%
making adjustments for the amounts the effective date of default.
outstanding from the consumer to reduction of contract
the licensee, demand/connected
load;
K Complaints about consumer bills (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)
On receipt of the consumer billing twenty four hours if no Rs. 10/- for each day of Not applicable 99% of
complaint. additional information is default beyond complaints
required. maximum specified time received
Within ten days, if limit
additional information is
required

Note-In case the complaint is
genuine and revision of bill already
issued becomes necessary, the due
date for payment of bill shall be
reckoned from the date of revised bill
for the purpose of disconnection of
supply or for levy of additional
charges for belated payment.
L New connections/additional load (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)
Time lines for release of new As per the HPERC LT Rs. 50 / day Not Applicable Min. 95%
connections/ additional load * (Licensee’s Duty for 11kV Rs. 50 / day
* Submissions of PAC along with A&A Supply of Electricity on 22kV Rs. 50 / day
form should not be insisted for new request) Regulations, 33kV Rs. 100 / day
connection/ additional load request 2004. EHT Rs. 400/day
up to 100 kW.
M Transfer of Ownership and change of category (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)
(1) Transfer of title/ownership Within 10 days after Rs. 100 for each day of Not Applicable Min.99%
completion of default
formalities
(2) Change of Category Within 10 days after Rs. 100 for each day of Not Applicable Min.99%
completion of default
formalities
(3) Conversion between various voltage classes-
(a) Informing feasibility Within 7 days after Rs. 10 for each day of Not Applicable Min. 95%
receipt of application default
(b) Conversion from single phase to Within two months from Rs. 50 for each day of Not Applicable Min. 95%
Low Tension 3-phase and vice-versa the date of payment of default
charges and submission
of the test report.
(c) Conversion from Low Tension 3- Rs. 50 for each day of Not Applicable Min. 95%
phase to High Tension 3- phase and default
vice-versa
(i) if extension of line is not Within two months from
required the date of payment of
Charges and submission
of test report.

(ii) if extension of line is required With in 90 days from
the date of payment of
charges and submission
of test report.
N Disconnection/Re-connection of supply (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)

(a) Consumer requesting permanent
disconnection-
(i) special reading and preparation of within five days from Rs. 50/- for each day of Not applicable Min. 98%
final bill, including all arrears up to receipt of application default
the date of such billing
(ii) disconnection of supply Within 3 days upon

payment of dues.
(iii) refund of the security deposit, if Within one month of Rs. 50/- for each day of
any, after making adjustments for the effective date of default beyond
the amounts outstanding from the termination of the specified maximum
consumer to the licensee agreement time limit in addition to
simple interest @12%
pa as specified under
the security deposits
regulation
(b) Consumer requesting temporary disconnection-

special reading and preparation of Within five days from Rs. 50/- for each day of Not applicable Min. 95%
final bill, including all arrears up to such request default beyond
the date of such billing specified maximum
temporary disconnection within 5 days upon time limit
payment of dues
(including energy
charges, fix charges like
demand charges, meter
rent etc. and
reconnection charges

(c) Reconnections-
(i) after temporary disconnection (if the Same as specified for Same as specified for Not applicable
service line has been removed) new new connection/
connection/additional additional load request
load request under item under item L of this
L of this schedule. schedule.
(ii) after temporary disconnection (if the Within 24 hours of Rs. 100/- per day of Not applicable Min. 99%
service line has not been removed) receipt of request. default
(iii) where circumstances leading to the within 1 day on receipt Rs. 300/- per day of Not Applicable 100%
disconnection were attributed to the of request / complaint. default
licensee.
(d) reconnection of supply disconnected Within 48 hours from
under sub-section(1A) of section the date of deposit or
135 of the Act. payment of assessed
- - -
amount or electricity
charges in accordance
with the Act.
O Power Availability Certificate (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)
(provided all the formalities as per Within forty five days of Rs. 50 for each day of Not Applicable Min. 95%
clause 3.2 of the Supply Code are the receipt of request or default
met with and there is capacity such extended period
available with the licensee) as approved by the
Commission
P Temporary supply of Power (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)
(a) Examination the technical feasibility Within 3 days of receipt Rs. 50/- per day of Not Min. 95%
of the connection requested for and of the application and default Applicable
if found feasible sanctioning the load payment of chargers.
and raising a demand note -

(b) Release of temporary connection –
(i) Where no extension of distribution Within 7 days from the LT Rs. 50 / day Not Min. 95%
mains or the commissioning of new receipt of application 11kV Rs. 50 / day applicable
sub-station is involved. and payment of 22kV Rs. 50 / day
charges. 33kV Rs. 100 / day
EHT Rs. 400 / day
(ii) Where extension of distribution Within the time lines as
mains or the commissioning of new specified in the HPERC
sub-station is involved. (Licensee’s Duty to
Supply of Electricity on
request) Regulation,
2004.
Q Other Standards (for Urban, Rural and Remote Areas)
(a) Making and keeping regular a) At Sub-Divisional Level Rs. 20/- per default Not Applicable Min. 95%
appointments -Twice a week
b) At Divisional Level Rs. 50/- per default
- Once a week
c) At Circle Level Rs. 100/- per default
- Once a fortnight
d) At Chief Engineer Level Rs. 200/- per default
- Once a month
Note:
1) Days and time of
appointments should be
notified by the licensee on
uniform basis for all offices
throughout the State.
2) Days and time of
appointment shall be
displayed outside the
room of the Officer
concerned and also
printed on the backside of
the bills.
(b) Making and keeping special appointments Appointments may be had Rs. 200 per default Not Applicable Min. 98%
at the above levels at the
specific request of any
consumer

3. Efficiency Parameters
Parameters Targeted Level of Standard of Performance

(a) Failure of -
(i) 33/11 kV Power Transformers Not exceeding 0.5% in a year of the number of transformers in service at the beginning of year
(ii) 11/0.4 kV Distribution Power Transformers Not exceeding 5% in a year of the number of transformers in service at the beginning of year
(b) % of Stopped/Defective Meters Not exceeding 2 % of the meters installed

(c) % T& D Losses Subject to Commission’s directions in ARR/Tariff Order from time to time
(d) % Collection Efficiency Overall Annual Average monthly collection efficiency not less than 99%
LT Consumers Overall Annual Average monthly collection efficiency not less than – 95%
HT & EHT consumers Overall Annual Average monthly collection efficiency not less than – 100%
Where monthly collection efficiency = Amount realized divided by the amount assessed during the
month.
Bills challenged in any court of law shall not be considered for the purpose of collection efficiency.

(4) Reliability & Quality of Power Supply
(I) Reliability of the distribution system operated by the licensee shall be computed
on the basis of number and duration of sustained interruptions in pre-defined
period of time e.g. quarterly, annually etc. In a power system, it may take a few
minutes or repetitive operation of protective devices, to restore power after
transient faults or to reroute power in the network to restore supply to the
affected area.
The licensee shall compute and report the value of following sustained
interruption indices, prescribed by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers (IEEE) Standard 1366 of 2003, from [1st April, 2012]37 and till then,
the methodology for calculation of reliability indices shall continue as specified
under the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Distribution
Licensees' Standards of Performance) Regulations, 2005):
Sustained interruptions, not classified as a part of momentary event, which
last more than five minutes duration shall be considered for judging the reliability
of the system and momentary interruptions (including all reclosing operation that
occur within five minute of the first interruption), not exceeding five minutes
duration, from the first interruption shall be ignored in computation.
a. SAIFI
SAIFI (System Average Interruption Frequency Index) indicates how often the
average customer experiences a sustained interruption over a pre-defined period
of time. Mathematically, this is as follows,
SAIFI= Σ Total Number of Consumers Interrupted

Total Number of Consumers served
i.e. SAIFI = Σ Ni
NT
Where, Ni = No. of interrupted consumers for each sustained

interruption event during a quarter.
NT = Total no. of consumers served in the area.
b. SAIDI
SAIDI (System Average Interruption Duration Index) indicates the total duration
of interruption for an average consumer, as consumer minutes or consumer
hours, during a pre-defined period. Mathematically, this is as follows,
SAIDI= Σ Customer Interruption Durations
Total Number of Customers Served
i.e. SAIDI = Σ ri Ni
NT
ri = Restoration time for each interruption event
37
The words & figures “ 1st April, ,2011” substituted with “1st April,2012” by Himachal Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission (Distribution Performance Standards)(First Amendment), Regulations, 2011
Ni = No. of interrupted consumers for each sustained interruption event
during the quarter.
NT= Total no. of consumers served in the area.
c. Consumers Average Interruption Frequency Index (CAIFI)

Consumers average interruption frequency index gives the average frequency
of sustained interruptions for those consumers experiencing sustained
interruptions. The consumer is counted once regardless of the number of
times interrupted for this calculation.
CAIFI = Σ Ni
CN
Where
Ni = Total no. of interrupted consumers for each sustained interruption
event during the quarter.
CN = Total number of consumers who have experienced a sustained
interruption during the quarter.
d. Consumers Average Interruption Duration Index (CAIDI)

Consumers average interruption duration index is the average time required to
restore service. Mathematically, simplified
CAIDI = SAIDI / SAIFI
-CAIDI shall be calculated for a sub-station, for a circle and for the
Licensee as a whole. The index shall be expressed in interruption minutes
per consumer per year.
-SAIFI, SAIDI, CAIFI and CAIDI indices shall be calculated for a sub-
station, for a circle and for the Licensee as a whole quarterly and the
consolidated indices value should form part of the report under sub-
regulation 10(1).
While the indices, the following types of interruptions shall not be taken
into account:
(a) Planned outages i.e. interruption due to “State Annual Outage plan”
prepared in advance for the financial year SLDC if not deferred
taking into account the statutory requirements ( Clause 5.8.4 (f) of
the State Grid Code)
(b) Momentary interruptions of duration less than five minutes
(c) Contingency outages in intra-State transmission network as identified
under clause 3.5.1 (a)of the State Grid Code.
(d) Outages due to Force Majeure reasons beyond the control of the
Licensee like fire, earthquake, floods, storms, and riots etc. including
forced outages i.e. an outage of a generating unit or a transmission
facility due to a fault or other reason which has not been planned.
Within six months of these regulations coming into force, the Licensee
shall declare Reliability Index (RI) in the form of SAIDI & SAIFI in its area
of supply and shall publish it in local newspaper having wide circulation in
that area.
The Commission shall fix benchmarks for standards of reliability on the
basis of data collected for one year and revise the levels to be achieved
from time to time for ensuring improvement in the performance of the
licensee.
(II) Voltage Variation Limits
Licensee shall ensure that long duration voltage variation at the point of
commencement of supply to consumer as defined in Indian Electricity Rules,
1956, shall not vary from the declared voltage as below:
Type of supply and declared Variation Variation
voltage maximum minimum
limit % limit %
(+) (-)
230 Volts single phase 50 Hz AC 6% of 6% of
supply declared declared
voltage voltage
400 Volts three phase 50 Hz AC supply 6% of 6% of
declared declared
voltage voltage
2200/660011000/15000/22000/330000 6% of 9% of
Volts three phase 50 Hz AC supply declared declared
voltage voltage
66000 Volts and above three phase 50 10% of 12.5% of
Hz AC supply declared declared
voltage voltage
The complaints with respect to voltage variation limits shall be established

through portable voltage recorders or meter reading instruments.
(III) Voltage unbalance

The Voltage unbalance shall not exceed the following limits:
Voltage Limit of voltage Implementation Stage
Level unbalance
33 kV 3% As specified by CEA Grid Connectivity
level Regulation, 2004
11 kV/22 3.5% As specified by CEA Grid Connectivity
level Regulation, 2004

Annexure-A
(see sub-regulation (2) of regulation 5)
APPLICATION FOR CLAIMING COMPENSATION AMOUNT

BY THE AFFECTED CONSUMER
1 Name of the Consumer

2 Address
3 Nature of complaint in brief
4 Complaint Number
5 Date and time of Registration of complaint
6 Date and time the complaint was attended to by the
Licensee
7 Standard time within which the complaint is to be
attended to as per Licensees’ Standards of
Performance Regulations
8 Actual Time taken to attend to the complaint
9 Compensation claimed as per Licensees’ Standards of

Performance Regulations
Date:
Signature
Place:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Claim Number:
Date
Name of the Consumer
Claim for compensation amount received on (Date)
Signature of the official receiving the application
With Name, Seal and Date

SHIMLA
NOTIFICATION
No. HPERC-(H)(1)-1/2012 Dated: Shimla, the 23rd Jan., 2013
WHEREAS the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission had notified

the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Guidelines for Establishment of
Forum for Redressal of Grievances of Consumers) Regulations, 2003 and the Himachal
Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Electricity Ombudsman) Regulations, 2004, in
the Rajpatra, Himachal Pradesh (Extra-ordinary) dated 24th October, 2003 and 19th April,
2004, respectively;
AND WHEREAS after coming into force of the said regulations, there has been
significant changes in the Distribution Performance Standards of the licensee and in the
consumer grievance redressal mechanism and the recommendations in relation thereto
have been made by the Forum of Regulators (FOR) in its Report on “Protection of
Consumer Interest” which have been endorsed and approved by the Hon’ble Appellate
Tribunal for Electricity for implementation vide its Order dated 15.4.2010.
AND WHEREAS, with a view to simplify the process for registration and resolution
of consumer complaints, the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission
recognizes the urgency and need to revise and modify the existing regulations framed by
the Commission;
NOW THEREFORE, the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission, in

exercise of the powers conferred by Clauses (r) and (s) of subsection (2) of section 181,
read with sub-sections (5) to (8) of section 42, of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003)
and all other powers enabling it in this behalf and in supersession of the Himachal
Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Guidelines for Establishment of Forum for
Redressal of Grievances of the Consumers) Regulations, 2003 published in the Rajpatra,
Himachal Pradesh (Extraordinary) dated 24th October, 2003 and the Himachal Pradesh
Electricity Regulatory Commission (Electricity Ombudsman) Regulations, 2004 published
in the Rajpatra, Himachal Pradesh (Extraordinary) dated 19th April, 2004, hereby, after
previous publication, makes the following Regulations providing guidelines to the
distribution licensees in the State for establishing Forum(s) for redressal of grievances of
consumers and for the appointment of Electricity Ombudsman by the Commission for
making representations against non-redressal of grievances of consumers and the time
and manner of settlement of grievances by the Electricity Ombudsman and for matters
incidental and ancillary thereto and further to provide the consumers, in their discretion,
before approaching the Consumer Grievances Redressal Forum under these Regulations,
option to approach the Internal Executive Disputes Resolution Mechanism, if any, set up
by the distribution licensee.
REGULATIONS
THE HIMACHAL PRADESH ELECTRICITY REGULATORY COMMISSION
(CONSUMER GRIEVANCES REDRESSAL FORUM AND OMBUDSMAN)
REGULATIONS, 2013
CHAPTER-I
SHORT TITLE, COMMENCEMENT, SCOPE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1. Short title, extent and commencement. - (1) These Regulations may be called
the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (Consumer Grievances Redressal
Forum and Ombudsman) Regulations, 2013.
(2) These Regulations shall extend to the whole of the State of Himachal Pradesh.
(3) These Regulations shall come into force on the date of their publication in the
2. Objectives, Scope and application. - (1) Without prejudice to right which a
consumer may have apart from the rights conferred upon him under section 42 of the
Act, the said section 42 requires every distribution licensee to establish a Consumer
Grievance Redressal Forum as per the guidelines of the State Commission and any
consumer who is aggrieved by non-redressal of his grievance by the forum, may make a
representation for the redressal of his grievance to an authority to be known as
Ombudsman, to be appointed or designated by the State Commission, who is to settle
the grievance of the consumer within such time and in such manner as may be specified
by the State Commission.
(2) The objective of these Regulations is to lay down the guidelines for setting up the
Consumer Grievance Redressal Forum under section (5) of section 42 of the Act and the
time limits within which and the manner in which the Consumer Grievance Redressal
Forum and the Ombudsman, to be appointed under sub-section (6) of section 42 of the
Act, shall settle the grievances of the consumers.
(3) These Regulations shall be applicable to all the distribution licensees, in the State
of Himachal Pradesh, in their respective areas of supply.
(4) Nothing contained in these Regulations shall, expressly or impliedly, restrict the
rights and privileges of the consumers available to them under the Internal Executive
Disputes Resolution Mechanism (IEDRM) within the distribution licensee and any
consumer, who is not satisfied with the solution offered by the licensee under such
Internal Executive Disputes Resolution Mechanism, may file the representation under
these Regulations.
3. Definitions (1) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, -
(a) “Act” means the Electricity Act, 2003(36 of 2003);
(b) “Annexure” means the annexure to these Regulations;
(d) “complainant” means and includes -
(i) any consumer or consumers including their legal heirs or successors, having a
grievance/complaint against a licensee and lodging the same either directly or through
their representatives, or
(ii) any voluntary consumer association or associations, registered under the law
for the time being in force and making the complaints in the larger common or similar
interest of the consumers, or
(iii) any person whose electricity connection is disconnected, or
(iv) an applicant for a new connection for the supply of electricity;
(e) “grievance” means, and includes any complaint, relating to any fault,
imperfection, shortcoming or inadequacy in the quality, nature and manner of
performance which has been undertaken to be performed by a licensee in pursuance of a
licence, contract, agreement or under the Electricity Supply Code or in relation to the
Distribution Performance Standards of the licensees, as specified by the Commission, and
includes billing disputes of any nature and matters related to safety of the distribution
system having potential of endangering life or property;
(f) “Forum” means the Forum for Redressal of Grievances of Consumers required to be
established, by the distribution licensee, pursuant to sub-section (5) of section 42 of the
Act and the guidelines contained in these Regulations;
(g) “licensee” means a licensee authorised to operate and maintain a distribution

system for supplying electricity to the consumers in his area of supply and includes a
deemed licensee;
(h) “Member” means the Member of the Forum and includes the Chairperson of the
Forum;
(i) “Ombudsman” means an authority appointed or designated by the Commission,
under sub-section (6) of section 42 of the Act, and these Regulations, with whom a
representation may be made by any person, who is dissatisfied by the redressal or is
aggrieved by the non-redressal of his grievances by the Forum;
(j) “representation” means the representation made to the Ombudsman by a
complainant, who is aggrieved by the order of the Forum (including the partial or full
dismissal order), or non-redressal of his grievances by the Forum within the specified
time or dissatisfaction with the order issued by the Forum or non-implementation of the
Forum’s order by the licensee within the specified time;
(k) “time lines” means the time specified in Annexure-I or any other provisions of these
Regulations for processing any complaint or representation made under these
Regulations.
(2) The other words and expressions used and not defined in these Regulations, but
defined in the Act, shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.
4. Interpretation.- These Regulations shall be construed harmoniously with the
Electricity Supply Code specified by the Commission under the provisions of clause (x),
and the Distribution Performance Standards of the licensee and under clause (za,), of
sub-section (2) of section 181 of the Act and in case of any inconsistency with these
Regulations, Distribution Performance Standards of the licensee and the Electricity Supply
Code shall prevail.
CHAPTER-II
CONSUMER GRIEVANCES REDRESSAL FORUM (CGRF)
5. Establishment of Forum .- (1) Every distribution licensee shall, within six months,
from the grant of licence, establish, in its area of supply, under sub-section
(5) of section 42 of the Act, a Forum for Redressal of Grievances of the consumers, in
accordance with the guidelines contained in these Regulations:
Provided that the distribution licensee may, by an order, after considering factors
such as the number of representations received, disposal of representation within the
specified time limit, ease of access for the consumer and the geographical area, establish
more than one Forum in its area of supply and in that event each such Forum shall have
the jurisdiction as the distribution licensee, out of its total area of supply, define the
territorial jurisdiction of each Forum in such order.
(2) In order to ensure that all grievances are disposed of within the specified time limit
the Commission may, from time to time, direct the licensee to increase the number of
Forums.
6. Headquarters of Forum .- The head office of the Forum shall be preferably at the
headquarters of the distribution licensee. The Forum may, with the overall objective of
ensuring that the complaints/grievances are heard and redressed within the time limit
specified under these Regulations, conduct its sittings preferably at the Revenue
Divisional headquarters or at such other places, within its area of jurisdiction, as may be
considered necessary and proper by it.
7. Constitution of Forum and a Appointments of its Members. - (1) The Forum
shall consist of three Members including the Chairperson, who shall be persons of
experience, ability, integrity and standing, and out of them -
i) two Members shall be appointed by the distribution licensee out of its
officers, who have more than one year service left for supernnuation and out of these
two -
(a) one Member shall have degree in electrical engineering and have
at least 25 years experience in generation, transmission,
distribution or trading of electricity and who is not below the rank
of a Chief Engineer or its equivalent; and
(b) one Member shall have degree in engineering or finance or
commerce or economics or law or management and who is
preferably not below the rank of a Superintending Engineer, or its
equivalent, with working experience of at least 20 years in the
organisation engaged in generation, transmission, distribution or
trading in electricity;
(ii) one Independent Member shall be nominated by the Commission, out
of the persons -
(a) who are retired officers of the State Government or of its
Undertakings with a minimum 20 years service and are familiar
with the consumer affairs or regulatory affairs; or
(b) who are representatives of the registered voluntary consumers
protection organisations or NGOs or consumer activists with
experience of at least five years in dealing with the matters
concerning “consumer grievances”;
and such a Member shall be selected through advertisement in the

newspapers and display on the website of the Commission:
Provided that a person to be nominated as Independent Member of the Forum

shall not have been in the employment in any capacity under, or agency of, the
licensee; for a minimum period of one year prior to his being nominated as the
Independent Member of the Forum.
(2) No person shall be appointed and/or be entitled to continue as a Member if he-

(i) has been adjudged as an insolvent;
(ii) has been convicted of an offence which, in the opinion of the licensee,
involves moral turpitude;
(iii) has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as such a Member;
(iv) has acquired such financial or other interest as is likely to affect
prejudicially his functions as a Member;
(v) has so abused his position as to render his continuance in office prejudicial
to public interest; or
(vi) has been guilty of proven misbehaviour.
8. Removal of Member (1)An existing Member shall be liable to be removed from his
office forthwith on any of the grounds mentioned in sub- regulation (2) of regulation 7.
(2) No Member shall be removed from his office on any ground specified in sub
regulation (2) of regulation 7, unless the licensee has held an independent inquiry in
accordance with such procedure as be directed by the Commission:
Provided further that the Independent Member, nominated by the

Commission under clause(ii) of sub-regulation (1) of regulation 7, shall be removed from
his office only after the prior approval of the Commission.
9. Presiding Officer of the Forum .- (1) The Member of the Forum appointed, by the

licensee, under sub-clause(a) of clause (i) of sub-regulation (1) of regulation 7, shall be
the Chairperson of the Forum.
(2) The Chairperson shall have the general powers of superintendence and control
over the Forum.
(3) In case the Chairperson of the Forum is unable to discharge the functions owing to
his absence, illness or any other cause, the Member appointed under sub-clause(b) of
clause(i) of sub-regulation (1) of regulation 7, shall discharge the functions of the
Chairperson, until the day when the Chairperson assumes his office.
10. Tenure of Members .- (1) Every Member to be appointed by the licensee

under Clause (i) of sub-regulation (1) of regulation 7, shall be appointed, and shall
ordinarily hold office as such, for a period minimum of one year, but not exceeding three
years:
Provided that no Member, other than the Independent nominated Member of the
Forum, shall hold office as such, after he ceases to be the officer of the licensee;
(2) The Independent Member, nominated by the Commission, under Clause (ii) of
sub-regulation (1) of regulation-7 shall hold office as such for a period of three years:
Provided that no Independent Member of the Forum shall hold office as such,
after he attains the age of sixty five years.
11. Voting and consensus Two Members shall form the quorum for the Forum’s
meeting and proceedings before the Forum and each Member shall have one vote. In
case of equality of votes on any issue, the Chairperson or in his absence the person
presiding shall have the second or casting vote.
12. Vacancies .- (1) The licensee shall ensure that the post of a Member is not kept
vacant for the period of more than 30 days:
Provided that in case the licensee is unable to fill the vacant post within a
period of 30 days, the Commission may, at the request of the licensee, grant such
additional time, as it deems fit, to the licensee for the purpose of filling up of such
vacancy.
(2) No act or proceedings of the Forum shall be deemed to be invalid by reason of any
defect in the constitution of the Forum or by reason of the existence of a vacancy
amongst its Members.
13. Remuneration and other expenses. - (1) The salary or honorarium, TA/DA and
other allowances payable to, and terms and conditions of service of -
(a) the Members appointed by the licensee under clause (i) of sub
regulation (1) of regulation 7; shall be governed by the terms and
conditions of their employment with such a licensee and shall
continue to draw the same salary as they are entitled to as regular
employees of the licensee; and
(b) the Independent Member nominated by the Commission under
clause(ii) of sub- regulation (1) of regulation 7; shall be such as may
be determined by the Commission.
(2) The salary,allowances and other terms and conditions of service of the
Member shall not be varied to his disadvantage after his appointment.
14. Secretariat (1) The office, staff and other facilities required by the Members of the
Forum, for efficient functioning of the Forum shall be provided by the licensee.
(2) Out of such staff one person, not below the rank of the Section Officer or its
equivalent, shall be designated as the full time Secretary of the Forum.
(3) The expenses of the Forum, including all salaries, honorarium and allowances
payable to the Members and its staff, shall be allowed as pass through expense in the
Annual Revenue Requirements of the licensee.
15. Particulars of the Forum to widely published.- The name, location, e-mail
address, telephone and fax numbers of the Forum, shall be widely published through
newspapers and displayed on the website and all the offices of the licensee and the
Commission, and shall be intimated to the consumers through electricity bills. These
particulars shall also be publicized through electronic media.
CHAPTER-III
RIGHT TO APPROACH THE FORUM
16. Right to approach the Forum .- (1) The Complainant shall, in respect of matters
falling under the jurisdiction of the Forum, have the right to approach the Forum directly,
without exhausting any other remedy available to him through any Internal Executive
Disputes Redressal Mechanism other than the Forum established under these Regulations
existing within the licensee;
(2) The Complainant can also approach the Forum in the following events :-
(i) if the licensee fails to register a grievance/complaint; or
(ii) if the licensee fails to resolve a grievance/complaint in accordance
with the Distribution Performance Standards specified by the Commission; or
(iii) if the consumer/complainant is not satisfied with the redressal of his
grievance/complaint by the licensee.
CHAPTER-IV
PROCESS FOR SUBMISSION AND REDRESSAL OF GRIEVANCES
17. Submission of grievances (1) The Complainant can submit his grievance either in
person or through post, e-mail or fax giving the particulars of his grievance as specified in
ANNEXURE - II:
Provided that the Forum shall take cognizance of any grievance submitted based
on the merit of the case and will not reject any grievance for the sole reason of its not
having been submitted in the specified format.
(2) The Complainant may also submit his grievance at the nearest Zonal, Operations
Circle or Division headquarters of the licensee or at the other Complaint-Receiving
Centres, set up by the licensee.
(3) All such Complaint-Receiving Centres shall accept the grievances from complainants
falling within the jurisdiction of the Forum and the grievances along with other supporting
documents, so received, shall be forwarded to the relevant Forum within the next
working day.
(4) The Complainant shall be issued acknowledgement of the receipt of grievance by the
Complaint Receiving Centre:
Provided that in case of receipt of grievance-
(a) in person, the acknowledgement shall be issued immediately;
(b) by post, e-mail or fax, the acknowledgement shall be despatched
latest by the next working day:
Provided further that in case of receipt of grievance in the Complaint Receiving
Centre, the contact details of the appropriate Forum shall be supplied alongwith the
acknowledgement by the next working day.
(5) The licensee shall designate one of its officer as a nodal officer at the headquarters
to monitor and ensure that all Complaints Receiving Centres forward the complaints
received by them as per time lines specified under these Regulations.
(6) On receipt of complaint made under sub-regulation(1) of this regulation, the Forum
may, by order under intimation to the Complainant, allow the complaint to be proceeded
with or rejected:
Provided that no grievance shall be rejected, unless the Complainant has
been given an opportunity of being heard.
(7) Where a complaint is allowed to be proceeded with under sub-regulation(6), the
Forum may proceed with the complaint in the manner provided under these Regulations.
18. Prioritization of complaints As far as is possible and practical, the grievances

shall be prioritized for redressal based on the following priority order :-
(1) non-supply
(2) connection/disconnection of supply
(3) meter-related issues
(4) billing-related issues
(5) other issues:
Provided that it should be ensured that all grievances are disposed of within
the time lines specified under these Regulations.
19. Limitations/ pre-conditions for submission of grievance. - The Forum may

reject the grievance at any stage under any or more of the following circumstances :-
(a) in cases where proceedings in respect of the same matter and between the
same Complainant and the licensee are pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrator or
any other authority, or a decree or award or a final order has already been passed by any
such court, tribunal, arbitrator or authority;
(b) in cases which fall under sections 126, 127, 135 to 139, 152, and 161 of the
Act;
(c) in cases where the grievance has been submitted two years after the date on
which the cause of action has arisen; and
(d) in the case of grievances which are -
(i) frivolous, vexatious, malafide;
(ii) without any sufficient cause; or
(iii) where there is no prima facie loss or damage or inconvenience
caused to the Complainant or the consumers who are represented by an
association or group of consumers.
20. Process. - (1) The Forum shall forward a copy of the grievance to the officer
designated by the licensee authorised to accept the service of notices, and to appear and
defend on its behalf and where no such officer is designated by the licensee, to the
concerned officer of the licensee or the employee / employees / department named in
the grievance.
(2) The designated officer or the concerned officer, as the case may be, of the licensee
shall furnish para-wise comments to the Forum on the grievance within the time lines
specified in Annexure-I, failing which the Forum shall proceed on the basis of the
material available on record.
(3) The Forum may call for any record from the licensee or from the Complainant as is
relevant for examination and disposal of the grievance, and both the parties shall be
under obligation to provide such information, document or record as the Forum may call
for and where a party fails to furnish such information, document or record and the
Forum is satisfied that the party in possession of the record is withholding it deliberately,
it may draw an adverse inference in relation thereto.

21. Inspection. - (1) The Forum may direct the licensee to undertake an inspection or
engage a third party to undertake such inspection with regard to the grievance, as may
be required for expeditious redressal of the grievance or it may in special circumstances
of a case and recording reasons therefore and at the instance and request of the
Complainant, engage a third party (other than the licensee) to undertake inspection and
obtain an independent report.
(2) The expenses of such third-party inspection, except expenses of inspection at the
request of the Complainant, shall be borne by the licensee, and to the extent reasonable
and justifiable, such expenses shall be allowed as pass through expense in the
determination of tariff in accordance with the relevant Regulations of the Commission:
Provided that if inspection is taken up at the request of the Complainant, the
expenses shall be deposited in advance by him, which may or may not be refunded by
the Forum depending on whether the grievance is found to be of substance or not.
22. Promotion of settlement by conciliation.- The Forum may in appropriate cases

call the designated officer or the concerned officer of the licensee, as the case may be,
for negotiations in order to seek redressal of the grievance filed before it and if the
matter is settled through negotiations, it may be recorded as a decision and conveyed to
the Complainant and the licensee by the order of the Forum.
23. Hearing of representations.- (1) Where the Forum comes to the conclusion that
the Complainant and the designated officer or the concerned officer of the licensee, as
the case may be, are required to be heard for redressal of a grievance, the Forum shall
call the Complainant and the designated officer or the concerned officer, as the case may
be, with the details of the case and documents, if any, as may be necessary.
(2) Where the complainant or the licensee or his representative is unable to appear
before the Forum on the date fixed for hearing on more than two occasions consecutively
the Forum may, for reason to be recorded in writing, dispense with the presence of such
person and may decide the grievance ex-parte.
(3) No adjournment shall ordinarily be granted by the Forum, unless sufficient cause is
shown and the reasons for grant of adjournment have been recorded in writing by the
Forum.
(4) The Forum may make an order as to the cost, occasioned by the adjournment, to
be paid by the defaulting party to the non defaulting party and/or to the Forum.
24. Appearance through an Advocate.- A complainant, distribution licensee or any

other person who is a party to any proceedings before the Forum may either appear in
person or authorise any person, other than an Advocate (within the meaning of the
Advocates Act, 1961), to present his case before the Forum and to do all or any of the
acts for the purpose.
25. Interim Order. - Upon request of the complainant, the Forum may issue such
interim orders pending final disposal of the grievance as it may consider necessary:
Provided that the Forum shall have the power to pass such an interim order in
any proceeding, hearing or matter before it, as it may consider appropriate if the
complainant satisfies the Forum that prima facie, the distribution licensee has threatened
or is likely to remove or disconnect the electricity connection, and has or is likely to
contravene any of the provisions of the Act or any rules and regulations made thereunder
or any order of the Commission, provided that the Forum has jurisdiction on such
matters:
Provided further that, except where it appears that the object of passing the
interim order would be defeated by delay, no such interim order shall be passed unless
the opposite party has been given an opportunity of being heard and an amount equal to
1/3rd of the disputed amount is deposited in cash with the licensee and documentary
evidence of such deposit has been furnished.
26. Issuance of Order.- (1) On receipt of the comments from the licensee or otherwise
and after conducting or having made such inquiry or local inspection conducted as the
Forum may consider necessary, and after affording reasonable opportunity of being
heard to the parties, the Forum shall take a decision.
(2) If, after the completion of the proceedings, the Forum is satisfied that the allegations
contained in the grievance are correct, it shall -
(a) issue an order to the distribution licensee directing it to do one or more of
the following things in a time-bound manner, namely:-
(i) to remove the cause of grievance in question;
(ii) to return to the complainant the undue charges paid by the
complainant along with the interest at the rate equal to the short Term
Prime Lending Rate of the State Bank of India as on 1st April of the
financial year for the period for which the undue disputed amount was
withheld by the licensee; or
(b) pass any other order, deemed appropriate in the facts and circumstances
of the case.
(3) If, after the completion of proceedings, the Forum is satisfied that the allegations
contained in the grievance are incorrect or if the interim Order issued under regulation
25, need not be confirmed, the Forum shall set aside the said interim Order and restore
the other party to the position to which it would have been in the absence of such interim
Order.
(4) The Order of the Forum shall be reasoned and the reasons given by the Forum in
support of the Order, including those by the dissenting Member, if any, shall form a part
of the Order, and the Members who heard the matter shall sign the Order.
(5) In cases of grievances related to non-supply, connection or disconnection of
supply, the Forum shall pass the order within 20 days of filing of the grievance and in
cases of other grievances, the order shall be passed within 45 days of filing of the
grievance:
Provided that in the event of a grievance being disposed off after the
specified maximum period, the Forum shall record, in writing, the reasons for the same at
the time of disposing the said grievance under intimation to the Ombudsman.
(6) The order of the Forum shall be communicated to the complainant and the licensee
in writing within three days. A certified copy of every order passed by the Forum shall be
delivered to the parties.
(7) The Forum may at any time, after affording an opportunity of being heard, review
its Order either on its own motion or an application of any of the parties to the original
proceedings, within 30 days of the order on-
(i) the discovery of new and important matter of evidence which, after the
exercise of due diligence, was not within his knowledge or could not be
produced by him at the time the order was made;
(ii) on account of some mistake or error apparent from the face of the record;
(iii) for any other sufficient reasons.
27. Compliance of the order of Forum. - (1) The licensee shall comply with the order
of the Forum within 21 days or within such shorter period as may be directed by an order
made by the Forum, from the date of receipt of the order. In appropriate cases,
considering the nature of the case, the Forum, upon the request of the licensee, may
extend the period for compliance of its order up to a maximum of three months. Non-
compliance of the order of the Forum shall be treated as violation of the Regulations of
the Commission and accordingly liable for action under section 142 of the Act.
(2) The concerned officer of the licensee shall furnish a compliance report of the order of
the Forum within seven days from the date of compliance, to the Forum and to the
complainant. The Forum shall keep a record of the compliance of its orders and review
the same every month. In case of non-compliance of its orders, the Forum shall take up
the matter with the higher authorities of the licensee for compliance. If even after that
the order is not complied with, the Forum shall inform the Commission regarding such
non-compliance.
28. Representation against the Forum’s order. - (1) A complainant may prefer a
representation before the Ombudsman appointed/ designated by the Commission under
the following circumstances:-
(a) if the complainant is aggrieved by the non-redressal of the grievance by the
Forum within the period specified,
(b) if the complainant is not satisfied with the order passed by the Forum, and
(c) if the complainant is aggrieved by the non-implementation of the Forum’s
order, by the licensee
(2) The representation under sub-regulation (1) shall be made-
(a) in case the complainant is aggrieved by the non-redressal of the grievance
by the Forum within 30 days after the time limit specified for the issuance
of the Forum’s Order;
(b) in case the complainant is not satisfied with the Order passed by the
Forum, within 30 days after issuance of the Order by the Forum;
(c) if the complainant is aggrieved by the non-implementation of the Forum’s
Order, by the licensee, within 30 days after the time limit specified for the
implementation of the Order.
(3) The Forum may settle any grievance in terms of an agreement reached between the
parties at any stage of the proceedings before it and there shall be no right of
representation before the Ombudsman against such an order.
29. Reporting requirements.-

(1) The Forum shall, within 15 days of the close of the quarter to which it relates,
submit a quarterly report on disposal of grievances to the licensee, Commission and
Ombudsman.
(2) The quarterly report should be submitted in accordance with the format as specified
in ANNEXURE III.
(3) The Forum shall, within 45 days of the close of the financial year to which it relates,
also furnish a yearly report containing a general review of the activities of the Forum
during the financial year to the licensee, Commission and Ombudsman.
(4) The Commission shall -
(a) analyse reports, submitted by the Forum under sub-regulation (3), with
regards to levels of performance achieved on performance of the
standards under section 57 (Consumer Protection - Standards of
Performance of Licensee) of the Act;
(b) facilitate capacity building of the licensee to develop and implement a
comprehensive consumer awareness vis-a-vis public interaction
programme, explaining to the consumers their rights as consumers
serviced by the licensee.

CHAPTER-V
OMBUDSMAN
30. Qualifications, terms of appointment and removal of Ombudsman .
(1) In terms of sub-section (6) of section 42 of the Act, the Commission may, from time
to time, appoint or designate a person as the Ombudsman to discharge the functions in
accordance with sub-section (7) of section 42 of the Act.
(2) The Commission may appoint or designate more than one Ombudsman for a
licensee or a common Ombudsman or Ombudsmen for two or more licensees considering
factors such as the number of representations received, disposal of representations
within the specified time limit, ease of access for the consumers and the geographical
area.
(3) The Commission shall invite applications through public advertisement for the
appointment of the Ombudsman, and shall also form a Selection Committee for
recommending names for the appointment of the Ombudsman by the Commission.
(4) The Ombudsman shall be a person of experience, ability, integrity and standing who
has adequate knowledge of and has shown capacity in dealing with problems relating to
the electrical engineering, finance, commerce, economics, law, administration and
management etc. and has held strategic positions in the said fields at the level not below
that of the Chief Engineer in a Utility or equivalent position under the Government.
(5) No person shall be appointed or be entitled to continue as the Ombudsman, if he -
(a) has been adjudged as an insolvent;
(b) has been convicted of an offence which, in the opinion of the Commission,
involves moral turpitude;
(c) has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as an Ombudsman;
(d) has acquired such financial or other interest as is likely to affect prejudicially
his functions as an Ombudsman;
(e) has abused his position so as to render his continuance in office prejudicial to
public interest; or
(f) has been guilty of proven misbehaviour:
Provided that the Ombudsman shall not be removed from his office on any
ground specified in this sub-regulation, unless the Commission has, on an inquiry,
concluded that the person ought, on such ground or grounds, be removed.
(6) The Ombudsman shall, before entering upon his office, make and subscribe to,
before the Chairperson of the Commission, an oath of office and secrecy in such manner
and form as may be determined by the Commission.
(7) The salary and other allowances payable to and all other terms and conditions for the
appointment of the Ombudsman shall be such as may be determined by the Commission.
(8) The Ombudsman shall hold office for a fixed term of three years:
Provided that the Ombudsman shall not hold office as such after he attains
the age of 65 years.
(9) The Ombudsman may, by giving three month’s written notice or paying three months
consolidated emoluments in lieu of the notice period, resign from his office.
31. Office of the Ombudsman (1) The Ombudsman’s office shall preferably be located
in the capital city of the State or at any District headquarters in the State:
Provided that the Ombudsman may hold hearings or proceedings at

various places, within the State, in order to expedite the disposal of representations
received before him.
(2) The Ombudsman appointed under sub- regulation (1) shall devote his whole time to

the affairs of his office.
(3) The Commission shall provide the Ombudsman with a Secretariat. The staff strength
of the said Secretariat and terms and conditions of appointment of the staff shall be
determined by the Commission from time to time.
(4) All expenses of the Ombudsman including that of its office and secretariat shall be
borne by the licensee and where there are more than one licensee such expenses shall
be borne by them in proportion to their latest approved net Annual Revenue Requirement
and such expenses shall be pass through in tariff.
(5) The Commission shall approve the budget estimates along with quarterly expenditure
phasing for the year before the commencement of the financial year and the licensee
shall release quarterly advance accordingly in the last month of the previous quarter for
every succeeding quarter to the Ombudsman’s office.
(6) The licensee shall make provision in the Annual Revenue Requirement of all
expenses for recovery through tariff and actual expenses shall be adjusted during true
up.
(7) The name, location, email address and telephone numbers of the Ombudsmen shall
be widely publicised through newspapers and displayed on the websites and the offices
of the licensees and the Commission, and shall be intimated to the consumers through
electricity bills. These may also be publicised through electronic media.
32. Format for submission of representation The complainant may submit his
representation to the Ombudsman as per the format specified in ANNEXURE -IV.
33. Pre-conditions/ limitations for entertaining complainant’s representation :
(1) The representation may be entertained by the Ombudsman only if all of the following
conditions are satisfied that :-
(a) it has been filed by the complainant being the aggrieved consumer or the
association representing the consumer/s;
(b) the complainant has, before making a representation to the Ombudsman,
approached the Forum constituted under sub-section(5) of section 42 of
the Act, for redressal of his grievance;
(c) the representation by the complainant, in respect of the same grievance, is
not pending in any proceedings before any court, tribunal or arbitrator or
any other authority or a decree or award or a final order has not been
passed by any such court, tribunal, arbitrator or authority;
(d) the representation is not in respect of the same cause of action which was
settled or dealt with on merits by the Ombudsman in any previous
proceedings whether or not received from the same complainant or along
with one or more complainants or one or more of the parties concerned
with the cause of action;
(e) the complainant is not satisfied with the redressal of his grievance by the
Forum or the Forum has rejected the grievance or has not passed the order
within the time-limit specified; or the licensee has not implemented the
Forum’s Order ;
(f) the complainant has filed the representation before the Ombudsman within
30 days from the date of receipt of the decision of the Forum or the date of
expiry of the period within which the Forum was required to take the
decision or the date of expiry of the period within which the distribution
licensee was required to implement Forum’s order whichever is applicable:

Provided that the Ombudsman may entertain a representation after
the expiry of the said period of thirty days if the Ombudsman is satisfied
that there is sufficient cause for not filing it within that period;
(g) the complainant has deposited with the Ombudsman, an amount equal to
50% of the amount assessed by the Forum, if any;
(h) the complainant who claims compensation from the distribution licensee
has paid such fees as may be stipulated by the Commission from time to
time.
(2) Subject to the provisions of the Act and this Regulation, the Ombudsman’s decision
as to whether the representation is fit and proper for being considered by it or not, shall
be final.
(3) The Ombudsman may reject the representation at any stage if it appears to him that
the representation is -
(a) frivolous, vexatious, malafide;
(b) without any sufficient cause;
(c) there is no prima facie loss or damage or inconvenience caused to the
complainant :
Provided that the decision of the Ombudsman in this regard shall be final
and binding on the complainant and the distribution license:
Provided further that no representation shall be rejected in respect of sub-
clauses (a), (b) and (c) unless the complainant has been given an opportunity of being
heard.
34. Promotion of settlement by conciliation. - (1) As soon as it may be practicable

to do so, but not later than seven days from the date of receipt of the representation, the
Ombudsman shall serve a notice to the concerned officer of the licensee named in the
representation along with a copy of the representation and endeavour to promote a
settlement of the representation by mutual agreement between the complainant and the
licensee through conciliation or mediation.
(2) For the purpose of facilitating settlement of the representation, the Ombudsman may
follow such procedures, as he may consider appropriate.
(3) When a representation is settled through mediation of the Ombudsman, the
Ombudsman shall make a recommendation which he thinks fair in the circumstances of
the case and shall send the copies of the recommendation to the complainant and the
licensee.
(4) If the complainant and the licensee accept the recommendations of the Ombudsman,
they will send a communication in writing, within 15 days of the date of receipt of the
recommendations, stating clearly that the settlement communicated is acceptable to
them, in totality, in terms of the recommendations made by the Ombudsman, and are in
full and final settlement of the representation.
(5) The Ombudsman shall make a record of such an agreement in his order and
thereafter close the case.
35. Hearing of representations (1) After registering the representation, the

Ombudsman, within seven days of registration, shall call for records relating to the
representation from the concerned Forum and the concerned Forum shall send the entire
records, within seven days from the date of receipt of such notice, to the office of the
Ombudsman.
(2) The Ombudsman may require the licensee or any of the officials, representatives or
agents of the licensee to furnish documents, books, information and data as may be
required to decide the representation and the licensee shall duly comply with such
requirements of the Ombudsman.
(3) Where the representation is not settled by agreement within a period of 30 days
from the date of receipt of the representation or within such extended period as the
Ombudsman may deem fit duly considering the overall time limit specified, the
Ombudsman may determine the manner, the place, the date and the time of the hearing
of the matter as the Ombudsman considers appropriate.
(4) The Ombudsman may hear the parties and may direct the parties to submit written
statements or submissions in the matter.
(5) A complainant, distribution licensee or any other person, who is a party to any
proceedings before the Ombudsman, may either appear in person or authorise any
person to present his case before the Ombudsman and to do all or any of the acts for the
purpose.
(6) Where the complainant or the licensee or their representative is unable to appear
before the Ombudsman on the date fixed for hearing on more than two occasions
consecutively the Ombudsman may, for reasons to be recorded, dispense with the
presence of such person and, reject or decide the representation ex-parte.
(7) No adjournment shall ordinarily be granted by the Ombudsman unless sufficient
cause is shown and the reasons for grant of adjournment have been recorded in writing
by the Ombudsman.
(8) The Ombudsman may make such orders as to the cost, occasioned by the
adjournment, to be paid by the defaulting party to the non-defaulting party and/or to the
Ombudsman.
36. Ombudsman Power to issue Interim Order (1) Upon the request of the
complainant, the Ombudsman may issue such interim orders at any stage during the
disposal of the representation as it may consider necessary:
Provided that the Ombudsman shall have the power to pass such an interim
order in any proceeding, hearing or matter before it, as it may consider appropriate if the
complainant satisfies the Ombudsman that prima facie the distribution licensee has
threatened or is likely to remove or disconnect the electricity connection, and has or is
likely to contravene any of the provisions of the Act or any rules and regulations made
thereunder or any order of the Commission, provided that, the Ombudsman has
jurisdiction on such matters:
Provided further that, except where it appears that the object of passing the
interim order would be defeated by delay, no such interim order shall be passed unless
the opposite party has been given an opportunity of being heard.
(2) The Ombudsman shall be guided by the principles of natural justice, and subject to
the other provisions of these Regulations, the Ombudsman shall have power to regulate
its own procedure.
37. Issuance of Order. - (1) The Ombudsman shall pass a written order giving reasons
for all his findings and stating the nature of the reliefs to which the complainant is
entitled as per the order.
(2) The Ombudsman shall pass an order as early as possible, but in any case, within 60
days from the date of receipt of the representation and where there is delay in the
disposal of a representation within the said period, the Ombudsman shall record the
reasons for such delay.
(3) The order passed by the Ombudsman shall set out -
(a) issue-wise decisions;
(b) reasons for passing the order;
(c) reasons for vacation of the interim Order, if any, made under regulation 36
and its impact;
(d) directions, if any, to the distribution licensee or complainant, and
(e) any other order, deemed appropriate in the facts and circumstances of the
case.
(4) A copy of the order shall be sent to the parties and also to the concerned Forum
for information within one week from the date of such order.
(5) The licensee shall duly comply with and implement the decision of the Ombudsman
on the representation filed by the complainant within 15 days of the issuance of the
Order.
(6) Non-compliance of the Ombudsman’s orders shall be deemed to be a violation of
these Regulations and shall be liable for appropriate action by the Commission under the
provisions of the Act.
(7) No party can file an appeal before the Commission against the order passed by the
Ombudsman. However, this is without prejudice to the rights of the complainant and the
licensee to seek appropriate remedy against the order passed by the Ombudsman before
appropriate bodies.
(8) The Ombudsman may, at any time, after affording an opportunity of being heard,
review his Order, either on his own motion or on an application of any of the parties to
the proceedings, within 30 days of the Order on -
(i) the discovery of new and important matter of evidence which, after the
exercise of due diligence, was not within his knowledge, or could not be
produced by him at the time the order was made;
(ii) on account of some mistake or error apparent from the face of record;
(iii) for any other sufficient reasons.
38. Reporting requirements.- (1) The Ombudsman shall, within 30 days of the close
of the period to which it relates, submit to the Commission a half-yearly report on all the
representations filed before it.
(2) The report shall cover-
(a) facts of the representations;
(b) responses of parties in brief;
(c) opinion of the Ombudsman on the compliance of Distribution Performance
Standards by the licensee;
(d) key directions issued to the licensee and/ or to the consumer in the order;
and
(e) compliance of order by the licensee and/ or to the consumer.
(3) The Ombudsman shall within 45 days of the close of the financial year to which it
relates also furnish a yearly report containing a general review of the activities of the
Ombudsman’s office during the financial year to the Commission and the State
Government.
(4) The Commission shall -
(a) analyse reports, submitted by the Ombudsman under sub-regulation (3), with
regards to levels of performance achieved on performance of the standards
under section 57 (Consumer Protection - Standards of Performance of
Licensee) of the Act;
(b) facilitate capacity building of the licensee to develop and implement a
comprehensive consumer awareness public interaction programme,
explaining to the consumers their rights as consumers serviced by the
licensee.

CHAPTER–VI
MISCELLANEOUS
39. Power to remove difficulties If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any
provisions of these Regulations, the Commission may, by a general or special order,
direct the distribution licensee, the Forum or the Ombudsman to take suitable action, not
being inconsistent with the Act, which appears to the Commission to be necessary or
expedient for the purpose of removing the difficulties.
40. Repeal and Savings. (1) The Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory
Commission (Guidelines for Establishment of Forum for Redressal of Grievances of
Consumers) Regulations, 2003 and the Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory
Commission (Electricity Ombudsman) Regulations, 2004, are hereby repealed.
(2) Notwithstanding such repeal -
(a) anything done or any action taken or purported to have been done or taken
including any appointment made, or any document or instrument executed or
any direction given under the repealed regulations, shall, in so far as it is not
inconsistent with the provisions of these Regulations, be deemed to have
been done, taken, made or given under the corresponding provisions of these
Regulations ;
(b) all appointments made, and documents executed, before the commencement
of these Regulations, shall continue to have effect till the expiry of the period
for which such appointment has been made or the document has been
executed.
By order of the Commission
Secretary

ABBREVIATIONS
A&A : Application and Agreement

AE/AEE : Assistant Engineer/Assistant Executive Engineer
BG : Bank Guarantee
BIS : Bureau of Indian Standard
CT : Current Transformer
CD : Contract Demand in kVA of MVA
CL : Connected Load in kW or MW
ESD : Electrical Sub-Division
EHT : Extra High Tension
HIMUDA : Hmachal Urban Development Authority
HPERC : Himachal Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission
HT : High Tension
IDC : Infrastructure Development Charges
ISI : Indian Standard Institute
JE/AAE : Junior Engineer/Additional Assistant Engineer
kV : kilo Volt
kVA : kilo Volt Ampere
kWh : kilo Watt hour
kVAh : kilo Volt Ampere hour
LT : Low Tension
MW : Mega Watt
MVA : Mega Volt Ampere
MCO : Meter Change Order
MLC : Meter Reader Clerk
MCB : Miniature Circuit Breaker
NOC : No Objection Certificate
PAC : Power Availability Certificate
PT : Potential Transformer
PDCO : Permanent Disconnection Order
SDO : Sub-Divisional Officer
SJO : Sundry Job Order
SCO : Service Connection Order
SDC : Sub-Divisional Clerk

SM Updated

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SM Updated

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HIMACHAL PRADESH STATE ELECTRICITY BOARD LIMITED

(A STATE GOVERNMENT UNDERTAKING)

SALES MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS

Registered Office: VIDYUT BHAWAN, HPSEB Ltd., SHIMLA-171004 (HP)

SECTION I-GRANT OF ELECTRIC CONNECTION

SECTION II-METERING AND METER RENTALS

22 Providing Energy Meter, Meter Security & Rentals. 48

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page i

25 Procedure to be followed when a meter is reported 53

SECTON –III –PREPARATION & DELIVERY OF BILLS

SECTION IV-RECOVERY OF UNPAID DUES FROM THE CONSUMERS

36 Disconnection and reconnection/restoration of 67

SECTION – V – UNAUTHORIZED USE/THEFTOF ELECTRICITY

41 Unauthorized use of Electricity -section 126 of the 80

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page ii

42 Theft of Electricity - Section 135 of the Electricity 85

SECTION VI-MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUCTIONS

50 Procedure to be followed in the submission of a 98

CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY 108

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page iii

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page iv

Receipt of Application and Acknowledgement:

1.2 As soon as an application on the standard form from a prospective consumer is

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 1

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 2

19. Paper Writing or printing paper, Paper or paperboard, Maplitho paper,

20. Plastics and articles thereof.

21. Production of firewood and charcoal.

(ii) It would be advisable to obtain a self-certified copy of the partnership deed

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 3

Posting of Application in Service Register and Maintaining Separate

2.5 If the temporary connection is applied for by an existing permanent consumer, it

2.6 Keeping Applicants Informed about the status of the Application:

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 4

Procedure for fixing Seniority for electric connection/ change process:

Sr. Activity Time Frame

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 5

3.2 Seniority in respect of applications for connections will be maintained in separate

Queue No.1: Where no extension of Distribution mains or commissioning of

Queue No.4:Where extension of supply requires erection and commissioning

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 6

Verification of Connected Load:

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 7

4.4.1 Where an induction furnace is fed from an independent transformer with

4.4.2 Where an induction furnace/Rolling Mill is fed from a distribution

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 8

Issuance of Power Availability Certificate:

Sr. Designation Delegation Of Powers for Competent to

2. S.E./ Dy.C.E. >500 kW to >500 kVA to 3-ph. 11 kV or

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 9

3. Chief Engineer (Op.) >2000 kW to >2000 kVA to 3-ph. 11 kV or

4. Board Level >3 MW >2.2 MVA 3-ph. 33 kV or

All loads at 33 kV and above

5. The PAC to negative listed industry and in the competency of SLSWC

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 10

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 11

1) In case of drawl of Contract demand in excess of the Contract demand sanctioned,

3) The consumer has to submit proof of ownership/occupancy of the premises for

4) Authorization to sign on behalf of company (i.e. Resolution of Board of Directors of

5) In case of applications for electric connections falling under Planning areas,

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 12

13) No new supply to LT installations with induction motor(s) of capacity above 3 HP

Sales Manual Instructions-HPSEBL Page 13